From 4b819fa20a8d007a10f2d3e8d6a5dedf7f18fc9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Xin LI Date: Fri, 28 Feb 2014 19:12:44 +0000 Subject: Undo two previous imports which was never done in preparation of doing a new import. --- doc/html/Ada95.html | 184 -- doc/html/ada/files.htm | 6 - doc/html/ada/files/T.htm | 78 - doc/html/ada/funcs.htm | 27 - doc/html/ada/funcs/A.htm | 24 - doc/html/ada/funcs/B.htm | 21 - doc/html/ada/funcs/C.htm | 56 - doc/html/ada/funcs/D.htm | 47 - doc/html/ada/funcs/E.htm | 18 - doc/html/ada/funcs/F.htm | 55 - doc/html/ada/funcs/G.htm | 96 - doc/html/ada/funcs/H.htm | 22 - doc/html/ada/funcs/I.htm | 51 - doc/html/ada/funcs/K.htm | 14 - doc/html/ada/funcs/L.htm | 20 - doc/html/ada/funcs/M.htm | 51 - doc/html/ada/funcs/N.htm | 35 - doc/html/ada/funcs/O.htm | 12 - doc/html/ada/funcs/P.htm | 59 - doc/html/ada/funcs/Q.htm | 8 - doc/html/ada/funcs/R.htm | 39 - doc/html/ada/funcs/S.htm | 191 -- doc/html/ada/funcs/T.htm | 36 - doc/html/ada/funcs/U.htm | 23 - doc/html/ada/funcs/V.htm | 11 - doc/html/ada/funcs/W.htm | 53 - doc/html/ada/index.htm | 39 - doc/html/ada/main.htm | 69 - doc/html/ada/table.html | 341 --- .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-aux__adb.htm | 122 - .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-aux__ads.htm | 130 - ...terface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha__adb.htm | 68 - ...terface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha__ads.htm | 59 - ...-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric__adb.htm | 68 - ...-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric__ads.htm | 60 - ...rses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada__adb.htm | 87 - ...rses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada__ads.htm | 65 - ...e-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration__adb.htm | 121 - ...e-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration__ads.htm | 104 - ...face-curses-forms-field_types-intfield__adb.htm | 72 - ...face-curses-forms-field_types-intfield__ads.htm | 61 - ...-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address__adb.htm | 68 - ...-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address__ads.htm | 57 - ...rface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric__adb.htm | 75 - ...rface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric__ads.htm | 61 - ...erface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp__adb.htm | 73 - ...erface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp__ads.htm | 61 - ...e-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice__adb.htm | 114 - ...e-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice__ads.htm | 100 - ...nterface-curses-forms-field_types-user__adb.htm | 139 -- ...nterface-curses-forms-field_types-user__ads.htm | 101 - ...nal_interface-curses-forms-field_types__adb.htm | 289 --- ...nal_interface-curses-forms-field_types__ads.htm | 245 -- ...interface-curses-forms-field_user_data__adb.htm | 91 - ...interface-curses-forms-field_user_data__ads.htm | 75 - ..._interface-curses-forms-form_user_data__adb.htm | 92 - ..._interface-curses-forms-form_user_data__ads.htm | 75 - .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms__adb.htm | 1167 --------- .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms__ads.htm | 790 ------ ..._interface-curses-menus-item_user_data__adb.htm | 83 - ..._interface-curses-menus-item_user_data__ads.htm | 80 - ..._interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data__adb.htm | 82 - ..._interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data__ads.htm | 75 - .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus__adb.htm | 1028 -------- .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus__ads.htm | 685 ------ .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-mouse__adb.htm | 223 -- .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-mouse__ads.htm | 231 -- ...inal_interface-curses-panels-user_data__adb.htm | 84 - ...inal_interface-curses-panels-user_data__ads.htm | 75 - .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels__adb.htm | 171 -- .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels__ads.htm | 153 -- .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-putwin__adb.htm | 83 - .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-putwin__ads.htm | 56 - .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-termcap__adb.htm | 169 -- .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-termcap__ads.htm | 86 - .../terminal_interface-curses-terminfo__adb.htm | 167 -- .../terminal_interface-curses-terminfo__ads.htm | 87 - .../terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux__adb.htm | 134 - .../terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux__ads.htm | 61 - ...al_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io__adb.htm | 79 - ...al_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io__ads.htm | 76 - ...al_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io__adb.htm | 81 - ...al_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io__ads.htm | 72 - ...nterface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io__adb.htm | 86 - ...nterface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io__ads.htm | 69 - ...inal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io__adb.htm | 81 - ...inal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io__ads.htm | 72 - ...inal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io__adb.htm | 82 - ...inal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io__ads.htm | 72 - ...al_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io__adb.htm | 76 - ...al_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io__ads.htm | 69 - ...al_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io__adb.htm | 76 - ...al_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io__ads.htm | 69 - .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io__adb.htm | 344 --- .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io__ads.htm | 142 -- .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-trace__adb.htm | 62 - .../ada/terminal_interface-curses-trace__ads.htm | 122 - doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses__adb.htm | 2562 -------------------- doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses__ads.htm | 1935 --------------- doc/html/ada/terminal_interface__ads.htm | 53 - doc/html/announce.html | 919 ++++--- doc/html/hackguide.html | 6 +- doc/html/index.html | 51 - doc/html/man/adacurses-config.1.html | 98 - doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html | 229 -- doc/html/man/clear.1.html | 84 - doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html | 232 -- doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html | 131 - doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html | 220 -- doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html | 133 - doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html | 125 - doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html | 124 - doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html | 267 -- doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html | 106 - doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html | 131 - doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html | 128 - doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html | 162 -- doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html | 184 -- doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html | 146 -- doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html | 285 --- doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html | 112 - doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html | 126 - doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html | 111 - doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html | 155 -- doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html | 166 -- doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html | 158 -- doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html | 359 --- doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html | 155 -- doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html | 131 - doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html | 109 - doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html | 124 - doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html | 118 - doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html | 133 - doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html | 167 -- doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html | 261 -- doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html | 104 - doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html | 129 - doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html | 117 - doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html | 131 - doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html | 123 - doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html | 115 - doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html | 206 -- doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html | 121 - doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html | 111 - doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html | 318 --- doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html | 105 - doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html | 161 -- doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html | 234 -- doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html | 122 - doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html | 184 -- doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html | 121 - doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html | 126 - doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html | 170 -- doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html | 133 - doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html | 137 -- doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html | 131 - doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html | 235 -- doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html | 285 --- doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html | 161 -- doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html | 191 -- doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html | 363 --- doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html | 634 ----- doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html | 144 -- doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html | 186 -- doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html | 266 -- doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html | 164 -- doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html | 216 -- doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html | 180 -- doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html | 111 - doc/html/man/form.3x.html | 258 -- doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html | 118 - doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html | 104 - doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html | 375 --- doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html | 142 -- doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html | 130 - doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html | 179 -- doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html | 129 - doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html | 119 - doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html | 150 -- doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html | 168 -- doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html | 112 - doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html | 195 -- doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html | 190 -- doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html | 138 -- doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html | 132 - doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html | 119 - doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html | 134 - doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html | 139 -- doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html | 136 -- doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html | 112 - doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html | 112 - doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html | 118 - doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html | 139 -- doc/html/man/index.html | 67 - doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html | 444 ---- doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html | 115 - doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html | 103 - doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html | 105 - doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html | 105 - doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html | 118 - doc/html/man/menu.3x.html | 241 -- doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html | 139 -- doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html | 117 - doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html | 255 -- doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html | 133 - doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html | 138 -- doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html | 138 -- doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html | 131 - doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html | 129 - doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html | 148 -- doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html | 138 -- doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html | 138 -- doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html | 112 - doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html | 129 - doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html | 112 - doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html | 139 -- doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html | 146 -- doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html | 107 - doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html | 134 - doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html | 126 - doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html | 112 - doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html | 117 - doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html | 100 - doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html | 1267 ---------- doc/html/man/ncurses5-config.1.html | 133 - doc/html/man/panel.3x.html | 241 -- doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html | 141 -- doc/html/man/tabs.1.html | 171 -- doc/html/man/term.5.html | 308 --- doc/html/man/term.7.html | 251 -- doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html | 165 -- doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html | 2375 ------------------ doc/html/man/tic.1m.html | 330 --- doc/html/man/toe.1m.html | 126 - doc/html/man/tput.1.html | 343 --- doc/html/man/tset.1.html | 334 --- doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html | 108 - doc/html/ncurses-intro.html | 6 +- 238 files changed, 565 insertions(+), 42468 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 doc/html/Ada95.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/files.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/files/T.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/A.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/B.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/C.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/D.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/E.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/F.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/G.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/H.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/I.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/K.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/L.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/M.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/N.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/O.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/P.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/Q.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/R.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/S.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/T.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/U.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/V.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/funcs/W.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/index.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/main.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/table.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-aux__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-aux__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-mouse__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-mouse__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-putwin__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-putwin__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-termcap__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-termcap__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-terminfo__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-terminfo__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-trace__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-trace__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses__adb.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/ada/terminal_interface__ads.htm delete mode 100644 doc/html/index.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/adacurses-config.1.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/clear.1.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/index.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/ncurses5-config.1.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/panel.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/tabs.1.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/term.5.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/term.7.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/tic.1m.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/toe.1m.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/tput.1.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/tset.1.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html (limited to 'doc/html') diff --git a/doc/html/Ada95.html b/doc/html/Ada95.html deleted file mode 100644 index e744da7278c3a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/Ada95.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ - - - - -Ada95 Binding for ncurses - - - - -

Ada95 Binding for ncurses

-by Jürgen Pfeifer. - -
-

General Remarks

- - -

Limitations

- - -

Hierarchy of packages

- -If you want to navigate through the html pages of the package specs, click here. -

Implementation Details

-

Behind the abstraction

-All the new types like Window, Panel, -Menu, Form etc. are just -opaque representations of the pointers to the corresponding -low level (n)curses structures like -WINDOW *, PANEL *, -MENU * or FORM *. -So you can safely pass them to C routines that expect a pointer -to one of those structures. -

Extended ripoffline() usage

-The official documentation of (n)curses says, that the line parameter -determines only whether or not exactly one line is -stolen from the top or bottom of the screen. So essentially only the -sign of the parameter is evaluated. ncurses has internally implemented -it in a way, that uses the line parameter also to control the amount of -lines to steal. This mechanism is used in the Rip_Off_Lines -routine of the binding. -

How user defined field types work

-TBD -

Enumeration fields handling

-The (n)curses documentation says, that the String arrays to be passed to -an TYPE_ENUM fieldtype must not be automatic variables. This is not true -in this binding, because it is internally arranged to safely copy these -values. -

Using other Ada compilers

-This should basically not be a problem. -

Port to other curses implementations

-Basically it should not be too hard to make all this run on a regular SVr4 -implementation of curses. The problems are probably these:
- -I'm quite sure I forgot something. - - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/files.htm b/doc/html/ada/files.htm deleted file mode 100644 index a3bad641f827d..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/files.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Files

-[T] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/files/T.htm b/doc/html/ada/files/T.htm deleted file mode 100644 index d9d6950b81874..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/files/T.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ - -T - -

Files - T

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 9a2da6189da55..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ - - - -

Functions/Procedures

-[A] -[B] -[C] -[D] -[E] -[F] -[G] -[H] -[I] -[K] -[L] -[M] -[N] -[O] -[P] -[Q] -[R] -[S] -[T] -[U] -[V] -[W] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/A.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/A.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 7714f75428039..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/A.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ - -A - -

Functions - A

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/B.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/B.htm deleted file mode 100644 index b62dda8296857..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/B.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ - -B - -

Functions - B

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/C.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/C.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 85a094a134d9f..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/C.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ - -C - -

Functions - C

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/D.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/D.htm deleted file mode 100644 index e2db5db8078b1..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/D.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ - -D - -

Functions - D

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/E.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/E.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 70d6a2a40745a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/E.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ - -E - -

Functions - E

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/F.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/F.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 465e06e582d65..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/F.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ - -F - -

Functions - F

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/G.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/G.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 1f7bf21247db0..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/G.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ - -G - -

Functions - G

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/H.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/H.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 4d31cedb5ea34..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/H.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ - -H - -

Functions - H

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/I.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/I.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 88265658694ff..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/I.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ - -I - -

Functions - I

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/K.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/K.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 715a6e468a907..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/K.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ - -K - -

Functions - K

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/L.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/L.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 13a0b9a7d276b..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/L.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ - -L - -

Functions - L

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/M.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/M.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 27dea4e05deac..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/M.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ - -M - -

Functions - M

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/N.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/N.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 40fbf5ae49c13..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/N.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ - -N - -

Functions - N

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/O.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/O.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 0e65524568fc6..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/O.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ - -O - -

Functions - O

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/P.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/P.htm deleted file mode 100644 index ea4ee25976a85..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/P.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ - -P - -

Functions - P

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/Q.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/Q.htm deleted file mode 100644 index d4874689bdb11..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/Q.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - -Q - -

Functions - Q

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/R.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/R.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 8e223f4c17772..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/R.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ - -R - -

Functions - R

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/S.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/S.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 67478063debf5..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/S.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ - -S - -

Functions - S

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/T.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/T.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 2714f68d94526..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/T.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ - -T - -

Functions - T

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/U.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/U.htm deleted file mode 100644 index ccd09dec72fac..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/U.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ - -U - -

Functions - U

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/V.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/V.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 858d0e6743759..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/V.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ - -V - -

Functions - V

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/funcs/W.htm b/doc/html/ada/funcs/W.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 8567ecce19964..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/funcs/W.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ - -W - -

Functions - W

-[index] - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/index.htm b/doc/html/ada/index.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 4a13484de699c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/index.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ - - -Source Browser - - -<H2 ALIGN=CENTER>Files</H2> -<A HREF="files/T.htm">[T]</A> -<HR> -<H2 ALIGN=CENTER>Functions/Procedures</H2> -<A HREF="funcs/A.htm">[A]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/B.htm">[B]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/C.htm">[C]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/D.htm">[D]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/E.htm">[E]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/F.htm">[F]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/G.htm">[G]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/H.htm">[H]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/I.htm">[I]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/K.htm">[K]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/L.htm">[L]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/M.htm">[M]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/N.htm">[N]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/O.htm">[O]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/P.htm">[P]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/Q.htm">[Q]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/R.htm">[R]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/S.htm">[S]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/T.htm">[T]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/U.htm">[U]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/V.htm">[V]</A> -<A HREF="funcs/W.htm">[W]</A> - - - - - - - - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/main.htm b/doc/html/ada/main.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 701fe7d1437bb..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/main.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ - - - -

[No frame version is here]

Files

-[T] -

Functions/Procedures

-[A] -[B] -[C] -[D] -[E] -[F] -[G] -[H] -[I] -[K] -[L] -[M] -[N] -[O] -[P] -[Q] -[R] -[S] -[T] -[U] -[V] -[W] -
-You should start your browsing with one of these files: - - diff --git a/doc/html/ada/table.html b/doc/html/ada/table.html deleted file mode 100644 index ce8d91f4eb614..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/table.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,341 +0,0 @@ - - - -Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions - - -

Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions

-

Sorted by C function name

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
C nameAda nameman page
_nc_freeall()Curses_Free_Allcurs_trace.3x
_tracef()Trace_Putcurs_trace.3x
assume_default_colors()Assume_Default_Colorsdefault_colors.3x
baudrate()Baudratecurs_termattrs.3x
beep()Beepcurs_beep.3x
bottom_panel()Bottompanel.3x
box()Boxcurs_border.3x
can_change_color()Can_Change_Colorcurs_color.3x
cbreak()Set_Cbreak_Modecurs_inopts.3x
clearok()Clear_On_Next_Updatecurs_outopts.3x
color_content()Color_Contentcurs_color.3x
copywin()Copycurs_overlay.3x
current_field()Currentform_page.3x
current_item()Currentmitem_current.3x
curs_set()Set_Cursor_Visibilitycurs_kernel.3x
curscrCurrent_Windowcurs_initscr.3x
curses_version()Curses_Versioncurs_extend.3x
data_ahead()Data_Aheadform_data.3x
data_behind()Data_Behindform_data.3x
def_prog_mode()Save_Curses_Modecurs_kernel.3x
define_key()Define_Keydefine_key.3x
del_panel()Deletepanel.3x
delay_output()Delay_Outputcurs_util.3x
delwin()Deletecurs_window.3x
derwin()Derived_Windowcurs_window.3x
doupdate()Update_Screencurs_refresh.3x
dup_field()Duplicateform_field_new.3x
dupwin()Duplicatecurs_window.3x
dynamic_field_info()Dynamic_Infoform_field_info.3x
echo()Set_Echo_Modecurs_inopts.3x
endwin()End_Windowscurs_initscr.3x
erasechar()Erase_Charactercurs_termattrs.3x
field_back()Backgroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_back()Backgroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_buffer()Get_Bufferform_field_buffer.3x
field_count()Field_Countform_field.3x
field_fore()Foregroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_fore()Foregroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_index()Get_Indexform_page.3x
field_info()Infoform_field_info.3x
field_init()Get_Field_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
field_just()Get_Justificationform_field_just.3x
field_opts()Get_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
field_opts()Get_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
field_opts_on()Switch_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
field_pad()Pad_Characterform_field_attributes.3x
field_status()Changedform_field_buffer.3x
field_term()Get_Field_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
field_type()Get_Typeform_field_validation.3x
field_userptrGet_User_Dataform_field_userptr.3x
field_userptrGet_User_Dataform_field_userptr.3x
flash()Flash_Screencurs_beep.3x
flushinp()Flush_Inputcurs_util.3x
form_driver()Driverform_driver.3x
form_fields()Fieldsform_field.3x
form_init()Get_Form_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
form_opts()Get_Optionsform_opts.3x
form_opts()Get_Optionsform_opts.3x
form_opts_on()Switch_Optionsform_opts.3x
form_page()Pageform_page.3x
form_sub()Get_Sub_Windowform_win.3x
form_term()Get_Form_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
form_userptrGet_User_Dataform_userptr.3x
form_userptrGet_User_Dataform_userptr.3x
form_win()Get_Windowform_win.3x
free_field()Deleteform_field_new.3x
free_form()Deleteform_new.3x
free_item()Deletemitem_new.3x
free_menu()Deletemenu_new.3x
getbegyx()Get_Window_Positioncurs_getyx.3x
getmaxyx()Get_Sizecurs_getyx.3x
getmouse()Get_Mousecurs_mouse.3x
getparyx()Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parentcurs_getyx.3x
getyx()Get_Cursor_Positioncurs_getyx.3x
halfdelay()Half_Delaycurs_inopts.3x
has_colors()Has_Colorscurs_color.3x
has_ic()Has_Insert_Charactercurs_termattrs.3x
has_il()Has_Insert_Linecurs_termattrs.3x
has_key()Has_Keycurs_getch.3x
hide_panel()Hidepanel.3x
idcok()Use_Insert_Delete_Charactercurs_outopts.3x
idlok()Use_Insert_Delete_Linecurs_outopts.3x
immedok()Immediate_Update_Modecurs_outopts.3x
init_color()Init_Colorcurs_color.3x
init_pair()Init_Paircurs_color.3x
initscr()Init_Screencurs_initscr.3x
initscr()Init_Windowscurs_initscr.3x
intrflush()Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Modecurs_inopts.3x
is_linetouched()Is_Touchedcurs_touch.3x
is_wintouched()Is_Touchedcurs_touch.3x
isendwin()Is_End_Windowcurs_initscr.3x
item_count()Item_Countmenu_items.3x
item_description();Descriptionmitem_name.3x
item_index()Get_Indexmitem_current.3x
item_init()Get_Item_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
item_name()Namemitem_name.3x
item_opts()Get_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
item_opts()Get_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
item_opts_on()Switch_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
item_term()Get_Item_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
item_userptrGet_User_Datamitem_userptr.3x
item_userptrGet_User_Datamitem_userptr.3x
item_value()Valuemitem_value.3x
item_visible()Visiblemitem_visible.3x
keyname()Key_Namecurs_util.3x
keyname()Key_Namecurs_util.3x
keyok()Enable_Keykeyok.3x
keypad()Set_KeyPad_Modecurs_inopts.3x
killchar()Kill_Charactercurs_termattrs.3x
leaveok()Leave_Cursor_After_Updatecurs_outopts.3x
link_field()Linkform_field_new.3x
longname()Long_Namecurs_termattrs.3x
longname()Long_Namecurs_termattrs.3x
menu_back()Backgroundmenu_attributes.3x
menu_back()Backgroundmenu_attributes.3x
menu_driver()Drivermenu_driver.3x
menu_fore()Foregroundmenu_attributes.3x
menu_fore()Foregroundmenu_attributes.3x
menu_format()Formatmenu_format.3x
menu_grey()Greymenu_attributes.3x
menu_grey()Greymenu_attributes.3x
menu_init()Get_Menu_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
menu_items()Itemsmenu_items.3x
menu_mark()Markmenu_mark.3x
menu_opts()Get_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
menu_opts()Get_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
menu_opts_on()Switch_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
menu_pad()Pad_Charactermenu_attributes.3x
menu_pattern()Patternmenu_pattern.3x
menu_requestname.3xmenu_driver.3x
menu_spacing()Spacingmenu_spacing.3x
menu_sub()Get_Sub_Windowmenu_win.3x
menu_term()Get_Menu_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
menu_userptrGet_User_Datamenu_userptr.3x
menu_userptrGet_User_Datamenu_userptr.3x
menu_win()Get_Windowmenu_win.3x
meta()Set_Meta_Modecurs_inopts.3x
mouseinterval()Mouse_Intervalcurs_mouse.3x
mousemask()Start_Mousecurs_mouse.3x
move_field()Moveform_field.3x
move_panel()Movepanel.3x
mvderwin()Move_Derived_Windowcurs_window.3x
mvwaddch()Addcurs_addch.3x
mvwaddchnstr()Addcurs_addchstr.3x
mvwaddnstr()Addcurs_addstr.3x
mvwchgat()Change_Attributescurs_attr.3x
mvwdelch()Delete_Charactercurs_delch.3x
mvwgetnstr()Getcurs_getstr.3x
mvwin()Move_Windowcurs_window.3x
mvwinch()Peekcurs_inch.3x
mvwinchnstr()Peekcurs_inchstr.3x
mvwinnstr()Peekcurs_instr.3x
mvwinsch()Insertcurs_insch.3x
mvwinsnstr()Insertcurs_insstr.3x
napms()Nap_Milli_Secondscurs_kernel.3x
new_field()Createform_field_new.3x
new_field()New_Fieldform_field_new.3x
new_form()Createform_new.3x
new_form()New_Formform_new.3x
new_item()Createmitem_new.3x
new_item()New_Itemmitem_new.3x
new_menu()Createmenu_new.3x
new_page()Is_New_Pageform_new_page.3x
new_panel()Createpanel.3x
new_panel()New_Panelpanel.3x
newpad()New_Padcurs_pad.3x
newwin()Createcurs_window.3x
nl()Set_NL_Modecurs_outopts.3x
nodelay()Set_NoDelay_Modecurs_inopts.3x
notimeout()Set_Escape_Time_Modecurs_inopts.3x
overlay()Overlaycurs_overlay.3x
overwrite()Overwritecurs_overlay.3x
pair_content()Pair_Contentcurs_color.3x
panel_above()Abovepanel.3x
panel_below()Belowpanel.3x
panel_hidden()Is_Hiddenpanel.3x
panel_userptrGet_User_Datapanel.3x
panel_userptrGet_User_Datapanel.3x
panel_window()Get_Windowpanel.3x
panel_window()Panel_Windowpanel.3x
pechochar()Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_Itcurs_pad.3x
pnoutrefresh()Refresh_Without_Updatecurs_pad.3x
pos_form_cursor()Position_Cursorform_cursor.3x
pos_menu_cursor()Position_Cursormenu_cursor.3x
post_form()Postform_post.3x
post_menu()Postmenu_post.3x
prefresh()Refreshcurs_pad.3x
qiflush()Set_Queue_Interrupt_Modecurs_inopts.3x
raw()Set_Raw_Modecurs_inopts.3x
redrawwin()Redrawcurs_refresh.3x
replace_panel()Replacepanel.3x
reset_prog_mode()Reset_Curses_Modecurs_kernel.3x
resetty();Reset_Terminal_Statecurs_kernel.3x
ripoffline()Rip_Off_Linescurs_kernel.3x
savetty()Save_Terminal_Statecurs_kernel.3x
scale_form()Scaleform_win.3x
scale_menu()Scalemenu_win.3x
scr_dump()Screen_Dump_To_Filecurs_scr_dump.3x
scr_init()Screen_Init_From_Filecurs_scr_dump.3x
scr_restore()Screen_Restore_From_Filecurs_scr_dump.3x
scr_set()Screen_Set_Filecurs_scr_dump.3x
scrollok()Allow_Scrollingcurs_outopts.3x
set_current_field()Set_Currentform_page.3x
set_current_item()Set_Currentmitem_current.3x
set_field_back()Set_Backgroundform_field_attributes.3x
set_field_buffer()Set_Bufferform_field_buffer.3x
set_field_fore()Set_Foregroundform_field_attributes.3x
set_field_init()Set_Field_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
set_field_just()Set_Justificationform_field_just.3x
set_field_max()Set_Maximum_Sizeform_field_buffer.3x
set_field_opts()Set_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
set_field_pad()Set_Pad_Characterform_field_attributes.3x
set_field_status()Set_Statusform_field_buffer.3x
set_field_term()Set_Field_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
set_field_type()Set_Typeform_fieldtype.3x
set_field_userptrSet_User_Dataform_field_userptr.3x
set_form_fields()Redefineform_field.3x
set_form_fields()Set_Fieldsform_field.3x
set_form_init()Set_Form_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
set_form_opts()Set_Optionsform_opts.3x
set_form_page()Set_Pageform_page.3x
set_form_sub()Set_Sub_Windowform_win.3x
set_form_term()Set_Form_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
set_form_userptrSet_User_Dataform_userptr.3x
set_form_win()Set_Windowform_win.3x
set_item_init()Set_Item_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_item_opts()Set_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
set_item_term()Set_Item_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_item_userptrSet_User_Datamitem_userptr.3x
set_item_value()Set_Valuemitem_value.3x
set_menu_back()Set_Backgroundmenu_attributes.3x
set_menu_fore()Set_Foregroundmenu_attributes.3x
set_menu_format()Set_Formatmenu_format.3x
set_menu_grey()Set_Greymenu_attributes.3x
set_menu_init()Set_Menu_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_menu_items()Redefinemenu_items.3x
set_menu_mark()Set_Markmenu_mark.3x
set_menu_opts()Set_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
set_menu_pad()Set_Pad_Charactermenu_attributes.3x
set_menu_pattern()Set_Patternmenu_pattern.3x
set_menu_spacing()Set_Spacingmenu_spacing.3x
set_menu_sub()Set_Sub_Windowmenu_win.3x
set_menu_term()Set_Menu_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_menu_userptrSet_User_Datamenu_userptr.3x
set_menu_win()Set_Windowmenu_win.3x
set_new_page()Set_New_Pageform_new_page.3x
set_panel_userptrSet_User_Datapanel.3x
set_top_row()Set_Top_Rowmitem_current.3x
show_panel()Showpanel.3x
slk_attr()Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_attr()Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_attron()Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_attrset()Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_clear()Clear_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
slk_color()Set_Soft_Label_Key_Colorcurs_slk.3x
slk_init()Init_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
slk_label()Get_Soft_Label_Keycurs_slk.3x
slk_label()Get_Soft_Label_Keycurs_slk.3x
slk_noutrefresh()Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Updatecurs_slk.3x
slk_refresh()Refresh_Soft_Label_Keycurs_slk.3x
slk_restore()Restore_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
slk_set()Set_Soft_Label_Keycurs_slk.3x
slk_touch()Touch_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
standout()Standoutcurs_attr.3x
start_color()Start_Colorcurs_color.3x
stdscrStandard_Windowcurs_initscr.3x
subpad()Sub_Padcurs_pad.3x
subwin()Sub_Windowcurs_window.3x
syncok()Set_Synch_Modecurs_window.3x
termattrs()Supported_Attributescurs_termattrs.3x
termname()Terminal_Namecurs_termattrs.3x
termname()Terminal_Namecurs_termattrs.3x
top_panel()Toppanel.3x
top_row()Top_Rowmitem_current.3x
touchline()Touchcurs_touch.3x
touchwin()Touchcurs_touch.3x
trace()Trace_oncurs_trace.3x
unctrl()Un_Controlcurs_util.3x
unctrl()Un_Controlcurs_util.3x
ungetch()Undo_Keystrokecurs_getch.3x
ungetmouse()Unget_Mousecurs_mouse.3x
untouchwin()Untouchcurs_touch.3x
update_panels()Update_Panelspanel.3x
use_default_colors()Use_Default_Colorsdefault_colors.3x
use_extended_names()Use_Extended_Namescurs_extend.3x
waddch()Addcurs_addch.3x
waddchnstr()Addcurs_addchstr.3x
waddnstr()Addcurs_addstr.3x
wattr_get()Get_Character_Attributescurs_attr.3x
wattr_get()Get_Character_Attributecurs_attr.3x
wattron()Switch_Character_Attributecurs_attr.3x
wattrset()Set_Character_Attributescurs_attr.3x
wbkgd()Change_Backgroundcurs_bkgd.3x
wbkgdget()Get_Backgroundcurs_bkgd.3x
wbkgdset()Set_Backgroundcurs_bkgd.3x
wborder()Bordercurs_border.3x
wchgat()Change_Attributescurs_attr.3x
wclear()Clearcurs_clear.3x
wclrtobot()Clear_To_End_Of_Screencurs_clear.3x
wclrtoeol()Clear_To_End_Of_Linecurs_clear.3x
wcolor_set()Set_Colorcurs_attr.3x
wdelch()Delete_Charactercurs_delch.3x
wdeleteln()Delete_Linecurs_deleteln.3x
wechochar()Add_With_Immediate_Echocurs_addch.3x
wenclose()Enclosed_In_Windowcurs_mouse.3x
werase()Erasecurs_clear.3x
wgetch()Get_Keystrokecurs_getch.3x
wgetnstr()Getcurs_getstr.3x
whline()Horizontal_Linecurs_border.3x
winch()Peekcurs_inch.3x
winchnstr()Peekcurs_inchstr.3x
winnstr()Peekcurs_instr.3x
winsch()Insertcurs_insch.3x
winsdelln()Insert_Delete_Linescurs_deleteln.3x
winsertln()Insert_Linecurs_deleteln.3x
winsnstr()Insertcurs_insstr.3x
wmove()Move_Cursorcurs_move.3x
wnoutrefresh()Refresh_Without_Updatecurs_refresh.3x
wredrawln()Redrawcurs_refresh.3x
wrefresh()Refreshcurs_refresh.3x
wresize()Resizewresize.3x
wscrl()Scrollcurs_scroll.3x
wsetscrreg()Set_Scroll_Regioncurs_outopts.3x
wsyncdown()Synchronize_Downwardscurs_window.3x
wsyncup()Synchronize_Upwardscurs_window.3x
wtimeout()Set_Timeout_Modecurs_inopts.3x
wtouchln()Change_Line_Statuscurs_touch.3x
wvline()Vertical_Linecurs_border.3x
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-aux__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-aux__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index b2e86ce802189..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-aux__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux                       --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux is
-   --
-   --  Some helpers
-   procedure Fill_String (Cp  : chars_ptr;
-                          Str : out String)
-   is
-      --  Fill the string with the characters referenced by the
-      --  chars_ptr.
-      --
-      Len : Natural;
-   begin
-      if Cp /= Null_Ptr then
-         Len := Natural (Strlen (Cp));
-         if Str'Length < Len then
-            raise Constraint_Error;
-         end if;
-         declare
-            S : String (1 .. Len);
-         begin
-            S := Value (Cp);
-            Str (Str'First .. (Str'First + Len - 1)) := S (S'Range);
-         end;
-      else
-         Len := 0;
-      end if;
-
-      if Len < Str'Length then
-         Str ((Str'First + Len) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' ');
-      end if;
-
-   end Fill_String;
-
-   function Fill_String (Cp : chars_ptr) return String
-   is
-      Len : Natural;
-   begin
-      if Cp /= Null_Ptr then
-         Len := Natural (Strlen (Cp));
-         if Len = 0 then
-            return "";
-         else
-            declare
-               S : String (1 .. Len);
-            begin
-               Fill_String (Cp, S);
-               return S;
-            end;
-         end if;
-      else
-         return "";
-      end if;
-   end Fill_String;
-
-   procedure Eti_Exception (Code : Eti_Error)
-   is
-   begin
-      case Code is
-         when E_Ok              => null;
-         when E_System_Error    => raise Eti_System_Error;
-         when E_Bad_Argument    => raise Eti_Bad_Argument;
-         when E_Posted          => raise Eti_Posted;
-         when E_Connected       => raise Eti_Connected;
-         when E_Bad_State       => raise Eti_Bad_State;
-         when E_No_Room         => raise Eti_No_Room;
-         when E_Not_Posted      => raise Eti_Not_Posted;
-         when E_Unknown_Command => raise Eti_Unknown_Command;
-         when E_No_Match        => raise Eti_No_Match;
-         when E_Not_Selectable  => raise Eti_Not_Selectable;
-         when E_Not_Connected   => raise Eti_Not_Connected;
-         when E_Request_Denied  => raise Eti_Request_Denied;
-         when E_Invalid_Field   => raise Eti_Invalid_Field;
-         when E_Current         => raise Eti_Current;
-      end case;
-   end Eti_Exception;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-aux__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-aux__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 26742af7eee3d..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-aux__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                       Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux                      --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.18 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  curses binding.
---  This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!
---  Run the generator instead.
---  |
-with System;
-with Interfaces.C;
-with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings;
-with Unchecked_Conversion;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux);
-
-   use type Interfaces.C.int;
-
-   subtype C_Int      is Interfaces.C.int;
-   subtype C_Short    is Interfaces.C.short;
-   subtype C_Long_Int is Interfaces.C.long;
-   subtype C_Size_T   is Interfaces.C.size_t;
-   subtype C_UInt     is Interfaces.C.unsigned;
-   subtype C_ULong    is Interfaces.C.unsigned_long;
-   subtype C_Char_Ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr;
-   type    C_Void_Ptr is new System.Address;
-   type    C_Chtype   is new C_ULong;
-   type    C_AttrType is new C_ULong;
-
-   --  This is how those constants are defined in ncurses. I see them also
-   --  exactly like this in all ETI implementations I ever tested. So it
-   --  could be that this is quite general, but please check with your curses.
-   --  This is critical, because curses sometime mixes Boolean returns with
-   --  returning an error status.
-   Curses_Ok    : constant C_Int := 0;
-   Curses_Err   : constant C_Int := -1;
-
-   Curses_True  : constant C_Int := 1;
-   Curses_False : constant C_Int := 0;
-
-   --  Eti_Error: type for error codes returned by the menu and form subsystem
-   subtype Eti_Error is C_Int range -14 .. 0;
-
-   E_Ok               : constant Eti_Error := 0;
-   E_System_Error     : constant Eti_Error := -1;
-   E_Bad_Argument     : constant Eti_Error := -2;
-   E_Posted           : constant Eti_Error := -3;
-   E_Connected        : constant Eti_Error := -4;
-   E_Bad_State        : constant Eti_Error := -5;
-   E_No_Room          : constant Eti_Error := -6;
-   E_Not_Posted       : constant Eti_Error := -7;
-   E_Unknown_Command  : constant Eti_Error := -8;
-   E_No_Match         : constant Eti_Error := -9;
-   E_Not_Selectable   : constant Eti_Error := -10;
-   E_Not_Connected    : constant Eti_Error := -11;
-   E_Request_Denied   : constant Eti_Error := -12;
-   E_Invalid_Field    : constant Eti_Error := -13;
-   E_Current          : constant Eti_Error := -14;
-
-   procedure Eti_Exception (Code : Eti_Error);
-   --  Dispatch the error code and raise the appropriate exception
-   --
-   --
-   --  Some helpers
-   function Chtype_To_AttrChar is new
-     Unchecked_Conversion (Source => C_Chtype,
-                           Target => Attributed_Character);
-   function AttrChar_To_Chtype is new
-     Unchecked_Conversion (Source => Attributed_Character,
-                           Target => C_Chtype);
-
-   function AttrChar_To_AttrType is new
-     Unchecked_Conversion (Source => Attributed_Character,
-                           Target => C_AttrType);
-
-   function AttrType_To_AttrChar is new
-     Unchecked_Conversion (Source => C_AttrType,
-                           Target => Attributed_Character);
-
-   procedure Fill_String (Cp  : chars_ptr;
-                          Str : out String);
-   --  Fill the Str parameter with the string denoted by the chars_ptr
-   --  C-Style string.
-
-   function Fill_String (Cp : chars_ptr) return String;
-   --  Same but as function.
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 531e28083fcaa..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---              Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Alpha           --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/19 00:45:37 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Alpha is
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Alpha_Field)
-   is
-      function Set_Fld_Type (F    : Field := Fld;
-                             Arg1 : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type_alpha");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Typ.Minimum_Field_Width));
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Wrap_Builtin (Fld, Typ);
-   end Set_Field_Type;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Alpha;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 9a861b53b59b3..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alpha.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---              Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Alpha           --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Alpha is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Alpha);
-
-   type Alpha_Field is new Field_Type
-     with record
-        Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0;
-     end record;
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Alpha_Field);
-   pragma Inline (Set_Field_Type);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Alpha;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 97a14f4b0257b..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---          Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.AlphaNumeric        --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/19 00:45:37 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.AlphaNumeric is
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : AlphaNumeric_Field)
-   is
-      function Set_Fld_Type (F    : Field := Fld;
-                             Arg1 : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type_alnum");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Typ.Minimum_Field_Width));
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Wrap_Builtin (Fld, Typ);
-   end Set_Field_Type;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.AlphaNumeric;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index fb13c7c4299bc..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-alphanumeric.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---          Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.AlphaNumeric        --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.AlphaNumeric is
-   pragma Preelaborate
-     (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.AlphaNumeric);
-
-   type AlphaNumeric_Field is new Field_Type
-     with record
-        Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0;
-     end record;
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : AlphaNumeric_Field);
-   pragma Inline (Set_Field_Type);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.AlphaNumeric;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index aa1c6665fd5f7..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---         Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration.Ada      --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/22 23:36:20 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Characters.Handling; use Ada.Characters.Handling;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration.Ada is
-
-   function Create (Set            : Type_Set := Mixed_Case;
-                    Case_Sensitive : Boolean  := False;
-                    Must_Be_Unique : Boolean  := False)
-                    return Enumeration_Field
-   is
-      I : Enumeration_Info (T'Pos (T'Last) - T'Pos (T'First) + 1);
-      J : Positive := 1;
-   begin
-      I.Case_Sensitive := Case_Sensitive;
-      I.Match_Must_Be_Unique := Must_Be_Unique;
-
-      for E in T'Range loop
-         I.Names (J) := new String'(T'Image (E));
-         --  The Image attribute defaults to upper case, so we have to handle
-         --  only the other ones...
-         if Set /= Upper_Case then
-            I.Names (J).all := To_Lower (I.Names (J).all);
-            if Set = Mixed_Case then
-               I.Names (J).all (I.Names (J).all'First) :=
-                 To_Upper (I.Names (J).all (I.Names (J).all'First));
-            end if;
-         end if;
-         J := J + 1;
-      end loop;
-
-      return Create (I, True);
-   end Create;
-
-   function Value (Fld : Field;
-                   Buf : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First) return T
-   is
-   begin
-      return T'Value (Get_Buffer (Fld, Buf));
-   end Value;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration.Ada;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 80fd9cf4099c2..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration-ada.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---         Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration.Ada      --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                        --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.10 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-generic
-   type T is (<>);
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration.Ada is
-   pragma Preelaborate
-     (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration.Ada);
-
-   function Create (Set            : Type_Set := Mixed_Case;
-                    Case_Sensitive : Boolean  := False;
-                    Must_Be_Unique : Boolean  := False)
-                    return Enumeration_Field;
-
-   function Value (Fld : Field;
-                   Buf : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First) return T;
-   --  Translate the content of the fields buffer - indicated by the
-   --  buffer number - into an enumeration value. If the buffer is empty
-   --  or the content is invalid, a Constraint_Error is raises.
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration.Ada;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index adac9c06c6249..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---          Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration         --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.10 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation;
-with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C;
-with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration is
-
-   function Create (Info               : Enumeration_Info;
-                    Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
-                    return Enumeration_Field
-   is
-      procedure Release_String is
-        new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (String,
-                                        String_Access);
-      E : Enumeration_Field;
-      L : constant size_t := 1 + size_t (Info.C);
-      S : String_Access;
-   begin
-      E.Case_Sensitive       := Info.Case_Sensitive;
-      E.Match_Must_Be_Unique := Info.Match_Must_Be_Unique;
-      E.Arr := new chars_ptr_array (size_t (1) .. L);
-      for I in 1 .. Positive (L - 1) loop
-         if Info.Names (I) = null then
-            raise Form_Exception;
-         end if;
-         E.Arr.all (size_t (I)) := New_String (Info.Names (I).all);
-         if Auto_Release_Names then
-            S := Info.Names (I);
-            Release_String (S);
-         end if;
-      end loop;
-      E.Arr.all (L) := Null_Ptr;
-      return E;
-   end Create;
-
-   procedure Release (Enum : in out Enumeration_Field)
-   is
-      I : size_t := 0;
-      P : chars_ptr;
-   begin
-      loop
-         P := Enum.Arr.all (I);
-         exit when P = Null_Ptr;
-         Free (P);
-         Enum.Arr.all (I) := Null_Ptr;
-         I := I + 1;
-      end loop;
-      Enum.Arr := null;
-   end Release;
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Enumeration_Field)
-   is
-      function Set_Fld_Type (F    : Field := Fld;
-                             Arg1 : chars_ptr_array;
-                             Arg2 : C_Int;
-                             Arg3 : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type_enum");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      if Typ.Arr = null then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      end if;
-      Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Typ.Arr.all,
-                           Arg2 => C_Int (Boolean'Pos (Typ.Case_Sensitive)),
-                           Arg3 => C_Int (Boolean'Pos
-                                          (Typ.Match_Must_Be_Unique)));
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Wrap_Builtin (Fld, Typ, C_Choice_Router);
-   end Set_Field_Type;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index bb0abeba71717..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-enumeration.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---           Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration        --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Interfaces.C.Strings;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration is
-   pragma Preelaborate
-     (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration);
-
-   type String_Access is access String;
-
-   --  Type_Set is used by the child package Ada
-   type Type_Set is (Lower_Case, Upper_Case, Mixed_Case);
-
-   type Enum_Array is array (Positive range <>)
-     of String_Access;
-
-   type Enumeration_Info (C : Positive) is
-      record
-         Names                : Enum_Array (1 .. C);
-         Case_Sensitive       : Boolean := False;
-         Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False;
-      end record;
-
-   type Enumeration_Field is new Field_Type with private;
-
-   function Create (Info : Enumeration_Info;
-                    Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
-                    return Enumeration_Field;
-   --  Make an fieldtype from the info. Enumerations are special, because
-   --  they normally don't copy the enum values into a private store, so
-   --  we have to care for the lifetime of the info we provide.
-   --  The Auto_Release_Names flag may be used to automatically releases
-   --  the strings in the Names array of the Enumeration_Info.
-
-   function Make_Enumeration_Type (Info : Enumeration_Info;
-                                   Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
-                                   return Enumeration_Field renames Create;
-
-   procedure Release (Enum : in out Enumeration_Field);
-   --  But we may want to release the field to release the memory allocated
-   --  by it internally. After that the Enumeration field is no longer usable.
-
-   --  The next type defintions are all ncurses extensions. They are typically
-   --  not available in other curses implementations.
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Enumeration_Field);
-   pragma Inline (Set_Field_Type);
-
-private
-   type CPA_Access is access Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array;
-
-   type Enumeration_Field is new Field_Type with
-      record
-         Case_Sensitive       : Boolean := False;
-         Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False;
-         Arr                  : CPA_Access := null;
-      end record;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Enumeration;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index be4d9b3b3c856..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---            Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IntField          --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/19 00:45:37 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IntField is
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Integer_Field)
-   is
-      function Set_Fld_Type (F    : Field := Fld;
-                             Arg1 : C_Int;
-                             Arg2 : C_Long_Int;
-                             Arg3 : C_Long_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type_integer");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Typ.Precision),
-                           Arg2 => C_Long_Int (Typ.Lower_Limit),
-                           Arg3 => C_Long_Int (Typ.Upper_Limit));
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Wrap_Builtin (Fld, Typ);
-   end Set_Field_Type;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IntField;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 862397853545c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-intfield.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---            Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IntField          --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IntField is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IntField);
-
-   type Integer_Field is new Field_Type with
-      record
-         Precision   : Natural;
-         Lower_Limit : Integer;
-         Upper_Limit : Integer;
-      end record;
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Integer_Field);
-   pragma Inline (Set_Field_Type);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IntField;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index bd33283a449e1..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---          Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IPV4_Address        --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/19 00:45:37 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IPV4_Address is
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Internet_V4_Address_Field)
-   is
-      function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld)
-                             return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type_ipv4");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      Res := Set_Fld_Type;
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Wrap_Builtin (Fld, Typ);
-   end Set_Field_Type;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IPV4_Address;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 8f9e0510b02e5..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-ipv4_address.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---          Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IPV4_Address        --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IPV4_Address is
-   pragma Preelaborate
-     (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IPV4_Address);
-
-   type Internet_V4_Address_Field is new Field_Type with null record;
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Internet_V4_Address_Field);
-   pragma Inline (Set_Field_Type);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.IPV4_Address;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 9b829991ee22b..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---            Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Numeric           --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/19 00:45:37 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Interfaces.C;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Numeric is
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Numeric_Field)
-   is
-      type Double is new Interfaces.C.double;
-
-      function Set_Fld_Type (F    : Field := Fld;
-                             Arg1 : C_Int;
-                             Arg2 : Double;
-                             Arg3 : Double) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type_numeric");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Typ.Precision),
-                           Arg2 => Double (Typ.Lower_Limit),
-                           Arg3 => Double (Typ.Upper_Limit));
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Wrap_Builtin (Fld, Typ);
-   end Set_Field_Type;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Numeric;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index e3f37a27be013..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-numeric.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---             Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Numeric          --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Numeric is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Numeric);
-
-   type Numeric_Field is new Field_Type with
-      record
-         Precision   : Natural;
-         Lower_Limit : Float;
-         Upper_Limit : Float;
-      end record;
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Numeric_Field);
-   pragma Inline (Set_Field_Type);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.Numeric;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 9d3b1df86e2d6..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---             Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.RegExp           --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.10 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.RegExp is
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Regular_Expression_Field)
-   is
-      type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.char;
-
-      function Set_Ftyp (F    : Field := Fld;
-                         Arg1 : Char_Ptr) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Ftyp, "set_field_type_regexp");
-
-      Txt : char_array (0 .. Typ.Regular_Expression.all'Length);
-      Len : size_t;
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      To_C (Typ.Regular_Expression.all, Txt, Len);
-      Res := Set_Ftyp (Arg1 => Txt (Txt'First)'Access);
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Wrap_Builtin (Fld, Typ);
-   end Set_Field_Type;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.RegExp;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index dd273dcb16176..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-regexp.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---              Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.RegExp          --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.RegExp is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.RegExp);
-
-   type String_Access is access String;
-
-   type Regular_Expression_Field is new Field_Type with
-      record
-         Regular_Expression : String_Access;
-      end record;
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : Regular_Expression_Field);
-   pragma Inline (Set_Field_Type);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.RegExp;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 018a19ddfa645..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---          Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User.Choice         --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.17 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/22 10:53:37 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with System.Address_To_Access_Conversions;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User.Choice is
-
-   package Argument_Conversions is
-      new System.Address_To_Access_Conversions (Argument);
-
-   function Generic_Next (Fld : Field;
-                          Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool
-   is
-      Result : Boolean;
-      Udf    : constant User_Defined_Field_Type_With_Choice_Access :=
-        User_Defined_Field_Type_With_Choice_Access
-        (Argument_Access (Argument_Conversions.To_Pointer (Usr)).Typ);
-   begin
-      Result := Next (Fld, Udf.all);
-      return Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Result));
-   end Generic_Next;
-
-   function Generic_Prev (Fld : Field;
-                          Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool
-   is
-      Result : Boolean;
-      Udf    : constant User_Defined_Field_Type_With_Choice_Access :=
-        User_Defined_Field_Type_With_Choice_Access
-        (Argument_Access (Argument_Conversions.To_Pointer (Usr)).Typ);
-   begin
-      Result := Previous (Fld, Udf.all);
-      return Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Result));
-   end Generic_Prev;
-
-   --  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --
-   function C_Generic_Choice return C_Field_Type
-   is
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-      T   : C_Field_Type;
-   begin
-      if M_Generic_Choice = Null_Field_Type then
-         T := New_Fieldtype (Generic_Field_Check'Access,
-                             Generic_Char_Check'Access);
-         if T = Null_Field_Type then
-            raise Form_Exception;
-         else
-            Res := Set_Fieldtype_Arg (T,
-                                      Make_Arg'Access,
-                                      Copy_Arg'Access,
-                                      Free_Arg'Access);
-            if Res /= E_Ok then
-               Eti_Exception (Res);
-            end if;
-
-            Res := Set_Fieldtype_Choice (T,
-                                         Generic_Next'Access,
-                                         Generic_Prev'Access);
-            if Res /= E_Ok then
-               Eti_Exception (Res);
-            end if;
-         end if;
-         M_Generic_Choice := T;
-      end if;
-      pragma Assert (M_Generic_Choice /= Null_Field_Type);
-      return M_Generic_Choice;
-   end C_Generic_Choice;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User.Choice;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 1b0d0ffb23a38..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user-choice.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---           Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User.Choice        --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.14 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/19 12:27:47 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Interfaces.C;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User.Choice is
-   pragma Preelaborate
-     (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User.Choice);
-
-   subtype C_Int is Interfaces.C.int;
-
-   type User_Defined_Field_Type_With_Choice is abstract new
-     User_Defined_Field_Type with null record;
-   --  This is the root of the mechanism we use to create field types in
-   --  Ada95 that allow the prev/next mechanism. You should your own type
-   --  derive from this one and implement the Field_Check, Character_Check
-   --  Next and Previous functions for your own type.
-
-   type User_Defined_Field_Type_With_Choice_Access is access all
-     User_Defined_Field_Type_With_Choice'Class;
-
-   function Next
-     (Fld : Field;
-      Typ : User_Defined_Field_Type_With_Choice) return Boolean
-      is abstract;
-   --  If True is returned, the function successfully generated a next
-   --  value into the fields buffer.
-
-   function Previous
-     (Fld : Field;
-      Typ : User_Defined_Field_Type_With_Choice) return Boolean
-      is abstract;
-   --  If True is returned, the function successfully generated a previous
-   --  value into the fields buffer.
-
-   --  +----------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --  | Private Part.
-   --  |
-private
-   function C_Generic_Choice return C_Field_Type;
-
-   function Generic_Next (Fld : Field;
-                          Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool;
-   pragma Convention (C, Generic_Next);
-   --  This is the generic next Choice_Function for the low-level fieldtype
-   --  representing all the User_Defined_Field_Type derivatives. It routes
-   --  the call to the Next implementation for the type.
-
-   function Generic_Prev (Fld : Field;
-                          Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool;
-   pragma Convention (C, Generic_Prev);
-   --  This is the generic prev Choice_Function for the low-level fieldtype
-   --  representing all the User_Defined_Field_Type derivatives. It routes
-   --  the call to the Previous implementation for the type.
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User.Choice;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index ed3a5e1baa9d1..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---              Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User            --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.21 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/23 00:44:58 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with System.Address_To_Access_Conversions;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User is
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : User_Defined_Field_Type)
-   is
-      function Allocate_Arg (T : User_Defined_Field_Type'Class)
-                             return Argument_Access;
-
-      function Set_Fld_Type (F    : Field := Fld;
-                             Cft  : C_Field_Type := C_Generic_Type;
-                             Arg1 : Argument_Access)
-                             return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type_user");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-
-      function Allocate_Arg (T : User_Defined_Field_Type'Class)
-                             return Argument_Access
-      is
-         Ptr : constant Field_Type_Access
-             := new User_Defined_Field_Type'Class'(T);
-      begin
-         return new Argument'(Usr => System.Null_Address,
-                              Typ => Ptr,
-                              Cft => Null_Field_Type);
-      end Allocate_Arg;
-
-   begin
-      Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Allocate_Arg (Typ));
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Field_Type;
-
-   package Argument_Conversions is
-      new System.Address_To_Access_Conversions (Argument);
-
-   function Generic_Field_Check (Fld : Field;
-                                 Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool
-   is
-      Result : Boolean;
-      Udf    : constant User_Defined_Field_Type_Access :=
-        User_Defined_Field_Type_Access
-          (Argument_Access (Argument_Conversions.To_Pointer (Usr)).all.Typ);
-   begin
-      Result := Field_Check (Fld, Udf.all);
-      return Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Result));
-   end Generic_Field_Check;
-
-   function Generic_Char_Check (Ch  : C_Int;
-                                Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool
-   is
-      Result : Boolean;
-      Udf    : constant User_Defined_Field_Type_Access :=
-        User_Defined_Field_Type_Access
-          (Argument_Access (Argument_Conversions.To_Pointer (Usr)).all.Typ);
-   begin
-      Result := Character_Check (Character'Val (Ch), Udf.all);
-      return Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Result));
-   end Generic_Char_Check;
-
-   --  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --
-   function C_Generic_Type return C_Field_Type
-   is
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-      T   : C_Field_Type;
-   begin
-      if M_Generic_Type = Null_Field_Type then
-         T := New_Fieldtype (Generic_Field_Check'Access,
-                             Generic_Char_Check'Access);
-         if T = Null_Field_Type then
-            raise Form_Exception;
-         else
-            Res := Set_Fieldtype_Arg (T,
-                                      Make_Arg'Access,
-                                      Copy_Arg'Access,
-                                      Free_Arg'Access);
-            if Res /= E_Ok then
-               Eti_Exception (Res);
-            end if;
-         end if;
-         M_Generic_Type := T;
-      end if;
-      pragma Assert (M_Generic_Type /= Null_Field_Type);
-      return M_Generic_Type;
-   end C_Generic_Type;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 107c8637e4514..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types-user.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User           --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.15 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/19 12:27:21 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Interfaces.C;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User);
-   subtype C_Int is Interfaces.C.int;
-
-   type User_Defined_Field_Type is abstract new Field_Type with null record;
-   --  This is the root of the mechanism we use to create field types in
-   --  Ada95. You should your own type derive from this one and implement
-   --  the Field_Check and Character_Check functions for your own type.
-
-   type User_Defined_Field_Type_Access is access all
-     User_Defined_Field_Type'Class;
-
-   function Field_Check
-     (Fld : Field;
-      Typ : User_Defined_Field_Type) return Boolean
-      is abstract;
-   --  If True is returned, the field is considered valid, otherwise it is
-   --  invalid.
-
-   function Character_Check
-     (Ch  : Character;
-      Typ : User_Defined_Field_Type) return Boolean
-      is abstract;
-   --  If True is returned, the character is considered as valid for the
-   --  field, otherwise as invalid.
-
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld : Field;
-                             Typ : User_Defined_Field_Type);
-   --  This should work for all types derived from User_Defined_Field_Type.
-   --  No need to reimplement it for your derived type.
-
-   --  +----------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --  | Private Part.
-   --  | Used by the Choice child package.
-private
-   function C_Generic_Type   return C_Field_Type;
-
-   function Generic_Field_Check (Fld : Field;
-                                 Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool;
-   pragma Convention (C, Generic_Field_Check);
-   --  This is the generic Field_Check_Function for the low-level fieldtype
-   --  representing all the User_Defined_Field_Type derivatives. It routes
-   --  the call to the Field_Check implementation for the type.
-
-   function Generic_Char_Check (Ch  : C_Int;
-                                Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool;
-   pragma Convention (C, Generic_Char_Check);
-   --  This is the generic Char_Check_Function for the low-level fieldtype
-   --  representing all the User_Defined_Field_Type derivatives. It routes
-   --  the call to the Character_Check implementation for the type.
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types.User;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 2a48f9c5410c3..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,289 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                 Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types              --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.25 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/22 23:22:27 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation;
-with System.Address_To_Access_Conversions;
-
---  |
---  |=====================================================================
---  | man page form_fieldtype.3x
---  |=====================================================================
---  |
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types is
-
-   use type System.Address;
-
-   package Argument_Conversions is
-      new System.Address_To_Access_Conversions (Argument);
-
-   function Get_Fieldtype (F : Field) return C_Field_Type;
-   pragma Import (C, Get_Fieldtype, "field_type");
-
-   function Get_Arg (F : Field) return System.Address;
-   pragma Import (C, Get_Arg, "field_arg");
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_field_validation.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Get_Type (Fld : Field) return Field_Type_Access
-   is
-      Low_Level : constant C_Field_Type := Get_Fieldtype (Fld);
-      Arg : Argument_Access;
-   begin
-      if Low_Level = Null_Field_Type then
-         return null;
-      else
-         if Low_Level = M_Builtin_Router or else
-           Low_Level = M_Generic_Type or else
-           Low_Level = M_Choice_Router or else
-           Low_Level = M_Generic_Choice then
-            Arg := Argument_Access
-         (Argument_Conversions.To_Pointer (Get_Arg (Fld)));
-            if Arg = null then
-               raise Form_Exception;
-            else
-               return Arg.all.Typ;
-            end if;
-         else
-            raise Form_Exception;
-         end if;
-      end if;
-   end Get_Type;
-
-   function Copy_Arg (Usr : System.Address) return System.Address
-   is
-   begin
-      return Usr;
-   end Copy_Arg;
-
-   procedure Free_Arg (Usr : System.Address)
-   is
-      procedure Free_Type is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation
-        (Field_Type'Class, Field_Type_Access);
-      procedure Freeargs is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation
-        (Argument, Argument_Access);
-
-      To_Be_Free : Argument_Access
-   := Argument_Access (Argument_Conversions.To_Pointer (Usr));
-      Low_Level  : C_Field_Type;
-   begin
-      if To_Be_Free /= null then
-         if To_Be_Free.all.Usr /= System.Null_Address then
-            Low_Level := To_Be_Free.all.Cft;
-            if Low_Level.all.Freearg /= null then
-               Low_Level.all.Freearg (To_Be_Free.all.Usr);
-            end if;
-         end if;
-         if To_Be_Free.all.Typ /= null then
-            Free_Type (To_Be_Free.all.Typ);
-         end if;
-         Freeargs (To_Be_Free);
-      end if;
-   end Free_Arg;
-
-   procedure Wrap_Builtin (Fld : Field;
-                           Typ : Field_Type'Class;
-                           Cft : C_Field_Type := C_Builtin_Router)
-   is
-      Usr_Arg   : constant System.Address := Get_Arg (Fld);
-      Low_Level : constant C_Field_Type := Get_Fieldtype (Fld);
-      Arg : Argument_Access;
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-      function Set_Fld_Type (F    : Field := Fld;
-                             Cf   : C_Field_Type := Cft;
-                             Arg1 : Argument_Access) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type_user");
-
-   begin
-      pragma Assert (Low_Level /= Null_Field_Type);
-      if Cft /= C_Builtin_Router and then Cft /= C_Choice_Router then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      else
-         Arg := new Argument'(Usr => System.Null_Address,
-                              Typ => new Field_Type'Class'(Typ),
-                              Cft => Get_Fieldtype (Fld));
-         if Usr_Arg /= System.Null_Address then
-            if Low_Level.all.Copyarg /= null then
-               Arg.all.Usr := Low_Level.all.Copyarg (Usr_Arg);
-            else
-               Arg.all.Usr := Usr_Arg;
-            end if;
-         end if;
-
-         Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Arg);
-         if Res /= E_Ok then
-            Eti_Exception (Res);
-         end if;
-      end if;
-   end Wrap_Builtin;
-
-   function Field_Check_Router (Fld : Field;
-                                Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool
-   is
-      Arg  : constant Argument_Access
-   := Argument_Access (Argument_Conversions.To_Pointer (Usr));
-   begin
-      pragma Assert (Arg /= null and then Arg.all.Cft /= Null_Field_Type
-                     and then Arg.all.Typ /= null);
-      if Arg.all.Cft.all.Fcheck /= null then
-         return Arg.all.Cft.all.Fcheck (Fld, Arg.all.Usr);
-      else
-         return 1;
-      end if;
-   end Field_Check_Router;
-
-   function Char_Check_Router (Ch  : C_Int;
-                               Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool
-   is
-      Arg  : constant Argument_Access
-   := Argument_Access (Argument_Conversions.To_Pointer (Usr));
-   begin
-      pragma Assert (Arg /= null and then Arg.all.Cft /= Null_Field_Type
-                     and then Arg.all.Typ /= null);
-      if Arg.all.Cft.all.Ccheck /= null then
-         return Arg.all.Cft.all.Ccheck (Ch, Arg.all.Usr);
-      else
-         return 1;
-      end if;
-   end Char_Check_Router;
-
-   function Next_Router (Fld : Field;
-                         Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool
-   is
-      Arg  : constant Argument_Access
-   := Argument_Access (Argument_Conversions.To_Pointer (Usr));
-   begin
-      pragma Assert (Arg /= null and then Arg.all.Cft /= Null_Field_Type
-                     and then Arg.all.Typ /= null);
-      if Arg.all.Cft.all.Next /= null then
-         return Arg.all.Cft.all.Next (Fld, Arg.all.Usr);
-      else
-         return 1;
-      end if;
-   end Next_Router;
-
-   function Prev_Router (Fld : Field;
-                         Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool
-   is
-      Arg  : constant Argument_Access :=
-               Argument_Access (Argument_Conversions.To_Pointer (Usr));
-   begin
-      pragma Assert (Arg /= null and then Arg.all.Cft /= Null_Field_Type
-                     and then Arg.all.Typ /= null);
-      if Arg.all.Cft.all.Prev /= null then
-         return Arg.all.Cft.all.Prev (Fld, Arg.all.Usr);
-      else
-         return 1;
-      end if;
-   end Prev_Router;
-
-   --  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --
-   function C_Builtin_Router return C_Field_Type
-   is
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-      T   : C_Field_Type;
-   begin
-      if M_Builtin_Router = Null_Field_Type then
-         T := New_Fieldtype (Field_Check_Router'Access,
-                             Char_Check_Router'Access);
-         if T = Null_Field_Type then
-            raise Form_Exception;
-         else
-            Res := Set_Fieldtype_Arg (T,
-                                      Make_Arg'Access,
-                                      Copy_Arg'Access,
-                                      Free_Arg'Access);
-            if Res /= E_Ok then
-               Eti_Exception (Res);
-            end if;
-         end if;
-         M_Builtin_Router := T;
-      end if;
-      pragma Assert (M_Builtin_Router /= Null_Field_Type);
-      return M_Builtin_Router;
-   end C_Builtin_Router;
-
-   --  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --
-   function C_Choice_Router return C_Field_Type
-   is
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-      T   : C_Field_Type;
-   begin
-      if M_Choice_Router = Null_Field_Type then
-         T := New_Fieldtype (Field_Check_Router'Access,
-                             Char_Check_Router'Access);
-         if T = Null_Field_Type then
-            raise Form_Exception;
-         else
-            Res := Set_Fieldtype_Arg (T,
-                                      Make_Arg'Access,
-                                      Copy_Arg'Access,
-                                      Free_Arg'Access);
-            if Res /= E_Ok then
-               Eti_Exception (Res);
-            end if;
-
-            Res := Set_Fieldtype_Choice (T,
-                                         Next_Router'Access,
-                                         Prev_Router'Access);
-            if Res /= E_Ok then
-               Eti_Exception (Res);
-            end if;
-         end if;
-         M_Choice_Router := T;
-      end if;
-      pragma Assert (M_Choice_Router /= Null_Field_Type);
-      return M_Choice_Router;
-   end C_Choice_Router;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 94f90eae8f95e..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,245 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                 Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types              --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.16 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Interfaces.C;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types);
-   use type Interfaces.C.int;
-   subtype C_Int is Interfaces.C.int;
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_fieldtype.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   type Field_Type is abstract tagged null record;
-   --  Abstract base type for all field types. A concrete field type
-   --  is an extension that adds some data elements describing formats or
-   --  boundary values for the type and validation routines.
-   --  For the builtin low-level fieldtypes, the validation routines are
-   --  already defined by the low-level C library.
-   --  The builtin types like Alpha or AlphaNumeric etc. are defined in
-   --  child packages of this package. You may use one of them as example
-   --  how to create you own child packages for low-level field types that
-   --  you may have already written in C.
-
-   type Field_Type_Access is access all Field_Type'Class;
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   procedure Set_Field_Type (Fld      : Field;
-                             Fld_Type : Field_Type) is abstract;
-   --  AKA: set_field_type()
-   --  But: we hide the vararg mechanism of the C interface. You always
-   --       have to pass a single Field_Type parameter.
-
-   --  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_field_validation.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   function Get_Type (Fld : Field) return Field_Type_Access;
-   --  AKA: field_type()
-   --  AKA: field_arg()
-   --  In Ada95 we can combine these. If you try to retrieve the field type
-   --  that is not defined as extension of the abstract tagged type above,
-   --  you will raise a Form_Exception.
-   --  This is not inlined
-
-   --  +----------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --  | Private Part.
-   --  | Most of this is used by the implementations of the child packages.
-   --  |
-private
-   type Makearg_Function is access
-     function (Args : System.Address) return System.Address;
-   pragma Convention (C, Makearg_Function);
-
-   type Copyarg_Function is access
-     function (Usr : System.Address) return System.Address;
-   pragma Convention (C, Copyarg_Function);
-
-   type Freearg_Function is access
-     procedure (Usr : System.Address);
-   pragma Convention (C, Freearg_Function);
-
-   type Field_Check_Function is access
-     function (Fld : Field; Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool;
-   pragma Convention (C, Field_Check_Function);
-
-   type Char_Check_Function is access
-     function (Ch : C_Int; Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool;
-   pragma Convention (C, Char_Check_Function);
-
-   type Choice_Function is access
-     function (Fld : Field; Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool;
-   pragma Convention (C, Choice_Function);
-
-   --  +----------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --  | This must be in sync with the FIELDTYPE structure in form.h
-   --  |
-   type Low_Level_Field_Type is
-      record
-         Status :              Interfaces.C.unsigned_short;
-         Ref_Count :           Interfaces.C.long;
-         Left, Right :         System.Address;
-         Makearg :             Makearg_Function;
-         Copyarg :             Copyarg_Function;
-         Freearg :             Freearg_Function;
-         Fcheck :              Field_Check_Function;
-         Ccheck :              Char_Check_Function;
-         Next, Prev :          Choice_Function;
-      end record;
-   pragma Convention (C, Low_Level_Field_Type);
-   type C_Field_Type is access all Low_Level_Field_Type;
-
-   Null_Field_Type   : constant C_Field_Type := null;
-
-   --  +----------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --  | This four low-level fieldtypes are the ones associated with
-   --  | fieldtypes handled by this binding. Any other low-level fieldtype
-   --  | will result in a Form_Exception is function Get_Type.
-   --  |
-   M_Generic_Type   : C_Field_Type := null;
-   M_Generic_Choice : C_Field_Type := null;
-   M_Builtin_Router : C_Field_Type := null;
-   M_Choice_Router  : C_Field_Type := null;
-
-   --  Two wrapper functions to access those low-level fieldtypes defined
-   --  in this package.
-   function C_Builtin_Router return C_Field_Type;
-   function C_Choice_Router  return C_Field_Type;
-
-   procedure Wrap_Builtin (Fld : Field;
-                           Typ : Field_Type'Class;
-                           Cft : C_Field_Type := C_Builtin_Router);
-   --  This procedure has to be called by the Set_Field_Type implementation
-   --  for builtin low-level fieldtypes to replace it by an Ada95
-   --  conformant Field_Type object.
-   --  The parameter Cft must be C_Builtin_Router for regular low-level
-   --  fieldtypes (like TYP_ALPHA or TYP_ALNUM) and C_Choice_Router for
-   --  low-level fieldtypes witch choice functions (like TYP_ENUM).
-   --  Any other value will raise a Form_Exception.
-
-   function Make_Arg (Args : System.Address) return System.Address;
-   pragma Import (C, Make_Arg, "void_star_make_arg");
-   --  This is the Makearg_Function for the internal low-level types
-   --  introduced by this binding.
-
-   function Copy_Arg (Usr : System.Address) return System.Address;
-   pragma Convention (C, Copy_Arg);
-   --  This is the Copyarg_Function for the internal low-level types
-   --  introduced by this binding.
-
-   procedure Free_Arg (Usr : System.Address);
-   pragma Convention (C, Free_Arg);
-   --  This is the Freearg_Function for the internal low-level types
-   --  introduced by this binding.
-
-   function Field_Check_Router (Fld : Field;
-                                Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool;
-   pragma Convention (C, Field_Check_Router);
-   --  This is the Field_Check_Function for the internal low-level types
-   --  introduced to wrap the low-level types by a Field_Type derived
-   --  type. It routes the call to the corresponding low-level validation
-   --  function.
-
-   function Char_Check_Router (Ch : C_Int;
-                               Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool;
-   pragma Convention (C, Char_Check_Router);
-   --  This is the Char_Check_Function for the internal low-level types
-   --  introduced to wrap the low-level types by a Field_Type derived
-   --  type. It routes the call to the corresponding low-level validation
-   --  function.
-
-   function Next_Router (Fld : Field;
-                         Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool;
-   pragma Convention (C, Next_Router);
-   --  This is the Choice_Function for the internal low-level types
-   --  introduced to wrap the low-level types by a Field_Type derived
-   --  type. It routes the call to the corresponding low-level next_choice
-   --  function.
-
-   function Prev_Router (Fld : Field;
-                         Usr : System.Address) return Curses_Bool;
-   pragma Convention (C, Prev_Router);
-   --  This is the Choice_Function for the internal low-level types
-   --  introduced to wrap the low-level types by a Field_Type derived
-   --  type. It routes the call to the corresponding low-level prev_choice
-   --  function.
-
-   --  This is the Argument structure maintained by all low-level field types
-   --  introduced by this binding.
-   type Argument is record
-      Typ : Field_Type_Access;   --  the Field_Type creating this record
-      Usr : System.Address;      --  original arg for builtin low-level types
-      Cft : C_Field_Type;        --  the original low-level type
-   end record;
-   type Argument_Access is access all Argument;
-
-   --  +----------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --  |
-   --  | Some Imports of libform routines to deal with low-level fieldtypes.
-   --  |
-   function New_Fieldtype (Fcheck : Field_Check_Function;
-                           Ccheck : Char_Check_Function)
-     return C_Field_Type;
-   pragma Import (C, New_Fieldtype, "new_fieldtype");
-
-   function Set_Fieldtype_Arg (Cft : C_Field_Type;
-                               Mak : Makearg_Function := Make_Arg'Access;
-                               Cop : Copyarg_Function := Copy_Arg'Access;
-                               Fre : Freearg_Function := Free_Arg'Access)
-     return C_Int;
-   pragma Import (C, Set_Fieldtype_Arg, "set_fieldtype_arg");
-
-   function Set_Fieldtype_Choice (Cft : C_Field_Type;
-                                  Next, Prev : Choice_Function)
-     return C_Int;
-   pragma Import (C, Set_Fieldtype_Choice, "set_fieldtype_choice");
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index a04a469fec1ed..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data            --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.13 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use  Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
---  |
---  |=====================================================================
---  | man page form_field_userptr.3x
---  |=====================================================================
---  |
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data is
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   use type Interfaces.C.int;
-
-   procedure Set_User_Data (Fld  : Field;
-                            Data : User_Access)
-   is
-      function Set_Field_Userptr (Fld : Field;
-                                  Usr : User_Access) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Userptr, "set_field_userptr");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Userptr (Fld, Data);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_User_Data;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Get_User_Data (Fld  : Field) return User_Access
-   is
-      function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) return User_Access;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
-   begin
-      return Field_Userptr (Fld);
-   end Get_User_Data;
-
-   procedure Get_User_Data (Fld  : Field;
-                            Data : out User_Access)
-   is
-   begin
-      Data := Get_User_Data (Fld);
-   end Get_User_Data;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 072378017b030..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data            --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.16 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-generic
-   type User is limited private;
-   type User_Access is access User;
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_field_userptr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   procedure Set_User_Data (Fld  : Field;
-                            Data : User_Access);
-   --  AKA: set_field_userptr
-   pragma Inline (Set_User_Data);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   procedure Get_User_Data (Fld  : Field;
-                            Data : out User_Access);
-   --  AKA: field_userptr
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_3"#2|
-   function Get_User_Data (Fld  : Field) return User_Access;
-   --  AKA: field_userptr
-   --  Sama as function
-   pragma Inline (Get_User_Data);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 3b91c7b96363c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data            --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.13 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  |
---  |=====================================================================
---  | man page form__userptr.3x
---  |=====================================================================
---  |
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data is
-
-   use type Interfaces.C.int;
-
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_User_Data (Frm  : Form;
-                            Data : User_Access)
-   is
-      function Set_Form_Userptr (Frm  : Form;
-                                 Data : User_Access)  return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Userptr, "set_form_userptr");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Userptr (Frm, Data);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_User_Data;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Get_User_Data (Frm  : Form) return User_Access
-   is
-      function Form_Userptr (Frm : Form) return User_Access;
-      pragma Import (C, Form_Userptr, "form_userptr");
-   begin
-      return Form_Userptr (Frm);
-   end Get_User_Data;
-
-   procedure Get_User_Data (Frm  : Form;
-                            Data : out User_Access)
-   is
-   begin
-      Data := Get_User_Data (Frm);
-   end Get_User_Data;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index bc0be4c0c3c1c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data            --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.15 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-generic
-   type User is limited private;
-   type User_Access is access User;
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_userptr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   procedure Set_User_Data (Frm  : Form;
-                            Data : User_Access);
-   --  AKA: set_form_userptr
-   pragma Inline (Set_User_Data);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   procedure Get_User_Data (Frm  : Form;
-                            Data : out User_Access);
-   --  AKA: form_userptr
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_3"#2|
-   function Get_User_Data (Frm  : Form) return User_Access;
-   --  AKA: form_userptr
-   --  Same as function
-   pragma Inline (Get_User_Data);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 007b21ba7397f..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1167 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms                     --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.28 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/22 23:37:32 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation;
-with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion;
-
-with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C;
-with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings;
-with Interfaces.C.Pointers;
-
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms is
-
-   use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-   type C_Field_Array is array (Natural range <>) of aliased Field;
-   package F_Array is new
-     Interfaces.C.Pointers (Natural, Field, C_Field_Array, Null_Field);
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  subtype chars_ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr;
-
-   function FOS_2_CInt is new
-     Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Field_Option_Set,
-                               C_Int);
-
-   function CInt_2_FOS is new
-     Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int,
-                               Field_Option_Set);
-
-   function FrmOS_2_CInt is new
-     Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Form_Option_Set,
-                               C_Int);
-
-   function CInt_2_FrmOS is new
-     Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int,
-                               Form_Option_Set);
-
-   procedure Request_Name (Key  : Form_Request_Code;
-                                Name : out String)
-   is
-      function Form_Request_Name (Key : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Form_Request_Name, "form_request_name");
-   begin
-      Fill_String (Form_Request_Name (C_Int (Key)), Name);
-   end Request_Name;
-
-   function Request_Name (Key : Form_Request_Code) return String
-   is
-      function Form_Request_Name (Key : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Form_Request_Name, "form_request_name");
-   begin
-      return Fill_String (Form_Request_Name (C_Int (Key)));
-   end Request_Name;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_field_new.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Create (Height       : Line_Count;
-                    Width        : Column_Count;
-                    Top          : Line_Position;
-                    Left         : Column_Position;
-                    Off_Screen   : Natural := 0;
-                    More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
-                    return Field
-   is
-      function Newfield (H, W, T, L, O, M : C_Int) return Field;
-      pragma Import (C, Newfield, "new_field");
-      Fld : constant Field := Newfield (C_Int (Height), C_Int (Width),
-                                        C_Int (Top), C_Int (Left),
-                                        C_Int (Off_Screen),
-                                        C_Int (More_Buffers));
-   begin
-      if Fld = Null_Field then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return Fld;
-   end Create;
---  |
---  |
---  |
-   procedure Delete (Fld : in out Field)
-   is
-      function Free_Field (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Free_Field, "free_field");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      Res := Free_Field (Fld);
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Fld := Null_Field;
-   end Delete;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Duplicate (Fld  : Field;
-                       Top  : Line_Position;
-                       Left : Column_Position) return Field
-   is
-      function Dup_Field (Fld  : Field;
-                          Top  : C_Int;
-                          Left : C_Int) return Field;
-      pragma Import (C, Dup_Field, "dup_field");
-
-      F : constant Field := Dup_Field (Fld,
-                                       C_Int (Top),
-                                       C_Int (Left));
-   begin
-      if F = Null_Field then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return F;
-   end Duplicate;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Link (Fld  : Field;
-                  Top  : Line_Position;
-                  Left : Column_Position) return Field
-   is
-      function Lnk_Field (Fld  : Field;
-                          Top  : C_Int;
-                          Left : C_Int) return Field;
-      pragma Import (C, Lnk_Field, "link_field");
-
-      F : constant Field := Lnk_Field (Fld,
-                                       C_Int (Top),
-                                       C_Int (Left));
-   begin
-      if F = Null_Field then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return F;
-   end Link;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_field_just.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Justification (Fld  : Field;
-                                Just : Field_Justification := None)
-   is
-      function Set_Field_Just (Fld  : Field;
-                               Just : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Just, "set_field_just");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error :=
-        Set_Field_Just (Fld,
-                        C_Int (Field_Justification'Pos (Just)));
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Justification;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Get_Justification (Fld : Field) return Field_Justification
-   is
-      function Field_Just (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Just, "field_just");
-   begin
-      return Field_Justification'Val (Field_Just (Fld));
-   end Get_Justification;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_field_buffer.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Buffer
-     (Fld    : Field;
-      Buffer : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
-      Str    : String)
-   is
-      type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.char;
-      function Set_Fld_Buffer (Fld    : Field;
-                                 Bufnum : C_Int;
-                                 S      : Char_Ptr)
-        return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Buffer, "set_field_buffer");
-
-      Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
-      Len : size_t;
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      To_C (Str, Txt, Len);
-      Res := Set_Fld_Buffer (Fld, C_Int (Buffer), Txt (Txt'First)'Access);
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Buffer;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Get_Buffer
-     (Fld    : Field;
-      Buffer : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
-      Str    : out String)
-   is
-      function Field_Buffer (Fld : Field;
-                             B   : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Buffer, "field_buffer");
-   begin
-      Fill_String (Field_Buffer (Fld, C_Int (Buffer)), Str);
-   end Get_Buffer;
-
-   function Get_Buffer
-     (Fld    : Field;
-      Buffer : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First) return String
-   is
-      function Field_Buffer (Fld : Field;
-                             B   : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Buffer, "field_buffer");
-   begin
-      return Fill_String (Field_Buffer (Fld, C_Int (Buffer)));
-   end Get_Buffer;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Status (Fld    : Field;
-                         Status : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Set_Fld_Status (Fld : Field;
-                               St  : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Status, "set_field_status");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Fld_Status (Fld, Boolean'Pos (Status));
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Status;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Changed (Fld : Field) return Boolean
-   is
-      function Field_Status (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Status, "field_status");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int := Field_Status (Fld);
-   begin
-      if Res = Curses_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Changed;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Maximum_Size (Fld : Field;
-                               Max : Natural := 0)
-   is
-      function Set_Field_Max (Fld : Field;
-                              M   : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Max, "set_max_field");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Max (Fld, C_Int (Max));
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Maximum_Size;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_field_opts.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Options (Fld     : Field;
-                          Options : Field_Option_Set)
-   is
-      function Set_Field_Opts (Fld : Field;
-                               Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Opts, "set_field_opts");
-
-      Opt : constant C_Int := FOS_2_CInt (Options);
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      Res := Set_Field_Opts (Fld, Opt);
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Options;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Switch_Options (Fld     : Field;
-                             Options : Field_Option_Set;
-                             On      : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Field_Opts_On (Fld : Field;
-                              Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Opts_On, "field_opts_on");
-      function Field_Opts_Off (Fld : Field;
-                               Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Opts_Off, "field_opts_off");
-
-      Err : Eti_Error;
-      Opt : constant C_Int := FOS_2_CInt (Options);
-   begin
-      if On then
-         Err := Field_Opts_On (Fld, Opt);
-      else
-         Err := Field_Opts_Off (Fld, Opt);
-      end if;
-      if Err /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Err);
-      end if;
-   end Switch_Options;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Get_Options (Fld     : Field;
-                          Options : out Field_Option_Set)
-   is
-      function Field_Opts (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Opts, "field_opts");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int := Field_Opts (Fld);
-   begin
-      Options := CInt_2_FOS (Res);
-   end Get_Options;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Get_Options (Fld : Field := Null_Field)
-                         return Field_Option_Set
-   is
-      Fos : Field_Option_Set;
-   begin
-      Get_Options (Fld, Fos);
-      return Fos;
-   end Get_Options;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_field_attributes.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Foreground
-     (Fld   : Field;
-      Fore  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
-   is
-      function Set_Field_Fore (Fld  : Field;
-                               Attr : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Fore, "set_field_fore");
-
-      Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch    => Character'First,
-                                             Color => Color,
-                                             Attr  => Fore);
-      Res : constant Eti_Error :=
-        Set_Field_Fore (Fld, AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch));
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Foreground;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Foreground (Fld  : Field;
-                         Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set)
-   is
-      function Field_Fore (Fld : Field) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Fore, "field_fore");
-   begin
-      Fore := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Field_Fore (Fld)).Attr;
-   end Foreground;
-
-   procedure Foreground (Fld   : Field;
-                         Fore  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
-                         Color : out Color_Pair)
-   is
-      function Field_Fore (Fld : Field) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Fore, "field_fore");
-   begin
-      Fore  := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Field_Fore (Fld)).Attr;
-      Color := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Field_Fore (Fld)).Color;
-   end Foreground;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Background
-     (Fld   : Field;
-      Back  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
-   is
-      function Set_Field_Back (Fld  : Field;
-                               Attr : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Back, "set_field_back");
-
-      Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch    => Character'First,
-                                             Color => Color,
-                                             Attr  => Back);
-      Res : constant Eti_Error :=
-        Set_Field_Back (Fld, AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch));
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Background;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Background (Fld  : Field;
-                         Back : out Character_Attribute_Set)
-   is
-      function Field_Back (Fld : Field) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Back, "field_back");
-   begin
-      Back := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Field_Back (Fld)).Attr;
-   end Background;
-
-   procedure Background (Fld   : Field;
-                         Back  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
-                         Color : out Color_Pair)
-   is
-      function Field_Back (Fld : Field) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Back, "field_back");
-   begin
-      Back  := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Field_Back (Fld)).Attr;
-      Color := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Field_Back (Fld)).Color;
-   end Background;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Pad_Character (Fld : Field;
-                                Pad : Character := Space)
-   is
-      function Set_Field_Pad (Fld : Field;
-                              Ch  : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Pad, "set_field_pad");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Pad (Fld,
-                                                 C_Int (Character'Pos (Pad)));
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Pad_Character;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Pad_Character (Fld : Field;
-                            Pad : out Character)
-   is
-      function Field_Pad (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Field_Pad, "field_pad");
-   begin
-      Pad := Character'Val (Field_Pad (Fld));
-   end Pad_Character;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_field_info.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Info (Fld                : Field;
-                   Lines              : out Line_Count;
-                   Columns            : out Column_Count;
-                   First_Row          : out Line_Position;
-                   First_Column       : out Column_Position;
-                   Off_Screen         : out Natural;
-                   Additional_Buffers : out Buffer_Number)
-   is
-      type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
-      function Fld_Info (Fld : Field;
-                         L, C, Fr, Fc, Os, Ab : C_Int_Access)
-                         return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Fld_Info, "field_info");
-
-      L, C, Fr, Fc, Os, Ab : aliased C_Int;
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Fld_Info (Fld,
-                                            L'Access, C'Access,
-                                            Fr'Access, Fc'Access,
-                                            Os'Access, Ab'Access);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      else
-         Lines              := Line_Count (L);
-         Columns            := Column_Count (C);
-         First_Row          := Line_Position (Fr);
-         First_Column       := Column_Position (Fc);
-         Off_Screen         := Natural (Os);
-         Additional_Buffers := Buffer_Number (Ab);
-      end if;
-   end Info;
---  |
---  |
---  |
-   procedure Dynamic_Info (Fld     : Field;
-                           Lines   : out Line_Count;
-                           Columns : out Column_Count;
-                           Max     : out Natural)
-   is
-      type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
-      function Dyn_Info (Fld : Field; L, C, M : C_Int_Access) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Dyn_Info, "dynamic_field_info");
-
-      L, C, M : aliased C_Int;
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Dyn_Info (Fld,
-                                            L'Access, C'Access,
-                                            M'Access);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      else
-         Lines   := Line_Count (L);
-         Columns := Column_Count (C);
-         Max     := Natural (M);
-      end if;
-   end Dynamic_Info;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_win.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Window (Frm : Form;
-                         Win : Window)
-   is
-      function Set_Form_Win (Frm : Form;
-                             Win : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Win, "set_form_win");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Win (Frm, Win);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Window;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Get_Window (Frm : Form) return Window
-   is
-      function Form_Win (Frm : Form) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Form_Win, "form_win");
-
-      W : constant Window := Form_Win (Frm);
-   begin
-      return W;
-   end Get_Window;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Sub_Window (Frm : Form;
-                             Win : Window)
-   is
-      function Set_Form_Sub (Frm : Form;
-                             Win : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Sub, "set_form_sub");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Sub (Frm, Win);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Sub_Window;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Get_Sub_Window (Frm : Form) return Window
-   is
-      function Form_Sub (Frm : Form) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Form_Sub, "form_sub");
-
-      W : constant Window := Form_Sub (Frm);
-   begin
-      return W;
-   end Get_Sub_Window;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Scale (Frm     : Form;
-                    Lines   : out Line_Count;
-                    Columns : out Column_Count)
-   is
-      type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
-      function M_Scale (Frm : Form; Yp, Xp : C_Int_Access) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, M_Scale, "scale_form");
-
-      X, Y : aliased C_Int;
-      Res  : constant Eti_Error := M_Scale (Frm, Y'Access, X'Access);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Lines := Line_Count (Y);
-      Columns := Column_Count (X);
-   end Scale;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page menu_hook.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Field_Init_Hook (Frm  : Form;
-                                  Proc : Form_Hook_Function)
-   is
-      function Set_Field_Init (Frm  : Form;
-                               Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Init, "set_field_init");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Init (Frm, Proc);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Field_Init_Hook;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Field_Term_Hook (Frm  : Form;
-                                  Proc : Form_Hook_Function)
-   is
-      function Set_Field_Term (Frm  : Form;
-                               Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Term, "set_field_term");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Term (Frm, Proc);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Field_Term_Hook;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Form_Init_Hook (Frm  : Form;
-                                 Proc : Form_Hook_Function)
-   is
-      function Set_Form_Init (Frm  : Form;
-                              Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Init, "set_form_init");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Init (Frm, Proc);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Form_Init_Hook;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Form_Term_Hook (Frm  : Form;
-                                 Proc : Form_Hook_Function)
-   is
-      function Set_Form_Term (Frm  : Form;
-                              Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Term, "set_form_term");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Term (Frm, Proc);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Form_Term_Hook;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_fields.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Redefine (Frm  : Form;
-                       Flds : Field_Array_Access)
-   is
-      function Set_Frm_Fields (Frm   : Form;
-                               Items : System.Address) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Frm_Fields, "set_form_fields");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      pragma Assert (Flds.all (Flds'Last) = Null_Field);
-      if Flds.all (Flds'Last) /= Null_Field then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      else
-         Res := Set_Frm_Fields (Frm, Flds.all (Flds'First)'Address);
-         if  Res /= E_Ok then
-            Eti_Exception (Res);
-         end if;
-      end if;
-   end Redefine;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Fields (Frm   : Form;
-                    Index : Positive) return Field
-   is
-      use F_Array;
-
-      function C_Fields (Frm : Form) return Pointer;
-      pragma Import (C, C_Fields, "form_fields");
-
-      P : Pointer := C_Fields (Frm);
-   begin
-      if P = null or else Index > Field_Count (Frm) then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      else
-         P := P + ptrdiff_t (C_Int (Index) - 1);
-         return P.all;
-      end if;
-   end Fields;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Field_Count (Frm : Form) return Natural
-   is
-      function Count (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Count, "field_count");
-   begin
-      return Natural (Count (Frm));
-   end Field_Count;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Move (Fld    : Field;
-                   Line   : Line_Position;
-                   Column : Column_Position)
-   is
-      function Move (Fld : Field; L, C : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Move, "move_field");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Move (Fld, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column));
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Move;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_new.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Create (Fields : Field_Array_Access) return Form
-   is
-      function NewForm (Fields : System.Address) return Form;
-      pragma Import (C, NewForm, "new_form");
-
-      M   : Form;
-   begin
-      pragma Assert (Fields.all (Fields'Last) = Null_Field);
-      if Fields.all (Fields'Last) /= Null_Field then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      else
-         M := NewForm (Fields.all (Fields'First)'Address);
-         if M = Null_Form then
-            raise Form_Exception;
-         end if;
-         return M;
-      end if;
-   end Create;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Delete (Frm : in out Form)
-   is
-      function Free (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Free, "free_form");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Free (Frm);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Frm := Null_Form;
-   end Delete;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_opts.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Options (Frm     : Form;
-                          Options : Form_Option_Set)
-   is
-      function Set_Form_Opts (Frm : Form;
-                              Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Opts, "set_form_opts");
-
-      Opt : constant C_Int := FrmOS_2_CInt (Options);
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      Res := Set_Form_Opts (Frm, Opt);
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Options;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Switch_Options (Frm     : Form;
-                             Options : Form_Option_Set;
-                             On      : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Form_Opts_On (Frm : Form;
-                             Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Form_Opts_On, "form_opts_on");
-      function Form_Opts_Off (Frm : Form;
-                              Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Form_Opts_Off, "form_opts_off");
-
-      Err : Eti_Error;
-      Opt : constant C_Int := FrmOS_2_CInt (Options);
-   begin
-      if On then
-         Err := Form_Opts_On (Frm, Opt);
-      else
-         Err := Form_Opts_Off (Frm, Opt);
-      end if;
-      if Err /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Err);
-      end if;
-   end Switch_Options;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Get_Options (Frm     : Form;
-                          Options : out Form_Option_Set)
-   is
-      function Form_Opts (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Form_Opts, "form_opts");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int := Form_Opts (Frm);
-   begin
-      Options := CInt_2_FrmOS (Res);
-   end Get_Options;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Get_Options (Frm : Form := Null_Form) return Form_Option_Set
-   is
-      Fos : Form_Option_Set;
-   begin
-      Get_Options (Frm, Fos);
-      return Fos;
-   end Get_Options;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_post.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Post (Frm  : Form;
-                   Post : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function M_Post (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, M_Post, "post_form");
-      function M_Unpost (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, M_Unpost, "unpost_form");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      if Post then
-         Res := M_Post (Frm);
-      else
-         Res := M_Unpost (Frm);
-      end if;
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Post;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_cursor.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Position_Cursor (Frm : Form)
-   is
-      function Pos_Form_Cursor (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Pos_Form_Cursor, "pos_form_cursor");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Pos_Form_Cursor (Frm);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Position_Cursor;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_data.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Data_Ahead (Frm : Form) return Boolean
-   is
-      function Ahead (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Ahead, "data_ahead");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int := Ahead (Frm);
-   begin
-      if Res = Curses_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Data_Ahead;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Data_Behind (Frm : Form) return Boolean
-   is
-      function Behind (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Behind, "data_behind");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int := Behind (Frm);
-   begin
-      if Res = Curses_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Data_Behind;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_driver.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Driver (Frm : Form;
-                    Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result
-   is
-      function Frm_Driver (Frm : Form; Key : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Frm_Driver, "form_driver");
-
-      R : constant Eti_Error := Frm_Driver (Frm, C_Int (Key));
-   begin
-      if R /= E_Ok then
-         if R = E_Unknown_Command then
-            return Unknown_Request;
-         elsif R = E_Invalid_Field then
-            return Invalid_Field;
-         elsif R = E_Request_Denied then
-            return Request_Denied;
-         else
-            Eti_Exception (R);
-            return Form_Ok;
-         end if;
-      else
-         return Form_Ok;
-      end if;
-   end Driver;
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_page.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Current (Frm : Form;
-                          Fld : Field)
-   is
-      function Set_Current_Fld (Frm : Form; Fld : Field) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Current_Fld, "set_current_field");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Current_Fld (Frm, Fld);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Current;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Current (Frm : Form) return Field
-   is
-      function Current_Fld (Frm : Form) return Field;
-      pragma Import (C, Current_Fld, "current_field");
-
-      Fld : constant Field := Current_Fld (Frm);
-   begin
-      if Fld = Null_Field then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return Fld;
-   end Current;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_Page (Frm  : Form;
-                       Page : Page_Number := Page_Number'First)
-   is
-      function Set_Frm_Page (Frm : Form; Pg : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Frm_Page, "set_form_page");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Frm_Page (Frm, C_Int (Page));
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Page;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Page (Frm : Form) return Page_Number
-   is
-      function Get_Page (Frm : Form) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Get_Page, "form_page");
-
-      P : constant C_Int := Get_Page (Frm);
-   begin
-      if P < 0 then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      else
-         return Page_Number (P);
-      end if;
-   end Page;
-
-   function Get_Index (Fld : Field) return Positive
-   is
-      function Get_Fieldindex (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Get_Fieldindex, "field_index");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int := Get_Fieldindex (Fld);
-   begin
-      if Res = Curses_Err then
-         raise Form_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return Positive (Natural (Res) + Positive'First);
-   end Get_Index;
-
-   --  |
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | man page form_new_page.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   procedure Set_New_Page (Fld      : Field;
-                           New_Page : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Set_Page (Fld : Field; Flg : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Page, "set_new_page");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Page (Fld, Boolean'Pos (New_Page));
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_New_Page;
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   --  |
-   function Is_New_Page (Fld : Field) return Boolean
-   is
-      function Is_New (Fld : Field) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Is_New, "new_page");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int := Is_New (Fld);
-   begin
-      if Res = Curses_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Is_New_Page;
-
-   procedure Free (FA          : in out Field_Array_Access;
-                   Free_Fields : Boolean := False)
-   is
-      procedure Release is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation
-        (Field_Array, Field_Array_Access);
-   begin
-      if FA /= null and then Free_Fields then
-         for I in FA'First .. (FA'Last - 1) loop
-            if FA.all (I) /= Null_Field then
-               Delete (FA.all (I));
-            end if;
-         end loop;
-      end if;
-      Release (FA);
-   end Free;
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   function Default_Field_Options return Field_Option_Set
-   is
-   begin
-      return Get_Options (Null_Field);
-   end Default_Field_Options;
-
-   function Default_Form_Options return Form_Option_Set
-   is
-   begin
-      return Get_Options (Null_Form);
-   end Default_Form_Options;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index a899c5d067d6c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-forms__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,790 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Form                      --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.30 @
---  @Date: 2009/12/26 17:31:35 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  form binding.
---  This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!
---  Run the generator instead.
---  |
-with System;
-with Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms);
-   pragma Linker_Options ("-lform");
-   pragma Linker_Options ("-lncurses");
-
-   Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space;
-
-   type Field        is private;
-   type Form         is private;
-
-   Null_Field        : constant Field;
-   Null_Form         : constant Form;
-
-   type Field_Justification is (None,
-                                Left,
-                                Center,
-                                Right);
-
-   pragma Warnings (Off);
-   type Field_Option_Set is
-      record
-         Visible     : Boolean;
-         Active      : Boolean;
-         Public      : Boolean;
-         Edit        : Boolean;
-         Wrap        : Boolean;
-         Blank       : Boolean;
-         Auto_Skip   : Boolean;
-         Null_Ok     : Boolean;
-         Pass_Ok     : Boolean;
-         Static      : Boolean;
-         Unused      : Boolean;
-      end record;
-   pragma Convention (C, Field_Option_Set);
-
-   for Field_Option_Set use
-      record
-         Visible     at 0 range  0 ..  0;
-         Active      at 0 range  1 ..  1;
-         Public      at 0 range  2 ..  2;
-         Edit        at 0 range  3 ..  3;
-         Wrap        at 0 range  4 ..  4;
-         Blank       at 0 range  5 ..  5;
-         Auto_Skip   at 0 range  6 ..  6;
-         Null_Ok     at 0 range  7 ..  7;
-         Pass_Ok     at 0 range  8 ..  8;
-         Static      at 0 range  9 ..  9;
-         Unused      at 0 range 10 .. 31;
-      end record;
-   for Field_Option_Set'Size use 32;
-   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
-   --               different on your system.Dnl
-
-   pragma Warnings (On);
-
-   function Default_Field_Options return Field_Option_Set;
-   --  The initial defaults for the field options.
-   pragma Inline (Default_Field_Options);
-
-   pragma Warnings (Off);
-   type Form_Option_Set is
-      record
-         NL_Overload : Boolean;
-         BS_Overload : Boolean;
-         Unused      : Boolean;
-      end record;
-   pragma Convention (C, Form_Option_Set);
-
-   for Form_Option_Set use
-      record
-         NL_Overload at 0 range  0 ..  0;
-         BS_Overload at 0 range  1 ..  1;
-         Unused      at 0 range  2 .. 31;
-      end record;
-   for Form_Option_Set'Size use 32;
-   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
-   --               different on your system.Dnl
-
-   pragma Warnings (On);
-
-   function Default_Form_Options return Form_Option_Set;
-   --  The initial defaults for the form options.
-   pragma Inline (Default_Form_Options);
-
-   type Buffer_Number is new Natural;
-
-   type Field_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Field;
-   pragma Convention (C, Field_Array);
-
-   type Field_Array_Access is access Field_Array;
-
-   procedure Free (FA          : in out Field_Array_Access;
-                   Free_Fields : Boolean := False);
-   --  Release the memory for an allocated field array
-   --  If Free_Fields is True, call Delete() for all the fields in
-   --  the array.
-
-   subtype Form_Request_Code is Key_Code range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 57);
-
-   --  The prefix F_ stands for "Form Request"
-   F_Next_Page                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1;
-   F_Previous_Page            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2;
-   F_First_Page               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3;
-   F_Last_Page                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4;
-
-   F_Next_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5;
-   F_Previous_Field           : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6;
-   F_First_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7;
-   F_Last_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8;
-   F_Sorted_Next_Field        : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9;
-   F_Sorted_Previous_Field    : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10;
-   F_Sorted_First_Field       : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11;
-   F_Sorted_Last_Field        : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12;
-   F_Left_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13;
-   F_Right_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14;
-   F_Up_Field                 : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15;
-   F_Down_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16;
-
-   F_Next_Char                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17;
-   F_Previous_Char            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 18;
-   F_Next_Line                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 19;
-   F_Previous_Line            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 20;
-   F_Next_Word                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 21;
-   F_Previous_Word            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 22;
-   F_Begin_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 23;
-   F_End_Field                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 24;
-   F_Begin_Line               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 25;
-   F_End_Line                 : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 26;
-   F_Left_Char                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 27;
-   F_Right_Char               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 28;
-   F_Up_Char                  : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 29;
-   F_Down_Char                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 30;
-
-   F_New_Line                 : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 31;
-   F_Insert_Char              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 32;
-   F_Insert_Line              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 33;
-   F_Delete_Char              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 34;
-   F_Delete_Previous          : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 35;
-   F_Delete_Line              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 36;
-   F_Delete_Word              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 37;
-   F_Clear_EOL                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 38;
-   F_Clear_EOF                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 39;
-   F_Clear_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 40;
-   F_Overlay_Mode             : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 41;
-   F_Insert_Mode              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 42;
-
-   --  Vertical Scrolling
-   F_ScrollForward_Line       : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 43;
-   F_ScrollBackward_Line      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 44;
-   F_ScrollForward_Page       : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 45;
-   F_ScrollBackward_Page      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 46;
-   F_ScrollForward_HalfPage   : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 47;
-   F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage  : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 48;
-
-   --  Horizontal Scrolling
-   F_HScrollForward_Char      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 49;
-   F_HScrollBackward_Char     : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 50;
-   F_HScrollForward_Line      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 51;
-   F_HScrollBackward_Line     : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 52;
-   F_HScrollForward_HalfLine  : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 53;
-   F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 54;
-
-   F_Validate_Field           : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 55;
-   F_Next_Choice              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 56;
-   F_Previous_Choice          : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 57;
-
-   --  For those who like the old 'C' style request names
-   REQ_NEXT_PAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Page;
-   REQ_PREV_PAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Page;
-   REQ_FIRST_PAGE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Page;
-   REQ_LAST_PAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Page;
-
-   REQ_NEXT_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Field;
-   REQ_PREV_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Field;
-   REQ_FIRST_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Field;
-   REQ_LAST_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Field;
-   REQ_SNEXT_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Next_Field;
-   REQ_SPREV_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Previous_Field;
-   REQ_SFIRST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_First_Field;
-   REQ_SLAST_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Last_Field;
-   REQ_LEFT_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Field;
-   REQ_RIGHT_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Field;
-   REQ_UP_FIELD     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Field;
-   REQ_DOWN_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Field;
-
-   REQ_NEXT_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Char;
-   REQ_PREV_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Char;
-   REQ_NEXT_LINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Line;
-   REQ_PREV_LINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Line;
-   REQ_NEXT_WORD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Word;
-   REQ_PREV_WORD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Word;
-   REQ_BEG_FIELD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Field;
-   REQ_END_FIELD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Field;
-   REQ_BEG_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Line;
-   REQ_END_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Line;
-   REQ_LEFT_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Char;
-   REQ_RIGHT_CHAR   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Char;
-   REQ_UP_CHAR      : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Char;
-   REQ_DOWN_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Char;
-
-   REQ_NEW_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_New_Line;
-   REQ_INS_CHAR     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Char;
-   REQ_INS_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Line;
-   REQ_DEL_CHAR     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Char;
-   REQ_DEL_PREV     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Previous;
-   REQ_DEL_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Line;
-   REQ_DEL_WORD     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Word;
-   REQ_CLR_EOL      : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOL;
-   REQ_CLR_EOF      : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOF;
-   REQ_CLR_FIELD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_Field;
-   REQ_OVL_MODE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Overlay_Mode;
-   REQ_INS_MODE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Mode;
-
-   REQ_SCR_FLINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Line;
-   REQ_SCR_BLINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Line;
-   REQ_SCR_FPAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Page;
-   REQ_SCR_BPAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Page;
-   REQ_SCR_FHPAGE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_HalfPage;
-   REQ_SCR_BHPAGE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage;
-
-   REQ_SCR_FCHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Char;
-   REQ_SCR_BCHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Char;
-   REQ_SCR_HFLINE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Line;
-   REQ_SCR_HBLINE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Line;
-   REQ_SCR_HFHALF   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_HalfLine;
-   REQ_SCR_HBHALF   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine;
-
-   REQ_VALIDATION   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Validate_Field;
-   REQ_NEXT_CHOICE  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Choice;
-   REQ_PREV_CHOICE  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Choice;
-
-   procedure Request_Name (Key  : Form_Request_Code;
-                           Name : out String);
-
-   function  Request_Name (Key : Form_Request_Code) return String;
-   --  Same as function
-   pragma Inline (Request_Name);
-
-   ------------------
-   --  Exceptions  --
-   ------------------
-   Form_Exception : exception;
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_field_new.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   function Create (Height       : Line_Count;
-                    Width        : Column_Count;
-                    Top          : Line_Position;
-                    Left         : Column_Position;
-                    Off_Screen   : Natural := 0;
-                    More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
-                    return Field;
-   --  AKA: new_field()
-   --  An overloaded Create is defined later. Pragma Inline appears there.
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   function New_Field (Height       : Line_Count;
-                       Width        : Column_Count;
-                       Top          : Line_Position;
-                       Left         : Column_Position;
-                       Off_Screen   : Natural := 0;
-                       More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
-                       return Field renames Create;
-   --  AKA: new_field()
-   pragma Inline (New_Field);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_3"#2|
-   procedure Delete (Fld : in out Field);
-   --  AKA: free_field()
-   --  Reset Fld to Null_Field
-   --  An overloaded Delete is defined later. Pragma Inline appears there.
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_4"#2|
-   function Duplicate (Fld  : Field;
-                       Top  : Line_Position;
-                       Left : Column_Position) return Field;
-   --  AKA: dup_field()
-   pragma Inline (Duplicate);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_5"#2|
-   function Link (Fld  : Field;
-                  Top  : Line_Position;
-                  Left : Column_Position) return Field;
-   --  AKA: link_field()
-   pragma Inline (Link);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_field_just.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_6"#2|
-   procedure Set_Justification (Fld  : Field;
-                                Just : Field_Justification := None);
-   --  AKA: set_field_just()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Justification);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_7"#2|
-   function Get_Justification (Fld : Field) return Field_Justification;
-   --  AKA: field_just()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Justification);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_field_buffer.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_8"#2|
-   procedure Set_Buffer
-     (Fld    : Field;
-      Buffer : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
-      Str    : String);
-   --  AKA: set_field_buffer()
-   --  Not inlined
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_9"#2|
-   procedure Get_Buffer
-     (Fld    : Field;
-      Buffer : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
-      Str    : out String);
-   --  AKA: field_buffer()
-
-   function Get_Buffer
-     (Fld    : Field;
-      Buffer : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First) return String;
-   --  AKA: field_buffer()
-   --  Same but as function
-   pragma Inline (Get_Buffer);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_10"#2|
-   procedure Set_Status (Fld    : Field;
-                         Status : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: set_field_status()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Status);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_11"#2|
-   function Changed (Fld : Field) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: field_status()
-   pragma Inline (Changed);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_12"#2|
-   procedure Set_Maximum_Size (Fld : Field;
-                               Max : Natural := 0);
-   --  AKA: set_field_max()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Maximum_Size);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_field_opts.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_13"#2|
-   procedure Set_Options (Fld     : Field;
-                          Options : Field_Option_Set);
-   --  AKA: set_field_opts()
-   --  An overloaded version is defined later. Pragma Inline appears there
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_14"#2|
-   procedure Switch_Options (Fld     : Field;
-                             Options : Field_Option_Set;
-                             On      : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: field_opts_on()
-   --  AKA: field_opts_off()
-   --  An overloaded version is defined later. Pragma Inline appears there
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_15"#2|
-   procedure Get_Options (Fld     : Field;
-                          Options : out Field_Option_Set);
-   --  AKA: field_opts()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_16"#2|
-   function Get_Options (Fld : Field := Null_Field)
-                         return Field_Option_Set;
-   --  AKA: field_opts()
-   --  An overloaded version is defined later. Pragma Inline appears there
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_field_attributes.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_17"#2|
-   procedure Set_Foreground
-     (Fld   : Field;
-      Fore  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
-   --  AKA: set_field_fore()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Foreground);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_18"#2|
-   procedure Foreground (Fld  : Field;
-                         Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set);
-   --  AKA: field_fore()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_19"#2|
-   procedure Foreground (Fld   : Field;
-                         Fore  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
-                         Color : out Color_Pair);
-   --  AKA: field_fore()
-   pragma Inline (Foreground);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_20"#2|
-   procedure Set_Background
-     (Fld   : Field;
-      Back  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
-   --  AKA: set_field_back()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Background);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_21"#2|
-   procedure Background (Fld  : Field;
-                         Back : out Character_Attribute_Set);
-   --  AKA: field_back()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_22"#2|
-   procedure Background (Fld   : Field;
-                         Back  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
-                         Color : out Color_Pair);
-   --  AKA: field_back()
-   pragma Inline (Background);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_23"#2|
-   procedure Set_Pad_Character (Fld : Field;
-                                Pad : Character := Space);
-   --  AKA: set_field_pad()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Pad_Character);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_24"#2|
-   procedure Pad_Character (Fld : Field;
-                            Pad : out Character);
-   --  AKA: field_pad()
-   pragma Inline (Pad_Character);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_field_info.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_25"#2|
-   procedure Info (Fld                : Field;
-                   Lines              : out Line_Count;
-                   Columns            : out Column_Count;
-                   First_Row          : out Line_Position;
-                   First_Column       : out Column_Position;
-                   Off_Screen         : out Natural;
-                   Additional_Buffers : out Buffer_Number);
-   --  AKA: field_info()
-   pragma Inline (Info);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_26"#2|
-   procedure Dynamic_Info (Fld     : Field;
-                           Lines   : out Line_Count;
-                           Columns : out Column_Count;
-                           Max     : out Natural);
-   --  AKA: dynamic_field_info()
-   pragma Inline (Dynamic_Info);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_win.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_27"#2|
-   procedure Set_Window (Frm : Form;
-                         Win : Window);
-   --  AKA: set_form_win()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_28"#2|
-   function Get_Window (Frm : Form) return Window;
-   --  AKA: form_win()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_29"#2|
-   procedure Set_Sub_Window (Frm : Form;
-                             Win : Window);
-   --  AKA: set_form_sub()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Sub_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_30"#2|
-   function Get_Sub_Window (Frm : Form) return Window;
-   --  AKA: form_sub()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Sub_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_31"#2|
-   procedure Scale (Frm     : Form;
-                    Lines   : out Line_Count;
-                    Columns : out Column_Count);
-   --  AKA: scale_form()
-   pragma Inline (Scale);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_hook.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   type Form_Hook_Function is access procedure (Frm : Form);
-   pragma Convention (C, Form_Hook_Function);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_32"#2|
-   procedure Set_Field_Init_Hook (Frm  : Form;
-                                  Proc : Form_Hook_Function);
-   --  AKA: set_field_init()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Field_Init_Hook);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_33"#2|
-   procedure Set_Field_Term_Hook (Frm  : Form;
-                                  Proc : Form_Hook_Function);
-   --  AKA: set_field_term()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Field_Term_Hook);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_34"#2|
-   procedure Set_Form_Init_Hook (Frm  : Form;
-                                 Proc : Form_Hook_Function);
-   --  AKA: set_form_init()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Form_Init_Hook);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_35"#2|
-   procedure Set_Form_Term_Hook (Frm  : Form;
-                                 Proc : Form_Hook_Function);
-   --  AKA: set_form_term()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Form_Term_Hook);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_36"#2|
-   function Get_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
-   --  AKA: field_init()
-   pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Init_Hook, "field_init");
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_37"#2|
-   function Get_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
-   --  AKA: field_term()
-   pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Term_Hook, "field_term");
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_38"#2|
-   function Get_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
-   --  AKA: form_init()
-   pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Init_Hook, "form_init");
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_39"#2|
-   function Get_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
-   --  AKA: form_term()
-   pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Term_Hook, "form_term");
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_field.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_40"#2|
-   procedure Redefine (Frm  : Form;
-                       Flds : Field_Array_Access);
-   --  AKA: set_form_fields()
-   pragma Inline (Redefine);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_41"#2|
-   procedure Set_Fields (Frm  : Form;
-                         Flds : Field_Array_Access) renames Redefine;
-   --  AKA: set_form_fields()
-   --  pragma Inline (Set_Fields);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_42"#2|
-   function Fields (Frm   : Form;
-                    Index : Positive) return Field;
-   --  AKA: form_fields()
-   pragma Inline (Fields);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_43"#2|
-   function Field_Count (Frm : Form) return Natural;
-   --  AKA: field_count()
-   pragma Inline (Field_Count);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_44"#2|
-   procedure Move (Fld    : Field;
-                   Line   : Line_Position;
-                   Column : Column_Position);
-   --  AKA: move_field()
-   pragma Inline (Move);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_new.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_45"#2|
-   function Create (Fields : Field_Array_Access) return Form;
-   --  AKA: new_form()
-   pragma Inline (Create);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_46"#2|
-   function New_Form (Fields : Field_Array_Access) return Form
-     renames Create;
-   --  AKA: new_form()
-   --  pragma Inline (New_Form);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_47"#2|
-   procedure Delete (Frm : in out Form);
-   --  AKA: free_form()
-   --  Reset Frm to Null_Form
-   pragma Inline (Delete);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_opts.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_48"#2|
-   procedure Set_Options (Frm     : Form;
-                          Options : Form_Option_Set);
-   --  AKA: set_form_opts()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Options);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_49"#2|
-   procedure Switch_Options (Frm     : Form;
-                             Options : Form_Option_Set;
-                             On      : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: form_opts_on()
-   --  AKA: form_opts_off()
-   pragma Inline (Switch_Options);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_50"#2|
-   procedure Get_Options (Frm     : Form;
-                          Options : out Form_Option_Set);
-   --  AKA: form_opts()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_51"#2|
-   function Get_Options (Frm : Form := Null_Form) return Form_Option_Set;
-   --  AKA: form_opts()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Options);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_post.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_52"#2|
-   procedure Post (Frm  : Form;
-                   Post : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: post_form()
-   --  AKA: unpost_form()
-   pragma Inline (Post);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_cursor.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_53"#2|
-   procedure Position_Cursor (Frm : Form);
-   --  AKA: pos_form_cursor()
-   pragma Inline (Position_Cursor);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_data.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_54"#2|
-   function Data_Ahead (Frm : Form) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: data_ahead()
-   pragma Inline (Data_Ahead);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_55"#2|
-   function Data_Behind (Frm : Form) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: data_behind()
-   pragma Inline (Data_Behind);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_driver.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   type Driver_Result is (Form_Ok,
-                          Request_Denied,
-                          Unknown_Request,
-                          Invalid_Field);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_56"#2|
-   function Driver (Frm : Form;
-                    Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result;
-   --  AKA: form_driver()
-   --  Driver not inlined
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_page.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   type Page_Number is new Natural;
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_57"#2|
-   procedure Set_Current (Frm : Form;
-                          Fld : Field);
-   --  AKA: set_current_field()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Current);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_58"#2|
-   function Current (Frm : Form) return Field;
-   --  AKA: current_field()
-   pragma Inline (Current);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_59"#2|
-   procedure Set_Page (Frm  : Form;
-                       Page : Page_Number := Page_Number'First);
-   --  AKA: set_form_page()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Page);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_60"#2|
-   function Page (Frm : Form) return Page_Number;
-   --  AKA: form_page()
-   pragma Inline (Page);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_61"#2|
-   function Get_Index (Fld : Field) return Positive;
-   --  AKA: field_index()
-   --  Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of fields
-   --  with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low
-   --  level call.
-   pragma Inline (Get_Index);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_new_page.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_62"#2|
-   procedure Set_New_Page (Fld      : Field;
-                           New_Page : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: set_new_page()
-   pragma Inline (Set_New_Page);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_63"#2|
-   function Is_New_Page (Fld : Field) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: new_page()
-   pragma Inline (Is_New_Page);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page form_requestname.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  Not Implemented: form_request_name, form_request_by_name
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-private
-   type Field is new System.Storage_Elements.Integer_Address;
-   type Form  is new System.Storage_Elements.Integer_Address;
-
-   Null_Field : constant Field := 0;
-   Null_Form  : constant Form  := 0;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index c9583dd3a1b46..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data             --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Interfaces.C;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data is
-
-   use type Interfaces.C.int;
-
-   procedure Set_User_Data (Itm  : Item;
-                            Data : User_Access)
-   is
-      function Set_Item_Userptr (Itm  : Item;
-                                 Addr : User_Access)  return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Userptr, "set_item_userptr");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Userptr (Itm, Data);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_User_Data;
-
-   function Get_User_Data (Itm  : Item) return User_Access
-   is
-      function Item_Userptr (Itm : Item) return User_Access;
-      pragma Import (C, Item_Userptr, "item_userptr");
-   begin
-      return Item_Userptr (Itm);
-   end Get_User_Data;
-
-   procedure Get_User_Data (Itm  : Item;
-                            Data : out User_Access)
-   is
-   begin
-      Data := Get_User_Data (Itm);
-   end Get_User_Data;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 8614e20a26c67..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data             --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.17 @
---  @Date: 2009/12/26 17:31:35 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-generic
-   type User is limited private;
-   type User_Access is access User;
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data);
-
-   --  The binding uses the same user pointer for menu items
-   --  as the low level C implementation. So you can safely
-   --  read or write the user pointer also with the C routines
-   --
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page mitem_userptr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   procedure Set_User_Data (Itm  : Item;
-                            Data : User_Access);
-   --  AKA: set_item_userptr
-   pragma Inline (Set_User_Data);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   procedure Get_User_Data (Itm  : Item;
-                            Data : out User_Access);
-   --  AKA: item_userptr
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_3"#2|
-   function Get_User_Data (Itm  : Item) return User_Access;
-   --  AKA: item_userptr
-   --  Same as function
-   pragma Inline (Get_User_Data);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 9c4e92f245cf8..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data             --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.13 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data is
-
-   use type Interfaces.C.int;
-
-   procedure Set_User_Data (Men  : Menu;
-                            Data : User_Access)
-   is
-      function Set_Menu_Userptr (Men  : Menu;
-                                 Data : User_Access)  return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Userptr, "set_menu_userptr");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Userptr (Men, Data);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_User_Data;
-
-   function Get_User_Data (Men  : Menu) return User_Access
-   is
-      function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return User_Access;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr");
-   begin
-      return Menu_Userptr (Men);
-   end Get_User_Data;
-
-   procedure Get_User_Data (Men  : Menu;
-                            Data : out User_Access)
-   is
-   begin
-      Data := Get_User_Data (Men);
-   end Get_User_Data;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 72276413b1ef1..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data             --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.15 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-generic
-   type User is limited private;
-   type User_Access is access User;
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_userptr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   procedure Set_User_Data (Men  : Menu;
-                            Data : User_Access);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_userptr
-   pragma Inline (Set_User_Data);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   procedure Get_User_Data (Men  : Menu;
-                            Data : out User_Access);
-   --  AKA: menu_userptr
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_3"#2|
-   function Get_User_Data (Men  : Menu) return User_Access;
-   --  AKA: menu_userptr
-   --  Same as function
-   pragma Inline (Get_User_Data);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index c51db2805bb1e..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1028 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus                     --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.28 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/22 23:38:12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C;
-with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings;
-with Interfaces.C.Pointers;
-
-with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus is
-
-   type C_Item_Array is array (Natural range <>) of aliased Item;
-   package I_Array is new
-     Interfaces.C.Pointers (Natural, Item, C_Item_Array, Null_Item);
-
-   use type System.Bit_Order;
-   subtype chars_ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr;
-
-   function MOS_2_CInt is new
-     Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Menu_Option_Set,
-                               C_Int);
-
-   function CInt_2_MOS is new
-     Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int,
-                               Menu_Option_Set);
-
-   function IOS_2_CInt is new
-     Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (Item_Option_Set,
-                               C_Int);
-
-   function CInt_2_IOS is new
-     Ada.Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int,
-                               Item_Option_Set);
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Request_Name (Key  : Menu_Request_Code;
-                           Name : out String)
-   is
-      function Request_Name (Key : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Request_Name, "menu_request_name");
-   begin
-      Fill_String (Request_Name (C_Int (Key)), Name);
-   end Request_Name;
-
-   function Request_Name (Key : Menu_Request_Code) return String
-   is
-      function Request_Name (Key : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Request_Name, "menu_request_name");
-   begin
-      return Fill_String (Request_Name (C_Int (Key)));
-   end Request_Name;
-
-   function Create (Name        : String;
-                    Description : String := "") return Item
-   is
-      type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.char;
-      function Newitem (Name, Desc : Char_Ptr) return Item;
-      pragma Import (C, Newitem, "new_item");
-
-      type Name_String is new char_array (0 .. Name'Length);
-      type Name_String_Ptr is access Name_String;
-      pragma Controlled (Name_String_Ptr);
-
-      type Desc_String is new char_array (0 .. Description'Length);
-      type Desc_String_Ptr is access Desc_String;
-      pragma Controlled (Desc_String_Ptr);
-
-      Name_Str : constant Name_String_Ptr := new Name_String;
-      Desc_Str : constant Desc_String_Ptr := new Desc_String;
-      Name_Len, Desc_Len : size_t;
-      Result : Item;
-   begin
-      To_C (Name, Name_Str.all, Name_Len);
-      To_C (Description, Desc_Str.all, Desc_Len);
-      Result := Newitem (Name_Str.all (Name_Str.all'First)'Access,
-                         Desc_Str.all (Desc_Str.all'First)'Access);
-      if Result = Null_Item then
-         raise Eti_System_Error;
-      end if;
-      return Result;
-   end Create;
-
-   procedure Delete (Itm : in out Item)
-   is
-      function Descname (Itm  : Item) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Descname, "item_description");
-      function Itemname (Itm  : Item) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Itemname, "item_name");
-
-      function Freeitem (Itm : Item) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Freeitem, "free_item");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-      Ptr : chars_ptr;
-   begin
-      Ptr := Descname (Itm);
-      if Ptr /= Null_Ptr then
-         Interfaces.C.Strings.Free (Ptr);
-      end if;
-      Ptr := Itemname (Itm);
-      if Ptr /= Null_Ptr then
-         Interfaces.C.Strings.Free (Ptr);
-      end if;
-      Res := Freeitem (Itm);
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Itm := Null_Item;
-   end Delete;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Value (Itm   : Item;
-                        Value : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Set_Item_Val (Itm : Item;
-                             Val : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Val, "set_item_value");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Val (Itm, Boolean'Pos (Value));
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Value;
-
-   function Value (Itm : Item) return Boolean
-   is
-      function Item_Val (Itm : Item) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Item_Val, "item_value");
-   begin
-      if Item_Val (Itm) = Curses_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Value;
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Visible (Itm : Item) return Boolean
-   is
-      function Item_Vis (Itm : Item) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Item_Vis, "item_visible");
-   begin
-      if Item_Vis (Itm) = Curses_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Visible;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Options (Itm     : Item;
-                          Options : Item_Option_Set)
-   is
-      function Set_Item_Opts (Itm : Item;
-                              Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Opts, "set_item_opts");
-
-      Opt : constant C_Int := IOS_2_CInt (Options);
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      Res := Set_Item_Opts (Itm, Opt);
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Options;
-
-   procedure Switch_Options (Itm     : Item;
-                             Options : Item_Option_Set;
-                             On      : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Item_Opts_On (Itm : Item;
-                             Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Item_Opts_On, "item_opts_on");
-      function Item_Opts_Off (Itm : Item;
-                              Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Item_Opts_Off, "item_opts_off");
-
-      Opt : constant C_Int := IOS_2_CInt (Options);
-      Err : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      if On then
-         Err := Item_Opts_On (Itm, Opt);
-      else
-         Err := Item_Opts_Off (Itm, Opt);
-      end if;
-      if Err /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Err);
-      end if;
-   end Switch_Options;
-
-   procedure Get_Options (Itm     : Item;
-                          Options : out Item_Option_Set)
-   is
-      function Item_Opts (Itm : Item) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Item_Opts, "item_opts");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int := Item_Opts (Itm);
-   begin
-      Options := CInt_2_IOS (Res);
-   end Get_Options;
-
-   function Get_Options (Itm : Item := Null_Item) return Item_Option_Set
-   is
-      Ios : Item_Option_Set;
-   begin
-      Get_Options (Itm, Ios);
-      return Ios;
-   end Get_Options;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Name (Itm  : Item;
-                   Name : out String)
-   is
-      function Itemname (Itm : Item) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Itemname, "item_name");
-   begin
-      Fill_String (Itemname (Itm), Name);
-   end Name;
-
-   function Name (Itm : Item) return String
-   is
-      function Itemname (Itm : Item) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Itemname, "item_name");
-   begin
-      return Fill_String (Itemname (Itm));
-   end Name;
-
-   procedure Description (Itm         : Item;
-                          Description : out String)
-   is
-      function Descname (Itm  : Item) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Descname, "item_description");
-   begin
-      Fill_String (Descname (Itm), Description);
-   end Description;
-
-   function Description (Itm : Item) return String
-   is
-      function Descname (Itm  : Item) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Descname, "item_description");
-   begin
-      return Fill_String (Descname (Itm));
-   end Description;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Current (Men : Menu;
-                          Itm : Item)
-   is
-      function Set_Curr_Item (Men : Menu;
-                              Itm : Item) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Curr_Item, "set_current_item");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Curr_Item (Men, Itm);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Current;
-
-   function Current (Men : Menu) return Item
-   is
-      function Curr_Item (Men : Menu) return Item;
-      pragma Import (C, Curr_Item, "current_item");
-
-      Res : constant Item := Curr_Item (Men);
-   begin
-      if Res = Null_Item then
-         raise Menu_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return Res;
-   end Current;
-
-   procedure Set_Top_Row (Men  : Menu;
-                          Line : Line_Position)
-   is
-      function Set_Toprow (Men  : Menu;
-                           Line : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Toprow, "set_top_row");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Toprow (Men, C_Int (Line));
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Top_Row;
-
-   function Top_Row (Men : Menu) return Line_Position
-   is
-      function Toprow (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Toprow, "top_row");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int := Toprow (Men);
-   begin
-      if Res = Curses_Err then
-         raise Menu_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return Line_Position (Res);
-   end Top_Row;
-
-   function Get_Index (Itm : Item) return Positive
-   is
-      function Get_Itemindex (Itm : Item) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Get_Itemindex, "item_index");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int := Get_Itemindex (Itm);
-   begin
-      if Res = Curses_Err then
-         raise Menu_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return Positive (Natural (Res) + Positive'First);
-   end Get_Index;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Post (Men  : Menu;
-                   Post : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function M_Post (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, M_Post, "post_menu");
-      function M_Unpost (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, M_Unpost, "unpost_menu");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      if Post then
-         Res := M_Post (Men);
-      else
-         Res := M_Unpost (Men);
-      end if;
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Post;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Options (Men     : Menu;
-                          Options : Menu_Option_Set)
-   is
-      function Set_Menu_Opts (Men : Menu;
-                              Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Opts, "set_menu_opts");
-
-      Opt : constant C_Int := MOS_2_CInt (Options);
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      Res := Set_Menu_Opts (Men, Opt);
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Options;
-
-   procedure Switch_Options (Men     : Menu;
-                             Options : Menu_Option_Set;
-                             On      : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Menu_Opts_On (Men : Menu;
-                             Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts_On, "menu_opts_on");
-      function Menu_Opts_Off (Men : Menu;
-                              Opt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts_Off, "menu_opts_off");
-
-      Opt : constant C_Int := MOS_2_CInt (Options);
-      Err : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      if On then
-         Err := Menu_Opts_On  (Men, Opt);
-      else
-         Err := Menu_Opts_Off (Men, Opt);
-      end if;
-      if Err /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Err);
-      end if;
-   end Switch_Options;
-
-   procedure Get_Options (Men     : Menu;
-                          Options : out Menu_Option_Set)
-   is
-      function Menu_Opts (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts, "menu_opts");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int := Menu_Opts (Men);
-   begin
-      Options := CInt_2_MOS (Res);
-   end Get_Options;
-
-   function Get_Options (Men : Menu := Null_Menu) return Menu_Option_Set
-   is
-      Mos : Menu_Option_Set;
-   begin
-      Get_Options (Men, Mos);
-      return Mos;
-   end Get_Options;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Window (Men : Menu;
-                         Win : Window)
-   is
-      function Set_Menu_Win (Men : Menu;
-                             Win : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Win, "set_menu_win");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Win (Men, Win);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Window;
-
-   function Get_Window (Men : Menu) return Window
-   is
-      function Menu_Win (Men : Menu) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Win, "menu_win");
-
-      W : constant Window := Menu_Win (Men);
-   begin
-      return W;
-   end Get_Window;
-
-   procedure Set_Sub_Window (Men : Menu;
-                             Win : Window)
-   is
-      function Set_Menu_Sub (Men : Menu;
-                             Win : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Sub, "set_menu_sub");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Sub (Men, Win);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Sub_Window;
-
-   function Get_Sub_Window (Men : Menu) return Window
-   is
-      function Menu_Sub (Men : Menu) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Sub, "menu_sub");
-
-      W : constant Window := Menu_Sub (Men);
-   begin
-      return W;
-   end Get_Sub_Window;
-
-   procedure Scale (Men     : Menu;
-                    Lines   : out Line_Count;
-                    Columns : out Column_Count)
-   is
-      type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
-      function M_Scale (Men    : Menu;
-                        Yp, Xp : C_Int_Access) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, M_Scale, "scale_menu");
-
-      X, Y : aliased C_Int;
-      Res  : constant Eti_Error := M_Scale (Men, Y'Access, X'Access);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Lines := Line_Count (Y);
-      Columns := Column_Count (X);
-   end Scale;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Position_Cursor (Men : Menu)
-   is
-      function Pos_Menu_Cursor (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Pos_Menu_Cursor, "pos_menu_cursor");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Pos_Menu_Cursor (Men);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Position_Cursor;
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Mark (Men  : Menu;
-                       Mark : String)
-   is
-      type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.char;
-      function Set_Mark (Men  : Menu;
-                         Mark : Char_Ptr) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Mark, "set_menu_mark");
-
-      Txt : char_array (0 .. Mark'Length);
-      Len : size_t;
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      To_C (Mark, Txt, Len);
-      Res := Set_Mark (Men, Txt (Txt'First)'Access);
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Mark;
-
-   procedure Mark (Men  : Menu;
-                   Mark : out String)
-   is
-      function Get_Menu_Mark (Men : Menu) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Get_Menu_Mark, "menu_mark");
-   begin
-      Fill_String (Get_Menu_Mark (Men), Mark);
-   end Mark;
-
-   function Mark (Men : Menu) return String
-   is
-      function Get_Menu_Mark (Men : Menu) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Get_Menu_Mark, "menu_mark");
-   begin
-      return Fill_String (Get_Menu_Mark (Men));
-   end Mark;
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Foreground
-     (Men   : Menu;
-      Fore  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
-   is
-      function Set_Menu_Fore (Men  : Menu;
-                              Attr : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Fore, "set_menu_fore");
-
-      Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch    => Character'First,
-                                             Color => Color,
-                                             Attr  => Fore);
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Fore (Men, AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch));
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Foreground;
-
-   procedure Foreground (Men  : Menu;
-                         Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set)
-   is
-      function Menu_Fore (Men : Menu) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Fore, "menu_fore");
-   begin
-      Fore := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Menu_Fore (Men)).Attr;
-   end Foreground;
-
-   procedure Foreground (Men   : Menu;
-                         Fore  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
-                         Color : out Color_Pair)
-   is
-      function Menu_Fore (Men : Menu) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Fore, "menu_fore");
-   begin
-      Fore  := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Menu_Fore (Men)).Attr;
-      Color := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Menu_Fore (Men)).Color;
-   end Foreground;
-
-   procedure Set_Background
-     (Men   : Menu;
-      Back  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
-   is
-      function Set_Menu_Back (Men  : Menu;
-                              Attr : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Back, "set_menu_back");
-
-      Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch    => Character'First,
-                                             Color => Color,
-                                             Attr  => Back);
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Back (Men, AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch));
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Background;
-
-   procedure Background (Men  : Menu;
-                         Back : out Character_Attribute_Set)
-   is
-      function Menu_Back (Men : Menu) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Back, "menu_back");
-   begin
-      Back := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Menu_Back (Men)).Attr;
-   end Background;
-
-   procedure Background (Men   : Menu;
-                         Back  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
-                         Color : out Color_Pair)
-   is
-      function Menu_Back (Men : Menu) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Back, "menu_back");
-   begin
-      Back  := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Menu_Back (Men)).Attr;
-      Color := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Menu_Back (Men)).Color;
-   end Background;
-
-   procedure Set_Grey (Men   : Menu;
-                       Grey  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-                       Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
-   is
-      function Set_Menu_Grey (Men  : Menu;
-                              Attr : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Grey, "set_menu_grey");
-
-      Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch    => Character'First,
-                                             Color => Color,
-                                             Attr  => Grey);
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Grey (Men, AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch));
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Grey;
-
-   procedure Grey (Men  : Menu;
-                   Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set)
-   is
-      function Menu_Grey (Men : Menu) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Grey, "menu_grey");
-   begin
-      Grey := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Menu_Grey (Men)).Attr;
-   end Grey;
-
-   procedure Grey (Men  : Menu;
-                   Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set;
-                   Color : out Color_Pair)
-   is
-      function Menu_Grey (Men : Menu) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Grey, "menu_grey");
-   begin
-      Grey  := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Menu_Grey (Men)).Attr;
-      Color := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Menu_Grey (Men)).Color;
-   end Grey;
-
-   procedure Set_Pad_Character (Men : Menu;
-                                Pad : Character := Space)
-   is
-      function Set_Menu_Pad (Men : Menu;
-                             Ch  : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Pad, "set_menu_pad");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Pad (Men,
-                                                C_Int (Character'Pos (Pad)));
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Pad_Character;
-
-   procedure Pad_Character (Men : Menu;
-                            Pad : out Character)
-   is
-      function Menu_Pad (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Pad, "menu_pad");
-   begin
-      Pad := Character'Val (Menu_Pad (Men));
-   end Pad_Character;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Spacing (Men   : Menu;
-                          Descr : Column_Position := 0;
-                          Row   : Line_Position   := 0;
-                          Col   : Column_Position := 0)
-   is
-      function Set_Spacing (Men     : Menu;
-                            D, R, C : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Spacing, "set_menu_spacing");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Spacing (Men,
-                                               C_Int (Descr),
-                                               C_Int (Row),
-                                               C_Int (Col));
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Spacing;
-
-   procedure Spacing (Men   : Menu;
-                      Descr : out Column_Position;
-                      Row   : out Line_Position;
-                      Col   : out Column_Position)
-   is
-      type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
-      function Get_Spacing (Men     : Menu;
-                            D, R, C : C_Int_Access) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Get_Spacing, "menu_spacing");
-
-      D, R, C : aliased C_Int;
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Get_Spacing (Men,
-                                               D'Access,
-                                               R'Access,
-                                               C'Access);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      else
-         Descr := Column_Position (D);
-         Row   := Line_Position (R);
-         Col   := Column_Position (C);
-      end if;
-   end Spacing;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Set_Pattern (Men  : Menu;
-                         Text : String) return Boolean
-   is
-      type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.char;
-      function Set_Pattern (Men     : Menu;
-                            Pattern : Char_Ptr) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Pattern, "set_menu_pattern");
-
-      S   : char_array (0 .. Text'Length);
-      L   : size_t;
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      To_C (Text, S, L);
-      Res := Set_Pattern (Men, S (S'First)'Access);
-      case Res is
-         when E_No_Match => return False;
-         when E_Ok       => return True;
-         when others =>
-            Eti_Exception (Res);
-            return False;
-      end case;
-   end Set_Pattern;
-
-   procedure Pattern (Men  : Menu;
-                      Text : out String)
-   is
-      function Get_Pattern (Men : Menu) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Get_Pattern, "menu_pattern");
-   begin
-      Fill_String (Get_Pattern (Men), Text);
-   end Pattern;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Format (Men     : Menu;
-                         Lines   : Line_Count;
-                         Columns : Column_Count)
-   is
-      function Set_Menu_Fmt (Men : Menu;
-                             Lin : C_Int;
-                             Col : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Fmt, "set_menu_format");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Fmt (Men,
-                                                C_Int (Lines),
-                                                C_Int (Columns));
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Format;
-
-   procedure Format (Men     : Menu;
-                     Lines   : out Line_Count;
-                     Columns : out Column_Count)
-   is
-      type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int;
-      function Menu_Fmt (Men  : Menu;
-                         Y, X : C_Int_Access) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Fmt, "menu_format");
-
-      L, C : aliased C_Int;
-      Res  : constant Eti_Error := Menu_Fmt (Men, L'Access, C'Access);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      else
-         Lines   := Line_Count (L);
-         Columns := Column_Count (C);
-      end if;
-   end Format;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Item_Init_Hook (Men  : Menu;
-                                 Proc : Menu_Hook_Function)
-   is
-      function Set_Item_Init (Men  : Menu;
-                              Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Init, "set_item_init");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Init (Men, Proc);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Item_Init_Hook;
-
-   procedure Set_Item_Term_Hook (Men  : Menu;
-                                 Proc : Menu_Hook_Function)
-   is
-      function Set_Item_Term (Men  : Menu;
-                              Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Term, "set_item_term");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Term (Men, Proc);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Item_Term_Hook;
-
-   procedure Set_Menu_Init_Hook (Men  : Menu;
-                                 Proc : Menu_Hook_Function)
-   is
-      function Set_Menu_Init (Men  : Menu;
-                              Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Init, "set_menu_init");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Init (Men, Proc);
-   begin
-      if  Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Menu_Init_Hook;
-
-   procedure Set_Menu_Term_Hook (Men  : Menu;
-                                 Proc : Menu_Hook_Function)
-   is
-      function Set_Menu_Term (Men  : Menu;
-                              Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Term, "set_menu_term");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Term (Men, Proc);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Menu_Term_Hook;
-
-   function Get_Item_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function
-   is
-      function Item_Init (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
-      pragma Import (C, Item_Init, "item_init");
-   begin
-      return Item_Init (Men);
-   end Get_Item_Init_Hook;
-
-   function Get_Item_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function
-   is
-      function Item_Term (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
-      pragma Import (C, Item_Term, "item_term");
-   begin
-      return Item_Term (Men);
-   end Get_Item_Term_Hook;
-
-   function Get_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function
-   is
-      function Menu_Init (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Init, "menu_init");
-   begin
-      return Menu_Init (Men);
-   end Get_Menu_Init_Hook;
-
-   function Get_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function
-   is
-      function Menu_Term (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
-      pragma Import (C, Menu_Term, "menu_term");
-   begin
-      return Menu_Term (Men);
-   end Get_Menu_Term_Hook;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Redefine (Men   : Menu;
-                       Items : Item_Array_Access)
-   is
-      function Set_Items (Men   : Menu;
-                          Items : System.Address) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Items, "set_menu_items");
-
-      Res : Eti_Error;
-   begin
-      pragma Assert (Items.all (Items'Last) = Null_Item);
-      if Items.all (Items'Last) /= Null_Item then
-         raise Menu_Exception;
-      else
-         Res := Set_Items (Men, Items.all'Address);
-         if  Res /= E_Ok then
-            Eti_Exception (Res);
-         end if;
-      end if;
-   end Redefine;
-
-   function Item_Count (Men : Menu) return Natural
-   is
-      function Count (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Count, "item_count");
-   begin
-      return Natural (Count (Men));
-   end Item_Count;
-
-   function Items (Men   : Menu;
-                   Index : Positive) return Item
-   is
-      use I_Array;
-
-      function C_Mitems (Men : Menu) return Pointer;
-      pragma Import (C, C_Mitems, "menu_items");
-
-      P : Pointer := C_Mitems (Men);
-   begin
-      if P = null or else Index > Item_Count (Men) then
-         raise Menu_Exception;
-      else
-         P := P + ptrdiff_t (C_Int (Index) - 1);
-         return P.all;
-      end if;
-   end Items;
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Create (Items : Item_Array_Access) return Menu
-   is
-      function Newmenu (Items : System.Address) return Menu;
-      pragma Import (C, Newmenu, "new_menu");
-
-      M   : Menu;
-   begin
-      pragma Assert (Items.all (Items'Last) = Null_Item);
-      if Items.all (Items'Last) /= Null_Item then
-         raise Menu_Exception;
-      else
-         M := Newmenu (Items.all'Address);
-         if M = Null_Menu then
-            raise Menu_Exception;
-         end if;
-         return M;
-      end if;
-   end Create;
-
-   procedure Delete (Men : in out Menu)
-   is
-      function Free (Men : Menu) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Free, "free_menu");
-
-      Res : constant Eti_Error := Free (Men);
-   begin
-      if Res /= E_Ok then
-         Eti_Exception (Res);
-      end if;
-      Men := Null_Menu;
-   end Delete;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Driver (Men : Menu;
-                    Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result
-   is
-      function Driver (Men : Menu;
-                       Key : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Driver, "menu_driver");
-
-      R : constant Eti_Error := Driver (Men, C_Int (Key));
-   begin
-      if R /= E_Ok then
-         case R is
-            when E_Unknown_Command  => return Unknown_Request;
-            when E_No_Match         => return No_Match;
-            when E_Request_Denied |
-                 E_Not_Selectable   => return Request_Denied;
-            when others =>
-               Eti_Exception (R);
-         end case;
-      end if;
-      return Menu_Ok;
-   end Driver;
-
-   procedure Free (IA         : in out Item_Array_Access;
-                   Free_Items : Boolean := False)
-   is
-      procedure Release is new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation
-        (Item_Array, Item_Array_Access);
-   begin
-      if IA /= null and then Free_Items then
-         for I in IA'First .. (IA'Last - 1) loop
-            if IA.all (I) /= Null_Item then
-               Delete (IA.all (I));
-            end if;
-         end loop;
-      end if;
-      Release (IA);
-   end Free;
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Default_Menu_Options return Menu_Option_Set
-   is
-   begin
-      return Get_Options (Null_Menu);
-   end Default_Menu_Options;
-
-   function Default_Item_Options return Item_Option_Set
-   is
-   begin
-      return Get_Options (Null_Item);
-   end Default_Item_Options;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index a0220657dd418..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-menus__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,685 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menu                      --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2007,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.28 @
---  @Date: 2009/12/26 18:35:22 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  menu binding.
---  This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!
---  Run the generator instead.
---  |
-with System;
-with Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus);
-   pragma Linker_Options ("-lmenu");
-   pragma Linker_Options ("-lncurses");
-
-   Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space;
-
-   type Item is private;
-   type Menu is private;
-
-   ---------------------------
-   --  Interface constants  --
-   ---------------------------
-   Null_Item : constant Item;
-   Null_Menu : constant Menu;
-
-   subtype Menu_Request_Code is Key_Code
-     range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 17);
-
-   --  The prefix M_ stands for "Menu Request"
-   M_Left_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1;
-   M_Right_Item      : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2;
-   M_Up_Item         : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3;
-   M_Down_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4;
-   M_ScrollUp_Line   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5;
-   M_ScrollDown_Line : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6;
-   M_ScrollDown_Page : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7;
-   M_ScrollUp_Page   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8;
-   M_First_Item      : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9;
-   M_Last_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10;
-   M_Next_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11;
-   M_Previous_Item   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12;
-   M_Toggle_Item     : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13;
-   M_Clear_Pattern   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14;
-   M_Back_Pattern    : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15;
-   M_Next_Match      : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16;
-   M_Previous_Match  : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17;
-
-   --  For those who like the old 'C' names for the request codes
-   REQ_LEFT_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Left_Item;
-   REQ_RIGHT_ITEM    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Right_Item;
-   REQ_UP_ITEM       : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Up_Item;
-   REQ_DOWN_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Down_Item;
-   REQ_SCR_ULINE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Line;
-   REQ_SCR_DLINE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Line;
-   REQ_SCR_DPAGE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Page;
-   REQ_SCR_UPAGE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Page;
-   REQ_FIRST_ITEM    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_First_Item;
-   REQ_LAST_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Last_Item;
-   REQ_NEXT_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Item;
-   REQ_PREV_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Item;
-   REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM   : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Toggle_Item;
-   REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Clear_Pattern;
-   REQ_BACK_PATTERN  : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Back_Pattern;
-   REQ_NEXT_MATCH    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Match;
-   REQ_PREV_MATCH    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Match;
-
-   procedure Request_Name (Key  : Menu_Request_Code;
-                           Name : out String);
-
-   function  Request_Name (Key : Menu_Request_Code) return String;
-   --  Same as function
-
-   ------------------
-   --  Exceptions  --
-   ------------------
-
-   Menu_Exception : exception;
-   --
-   --  Menu options
-   --
-   pragma Warnings (Off);
-   type Menu_Option_Set is
-      record
-         One_Valued        : Boolean;
-         Show_Descriptions : Boolean;
-         Row_Major_Order   : Boolean;
-         Ignore_Case       : Boolean;
-         Show_Matches      : Boolean;
-         Non_Cyclic        : Boolean;
-         Unused            : Boolean;
-      end record;
-   pragma Convention (C, Menu_Option_Set);
-
-   for Menu_Option_Set use
-      record
-         One_Valued        at 0 range  0 ..  0;
-         Show_Descriptions at 0 range  1 ..  1;
-         Row_Major_Order   at 0 range  2 ..  2;
-         Ignore_Case       at 0 range  3 ..  3;
-         Show_Matches      at 0 range  4 ..  4;
-         Non_Cyclic        at 0 range  5 ..  5;
-         Unused            at 0 range  6 .. 31;
-      end record;
-   for Menu_Option_Set'Size use 32;
-   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
-   --               different on your system.
-   pragma Warnings (On);
-
-   function Default_Menu_Options return Menu_Option_Set;
-   --  Initial default options for a menu.
-   pragma Inline (Default_Menu_Options);
-   --
-   --  Item options
-   --
-   pragma Warnings (Off);
-   type Item_Option_Set is
-      record
-         Selectable  : Boolean;
-         Unused      : Boolean;
-      end record;
-   pragma Convention (C, Item_Option_Set);
-
-   for Item_Option_Set use
-      record
-         Selectable  at 0 range  0 ..  0;
-         Unused      at 0 range  1 .. 31;
-      end record;
-   for Item_Option_Set'Size use 32;
-   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
-   --               different on your system.
-   pragma Warnings (On);
-
-   function Default_Item_Options return Item_Option_Set;
-   --  Initial default options for an item.
-   pragma Inline (Default_Item_Options);
-
-   --
-   --  Item Array
-   --
-   type Item_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Item;
-   pragma Convention (C, Item_Array);
-
-   type Item_Array_Access is access Item_Array;
-
-   procedure Free (IA         : in out Item_Array_Access;
-                   Free_Items : Boolean := False);
-   --  Release the memory for an allocated item array
-   --  If Free_Items is True, call Delete() for all the items in
-   --  the array.
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page mitem_new.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   function Create (Name        : String;
-                    Description : String := "") return Item;
-   --  AKA: new_item()
-   --  Not inlined.
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   function New_Item (Name        : String;
-                      Description : String := "") return Item
-     renames Create;
-   --  AKA: new_item()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_3"#2|
-   procedure Delete (Itm : in out Item);
-   --  AKA: free_item()
-   --  Resets Itm to Null_Item
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page mitem_value.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_4"#2|
-   procedure Set_Value (Itm   : Item;
-                        Value : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: set_item_value()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Value);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_5"#2|
-   function Value (Itm : Item) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: item_value()
-   pragma Inline (Value);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page mitem_visible.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_6"#2|
-   function Visible (Itm : Item) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: item_visible()
-   pragma Inline (Visible);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page mitem_opts.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_7"#2|
-   procedure Set_Options (Itm     : Item;
-                          Options : Item_Option_Set);
-   --  AKA: set_item_opts()
-   --  An overloaded Set_Options is defined later. Pragma Inline appears there
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_8"#2|
-   procedure Switch_Options (Itm     : Item;
-                             Options : Item_Option_Set;
-                             On      : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: item_opts_on()
-   --  AKA: item_opts_off()
-   --  An overloaded Switch_Options is defined later.
-   --  Pragma Inline appears there
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_9"#2|
-   procedure Get_Options (Itm     : Item;
-                          Options : out Item_Option_Set);
-   --  AKA: item_opts()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_10"#2|
-   function Get_Options (Itm : Item := Null_Item) return Item_Option_Set;
-   --  AKA: item_opts()
-   --  An overloaded Get_Options is defined later. Pragma Inline appears there
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page mitem_name.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_11"#2|
-   procedure Name (Itm  : Item;
-                   Name : out String);
-   --  AKA: item_name()
-   function  Name (Itm : Item) return String;
-   --  AKA: item_name()
-   --  Implemented as function
-   pragma Inline (Name);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_12"#2|
-   procedure Description (Itm         : Item;
-                          Description : out String);
-   --  AKA: item_description();
-
-   function  Description (Itm : Item) return String;
-   --  AKA: item_description();
-   --  Implemented as function
-   pragma Inline (Description);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page mitem_current.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_13"#2|
-   procedure Set_Current (Men : Menu;
-                          Itm : Item);
-   --  AKA: set_current_item()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Current);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_14"#2|
-   function Current (Men : Menu) return Item;
-   --  AKA: current_item()
-   pragma Inline (Current);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_15"#2|
-   procedure Set_Top_Row (Men  : Menu;
-                          Line : Line_Position);
-   --  AKA: set_top_row()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Top_Row);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_16"#2|
-   function Top_Row (Men : Menu) return Line_Position;
-   --  AKA: top_row()
-   pragma Inline (Top_Row);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_17"#2|
-   function Get_Index (Itm : Item) return Positive;
-   --  AKA: item_index()
-   --  Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of items
-   --  with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low
-   --  level call.
-   pragma Inline (Get_Index);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_post.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_18"#2|
-   procedure Post (Men  : Menu;
-                   Post : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: post_menu()
-   --  AKA: unpost_menu()
-   pragma Inline (Post);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_opts.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_19"#2|
-   procedure Set_Options (Men     : Menu;
-                          Options : Menu_Option_Set);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_opts()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Options);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_20"#2|
-   procedure Switch_Options (Men     : Menu;
-                             Options : Menu_Option_Set;
-                             On      : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: menu_opts_on()
-   --  AKA: menu_opts_off()
-   pragma Inline (Switch_Options);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_21"#2|
-   procedure Get_Options (Men     : Menu;
-                          Options : out Menu_Option_Set);
-   --  AKA: menu_opts()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_22"#2|
-   function Get_Options (Men : Menu := Null_Menu) return Menu_Option_Set;
-   --  AKA: menu_opts()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Options);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_win.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_23"#2|
-   procedure Set_Window (Men : Menu;
-                         Win : Window);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_win()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_24"#2|
-   function Get_Window (Men : Menu) return Window;
-   --  AKA: menu_win()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_25"#2|
-   procedure Set_Sub_Window (Men : Menu;
-                             Win : Window);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_sub()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Sub_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_26"#2|
-   function Get_Sub_Window (Men : Menu) return Window;
-   --  AKA: menu_sub()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Sub_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_27"#2|
-   procedure Scale (Men     : Menu;
-                    Lines   : out Line_Count;
-                    Columns : out Column_Count);
-   --  AKA: scale_menu()
-   pragma Inline (Scale);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_cursor.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_28"#2|
-   procedure Position_Cursor (Men : Menu);
-   --  AKA: pos_menu_cursor()
-   pragma Inline (Position_Cursor);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_mark.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_29"#2|
-   procedure Set_Mark (Men  : Menu;
-                       Mark : String);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_mark()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Mark);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_30"#2|
-   procedure Mark (Men  : Menu;
-                   Mark : out String);
-   --  AKA: menu_mark()
-
-   function  Mark (Men : Menu) return String;
-   --  AKA: menu_mark()
-   --  Implemented as function
-   pragma Inline (Mark);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_attributes.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_31"#2|
-   procedure Set_Foreground
-     (Men   : Menu;
-      Fore  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_fore()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Foreground);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_32"#2|
-   procedure Foreground (Men   : Menu;
-                         Fore  : out Character_Attribute_Set);
-   --  AKA: menu_fore()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_33"#2|
-   procedure Foreground (Men   : Menu;
-                         Fore  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
-                         Color : out Color_Pair);
-   --  AKA: menu_fore()
-   pragma Inline (Foreground);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_34"#2|
-   procedure Set_Background
-     (Men   : Menu;
-      Back  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_back()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Background);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_35"#2|
-   procedure Background (Men  : Menu;
-                         Back : out Character_Attribute_Set);
-   --  AKA: menu_back()
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_36"#2|
-
-   procedure Background (Men   : Menu;
-                         Back  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
-                         Color : out Color_Pair);
-   --  AKA: menu_back()
-   pragma Inline (Background);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_37"#2|
-   procedure Set_Grey
-     (Men   : Menu;
-      Grey  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_grey()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Grey);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_38"#2|
-   procedure Grey (Men  : Menu;
-                   Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set);
-   --  AKA: menu_grey()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_39"#2|
-   procedure Grey
-     (Men   : Menu;
-      Grey  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
-      Color : out Color_Pair);
-   --  AKA: menu_grey()
-   pragma Inline (Grey);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_40"#2|
-   procedure Set_Pad_Character (Men : Menu;
-                                Pad : Character := Space);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_pad()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Pad_Character);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_41"#2|
-   procedure Pad_Character (Men : Menu;
-                            Pad : out Character);
-   --  AKA: menu_pad()
-   pragma Inline (Pad_Character);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_spacing.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_42"#2|
-   procedure Set_Spacing (Men   : Menu;
-                          Descr : Column_Position := 0;
-                          Row   : Line_Position   := 0;
-                          Col   : Column_Position := 0);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_spacing()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Spacing);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_43"#2|
-   procedure Spacing (Men   : Menu;
-                      Descr : out Column_Position;
-                      Row   : out Line_Position;
-                      Col   : out Column_Position);
-   --  AKA: menu_spacing()
-   pragma Inline (Spacing);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_pattern.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_44"#2|
-   function Set_Pattern (Men  : Menu;
-                         Text : String) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: set_menu_pattern()
-   --  Return TRUE if the pattern matches, FALSE otherwise
-   pragma Inline (Set_Pattern);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_45"#2|
-   procedure Pattern (Men  : Menu;
-                      Text : out String);
-   --  AKA: menu_pattern()
-   pragma Inline (Pattern);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_format.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_46"#2|
-   procedure Set_Format (Men     : Menu;
-                         Lines   : Line_Count;
-                         Columns : Column_Count);
-   --  Not implemented: 0 argument for Lines or Columns;
-   --  instead use Format to get the current sizes
-   --      The  default  format  is  16  rows,  1  column.    Calling
-   --      set_menu_format  with a null menu pointer will change this
-   --      default.  A zero row or column argument to set_menu_format
-   --      is  interpreted  as  a  request  not to change the current
-   --      value.
-   --  AKA: set_menu_format()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Format);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_47"#2|
-   procedure Format (Men     : Menu;
-                     Lines   : out Line_Count;
-                     Columns : out Column_Count);
-   --  AKA: menu_format()
-   pragma Inline (Format);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_hook.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   type Menu_Hook_Function is access procedure (Men : Menu);
-   pragma Convention (C, Menu_Hook_Function);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_48"#2|
-   procedure Set_Item_Init_Hook (Men  : Menu;
-                                 Proc : Menu_Hook_Function);
-   --  AKA: set_item_init()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Item_Init_Hook);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_49"#2|
-   procedure Set_Item_Term_Hook (Men  : Menu;
-                                 Proc : Menu_Hook_Function);
-   --  AKA: set_item_term()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Item_Term_Hook);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_50"#2|
-   procedure Set_Menu_Init_Hook (Men  : Menu;
-                                 Proc : Menu_Hook_Function);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_init()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Menu_Init_Hook);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_51"#2|
-   procedure Set_Menu_Term_Hook (Men  : Menu;
-                                 Proc : Menu_Hook_Function);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_term()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Menu_Term_Hook);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_52"#2|
-   function Get_Item_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
-   --  AKA: item_init()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Item_Init_Hook);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_53"#2|
-   function Get_Item_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
-   --  AKA: item_term()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Item_Term_Hook);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_54"#2|
-   function Get_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
-   --  AKA: menu_init()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Menu_Init_Hook);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_55"#2|
-   function Get_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function;
-   --  AKA: menu_term()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Menu_Term_Hook);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_items.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_56"#2|
-   procedure Redefine (Men   : Menu;
-                       Items : Item_Array_Access);
-   --  AKA: set_menu_items()
-   pragma Inline (Redefine);
-
-   procedure Set_Items (Men   : Menu;
-                        Items : Item_Array_Access) renames Redefine;
-   --  pragma Inline (Set_Items);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_57"#2|
-   function Items (Men   : Menu;
-                   Index : Positive) return Item;
-   --  AKA: menu_items()
-   pragma Inline (Items);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_58"#2|
-   function Item_Count (Men : Menu) return Natural;
-   --  AKA: item_count()
-   pragma Inline (Item_Count);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_new.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_59"#2|
-   function Create (Items : Item_Array_Access) return Menu;
-   --  AKA: new_menu()
-   --  Not inlined
-
-   function New_Menu (Items : Item_Array_Access) return Menu renames Create;
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_60"#2|
-   procedure Delete (Men : in out Menu);
-   --  AKA: free_menu()
-   --  Reset Men to Null_Menu
-   --  Not inlined
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page menu_driver.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   type Driver_Result is (Menu_Ok,
-                          Request_Denied,
-                          Unknown_Request,
-                          No_Match);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_61"#2|
-   function Driver (Men : Menu;
-                    Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result;
-   --  AKA: menu_driver()
-   --  Driver is not inlined
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_62"#2|
-   --  Not Implemented: menu_request_name, menu_request_by_name
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-private
-   type Item   is new System.Storage_Elements.Integer_Address;
-   type Menu   is new System.Storage_Elements.Integer_Address;
-
-   Null_Item : constant Item := 0;
-   Null_Menu : constant Menu := 0;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-mouse__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-mouse__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index f75789c081da8..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-mouse__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                     Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse                      --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2008,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.24 @
---  @Date: 2009/12/26 17:38:58 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C;
-use Interfaces;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse is
-
-   use type System.Bit_Order;
-
-   function Has_Mouse return Boolean
-   is
-      function Mouse_Avail return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Mouse_Avail, "has_mouse");
-   begin
-      if Has_Key (Key_Mouse) or else Mouse_Avail /= 0 then
-         return True;
-      else
-         return False;
-      end if;
-   end Has_Mouse;
-
-   function Get_Mouse return Mouse_Event
-   is
-      type Event_Access is access all Mouse_Event;
-
-      function Getmouse (Ev : Event_Access) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Getmouse, "getmouse");
-
-      Event : aliased Mouse_Event;
-   begin
-      if Getmouse (Event'Access) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return Event;
-   end Get_Mouse;
-
-   procedure Register_Reportable_Event (Button : Mouse_Button;
-                                        State  : Button_State;
-                                        Mask   : in out Event_Mask)
-   is
-      Button_Nr : constant Natural := Mouse_Button'Pos (Button);
-      State_Nr  : constant Natural := Button_State'Pos (State);
-   begin
-      if Button in Modifier_Keys and then State /= Pressed then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      else
-         if Button in Real_Buttons then
-            Mask := Mask or ((2 ** (6 * Button_Nr)) ** State_Nr);
-         else
-            Mask := Mask or (BUTTON_CTRL ** (Button_Nr - 4));
-         end if;
-      end if;
-   end Register_Reportable_Event;
-
-   procedure Register_Reportable_Events (Button : Mouse_Button;
-                                         State  : Button_States;
-                                         Mask   : in out Event_Mask)
-   is
-   begin
-      for S in Button_States'Range loop
-         if State (S) then
-            Register_Reportable_Event (Button, S, Mask);
-         end if;
-      end loop;
-   end Register_Reportable_Events;
-
-   function Start_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := All_Events)
-                         return Event_Mask
-   is
-      function MMask (M : Event_Mask;
-                      O : access Event_Mask) return Event_Mask;
-      pragma Import (C, MMask, "mousemask");
-      R   : Event_Mask;
-      Old : aliased Event_Mask;
-   begin
-      R := MMask (Mask, Old'Access);
-      if R = No_Events then
-         Beep;
-      end if;
-      return Old;
-   end Start_Mouse;
-
-   procedure End_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := No_Events)
-   is
-   begin
-      if Mask /= No_Events then
-         Beep;
-      end if;
-   end End_Mouse;
-
-   procedure Dispatch_Event (Mask   : Event_Mask;
-                             Button : out Mouse_Button;
-                             State  : out Button_State);
-
-   procedure Dispatch_Event (Mask   : Event_Mask;
-                             Button : out Mouse_Button;
-                             State  : out Button_State) is
-      L : Event_Mask;
-   begin
-      Button := Alt;  --  preset to non real button;
-      if (Mask and BUTTON1_EVENTS) /= 0 then
-         Button := Left;
-      elsif (Mask and BUTTON2_EVENTS) /= 0 then
-         Button := Middle;
-      elsif (Mask and BUTTON3_EVENTS) /= 0 then
-         Button := Right;
-      elsif (Mask and BUTTON4_EVENTS) /= 0 then
-         Button := Button4;
-      end if;
-      if Button in Real_Buttons then
-         L := 2 ** (6 * Mouse_Button'Pos (Button));
-         for I in Button_State'Range loop
-            if (Mask and L) /= 0 then
-               State := I;
-               exit;
-            end if;
-            L := 2 * L;
-         end loop;
-      else
-         State := Pressed;
-         if (Mask and BUTTON_CTRL) /= 0 then
-            Button := Control;
-         elsif (Mask and BUTTON_SHIFT) /= 0 then
-            Button := Shift;
-         elsif (Mask and BUTTON_ALT) /= 0 then
-            Button := Alt;
-         end if;
-      end if;
-   end Dispatch_Event;
-
-   procedure Get_Event (Event  : Mouse_Event;
-                        Y      : out Line_Position;
-                        X      : out Column_Position;
-                        Button : out Mouse_Button;
-                        State  : out Button_State)
-   is
-      Mask  : constant Event_Mask := Event.Bstate;
-   begin
-      X := Column_Position (Event.X);
-      Y := Line_Position   (Event.Y);
-      Dispatch_Event (Mask, Button, State);
-   end Get_Event;
-
-   procedure Unget_Mouse (Event : Mouse_Event)
-   is
-      function Ungetmouse (Ev : Mouse_Event) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Ungetmouse, "ungetmouse");
-   begin
-      if Ungetmouse (Event) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Unget_Mouse;
-
-   function Enclosed_In_Window (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                                Event  : Mouse_Event) return Boolean
-   is
-      function Wenclose (Win : Window; Y : C_Int; X : C_Int)
-                         return Curses_Bool;
-      pragma Import (C, Wenclose, "wenclose");
-   begin
-      if Wenclose (Win, C_Int (Event.Y), C_Int (Event.X))
-        = Curses_Bool_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Enclosed_In_Window;
-
-   function Mouse_Interval (Msec : Natural := 200) return Natural
-   is
-      function Mouseinterval (Msec : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Mouseinterval, "mouseinterval");
-   begin
-      return Natural (Mouseinterval (C_Int (Msec)));
-   end Mouse_Interval;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-mouse__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-mouse__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index b02db8e1d8409..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-mouse__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse                     --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.29 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/19 12:35:58 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  mouse binding.
---  This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!
---  Run the generator instead.
---  |
-with System;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_mouse.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  mouse_trafo, wmouse_trafo are implemented as Transform_Coordinates
-   --  in the parent package.
-   --
-   --  Not implemented:
-   --  REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION (i.e. as a parameter to Register_Reportable_Event
-   --  or Start_Mouse)
-   type Event_Mask is private;
-   No_Events  : constant Event_Mask;
-   All_Events : constant Event_Mask;
-
-   type Mouse_Button is (Left,     -- aka: Button 1
-                         Middle,   -- aka: Button 2
-                         Right,    -- aka: Button 3
-                         Button4,  -- aka: Button 4
-                         Control,  -- Control Key
-                         Shift,    -- Shift Key
-                         Alt);     -- ALT Key
-
-   subtype Real_Buttons  is Mouse_Button range Left .. Button4;
-   subtype Modifier_Keys is Mouse_Button range Control .. Alt;
-
-   type Button_State is (Released,
-                         Pressed,
-                         Clicked,
-                         Double_Clicked,
-                         Triple_Clicked);
-
-   type Button_States is array (Button_State) of Boolean;
-   pragma Pack (Button_States);
-
-   All_Clicks : constant Button_States := (Clicked .. Triple_Clicked => True,
-                                           others => False);
-   All_States : constant Button_States := (others => True);
-
-   type Mouse_Event is private;
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_mouse.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   function Has_Mouse return Boolean;
-   --  Return true if a mouse device is supported, false otherwise.
-
-   procedure Register_Reportable_Event
-     (Button : Mouse_Button;
-      State  : Button_State;
-      Mask   : in out Event_Mask);
-   --  Stores the event described by the button and the state in the mask.
-   --  Before you call this the first time, you should initialize the mask
-   --  with the Empty_Mask constant
-   pragma Inline (Register_Reportable_Event);
-
-   procedure Register_Reportable_Events
-     (Button : Mouse_Button;
-      State  : Button_States;
-      Mask   : in out Event_Mask);
-   --  Register all events described by the Button and the State bitmap.
-   --  Before you call this the first time, you should initialize the mask
-   --  with the Empty_Mask constant
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   --  There is one difference to mousmask(): we return the value of the
-   --  old mask, that means the event mask value before this call.
-   --  Not Implemented: The library version
-   --  returns a Mouse_Mask that tells which events are reported.
-   function Start_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := All_Events)
-                         return Event_Mask;
-   --  AKA: mousemask()
-   pragma Inline (Start_Mouse);
-
-   procedure End_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := No_Events);
-   --  Terminates the mouse, restores the specified event mask
-   pragma Inline (End_Mouse);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   function Get_Mouse return Mouse_Event;
-   --  AKA: getmouse()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Mouse);
-
-   procedure Get_Event (Event  : Mouse_Event;
-                        Y      : out Line_Position;
-                        X      : out Column_Position;
-                        Button : out Mouse_Button;
-                        State  : out Button_State);
-   --  !!! Warning: X and Y are screen coordinates. Due to ripped of lines they
-   --  may not be identical to window coordinates.
-   --  Not Implemented: Get_Event only reports one event, the C library
-   --  version supports multiple events, e.g. {click-1, click-3}
-   pragma Inline (Get_Event);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_3"#2|
-   procedure Unget_Mouse (Event : Mouse_Event);
-   --  AKA: ungetmouse()
-   pragma Inline (Unget_Mouse);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_4"#2|
-   function Enclosed_In_Window (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                                Event  : Mouse_Event) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: wenclose()
-   --  But : use event instead of screen coordinates.
-   pragma Inline (Enclosed_In_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_5"#2|
-   function Mouse_Interval (Msec : Natural := 200) return Natural;
-   --  AKA: mouseinterval()
-   pragma Inline (Mouse_Interval);
-
-private
-   type Event_Mask is new Interfaces.C.unsigned_long;
-
-   type Mouse_Event is
-      record
-         Id      : Integer range Integer (Interfaces.C.short'First) ..
-                                 Integer (Interfaces.C.short'Last);
-         X, Y, Z : Integer range Integer (Interfaces.C.int'First) ..
-                                 Integer (Interfaces.C.int'Last);
-         Bstate  : Event_Mask;
-      end record;
-   pragma Convention (C, Mouse_Event);
-
-   for Mouse_Event use
-      record
-         Id      at 0 range   0 ..  15;
-         X       at 0 range  32 ..  63;
-         Y       at 0 range  64 ..  95;
-         Z       at 0 range  96 .. 127;
-         Bstate  at 0 range 128 .. 159;
-      end record;
-      --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
-      --               different on your system.
-
-   Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.Low_Order_First;
-   --  This constant may be different on your system.
-
-   BUTTON1_RELEASED          : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000000001#;
-   BUTTON1_PRESSED           : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000000002#;
-   BUTTON1_CLICKED           : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000000004#;
-   BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000000010#;
-   BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000000020#;
-   BUTTON1_RESERVED_EVENT    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000000040#;
-   BUTTON2_RELEASED          : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000000100#;
-   BUTTON2_PRESSED           : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000000200#;
-   BUTTON2_CLICKED           : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000000400#;
-   BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000001000#;
-   BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000002000#;
-   BUTTON2_RESERVED_EVENT    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000004000#;
-   BUTTON3_RELEASED          : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000010000#;
-   BUTTON3_PRESSED           : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000020000#;
-   BUTTON3_CLICKED           : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000040000#;
-   BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000100000#;
-   BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000200000#;
-   BUTTON3_RESERVED_EVENT    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000400000#;
-   BUTTON4_RELEASED          : constant Event_Mask := 8#00001000000#;
-   BUTTON4_PRESSED           : constant Event_Mask := 8#00002000000#;
-   BUTTON4_CLICKED           : constant Event_Mask := 8#00004000000#;
-   BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00010000000#;
-   BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00020000000#;
-   BUTTON4_RESERVED_EVENT    : constant Event_Mask := 8#00040000000#;
-   BUTTON_CTRL               : constant Event_Mask := 8#00100000000#;
-   BUTTON_SHIFT              : constant Event_Mask := 8#00200000000#;
-   BUTTON_ALT                : constant Event_Mask := 8#00400000000#;
-   REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION     : constant Event_Mask := 8#01000000000#;
-   ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS          : constant Event_Mask := 8#00777777777#;
-   BUTTON1_EVENTS            : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000000077#;
-   BUTTON2_EVENTS            : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000007700#;
-   BUTTON3_EVENTS            : constant Event_Mask := 8#00000770000#;
-   BUTTON4_EVENTS            : constant Event_Mask := 8#00077000000#;
-
-   No_Events  : constant Event_Mask := 0;
-   All_Events : constant Event_Mask := ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 60ef8092adbfa..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                 Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data               --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Interfaces.C;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-use  Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
-use  Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data is
-
-   use type Interfaces.C.int;
-
-   procedure Set_User_Data (Pan  : Panel;
-                            Data : User_Access)
-   is
-      function Set_Panel_Userptr (Pan  : Panel;
-                                  Addr : User_Access) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Set_Panel_Userptr, "set_panel_userptr");
-   begin
-      if Set_Panel_Userptr (Pan, Data) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Panel_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_User_Data;
-
-   function Get_User_Data (Pan  : Panel) return User_Access
-   is
-      function Panel_Userptr (Pan : Panel) return User_Access;
-      pragma Import (C, Panel_Userptr, "panel_userptr");
-   begin
-      return Panel_Userptr (Pan);
-   end Get_User_Data;
-
-   procedure Get_User_Data (Pan  : Panel;
-                            Data : out User_Access)
-   is
-   begin
-      Data := Get_User_Data (Pan);
-   end Get_User_Data;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 0fd9c5b376fc3..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                 Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data               --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.15 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-generic
-   type User is limited private;
-   type User_Access is access all User;
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page panel.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   procedure Set_User_Data (Pan  : Panel;
-                            Data : User_Access);
-   --  AKA: set_panel_userptr
-   pragma Inline (Set_User_Data);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   procedure Get_User_Data (Pan  : Panel;
-                            Data : out User_Access);
-   --  AKA: panel_userptr
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_3"#2|
-   function Get_User_Data (Pan  : Panel) return User_Access;
-   --  AKA: panel_userptr
-   --  Same as function
-   pragma Inline (Get_User_Data);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index a7cb4d03da2ca..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels                    --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2004,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.14 @
---  @Date: 2009/12/26 17:38:58 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-with Interfaces.C;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels is
-
-   use type Interfaces.C.int;
-
-   function Create (Win : Window) return Panel
-   is
-      function Newpanel (Win : Window) return Panel;
-      pragma Import (C, Newpanel, "new_panel");
-
-      Pan : Panel;
-   begin
-      Pan := Newpanel (Win);
-      if Pan = Null_Panel then
-         raise Panel_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return Pan;
-   end Create;
-
-   procedure Bottom (Pan : Panel)
-   is
-      function Bottompanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Bottompanel, "bottom_panel");
-   begin
-      if Bottompanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Panel_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Bottom;
-
-   procedure Top (Pan : Panel)
-   is
-      function Toppanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Toppanel, "top_panel");
-   begin
-      if Toppanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Panel_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Top;
-
-   procedure Show (Pan : Panel)
-   is
-      function Showpanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Showpanel, "show_panel");
-   begin
-      if Showpanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Panel_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Show;
-
-   procedure Hide (Pan : Panel)
-   is
-      function Hidepanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Hidepanel, "hide_panel");
-   begin
-      if Hidepanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Panel_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Hide;
-
-   function Get_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window
-   is
-      function Panel_Win (Pan : Panel) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Panel_Win, "panel_window");
-
-      Win : constant Window := Panel_Win (Pan);
-   begin
-      if Win = Null_Window then
-         raise Panel_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return Win;
-   end Get_Window;
-
-   procedure Replace (Pan : Panel;
-                      Win : Window)
-   is
-      function Replace_Pan (Pan : Panel;
-                            Win : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Replace_Pan, "replace_panel");
-   begin
-      if Replace_Pan (Pan, Win) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Panel_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Replace;
-
-   procedure Move (Pan    : Panel;
-                   Line   : Line_Position;
-                   Column : Column_Position)
-   is
-      function Move (Pan    : Panel;
-                     Line   : C_Int;
-                     Column : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Move, "move_panel");
-   begin
-      if Move (Pan, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Panel_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Move;
-
-   function Is_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return Boolean
-   is
-      function Panel_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Panel_Hidden, "panel_hidden");
-   begin
-      if Panel_Hidden (Pan) = Curses_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Is_Hidden;
-
-   procedure Delete (Pan : in out Panel)
-   is
-      function Del_Panel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Del_Panel, "del_panel");
-   begin
-      if Del_Panel (Pan) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Panel_Exception;
-      end if;
-      Pan := Null_Panel;
-   end Delete;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 5f140196e8f9c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-panels__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels                    --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.20 @
---  @Date: 2009/12/26 17:38:58 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with System;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels);
-   pragma Linker_Options ("-lpanel");
-   pragma Linker_Options ("-lncurses");
-
-   type Panel is private;
-
-   ---------------------------
-   --  Interface constants  --
-   ---------------------------
-   Null_Panel : constant Panel;
-
-   -------------------
-   --  Exceptions   --
-   -------------------
-
-   Panel_Exception : exception;
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page panel.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   function Create (Win : Window) return Panel;
-   --  AKA: new_panel()
-   pragma Inline (Create);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   function New_Panel (Win : Window) return Panel renames Create;
-   --  AKA: new_panel()
-   --  pragma Inline (New_Panel);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_3"#2|
-   procedure Bottom (Pan : Panel);
-   --  AKA: bottom_panel()
-   pragma Inline (Bottom);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_4"#2|
-   procedure Top (Pan : Panel);
-   --  AKA: top_panel()
-   pragma Inline (Top);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_5"#2|
-   procedure Show (Pan : Panel);
-   --  AKA: show_panel()
-   pragma Inline (Show);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_6"#2|
-   procedure Update_Panels;
-   --  AKA: update_panels()
-   pragma Import (C, Update_Panels, "update_panels");
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_7"#2|
-   procedure Hide (Pan : Panel);
-   --  AKA: hide_panel()
-   pragma Inline (Hide);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_8"#2|
-   function Get_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window;
-   --  AKA: panel_window()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_9"#2|
-   function Panel_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window renames Get_Window;
-   --  pragma Inline (Panel_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_10"#2|
-   procedure Replace (Pan : Panel;
-                      Win : Window);
-   --  AKA: replace_panel()
-   pragma Inline (Replace);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_11"#2|
-   procedure Move (Pan    : Panel;
-                   Line   : Line_Position;
-                   Column : Column_Position);
-   --  AKA: move_panel()
-   pragma Inline (Move);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_12"#2|
-   function Is_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: panel_hidden()
-   pragma Inline (Is_Hidden);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_13"#2|
-   function Above (Pan : Panel) return Panel;
-   --  AKA: panel_above()
-   pragma Import (C, Above, "panel_above");
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_14"#2|
-   function Below (Pan : Panel) return Panel;
-   --  AKA: panel_below()
-   pragma Import (C, Below, "panel_below");
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_15"#2|
-   procedure Delete (Pan : in out Panel);
-   --  AKA: del_panel()
-   pragma Inline (Delete);
-
-private
-      type Panel is new System.Storage_Elements.Integer_Address;
-      Null_Panel : constant Panel := 0;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-putwin__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-putwin__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index b27e07d2e6f90..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-putwin__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-putwin.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-putwin.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                    Terminal_Interface.Curses.PutWin                      --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                        --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.3 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-
-with Ada.Streams.Stream_IO.C_Streams;
-with Interfaces.C_Streams;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.PutWin is
-
-   package ICS renames Interfaces.C_Streams;
-   package ACS renames Ada.Streams.Stream_IO.C_Streams;
-   use type C_Int;
-
-   procedure Put_Window (Win  : Window;
-                         File : Ada.Streams.Stream_IO.File_Type) is
-      function putwin (Win : Window; f : ICS.FILEs) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, putwin, "putwin");
-
-      R : constant C_Int := putwin (Win, ACS.C_Stream (File));
-   begin
-      if R /= Curses_Ok then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Put_Window;
-
-   function Get_Window (File : Ada.Streams.Stream_IO.File_Type)
-                        return Window is
-      function getwin (f : ICS.FILEs) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, getwin, "getwin");
-
-      W : constant Window := getwin (ACS.C_Stream (File));
-   begin
-      if W = Null_Window then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      else
-         return W;
-      end if;
-   end Get_Window;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.PutWin;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-putwin__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-putwin__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 0bf60e6baff6f..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-putwin__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-putwin.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-putwin.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                    Terminal_Interface.Curses.PutWin                      --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                        --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.3 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-
-with Ada.Streams.Stream_IO;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.PutWin is
-
-   procedure Put_Window (Win  : Window;
-                         File : Ada.Streams.Stream_IO.File_Type);
-
-   function Get_Window (File  : Ada.Streams.Stream_IO.File_Type) return Window;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.PutWin;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-termcap__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-termcap__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 3a82187099feb..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-termcap__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-termcap.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-termcap.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                    Terminal_Interface.Curses.Termcap                     --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 2000-2006,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  @Date: 2009/12/26 17:38:58 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C;
-with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Termcap is
-
-   function Get_Entry (Name : String) return Boolean
-   is
-      function tgetent (name : char_array; val : char_array)
-                        return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, tgetent, "tgetent");
-      NameTxt : char_array (0 .. Name'Length);
-      Length  : size_t;
-      ignored : constant char_array (0 .. 0) := (0 => nul);
-      result  : C_Int;
-   begin
-      To_C (Name, NameTxt, Length);
-      result := tgetent (char_array (ignored), NameTxt);
-      if result = -1 then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      else
-         return Boolean'Val (result);
-      end if;
-   end Get_Entry;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Get_Flag (Name : String) return Boolean
-   is
-      function tgetflag (id : char_array) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, tgetflag, "tgetflag");
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Name'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Name, Txt, Length);
-      if tgetflag (Txt) = 0 then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Get_Flag;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Get_Number (Name   : String;
-                         Value  : out Integer;
-                         Result : out Boolean)
-   is
-      function tgetnum (id : char_array) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, tgetnum, "tgetnum");
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Name'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Name, Txt, Length);
-      Value := Integer (tgetnum (Txt));
-      if Value = -1 then
-         Result := False;
-      else
-         Result :=  True;
-      end if;
-   end Get_Number;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Get_String (Name   : String;
-                         Value  : out String;
-                         Result : out Boolean)
-   is
-      function tgetstr (id  : char_array;
-                        buf : char_array) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, tgetstr, "tgetstr");
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Name'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-      Txt2   : chars_ptr;
-      type t is new char_array (0 .. 1024); --  does it need to be 1024?
-      Return_Buffer : constant t := (others => nul);
-   begin
-      To_C (Name, Txt, Length);
-      Txt2 := tgetstr (Txt, char_array (Return_Buffer));
-      if Txt2 = Null_Ptr then
-         Result := False;
-      else
-         Value := Fill_String (Txt2);
-         Result := True;
-      end if;
-   end Get_String;
-
-   function Get_String (Name : String) return Boolean
-   is
-      function tgetstr (Id  : char_array;
-                        buf : char_array) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, tgetstr, "tgetstr");
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Name'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-      Txt2   : chars_ptr;
-      type t is new char_array (0 .. 1024); --  does it need to be 1024?
-      Phony_Txt : constant t := (others => nul);
-   begin
-      To_C (Name, Txt, Length);
-      Txt2 := tgetstr (Txt, char_array (Phony_Txt));
-      if Txt2 = Null_Ptr then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Get_String;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function TGoto (Cap : String;
-                   Col : Column_Position;
-                   Row : Line_Position) return Termcap_String is
-      function tgoto (cap : char_array;
-                      col : C_Int;
-                      row : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, tgoto);
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Cap'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Cap, Txt, Length);
-      return Termcap_String (Fill_String
-                             (tgoto (Txt, C_Int (Col), C_Int (Row))));
-   end TGoto;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Termcap;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-termcap__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-termcap__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 51621b62699cb..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-termcap__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-termcap.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-termcap.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                     Terminal_Interface.Curses.Termcap                    --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                        --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.3 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Termcap is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Termcap);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_termcap.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  Not implemented:  tputs (see curs_terminfo)
-
-   type Termcap_String is new String;
-
-   --  |
-   function TGoto (Cap : String;
-                   Col : Column_Position;
-                   Row : Line_Position) return Termcap_String;
-   --  AKA: tgoto()
-
-   --  |
-   function Get_Entry (Name : String) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: tgetent()
-
-   --  |
-   function Get_Flag (Name : String) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: tgetflag()
-
-   --  |
-   procedure Get_Number (Name   : String;
-                         Value  : out Integer;
-                         Result : out Boolean);
-   --  AKA: tgetnum()
-
-   --  |
-   procedure Get_String (Name   : String;
-                         Value  : out String;
-                         Result : out Boolean);
-   function Get_String (Name : String) return Boolean;
-   --  Returns True if the string is found.
-   --  AKA: tgetstr()
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Termcap;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-terminfo__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-terminfo__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 049e1541bcd74..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-terminfo__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-terminfo.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-terminfo.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                    Terminal_Interface.Curses.Terminfo                    --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.6 @
---  @Date: 2009/12/26 17:38:58 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C;
-with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings;
-with Ada.Unchecked_Conversion;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Terminfo is
-
-   function Is_MinusOne_Pointer (P : chars_ptr) return Boolean;
-
-   function Is_MinusOne_Pointer (P : chars_ptr) return Boolean is
-      type Weird_Address is new System.Storage_Elements.Integer_Address;
-      Invalid_Pointer : constant Weird_Address := -1;
-      function To_Weird is new Ada.Unchecked_Conversion
-        (Source => chars_ptr, Target => Weird_Address);
-   begin
-      if To_Weird (P) = Invalid_Pointer then
-         return True;
-      else
-         return False;
-      end if;
-   end Is_MinusOne_Pointer;
-   pragma Inline (Is_MinusOne_Pointer);
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Get_Flag (Name : String) return Boolean
-   is
-      function tigetflag (id : char_array) return Curses_Bool;
-      pragma Import (C, tigetflag);
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Name'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Name, Txt, Length);
-      if tigetflag (Txt) = Curses_Bool (Curses_True) then
-         return True;
-      else
-         return False;
-      end if;
-   end Get_Flag;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Get_String (Name   : String;
-                         Value  : out Terminfo_String;
-                         Result : out Boolean)
-   is
-      function tigetstr (id : char_array) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, tigetstr, "tigetstr");
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Name'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-      Txt2 : chars_ptr;
-   begin
-      To_C (Name, Txt, Length);
-      Txt2 := tigetstr (Txt);
-      if Txt2 = Null_Ptr then
-         Result := False;
-      elsif Is_MinusOne_Pointer (Txt2) then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      else
-         Value  := Terminfo_String (Fill_String (Txt2));
-         Result := True;
-      end if;
-   end Get_String;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Has_String (Name : String) return Boolean
-   is
-      function tigetstr (id : char_array) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, tigetstr, "tigetstr");
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Name'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-      Txt2 : chars_ptr;
-   begin
-      To_C (Name, Txt, Length);
-      Txt2 := tigetstr (Txt);
-      if Txt2 = Null_Ptr then
-         return False;
-      elsif Is_MinusOne_Pointer (Txt2) then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Has_String;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Get_Number (Name : String) return Integer is
-      function tigetstr (s : char_array) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, tigetstr);
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Name'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Name, Txt, Length);
-      return Integer (tigetstr (Txt));
-   end Get_Number;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Put_String (Str    : Terminfo_String;
-                         affcnt : Natural := 1;
-                         putc   : putctype := null) is
-      function tputs (str    : char_array;
-                      affcnt : C_Int;
-                      putc   : putctype) return C_Int;
-      function putp (str : char_array) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, tputs);
-      pragma Import (C, putp);
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-      Err : C_Int;
-   begin
-      To_C (String (Str), Txt, Length);
-      if putc = null then
-         Err := putp (Txt);
-      else
-         Err := tputs (Txt, C_Int (affcnt), putc);
-      end if;
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Put_String;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Terminfo;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-terminfo__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-terminfo__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 72edda4f627da..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-terminfo__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-terminfo.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-terminfo.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                     Terminal_Interface.Curses.Terminfo                   --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                        --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.3 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-with Interfaces.C;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Terminfo is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Terminfo);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_terminfo.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  Not implemented:  setupterm, setterm, set_curterm, del_curterm,
-   --                    restartterm, tparm, putp, vidputs,  vidattr,
-   --                    mvcur
-
-   type Terminfo_String is new String;
-
-   --  |
-   procedure Get_String (Name   : String;
-                         Value  : out Terminfo_String;
-                         Result : out Boolean);
-   function Has_String (Name : String) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: tigetstr()
-
-   --  |
-   function Get_Flag (Name : String) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: tigetflag()
-
-   --  |
-   function Get_Number (Name : String) return Integer;
-   --  AKA: tigetnum()
-
-   type putctype is access function (c : Interfaces.C.int)
-                                    return Interfaces.C.int;
-   pragma Convention (C, putctype);
-
-   --  |
-   procedure Put_String (Str    : Terminfo_String;
-                         affcnt : Natural := 1;
-                         putc   : putctype := null);
-   --  AKA: tputs()
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Terminfo;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 36dc342d9d83c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                   Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux                  --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.13 @
---  @Date: 2009/12/26 17:38:58 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux is
-
-   procedure Put_Buf
-     (Win    : Window;
-      Buf    : String;
-      Width  : Field;
-      Signal : Boolean := True;
-      Ljust  : Boolean := False)
-   is
-      L   : Field;
-      Len : Field;
-      W   : Field := Width;
-      LC  : Line_Count;
-      CC  : Column_Count;
-      Y   : Line_Position;
-      X   : Column_Position;
-
-      procedure Output (From, To : Field);
-
-      procedure Output (From, To : Field)
-      is
-      begin
-         if Len > 0 then
-            if W = 0 then
-               W := Len;
-            end if;
-            if Len > W then
-               --  LRM A10.6 (7) says this
-               W := Len;
-            end if;
-
-            pragma Assert (Len <= W);
-            Get_Size (Win, LC, CC);
-            if Column_Count (Len) > CC then
-               if Signal then
-                  raise Layout_Error;
-               else
-                  return;
-               end if;
-            else
-               if Len < W and then not Ljust then
-                  declare
-                     Filler : constant String (1 .. (W - Len))
-                       := (others => ' ');
-                  begin
-                     Put (Win, Filler);
-                  end;
-               end if;
-               Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X);
-               if (X + Column_Position (Len)) > CC then
-                  New_Line (Win);
-               end if;
-               Put (Win, Buf (From .. To));
-               if Len < W and then Ljust then
-                  declare
-                     Filler : constant String (1 .. (W - Len))
-                       := (others => ' ');
-                  begin
-                     Put (Win, Filler);
-                  end;
-               end if;
-            end if;
-         end if;
-      end Output;
-
-   begin
-      pragma Assert (Win /= Null_Window);
-      if Ljust then
-         L := 1;
-         for I in 1 .. Buf'Length loop
-            exit when Buf (L) = ' ';
-            L := L + 1;
-         end loop;
-         Len := L - 1;
-         Output (1, Len);
-      else  -- input buffer is not left justified
-         L := Buf'Length;
-         for I in 1 .. Buf'Length loop
-            exit when Buf (L) = ' ';
-            L := L - 1;
-         end loop;
-         Len := Buf'Length - L;
-         Output (L + 1, Buf'Length);
-      end if;
-   end Put_Buf;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 6a8ff2c7f3232..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                   Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux                  --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2006,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.14 @
---  @Date: 2009/12/26 17:38:58 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-private package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux is
-   --  pragma Preelaborate (Aux);
-
-   --  This routine is called from the Text_IO output routines for numeric
-   --  and enumeration types.
-   --
-   procedure Put_Buf
-     (Win    : Window;               -- The output window
-      Buf    : String;               -- The buffer containing the text
-      Width  : Field;                -- The width of the output field
-      Signal : Boolean := True;      -- If true, we raise Layout_Error
-      Ljust  : Boolean := False);    -- The Buf is left justified
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 8f94a9571d57c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO               --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO is
-
-   package FIO is new
-     Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO (Complex_Types.Real'Base);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win  : Window;
-      Item : Complex;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp)
-   is
-   begin
-      Put (Win, '(');
-      FIO.Put (Win, Item.Re, Fore, Aft, Exp);
-      Put (Win, ',');
-      FIO.Put (Win, Item.Im, Fore, Aft, Exp);
-      Put (Win, ')');
-   end Put;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item : Complex;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp)
-   is
-   begin
-      Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp);
-   end Put;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index ce215b59c8852..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO               --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types;
-
-generic
-   with package Complex_Types is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types (<>);
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO is
-
-   use Complex_Types;
-
-   Default_Fore : Field := 2;
-   Default_Aft  : Field := Real'Digits - 1;
-   Default_Exp  : Field := 3;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win  : Window;
-      Item : Complex;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item : Complex;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp);
-
-private
-   pragma Inline (Put);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 0e0214446885c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO               --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Text_IO;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO is
-
-   package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-   package DIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Decimal_IO (Num);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win  : Window;
-      Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp)
-   is
-      Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last);
-      Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft;
-   begin
-      if Exp > 0 then
-         Len := Len + 1 + Exp;
-      end if;
-      DIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp);
-      Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False);
-   end Put;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp) is
-   begin
-      Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp);
-   end Put;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index b19c151d7e2be..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO               --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-generic
-   type Num is delta <> digits <>;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO is
-
-   Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore;
-   Default_Aft  : Field := Num'Aft;
-   Default_Exp  : Field := 0;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win  : Window;
-      Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp);
-
-private
-   pragma Inline (Put);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 070e480a09e7a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---             Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO             --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Text_IO;
-with Ada.Characters.Handling; use Ada.Characters.Handling;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO is
-
-   package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-   package EIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO (Enum);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win   : Window;
-      Item  : Enum;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Set   : Type_Set := Default_Setting)
-   is
-      Buf  : String (1 .. Field'Last);
-      Tset : Ada.Text_IO.Type_Set;
-   begin
-      if Set /= Mixed_Case then
-         Tset := Ada.Text_IO.Type_Set'Val (Type_Set'Pos (Set));
-      else
-         Tset := Ada.Text_IO.Lower_Case;
-      end if;
-      EIO.Put (Buf, Item, Tset);
-      if Set = Mixed_Case then
-         Buf (Buf'First) := To_Upper (Buf (Buf'First));
-      end if;
-      Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width, True, True);
-   end Put;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item  : Enum;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Set   : Type_Set := Default_Setting)
-   is
-   begin
-      Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Set);
-   end Put;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index b3d316ade6e8c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---             Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO             --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-generic
-   type Enum is (<>);
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO is
-
-   Default_Width : Field := 0;
-   Default_Setting : Type_Set := Mixed_Case;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win   : Window;
-      Item  : Enum;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Set   : Type_Set := Default_Setting);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item  : Enum;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Set   : Type_Set := Default_Setting);
-
-private
-   pragma Inline (Put);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 578da53890d71..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO                --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Text_IO;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO is
-
-   package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-   package FIXIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Fixed_IO (Num);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win  : Window;
-      Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp)
-   is
-      Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last);
-      Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft;
-   begin
-      if Exp > 0 then
-         Len := Len + 1 + Exp;
-      end if;
-      FIXIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp);
-      Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False);
-   end Put;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp) is
-   begin
-      Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp);
-   end Put;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 315a0cbaa75be..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO                --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-generic
-   type Num is delta <>;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO is
-
-   Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore;
-   Default_Aft  : Field := Num'Aft;
-   Default_Exp  : Field := 0;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win  : Window;
-      Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp);
-
-private
-   pragma Inline (Put);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index db86cfcc7bbe6..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO                --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Text_IO;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO is
-
-   package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-   package FIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Float_IO (Num);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win  : Window;
-      Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp)
-   is
-      Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last);
-      Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft;
-   begin
-      if Exp > 0 then
-         Len := Len + 1 + Exp;
-      end if;
-      FIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp);
-      Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False);
-   end Put;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp)
-   is
-   begin
-      Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp);
-   end Put;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 6b6e30a2812c6..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO                --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-generic
-   type Num is digits <>;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO is
-
-   Default_Fore : Field := 2;
-   Default_Aft  : Field := Num'Digits - 1;
-   Default_Exp  : Field := 3;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win  : Window;
-      Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item : Num;
-      Fore : Field := Default_Fore;
-      Aft  : Field := Default_Aft;
-      Exp  : Field := Default_Exp);
-
-private
-   pragma Inline (Put);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 17c2f49447f3b..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO               --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Text_IO;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO is
-
-   package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-   package IIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Integer_IO (Num);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win   : Window;
-      Item  : Num;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Base  : Number_Base := Default_Base)
-   is
-      Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last);
-   begin
-      IIO.Put (Buf, Item, Base);
-      Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width);
-   end Put;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item  : Num;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Base  : Number_Base := Default_Base)
-   is
-   begin
-      Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Base);
-   end Put;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 930bff14f29c0..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO               --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-generic
-   type Num is range <>;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO is
-
-   Default_Width : Field := Num'Width;
-   Default_Base  : Number_Base := 10;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win   : Window;
-      Item  : Num;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Base  : Number_Base := Default_Base);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item  : Num;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Base  : Number_Base := Default_Base);
-
-private
-   pragma Inline (Put);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 1ef76a739dbbb..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO               --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.11 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Text_IO;
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO is
-
-   package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux;
-   package MIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Modular_IO (Num);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win   : Window;
-      Item  : Num;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Base  : Number_Base := Default_Base)
-   is
-      Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last);
-   begin
-      MIO.Put (Buf, Item, Base);
-      Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width);
-   end Put;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item  : Num;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Base  : Number_Base := Default_Base)
-   is
-   begin
-      Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Base);
-   end Put;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 227dd9bff97a6..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO               --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.12 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-generic
-   type Num is mod <>;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO is
-
-   Default_Width : Field := Num'Width;
-   Default_Base  : Number_Base := 10;
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Win   : Window;
-      Item  : Num;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Base  : Number_Base := Default_Base);
-
-   procedure Put
-     (Item  : Num;
-      Width : Field := Default_Width;
-      Base  : Number_Base := Default_Base);
-
-private
-   pragma Inline (Put);
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 7d48825de4ae2..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,344 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                     Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO                    --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.20 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/22 23:38:49 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO is
-
-   Default_Window : Window := Null_Window;
-
-   procedure Set_Window (Win : Window)
-   is
-   begin
-      Default_Window := Win;
-   end Set_Window;
-
-   function Get_Window return Window
-   is
-   begin
-      if Default_Window = Null_Window then
-         return Standard_Window;
-      else
-         return Default_Window;
-      end if;
-   end Get_Window;
-   pragma Inline (Get_Window);
-
-   procedure Flush (Win : Window)
-   is
-   begin
-      Refresh (Win);
-   end Flush;
-
-   procedure Flush
-   is
-   begin
-      Flush (Get_Window);
-   end Flush;
-
-   --------------------------------------------
-   -- Specification of line and page lengths --
-   --------------------------------------------
-
-   --  There are no set routines in this package. I assume, that you allocate
-   --  the window with an appropriate size.
-   --  A scroll-window is interpreted as an page with unbounded page length,
-   --  i.e. it returns the conventional 0 as page length.
-
-   function Line_Length (Win : Window) return Count
-   is
-      N_Lines : Line_Count;
-      N_Cols  : Column_Count;
-   begin
-      Get_Size (Win, N_Lines, N_Cols);
-      --  if Natural (N_Cols) > Natural (Count'Last) then
-      --     raise Layout_Error;
-      --  end if;
-      return Count (N_Cols);
-   end Line_Length;
-
-   function Line_Length return Count
-   is
-   begin
-      return Line_Length (Get_Window);
-   end Line_Length;
-
-   function Page_Length (Win : Window) return Count
-   is
-      N_Lines : Line_Count;
-      N_Cols  : Column_Count;
-   begin
-      if Scrolling_Allowed (Win) then
-         return 0;
-      else
-         Get_Size (Win, N_Lines, N_Cols);
-         --  if Natural (N_Lines) > Natural (Count'Last) then
-         --     raise Layout_Error;
-         --  end if;
-         return Count (N_Lines);
-      end if;
-   end Page_Length;
-
-   function Page_Length return Count
-   is
-   begin
-      return Page_Length (Get_Window);
-   end Page_Length;
-
-   ------------------------------------
-   -- Column, Line, and Page Control --
-   ------------------------------------
-   procedure New_Line (Win : Window; Spacing : Positive_Count := 1)
-   is
-      P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win);
-   begin
-      if not Spacing'Valid then
-         raise Constraint_Error;
-      end if;
-
-      for I in 1 .. Spacing loop
-         if P_Size > 0 and then Line (Win) >= P_Size then
-            New_Page (Win);
-         else
-            Add (Win, ASCII.LF);
-         end if;
-      end loop;
-   end New_Line;
-
-   procedure New_Line (Spacing : Positive_Count := 1)
-   is
-   begin
-      New_Line (Get_Window, Spacing);
-   end New_Line;
-
-   procedure New_Page (Win : Window)
-   is
-   begin
-      Clear (Win);
-   end New_Page;
-
-   procedure New_Page
-   is
-   begin
-      New_Page (Get_Window);
-   end New_Page;
-
-   procedure Set_Col (Win : Window;  To : Positive_Count)
-   is
-      Y  : Line_Position;
-      X1 : Column_Position;
-      X2 : Column_Position;
-      N  : Natural;
-   begin
-      if not To'Valid then
-         raise Constraint_Error;
-      end if;
-
-      Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X1);
-      N  := Natural (To); N := N - 1;
-      X2 := Column_Position (N);
-      if X1 > X2 then
-         New_Line (Win, 1);
-         X1 := 0;
-      end if;
-      if X1 < X2 then
-         declare
-            Filler : constant String (Integer (X1) .. (Integer (X2) - 1))
-              := (others => ' ');
-         begin
-            Put (Win, Filler);
-         end;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Col;
-
-   procedure Set_Col (To : Positive_Count)
-   is
-   begin
-      Set_Col (Get_Window, To);
-   end Set_Col;
-
-   procedure Set_Line (Win : Window; To : Positive_Count)
-   is
-      Y1 : Line_Position;
-      Y2 : Line_Position;
-      X  : Column_Position;
-      N  : Natural;
-   begin
-      if not To'Valid then
-         raise Constraint_Error;
-      end if;
-
-      Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y1, X);
-      pragma Unreferenced (X);
-      N  := Natural (To); N := N - 1;
-      Y2 := Line_Position (N);
-      if Y2 < Y1 then
-         New_Page (Win);
-         Y1 := 0;
-      end if;
-      if Y1 < Y2 then
-         New_Line (Win, Positive_Count (Y2 - Y1));
-      end if;
-   end Set_Line;
-
-   procedure Set_Line (To : Positive_Count)
-   is
-   begin
-      Set_Line (Get_Window, To);
-   end Set_Line;
-
-   function Col (Win : Window) return Positive_Count
-   is
-      Y : Line_Position;
-      X : Column_Position;
-      N : Natural;
-   begin
-      Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X);
-      N := Natural (X); N := N + 1;
-      --  if N > Natural (Count'Last) then
-      --     raise Layout_Error;
-      --  end if;
-      return Positive_Count (N);
-   end Col;
-
-   function Col return Positive_Count
-   is
-   begin
-      return Col (Get_Window);
-   end Col;
-
-   function Line (Win : Window) return Positive_Count
-   is
-      Y : Line_Position;
-      X : Column_Position;
-      N : Natural;
-   begin
-      Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X);
-      N := Natural (Y); N := N + 1;
-      --  if N > Natural (Count'Last) then
-      --     raise Layout_Error;
-      --  end if;
-      return Positive_Count (N);
-   end Line;
-
-   function Line return Positive_Count
-   is
-   begin
-      return Line (Get_Window);
-   end Line;
-
-   -----------------------
-   -- Characters Output --
-   -----------------------
-
-   procedure Put (Win  : Window; Item : Character)
-   is
-      P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win);
-      Y : Line_Position;
-      X : Column_Position;
-      L : Line_Count;
-      C : Column_Count;
-   begin
-      if P_Size > 0 then
-         Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X);
-         Get_Size (Win, L, C);
-         if (Y + 1) = L and then (X + 1) = C then
-            New_Page (Win);
-         end if;
-      end if;
-      Add (Win, Item);
-   end Put;
-
-   procedure Put (Item : Character)
-   is
-   begin
-      Put (Get_Window, Item);
-   end Put;
-
-   --------------------
-   -- Strings-Output --
-   --------------------
-
-   procedure Put (Win  : Window; Item : String)
-   is
-      P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win);
-      Y : Line_Position;
-      X : Column_Position;
-      L : Line_Count;
-      C : Column_Count;
-   begin
-      if P_Size > 0 then
-         Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X);
-         Get_Size (Win, L, C);
-         if (Y + 1) = L and then (X + 1 + Item'Length) >= C then
-            New_Page (Win);
-         end if;
-      end if;
-      Add (Win, Item);
-   end Put;
-
-   procedure Put (Item : String)
-   is
-   begin
-      Put (Get_Window, Item);
-   end Put;
-
-   procedure Put_Line
-     (Win  : Window;
-      Item : String)
-   is
-   begin
-      Put (Win, Item);
-      New_Line (Win, 1);
-   end Put_Line;
-
-   procedure Put_Line
-     (Item : String)
-   is
-   begin
-      Put_Line (Get_Window, Item);
-   end Put_Line;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 36f9476f6876c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-text_io__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                     Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO                    --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2003,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.14 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with Ada.Text_IO;
-with Ada.IO_Exceptions;
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO is
-
-   use type Ada.Text_IO.Count;
-   subtype Count is Ada.Text_IO.Count;
-   subtype Positive_Count is Count range 1 .. Count'Last;
-
-   subtype Field is Ada.Text_IO.Field;
-   subtype Number_Base is Integer range 2 .. 16;
-
-   type Type_Set is (Lower_Case, Upper_Case, Mixed_Case);
-
-   --  For most of the routines you will see a version without a Window
-   --  type parameter. They will operate on a default window, which can
-   --  be set by the user. It is initially equal to Standard_Window.
-
-   procedure Set_Window (Win : Window);
-   --  Set Win as the default window
-
-   function Get_Window return Window;
-   --  Get the current default window
-
-   procedure Flush (Win : Window);
-   procedure Flush;
-
-   --------------------------------------------
-   -- Specification of line and page lengths --
-   --------------------------------------------
-
-   --  There are no set routines in this package. I assume, that you allocate
-   --  the window with an appropriate size.
-   --  A scroll-window is interpreted as an page with unbounded page length,
-   --  i.e. it returns the conventional 0 as page length.
-
-   function Line_Length (Win : Window) return Count;
-   function Line_Length return Count;
-
-   function Page_Length (Win : Window) return Count;
-   function Page_Length return Count;
-
-   ------------------------------------
-   -- Column, Line, and Page Control --
-   ------------------------------------
-   procedure New_Line (Win : Window; Spacing : Positive_Count := 1);
-   procedure New_Line (Spacing : Positive_Count := 1);
-
-   procedure New_Page (Win : Window);
-   procedure New_Page;
-
-   procedure Set_Col (Win : Window;  To : Positive_Count);
-   procedure Set_Col (To : Positive_Count);
-
-   procedure Set_Line (Win : Window; To : Positive_Count);
-   procedure Set_Line (To : Positive_Count);
-
-   function Col (Win : Window) return Positive_Count;
-   function Col return Positive_Count;
-
-   function Line (Win : Window) return Positive_Count;
-   function Line return Positive_Count;
-
-   -----------------------
-   -- Characters-Output --
-   -----------------------
-
-   procedure Put (Win  : Window; Item : Character);
-   procedure Put (Item : Character);
-
-   --------------------
-   -- Strings-Output --
-   --------------------
-
-   procedure Put (Win  : Window; Item : String);
-   procedure Put (Item : String);
-
-   procedure Put_Line
-     (Win  : Window;
-      Item : String);
-
-   procedure Put_Line
-     (Item : String);
-
-   --  Exceptions
-
-   Status_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Status_Error;
-   Mode_Error   : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Mode_Error;
-   Name_Error   : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Name_Error;
-   Use_Error    : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Use_Error;
-   Device_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Device_Error;
-   End_Error    : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.End_Error;
-   Data_Error   : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Data_Error;
-   Layout_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Layout_Error;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-trace__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-trace__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index b771291b0f8b8..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-trace__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-trace.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-trace.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Trace                     --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 2000-2004,2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.7 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Trace is
-
-   procedure Trace_On (x : Trace_Attribute_Set) is
-   pragma Unreferenced (x);
-   begin
-      null;
-   end Trace_On;
-
-   procedure Trace_Put (str : String) is
-   pragma Unreferenced (str);
-   begin
-      null;
-   end Trace_Put;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Trace;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-trace__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-trace__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 6aa1e8c850c92..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses-trace__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses-trace.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses-trace.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Trace                     --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                        --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author: Eugene V. Melaragno <aldomel@ix.netcom.com> 2000
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.1 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Trace is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses.Trace);
-
-   pragma Warnings (Off);
-   type Trace_Attribute_Set is
-      record
-         Times                 : Boolean;
-         Tputs                 : Boolean;
-         Update                : Boolean;
-         Cursor_Move           : Boolean;
-         Character_Output      : Boolean;
-         Calls                 : Boolean;
-         Virtual_Puts          : Boolean;
-         Input_Events          : Boolean;
-         TTY_State             : Boolean;
-         Internal_Calls        : Boolean;
-         Character_Calls       : Boolean;
-         Termcap_TermInfo      : Boolean;
-         Attributes_And_Colors : Boolean;
-         Unused                : Boolean;
-      end record;
-   pragma Convention (C, Trace_Attribute_Set);
-
-   for Trace_Attribute_Set use
-      record
-         Times                 at 0 range  0 ..  0;
-         Tputs                 at 0 range  1 ..  1;
-         Update                at 0 range  2 ..  2;
-         Cursor_Move           at 0 range  3 ..  3;
-         Character_Output      at 0 range  4 ..  4;
-         Calls                 at 0 range  5 ..  5;
-         Virtual_Puts          at 0 range  6 ..  6;
-         Input_Events          at 0 range  7 ..  7;
-         TTY_State             at 0 range  8 ..  8;
-         Internal_Calls        at 0 range  9 ..  9;
-         Character_Calls       at 0 range 10 .. 10;
-         Termcap_TermInfo      at 0 range 11 .. 11;
-         Attributes_And_Colors at 0 range 12 .. 12;
-         Unused                at 0 range 13 .. 31;
-      end record;
-   for Trace_Attribute_Set'Size use 32;
-   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
-   --               different on your system.
-
-   pragma Warnings (On);
-
-   Trace_Disable  : constant Trace_Attribute_Set := (others => False);
-
-   Trace_Ordinary : constant Trace_Attribute_Set :=
-     (Times            => True,
-      Tputs            => True,
-      Update           => True,
-      Cursor_Move      => True,
-      Character_Output => True,
-      others           => False);
-   Trace_Maximum : constant Trace_Attribute_Set := (others => True);
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_trace.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   procedure Trace_On (x : Trace_Attribute_Set);
-   --  The debugging library has trace.
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   procedure Trace_Put (str : String);
-   --  AKA: _tracef()
-
-   Current_Trace_Setting : Trace_Attribute_Set;
-   pragma Import (C, Current_Trace_Setting, "_nc_tracing");
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Trace;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses__adb.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses__adb.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 272b0036e85ed..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses__adb.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2562 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses.adb - -

File : terminal_interface-curses.adb

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                        Terminal_Interface.Curses                         --
---                                                                          --
---                                 B O D Y                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author: Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.8 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/22 23:02:14 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-with System;
-
-with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux;
-with Interfaces.C;                  use Interfaces.C;
-with Interfaces.C.Strings;          use Interfaces.C.Strings;
-with Ada.Characters.Handling;       use Ada.Characters.Handling;
-with Ada.Strings.Fixed;
-
-package body Terminal_Interface.Curses is
-
-   use Aux;
-   use type System.Bit_Order;
-
-   package ASF renames Ada.Strings.Fixed;
-
-   type chtype_array is array (size_t range <>)
-      of aliased Attributed_Character;
-   pragma Convention (C, chtype_array);
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Key_Name (Key : Real_Key_Code) return String
-   is
-      function Keyname (K : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Keyname, "keyname");
-
-      Ch : Character;
-   begin
-      if Key <= Character'Pos (Character'Last) then
-         Ch := Character'Val (Key);
-         if Is_Control (Ch) then
-            return Un_Control (Attributed_Character'(Ch    => Ch,
-                                                     Color => Color_Pair'First,
-                                                     Attr  => Normal_Video));
-         elsif Is_Graphic (Ch) then
-            declare
-               S : String (1 .. 1);
-            begin
-               S (1) := Ch;
-               return S;
-            end;
-         else
-            return "";
-         end if;
-      else
-         return Fill_String (Keyname (C_Int (Key)));
-      end if;
-   end Key_Name;
-
-   procedure Key_Name (Key  :  Real_Key_Code;
-                       Name : out String)
-   is
-   begin
-      ASF.Move (Key_Name (Key), Name);
-   end Key_Name;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Init_Screen
-   is
-      function Initscr return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Initscr, "initscr");
-
-      W : Window;
-   begin
-      W := Initscr;
-      if W = Null_Window then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Init_Screen;
-
-   procedure End_Windows
-   is
-      function Endwin return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Endwin, "endwin");
-   begin
-      if Endwin = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end End_Windows;
-
-   function Is_End_Window return Boolean
-   is
-      function Isendwin return Curses_Bool;
-      pragma Import (C, Isendwin, "isendwin");
-   begin
-      if Isendwin = Curses_Bool_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Is_End_Window;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Move_Cursor (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                          Line   : Line_Position;
-                          Column : Column_Position)
-   is
-      function Wmove (Win    : Window;
-                      Line   : C_Int;
-                      Column : C_Int
-                     ) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wmove, "wmove");
-   begin
-      if Wmove (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Move_Cursor;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Add (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Ch  : Attributed_Character)
-   is
-      function Waddch (W  : Window;
-                       Ch : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Waddch, "waddch");
-   begin
-      if Waddch (Win, AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Add;
-
-   procedure Add (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Ch  : Character)
-   is
-   begin
-      Add (Win,
-           Attributed_Character'(Ch    => Ch,
-                                 Color => Color_Pair'First,
-                                 Attr  => Normal_Video));
-   end Add;
-
-   procedure Add
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position;
-      Ch     : Attributed_Character)
-   is
-      function mvwaddch (W  : Window;
-                         Y  : C_Int;
-                         X  : C_Int;
-                         Ch : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, mvwaddch, "mvwaddch");
-   begin
-      if mvwaddch (Win, C_Int (Line),
-                   C_Int (Column),
-                   AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Add;
-
-   procedure Add
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position;
-      Ch     : Character)
-   is
-   begin
-      Add (Win,
-           Line,
-           Column,
-           Attributed_Character'(Ch    => Ch,
-                                 Color => Color_Pair'First,
-                                 Attr  => Normal_Video));
-   end Add;
-
-   procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Ch  : Attributed_Character)
-   is
-      function Wechochar (W  : Window;
-                          Ch : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wechochar, "wechochar");
-   begin
-      if Wechochar (Win, AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Add_With_Immediate_Echo;
-
-   procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Ch  : Character)
-   is
-   begin
-      Add_With_Immediate_Echo
-        (Win,
-         Attributed_Character'(Ch    => Ch,
-                               Color => Color_Pair'First,
-                               Attr  => Normal_Video));
-   end Add_With_Immediate_Echo;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Create (Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
-                    Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
-                    First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
-                    First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window
-   is
-      function Newwin (Number_Of_Lines       : C_Int;
-                       Number_Of_Columns     : C_Int;
-                       First_Line_Position   : C_Int;
-                       First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Newwin, "newwin");
-
-      W : Window;
-   begin
-      W := Newwin (C_Int (Number_Of_Lines),
-                   C_Int (Number_Of_Columns),
-                   C_Int (First_Line_Position),
-                   C_Int (First_Column_Position));
-      if W = Null_Window then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return W;
-   end Create;
-
-   procedure Delete (Win : in out Window)
-   is
-      function Wdelwin (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wdelwin, "delwin");
-   begin
-      if Wdelwin (Win) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      Win := Null_Window;
-   end Delete;
-
-   function Sub_Window
-     (Win                   : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
-      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
-      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
-      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window
-   is
-      function Subwin
-        (Win                   : Window;
-         Number_Of_Lines       : C_Int;
-         Number_Of_Columns     : C_Int;
-         First_Line_Position   : C_Int;
-         First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Subwin, "subwin");
-
-      W : Window;
-   begin
-      W := Subwin (Win,
-                   C_Int (Number_Of_Lines),
-                   C_Int (Number_Of_Columns),
-                   C_Int (First_Line_Position),
-                   C_Int (First_Column_Position));
-      if W = Null_Window then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return W;
-   end Sub_Window;
-
-   function Derived_Window
-     (Win                   : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
-      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
-      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
-      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window
-   is
-      function Derwin
-        (Win                   : Window;
-         Number_Of_Lines       : C_Int;
-         Number_Of_Columns     : C_Int;
-         First_Line_Position   : C_Int;
-         First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Derwin, "derwin");
-
-      W : Window;
-   begin
-      W := Derwin (Win,
-                   C_Int (Number_Of_Lines),
-                   C_Int (Number_Of_Columns),
-                   C_Int (First_Line_Position),
-                   C_Int (First_Column_Position));
-      if W = Null_Window then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return W;
-   end Derived_Window;
-
-   function Duplicate (Win : Window) return Window
-   is
-      function Dupwin (Win : Window) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Dupwin, "dupwin");
-
-      W : constant Window := Dupwin (Win);
-   begin
-      if W = Null_Window then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return W;
-   end Duplicate;
-
-   procedure Move_Window (Win    : Window;
-                          Line   : Line_Position;
-                          Column : Column_Position)
-   is
-      function Mvwin (Win    : Window;
-                      Line   : C_Int;
-                      Column : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Mvwin, "mvwin");
-   begin
-      if Mvwin (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Move_Window;
-
-   procedure Move_Derived_Window (Win    : Window;
-                                  Line   : Line_Position;
-                                  Column : Column_Position)
-   is
-      function Mvderwin (Win    : Window;
-                         Line   : C_Int;
-                         Column : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Mvderwin, "mvderwin");
-   begin
-      if Mvderwin (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Move_Derived_Window;
-
-   procedure Set_Synch_Mode (Win  : Window  := Standard_Window;
-                             Mode : Boolean := False)
-   is
-      function Syncok (Win  : Window;
-                       Mode : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Syncok, "syncok");
-   begin
-      if Syncok (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Mode))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Synch_Mode;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Add (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Str : String;
-                  Len : Integer := -1)
-   is
-      function Waddnstr (Win : Window;
-                         Str : char_array;
-                         Len : C_Int := -1) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Waddnstr, "waddnstr");
-
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Str, Txt, Length);
-      if Waddnstr (Win, Txt, C_Int (Len)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Add;
-
-   procedure Add
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position;
-      Str    : String;
-      Len    : Integer := -1)
-   is
-   begin
-      Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
-      Add (Win, Str, Len);
-   end Add;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Add
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Str : Attributed_String;
-      Len : Integer := -1)
-   is
-      function Waddchnstr (Win : Window;
-                           Str : chtype_array;
-                           Len : C_Int := -1) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Waddchnstr, "waddchnstr");
-
-      Txt : chtype_array (0 .. Str'Length);
-   begin
-      for Length in 1 .. size_t (Str'Length) loop
-         Txt (Length - 1) := Str (Natural (Length));
-      end loop;
-      Txt (Str'Length) := Default_Character;
-      if Waddchnstr (Win,
-                     Txt,
-                     C_Int (Len)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Add;
-
-   procedure Add
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position;
-      Str    : Attributed_String;
-      Len    : Integer := -1)
-   is
-   begin
-      Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
-      Add (Win, Str, Len);
-   end Add;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Border
-     (Win                       : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Left_Side_Symbol          : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Right_Side_Symbol         : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Top_Side_Symbol           : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Bottom_Side_Symbol        : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol  : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol  : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol : Attributed_Character := Default_Character)
-   is
-      function Wborder (W   : Window;
-                        LS  : C_Chtype;
-                        RS  : C_Chtype;
-                        TS  : C_Chtype;
-                        BS  : C_Chtype;
-                        ULC : C_Chtype;
-                        URC : C_Chtype;
-                        LLC : C_Chtype;
-                        LRC : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wborder, "wborder");
-   begin
-      if Wborder (Win,
-                  AttrChar_To_Chtype (Left_Side_Symbol),
-                  AttrChar_To_Chtype (Right_Side_Symbol),
-                  AttrChar_To_Chtype (Top_Side_Symbol),
-                  AttrChar_To_Chtype (Bottom_Side_Symbol),
-                  AttrChar_To_Chtype (Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol),
-                  AttrChar_To_Chtype (Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol),
-                  AttrChar_To_Chtype (Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol),
-                  AttrChar_To_Chtype (Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol)
-                  ) = Curses_Err
-      then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Border;
-
-   procedure Box
-     (Win               : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Vertical_Symbol   : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Horizontal_Symbol : Attributed_Character := Default_Character)
-   is
-   begin
-      Border (Win,
-              Vertical_Symbol, Vertical_Symbol,
-              Horizontal_Symbol, Horizontal_Symbol);
-   end Box;
-
-   procedure Horizontal_Line
-     (Win         : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line_Size   : Natural;
-      Line_Symbol : Attributed_Character := Default_Character)
-   is
-      function Whline (W   : Window;
-                       Ch  : C_Chtype;
-                       Len : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Whline, "whline");
-   begin
-      if Whline (Win,
-                 AttrChar_To_Chtype (Line_Symbol),
-                 C_Int (Line_Size)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Horizontal_Line;
-
-   procedure Vertical_Line
-     (Win         : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line_Size   : Natural;
-      Line_Symbol : Attributed_Character := Default_Character)
-   is
-      function Wvline (W   : Window;
-                       Ch  : C_Chtype;
-                       Len : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wvline, "wvline");
-   begin
-      if Wvline (Win,
-                 AttrChar_To_Chtype (Line_Symbol),
-                 C_Int (Line_Size)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Vertical_Line;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Get_Keystroke (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-     return Real_Key_Code
-   is
-      function Wgetch (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wgetch, "wgetch");
-
-      C : constant C_Int := Wgetch (Win);
-   begin
-      if C = Curses_Err then
-         return Key_None;
-      else
-         return Real_Key_Code (C);
-      end if;
-   end Get_Keystroke;
-
-   procedure Undo_Keystroke (Key : Real_Key_Code)
-   is
-      function Ungetch (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Ungetch, "ungetch");
-   begin
-      if Ungetch (C_Int (Key)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Undo_Keystroke;
-
-   function Has_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean
-   is
-      function Haskey (Key : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Haskey, "has_key");
-   begin
-      if Haskey (C_Int (Key)) = Curses_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Has_Key;
-
-   function Is_Function_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean
-   is
-      L : constant Special_Key_Code  := Special_Key_Code (Natural (Key_F0) +
-        Natural (Function_Key_Number'Last));
-   begin
-      if (Key >= Key_F0) and then (Key <= L) then
-         return True;
-      else
-         return False;
-      end if;
-   end Is_Function_Key;
-
-   function Function_Key (Key : Real_Key_Code)
-                          return Function_Key_Number
-   is
-   begin
-      if Is_Function_Key (Key) then
-         return Function_Key_Number (Key - Key_F0);
-      else
-         raise Constraint_Error;
-      end if;
-   end Function_Key;
-
-   function Function_Key_Code (Key : Function_Key_Number) return Real_Key_Code
-   is
-   begin
-      return Real_Key_Code (Natural (Key_F0) + Natural (Key));
-   end Function_Key_Code;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Standout (Win : Window  := Standard_Window;
-                       On  : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function wstandout (Win : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, wstandout, "wstandout");
-      function wstandend (Win : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, wstandend, "wstandend");
-
-      Err : C_Int;
-   begin
-      if On then
-         Err := wstandout (Win);
-      else
-         Err := wstandend (Win);
-      end if;
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Standout;
-
-   procedure Switch_Character_Attribute
-     (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Attr : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      On   : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Wattron (Win    : Window;
-                        C_Attr : C_AttrType) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wattron, "wattr_on");
-      function Wattroff (Win    : Window;
-                         C_Attr : C_AttrType) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wattroff, "wattr_off");
-      --  In Ada we use the On Boolean to control whether or not we want to
-      --  switch on or off the attributes in the set.
-      Err : C_Int;
-      AC  : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch    => Character'First,
-                                              Color => Color_Pair'First,
-                                              Attr  => Attr);
-   begin
-      if On then
-         Err := Wattron  (Win, AttrChar_To_AttrType (AC));
-      else
-         Err := Wattroff (Win, AttrChar_To_AttrType (AC));
-      end if;
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Switch_Character_Attribute;
-
-   procedure Set_Character_Attributes
-     (Win   : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Attr  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
-   is
-      function Wattrset (Win    : Window;
-                         C_Attr : C_AttrType) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wattrset, "wattrset"); -- ??? wattr_set
-   begin
-      if Wattrset (Win,
-                   AttrChar_To_AttrType (Attributed_Character'
-                                         (Ch    => Character'First,
-                                          Color => Color,
-                                          Attr  => Attr))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Character_Attributes;
-
-   function Get_Character_Attribute (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-                                     return Character_Attribute_Set
-   is
-      function Wattrget (Win : Window;
-                         Atr : access C_AttrType;
-                         Col : access C_Short;
-                         Opt : System.Address) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wattrget, "wattr_get");
-
-      Attr : aliased C_AttrType;
-      Col  : aliased C_Short;
-      Res  : constant C_Int := Wattrget (Win, Attr'Access, Col'Access,
-                                         System.Null_Address);
-      Ch   : Attributed_Character;
-   begin
-      if Res = Curses_Ok then
-         Ch := AttrType_To_AttrChar (Attr);
-         return Ch.Attr;
-      else
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Get_Character_Attribute;
-
-   function Get_Character_Attribute (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-                                     return Color_Pair
-   is
-      function Wattrget (Win : Window;
-                         Atr : access C_AttrType;
-                         Col : access C_Short;
-                         Opt : System.Address) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wattrget, "wattr_get");
-
-      Attr : aliased C_AttrType;
-      Col  : aliased C_Short;
-      Res  : constant C_Int := Wattrget (Win, Attr'Access, Col'Access,
-                                         System.Null_Address);
-      Ch   : Attributed_Character;
-   begin
-      if Res = Curses_Ok then
-         Ch := AttrType_To_AttrChar (Attr);
-         return Ch.Color;
-      else
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Get_Character_Attribute;
-
-   procedure Set_Color (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-                        Pair : Color_Pair)
-   is
-      function Wset_Color (Win   : Window;
-                           Color : C_Short;
-                           Opts  : C_Void_Ptr) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wset_Color, "wcolor_set");
-   begin
-      if Wset_Color (Win,
-                     C_Short (Pair),
-                     C_Void_Ptr (System.Null_Address)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Color;
-
-   procedure Change_Attributes
-     (Win   : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Count : Integer := -1;
-      Attr  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
-   is
-      function Wchgat (Win   : Window;
-                       Cnt   : C_Int;
-                       Attr  : C_AttrType;
-                       Color : C_Short;
-                       Opts  : System.Address := System.Null_Address)
-                       return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wchgat, "wchgat");
-
-      Ch : constant Attributed_Character :=
-        (Ch => Character'First, Color => Color_Pair'First, Attr => Attr);
-   begin
-      if Wchgat (Win, C_Int (Count), AttrChar_To_AttrType (Ch),
-                 C_Short (Color)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Change_Attributes;
-
-   procedure Change_Attributes
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position := Line_Position'First;
-      Column : Column_Position := Column_Position'First;
-      Count  : Integer := -1;
-      Attr   : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color  : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
-   is
-   begin
-      Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
-      Change_Attributes (Win, Count, Attr, Color);
-   end Change_Attributes;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Beep
-   is
-      function Beeper return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Beeper, "beep");
-   begin
-      if Beeper = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Beep;
-
-   procedure Flash_Screen
-   is
-      function Flash return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Flash, "flash");
-   begin
-      if Flash = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Flash_Screen;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Cbreak_Mode (SwitchOn : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Cbreak return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Cbreak, "cbreak");
-      function NoCbreak return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, NoCbreak, "nocbreak");
-
-      Err : C_Int;
-   begin
-      if SwitchOn then
-         Err := Cbreak;
-      else
-         Err := NoCbreak;
-      end if;
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Cbreak_Mode;
-
-   procedure Set_Raw_Mode (SwitchOn : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Raw return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Raw, "raw");
-      function NoRaw return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, NoRaw, "noraw");
-
-      Err : C_Int;
-   begin
-      if SwitchOn then
-         Err := Raw;
-      else
-         Err := NoRaw;
-      end if;
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Raw_Mode;
-
-   procedure Set_Echo_Mode (SwitchOn : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Echo return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Echo, "echo");
-      function NoEcho return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, NoEcho, "noecho");
-
-      Err : C_Int;
-   begin
-      if SwitchOn then
-         Err := Echo;
-      else
-         Err := NoEcho;
-      end if;
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Echo_Mode;
-
-   procedure Set_Meta_Mode (Win      : Window := Standard_Window;
-                            SwitchOn : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Meta (W : Window; Mode : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Meta, "meta");
-   begin
-      if Meta (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (SwitchOn))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Meta_Mode;
-
-   procedure Set_KeyPad_Mode (Win      : Window := Standard_Window;
-                              SwitchOn : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Keypad (W : Window; Mode : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Keypad, "keypad");
-   begin
-      if Keypad (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (SwitchOn))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_KeyPad_Mode;
-
-   function Get_KeyPad_Mode (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-                             return Boolean
-   is
-      function Is_Keypad (W : Window) return Curses_Bool;
-      pragma Import (C, Is_Keypad, "is_keypad");
-   begin
-      return (Is_Keypad (Win) /= Curses_Bool_False);
-   end Get_KeyPad_Mode;
-
-   procedure Half_Delay (Amount : Half_Delay_Amount)
-   is
-      function Halfdelay (Amount : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Halfdelay, "halfdelay");
-   begin
-      if Halfdelay (C_Int (Amount)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Half_Delay;
-
-   procedure Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode
-     (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Mode : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Intrflush (Win : Window; Mode : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Intrflush, "intrflush");
-   begin
-      if Intrflush (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Mode))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode;
-
-   procedure Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode
-     (Win   : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Flush : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      procedure Qiflush;
-      pragma Import (C, Qiflush, "qiflush");
-      procedure No_Qiflush;
-      pragma Import (C, No_Qiflush, "noqiflush");
-   begin
-      if Win = Null_Window then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      if Flush then
-         Qiflush;
-      else
-         No_Qiflush;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode;
-
-   procedure Set_NoDelay_Mode
-     (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Mode : Boolean := False)
-   is
-      function Nodelay (Win : Window; Mode : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Nodelay, "nodelay");
-   begin
-      if Nodelay (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Mode))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_NoDelay_Mode;
-
-   procedure Set_Timeout_Mode (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                               Mode   : Timeout_Mode;
-                               Amount : Natural)
-   is
-      procedure Wtimeout (Win : Window; Amount : C_Int);
-      pragma Import (C, Wtimeout, "wtimeout");
-
-      Time : C_Int;
-   begin
-      case Mode is
-         when Blocking     => Time := -1;
-         when Non_Blocking => Time := 0;
-         when Delayed      =>
-            if Amount = 0 then
-               raise Constraint_Error;
-            end if;
-            Time := C_Int (Amount);
-      end case;
-      Wtimeout (Win, Time);
-   end Set_Timeout_Mode;
-
-   procedure Set_Escape_Timer_Mode
-     (Win       : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Timer_Off : Boolean := False)
-   is
-      function Notimeout (Win : Window; Mode : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Notimeout, "notimeout");
-   begin
-      if Notimeout (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Timer_Off)))
-        = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Escape_Timer_Mode;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_NL_Mode (SwitchOn : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function NL return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, NL, "nl");
-      function NoNL return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, NoNL, "nonl");
-
-      Err : C_Int;
-   begin
-      if SwitchOn then
-         Err := NL;
-      else
-         Err := NoNL;
-      end if;
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_NL_Mode;
-
-   procedure Clear_On_Next_Update
-     (Win      : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Do_Clear : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Clear_Ok (W : Window; Flag : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Clear_Ok, "clearok");
-   begin
-      if Clear_Ok (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Do_Clear))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Clear_On_Next_Update;
-
-   procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Line
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Do_Idl : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function IDL_Ok (W : Window; Flag : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, IDL_Ok, "idlok");
-   begin
-      if IDL_Ok (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Do_Idl))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Use_Insert_Delete_Line;
-
-   procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Character
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Do_Idc : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      procedure IDC_Ok (W : Window; Flag : Curses_Bool);
-      pragma Import (C, IDC_Ok, "idcok");
-   begin
-      IDC_Ok (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Do_Idc)));
-   end Use_Insert_Delete_Character;
-
-   procedure Leave_Cursor_After_Update
-     (Win      : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Do_Leave : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Leave_Ok (W : Window; Flag : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Leave_Ok, "leaveok");
-   begin
-      if Leave_Ok (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Do_Leave))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Leave_Cursor_After_Update;
-
-   procedure Immediate_Update_Mode
-     (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Mode : Boolean := False)
-   is
-      procedure Immedok (Win : Window; Mode : Curses_Bool);
-      pragma Import (C, Immedok, "immedok");
-   begin
-      Immedok (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Mode)));
-   end Immediate_Update_Mode;
-
-   procedure Allow_Scrolling
-     (Win  : Window  := Standard_Window;
-      Mode : Boolean := False)
-   is
-      function Scrollok (Win : Window; Mode : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Scrollok, "scrollok");
-   begin
-      if Scrollok (Win, Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Mode))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Allow_Scrolling;
-
-   function Scrolling_Allowed (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-                               return Boolean
-   is
-      function Is_Scroll_Ok (W : Window) return Curses_Bool;
-      pragma Import (C, Is_Scroll_Ok, "is_scrollok");
-   begin
-      return (Is_Scroll_Ok (Win) /= Curses_Bool_False);
-   end Scrolling_Allowed;
-
-   procedure Set_Scroll_Region
-     (Win         : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Top_Line    : Line_Position;
-      Bottom_Line : Line_Position)
-   is
-      function Wsetscrreg (Win : Window;
-                           Lin : C_Int;
-                           Col : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wsetscrreg, "wsetscrreg");
-   begin
-      if Wsetscrreg (Win, C_Int (Top_Line), C_Int (Bottom_Line))
-        = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Scroll_Region;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Update_Screen
-   is
-      function Do_Update return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Do_Update, "doupdate");
-   begin
-      if Do_Update = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Update_Screen;
-
-   procedure Refresh (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-      function Wrefresh (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wrefresh, "wrefresh");
-   begin
-      if Wrefresh (Win) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Refresh;
-
-   procedure Refresh_Without_Update
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-      function Wnoutrefresh (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wnoutrefresh, "wnoutrefresh");
-   begin
-      if Wnoutrefresh (Win) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Refresh_Without_Update;
-
-   procedure Redraw (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-      function Redrawwin (Win : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Redrawwin, "redrawwin");
-   begin
-      if Redrawwin (Win) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Redraw;
-
-   procedure Redraw
-     (Win        : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Begin_Line : Line_Position;
-      Line_Count : Positive)
-   is
-      function Wredrawln (Win : Window; First : C_Int; Cnt : C_Int)
-                          return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wredrawln, "wredrawln");
-   begin
-      if Wredrawln (Win,
-                    C_Int (Begin_Line),
-                    C_Int (Line_Count)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Redraw;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Erase (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-      function Werase (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Werase, "werase");
-   begin
-      if Werase (Win) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Erase;
-
-   procedure Clear (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-      function Wclear (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wclear, "wclear");
-   begin
-      if Wclear (Win) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Clear;
-
-   procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Screen (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-      function Wclearbot (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wclearbot, "wclrtobot");
-   begin
-      if Wclearbot (Win) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Clear_To_End_Of_Screen;
-
-   procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Line (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-      function Wcleareol (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wcleareol, "wclrtoeol");
-   begin
-      if Wcleareol (Win) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Clear_To_End_Of_Line;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Set_Background
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Ch  : Attributed_Character)
-   is
-      procedure WBackground (W : Window; Ch : C_Chtype);
-      pragma Import (C, WBackground, "wbkgdset");
-   begin
-      WBackground (Win, AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch));
-   end Set_Background;
-
-   procedure Change_Background
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Ch  : Attributed_Character)
-   is
-      function WChangeBkgd (W : Window; Ch : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, WChangeBkgd, "wbkgd");
-   begin
-      if WChangeBkgd (Win, AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Change_Background;
-
-   function Get_Background (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-     return Attributed_Character
-   is
-      function Wgetbkgd (Win : Window) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Wgetbkgd, "getbkgd");
-   begin
-      return Chtype_To_AttrChar (Wgetbkgd (Win));
-   end Get_Background;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Change_Lines_Status (Win   : Window := Standard_Window;
-                                  Start : Line_Position;
-                                  Count : Positive;
-                                  State : Boolean)
-   is
-      function Wtouchln (Win : Window;
-                         Sta : C_Int;
-                         Cnt : C_Int;
-                         Chg : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wtouchln, "wtouchln");
-   begin
-      if Wtouchln (Win, C_Int (Start), C_Int (Count),
-                   C_Int (Boolean'Pos (State))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Change_Lines_Status;
-
-   procedure Touch (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-      Y : Line_Position;
-      X : Column_Position;
-   begin
-      Get_Size (Win, Y, X);
-      pragma Unreferenced (X);
-      Change_Lines_Status (Win, 0, Positive (Y), True);
-   end Touch;
-
-   procedure Untouch (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-      Y : Line_Position;
-      X : Column_Position;
-   begin
-      Get_Size (Win, Y, X);
-      pragma Unreferenced (X);
-      Change_Lines_Status (Win, 0, Positive (Y), False);
-   end Untouch;
-
-   procedure Touch (Win   : Window := Standard_Window;
-                    Start : Line_Position;
-                    Count : Positive)
-   is
-   begin
-      Change_Lines_Status (Win, Start, Count, True);
-   end Touch;
-
-   function Is_Touched
-     (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line : Line_Position) return Boolean
-   is
-      function WLineTouched (W : Window; L : C_Int) return Curses_Bool;
-      pragma Import (C, WLineTouched, "is_linetouched");
-   begin
-      if WLineTouched (Win, C_Int (Line)) = Curses_Bool_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Is_Touched;
-
-   function Is_Touched
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean
-   is
-      function WWinTouched (W : Window) return Curses_Bool;
-      pragma Import (C, WWinTouched, "is_wintouched");
-   begin
-      if WWinTouched (Win) = Curses_Bool_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Is_Touched;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Copy
-     (Source_Window            : Window;
-      Destination_Window       : Window;
-      Source_Top_Row           : Line_Position;
-      Source_Left_Column       : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Top_Row      : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Left_Column  : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Bottom_Row   : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Right_Column : Column_Position;
-      Non_Destructive_Mode     : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Copywin (Src : Window;
-                        Dst : Window;
-                        Str : C_Int;
-                        Slc : C_Int;
-                        Dtr : C_Int;
-                        Dlc : C_Int;
-                        Dbr : C_Int;
-                        Drc : C_Int;
-                        Ndm : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Copywin, "copywin");
-   begin
-      if Copywin (Source_Window,
-                  Destination_Window,
-                  C_Int (Source_Top_Row),
-                  C_Int (Source_Left_Column),
-                  C_Int (Destination_Top_Row),
-                  C_Int (Destination_Left_Column),
-                  C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row),
-                  C_Int (Destination_Right_Column),
-                  Boolean'Pos (Non_Destructive_Mode)
-                ) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Copy;
-
-   procedure Overwrite
-     (Source_Window      : Window;
-      Destination_Window : Window)
-   is
-      function Overwrite (Src : Window; Dst : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Overwrite, "overwrite");
-   begin
-      if Overwrite (Source_Window, Destination_Window) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Overwrite;
-
-   procedure Overlay
-     (Source_Window      : Window;
-      Destination_Window : Window)
-   is
-      function Overlay (Src : Window; Dst : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Overlay, "overlay");
-   begin
-      if Overlay (Source_Window, Destination_Window) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Overlay;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Insert_Delete_Lines
-     (Win   : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Lines : Integer       := 1) -- default is to insert one line above
-   is
-      function Winsdelln (W : Window; N : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Winsdelln, "winsdelln");
-   begin
-      if Winsdelln (Win, C_Int (Lines)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Insert_Delete_Lines;
-
-   procedure Delete_Line (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-   begin
-      Insert_Delete_Lines (Win, -1);
-   end Delete_Line;
-
-   procedure Insert_Line (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-   begin
-      Insert_Delete_Lines (Win, 1);
-   end Insert_Line;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-   procedure Get_Size
-     (Win               : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Number_Of_Lines   : out Line_Count;
-      Number_Of_Columns : out Column_Count)
-   is
-      function GetMaxY (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, GetMaxY, "getmaxy");
-
-      function GetMaxX (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, GetMaxX, "getmaxx");
-
-      Y : constant C_Int := GetMaxY (Win);
-      X : constant C_Int := GetMaxX (Win);
-   begin
-      Number_Of_Lines   := Line_Count (Y);
-      Number_Of_Columns := Column_Count (X);
-   end Get_Size;
-
-   procedure Get_Window_Position
-     (Win             : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Top_Left_Line   : out Line_Position;
-      Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position)
-   is
-      function GetBegY (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, GetBegY, "getbegy");
-
-      function GetBegX (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, GetBegX, "getbegx");
-
-      Y : constant C_Short := C_Short (GetBegY (Win));
-      X : constant C_Short := C_Short (GetBegX (Win));
-   begin
-      Top_Left_Line   := Line_Position (Y);
-      Top_Left_Column := Column_Position (X);
-   end Get_Window_Position;
-
-   procedure Get_Cursor_Position
-     (Win    :  Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : out Line_Position;
-      Column : out Column_Position)
-   is
-      function GetCurY (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, GetCurY, "getcury");
-
-      function GetCurX (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, GetCurX, "getcurx");
-
-      Y : constant C_Short := C_Short (GetCurY (Win));
-      X : constant C_Short := C_Short (GetCurX (Win));
-   begin
-      Line   := Line_Position (Y);
-      Column := Column_Position (X);
-   end Get_Cursor_Position;
-
-   procedure Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent
-     (Win                :  Window;
-      Top_Left_Line      : out Line_Position;
-      Top_Left_Column    : out Column_Position;
-      Is_Not_A_Subwindow : out Boolean)
-   is
-      function GetParY (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, GetParY, "getpary");
-
-      function GetParX (W : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, GetParX, "getparx");
-
-      Y : constant C_Int := GetParY (Win);
-      X : constant C_Int := GetParX (Win);
-   begin
-      if Y = -1 then
-         Top_Left_Line   := Line_Position'Last;
-         Top_Left_Column := Column_Position'Last;
-         Is_Not_A_Subwindow := True;
-      else
-         Top_Left_Line   := Line_Position (Y);
-         Top_Left_Column := Column_Position (X);
-         Is_Not_A_Subwindow := False;
-      end if;
-   end Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function New_Pad (Lines   : Line_Count;
-                     Columns : Column_Count) return Window
-   is
-      function Newpad (Lines : C_Int; Columns : C_Int) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Newpad, "newpad");
-
-      W : Window;
-   begin
-      W := Newpad (C_Int (Lines), C_Int (Columns));
-      if W = Null_Window then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return W;
-   end New_Pad;
-
-   function Sub_Pad
-     (Pad                   : Window;
-      Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
-      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
-      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
-      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window
-   is
-      function Subpad
-        (Pad                   : Window;
-         Number_Of_Lines       : C_Int;
-         Number_Of_Columns     : C_Int;
-         First_Line_Position   : C_Int;
-         First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Subpad, "subpad");
-
-      W : Window;
-   begin
-      W := Subpad (Pad,
-                   C_Int (Number_Of_Lines),
-                   C_Int (Number_Of_Columns),
-                   C_Int (First_Line_Position),
-                   C_Int (First_Column_Position));
-      if W = Null_Window then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      return W;
-   end Sub_Pad;
-
-   procedure Refresh
-     (Pad                      : Window;
-      Source_Top_Row           : Line_Position;
-      Source_Left_Column       : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Top_Row      : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Left_Column  : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Bottom_Row   : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Right_Column : Column_Position)
-   is
-      function Prefresh
-        (Pad                      : Window;
-         Source_Top_Row           : C_Int;
-         Source_Left_Column       : C_Int;
-         Destination_Top_Row      : C_Int;
-         Destination_Left_Column  : C_Int;
-         Destination_Bottom_Row   : C_Int;
-         Destination_Right_Column : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Prefresh, "prefresh");
-   begin
-      if Prefresh (Pad,
-                   C_Int (Source_Top_Row),
-                   C_Int (Source_Left_Column),
-                   C_Int (Destination_Top_Row),
-                   C_Int (Destination_Left_Column),
-                   C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row),
-                   C_Int (Destination_Right_Column)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Refresh;
-
-   procedure Refresh_Without_Update
-     (Pad                      : Window;
-      Source_Top_Row           : Line_Position;
-      Source_Left_Column       : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Top_Row      : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Left_Column  : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Bottom_Row   : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Right_Column : Column_Position)
-   is
-      function Pnoutrefresh
-        (Pad                      : Window;
-         Source_Top_Row           : C_Int;
-         Source_Left_Column       : C_Int;
-         Destination_Top_Row      : C_Int;
-         Destination_Left_Column  : C_Int;
-         Destination_Bottom_Row   : C_Int;
-         Destination_Right_Column : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Pnoutrefresh, "pnoutrefresh");
-   begin
-      if Pnoutrefresh (Pad,
-                       C_Int (Source_Top_Row),
-                       C_Int (Source_Left_Column),
-                       C_Int (Destination_Top_Row),
-                       C_Int (Destination_Left_Column),
-                       C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row),
-                       C_Int (Destination_Right_Column)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Refresh_Without_Update;
-
-   procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
-     (Pad : Window;
-      Ch  : Attributed_Character)
-   is
-      function Pechochar (Pad : Window; Ch : C_Chtype)
-                          return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Pechochar, "pechochar");
-   begin
-      if Pechochar (Pad, AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It;
-
-   procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
-     (Pad : Window;
-      Ch  : Character)
-   is
-   begin
-      Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
-        (Pad,
-         Attributed_Character'(Ch    => Ch,
-                               Color => Color_Pair'First,
-                               Attr  => Normal_Video));
-   end Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Scroll (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                     Amount : Integer := 1)
-   is
-      function Wscrl (Win : Window; N : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wscrl, "wscrl");
-
-   begin
-      if Wscrl (Win, C_Int (Amount)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Scroll;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Delete_Character (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-   is
-      function Wdelch (Win : Window) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wdelch, "wdelch");
-   begin
-      if Wdelch (Win) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Delete_Character;
-
-   procedure Delete_Character
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position)
-   is
-      function Mvwdelch (Win : Window;
-                         Lin : C_Int;
-                         Col : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Mvwdelch, "mvwdelch");
-   begin
-      if Mvwdelch (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Delete_Character;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-     return Attributed_Character
-   is
-      function Winch (Win : Window) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Winch, "winch");
-   begin
-      return Chtype_To_AttrChar (Winch (Win));
-   end Peek;
-
-   function Peek
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position) return Attributed_Character
-   is
-      function Mvwinch (Win : Window;
-                        Lin : C_Int;
-                        Col : C_Int) return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Mvwinch, "mvwinch");
-   begin
-      return Chtype_To_AttrChar (Mvwinch (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)));
-   end Peek;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Insert (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                     Ch  : Attributed_Character)
-   is
-      function Winsch (Win : Window; Ch : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Winsch, "winsch");
-   begin
-      if Winsch (Win, AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Insert;
-
-   procedure Insert
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position;
-      Ch     : Attributed_Character)
-   is
-      function Mvwinsch (Win : Window;
-                         Lin : C_Int;
-                         Col : C_Int;
-                         Ch  : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Mvwinsch, "mvwinsch");
-   begin
-      if Mvwinsch (Win,
-                   C_Int (Line),
-                   C_Int (Column),
-                   AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Insert;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Insert (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                     Str : String;
-                     Len : Integer := -1)
-   is
-      function Winsnstr (Win : Window;
-                         Str : char_array;
-                         Len : Integer := -1) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Winsnstr, "winsnstr");
-
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Str, Txt, Length);
-      if Winsnstr (Win, Txt, Len) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Insert;
-
-   procedure Insert
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position;
-      Str    : String;
-      Len    : Integer := -1)
-   is
-      function Mvwinsnstr (Win    : Window;
-                           Line   : C_Int;
-                           Column : C_Int;
-                           Str    : char_array;
-                           Len    : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Mvwinsnstr, "mvwinsnstr");
-
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Str, Txt, Length);
-      if Mvwinsnstr (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column), Txt, C_Int (Len))
-        = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Insert;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Peek (Win :  Window := Standard_Window;
-                   Str : out String;
-                   Len :  Integer := -1)
-   is
-      function Winnstr (Win : Window;
-                        Str : char_array;
-                        Len : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Winnstr, "winnstr");
-
-      N   : Integer := Len;
-      Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
-      Cnt : Natural;
-   begin
-      if N < 0 then
-         N := Str'Length;
-      end if;
-      if N > Str'Length then
-         raise Constraint_Error;
-      end if;
-      Txt (0) := Interfaces.C.char'First;
-      if Winnstr (Win, Txt, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      To_Ada (Txt, Str, Cnt, True);
-      if Cnt < Str'Length then
-         Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' ');
-      end if;
-   end Peek;
-
-   procedure Peek
-     (Win    :  Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   :  Line_Position;
-      Column :  Column_Position;
-      Str    : out String;
-      Len    :  Integer := -1)
-   is
-   begin
-      Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
-      Peek (Win, Str, Len);
-   end Peek;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Peek
-     (Win :  Window := Standard_Window;
-      Str : out Attributed_String;
-      Len :  Integer := -1)
-   is
-      function Winchnstr (Win : Window;
-                          Str : chtype_array;             -- out
-                          Len : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Winchnstr, "winchnstr");
-
-      N   : Integer := Len;
-      Txt : constant chtype_array (0 .. Str'Length)
-          := (0 => Default_Character);
-      Cnt : Natural := 0;
-   begin
-      if N < 0 then
-         N := Str'Length;
-      end if;
-      if N > Str'Length then
-         raise Constraint_Error;
-      end if;
-      if Winchnstr (Win, Txt, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      for To in Str'Range loop
-         exit when Txt (size_t (Cnt)) = Default_Character;
-         Str (To) := Txt (size_t (Cnt));
-         Cnt := Cnt + 1;
-      end loop;
-      if Cnt < Str'Length then
-         Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) :=
-           (others => (Ch => ' ',
-                       Color => Color_Pair'First,
-                       Attr => Normal_Video));
-      end if;
-   end Peek;
-
-   procedure Peek
-     (Win    :  Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   :  Line_Position;
-      Column :  Column_Position;
-      Str    : out Attributed_String;
-      Len    : Integer := -1)
-   is
-   begin
-      Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
-      Peek (Win, Str, Len);
-   end Peek;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Get (Win :  Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Str : out String;
-                  Len :  Integer := -1)
-   is
-      function Wgetnstr (Win : Window;
-                         Str : char_array;
-                         Len : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Wgetnstr, "wgetnstr");
-
-      N   : Integer := Len;
-      Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length);
-      Cnt : Natural;
-   begin
-      if N < 0 then
-         N := Str'Length;
-      end if;
-      if N > Str'Length then
-         raise Constraint_Error;
-      end if;
-      Txt (0) := Interfaces.C.char'First;
-      if Wgetnstr (Win, Txt, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-      To_Ada (Txt, Str, Cnt, True);
-      if Cnt < Str'Length then
-         Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' ');
-      end if;
-   end Get;
-
-   procedure Get
-     (Win    :  Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   :  Line_Position;
-      Column :  Column_Position;
-      Str    : out String;
-      Len    :  Integer := -1)
-   is
-   begin
-      Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column);
-      Get (Win, Str, Len);
-   end Get;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Init_Soft_Label_Keys
-     (Format : Soft_Label_Key_Format := Three_Two_Three)
-   is
-      function Slk_Init (Fmt : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Init, "slk_init");
-   begin
-      if Slk_Init (Soft_Label_Key_Format'Pos (Format)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Init_Soft_Label_Keys;
-
-   procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key (Label : Label_Number;
-                                 Text  : String;
-                                 Fmt   : Label_Justification := Left)
-   is
-      function Slk_Set (Label : C_Int;
-                        Txt   : char_array;
-                        Fmt   : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Set, "slk_set");
-
-      Txt : char_array (0 .. Text'Length);
-      Len : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Text, Txt, Len);
-      if Slk_Set (C_Int (Label), Txt,
-                  C_Int (Label_Justification'Pos (Fmt))) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Soft_Label_Key;
-
-   procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys
-   is
-      function Slk_Refresh return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Refresh, "slk_refresh");
-   begin
-      if Slk_Refresh = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys;
-
-   procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update
-   is
-      function Slk_Noutrefresh return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Noutrefresh, "slk_noutrefresh");
-   begin
-      if Slk_Noutrefresh = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
-
-   procedure Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : Label_Number;
-                                 Text  : out String)
-   is
-      function Slk_Label (Label : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Label, "slk_label");
-   begin
-      Fill_String (Slk_Label (C_Int (Label)), Text);
-   end Get_Soft_Label_Key;
-
-   function Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : Label_Number) return String
-   is
-      function Slk_Label (Label : C_Int) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Label, "slk_label");
-   begin
-      return Fill_String (Slk_Label (C_Int (Label)));
-   end Get_Soft_Label_Key;
-
-   procedure Clear_Soft_Label_Keys
-   is
-      function Slk_Clear return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Clear, "slk_clear");
-   begin
-      if Slk_Clear = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Clear_Soft_Label_Keys;
-
-   procedure Restore_Soft_Label_Keys
-   is
-      function Slk_Restore return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Restore, "slk_restore");
-   begin
-      if Slk_Restore = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Restore_Soft_Label_Keys;
-
-   procedure Touch_Soft_Label_Keys
-   is
-      function Slk_Touch return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Touch, "slk_touch");
-   begin
-      if Slk_Touch = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Touch_Soft_Label_Keys;
-
-   procedure Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
-     (Attr : Character_Attribute_Set;
-      On   : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Slk_Attron (Ch : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Attron, "slk_attron");
-      function Slk_Attroff (Ch : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Attroff, "slk_attroff");
-
-      Err : C_Int;
-      Ch  : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch    => Character'First,
-                                              Attr  => Attr,
-                                              Color => Color_Pair'First);
-   begin
-      if On then
-         Err := Slk_Attron  (AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch));
-      else
-         Err := Slk_Attroff (AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch));
-      end if;
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes;
-
-   procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
-     (Attr  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First)
-   is
-      function Slk_Attrset (Ch : C_Chtype) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Attrset, "slk_attrset");
-
-      Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch    => Character'First,
-                                             Attr  => Attr,
-                                             Color => Color);
-   begin
-      if Slk_Attrset (AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes;
-
-   function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set
-   is
-      function Slk_Attr return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Attr, "slk_attr");
-
-      Attr : constant C_Chtype := Slk_Attr;
-   begin
-      return Chtype_To_AttrChar (Attr).Attr;
-   end Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes;
-
-   function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Color_Pair
-   is
-      function Slk_Attr return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Attr, "slk_attr");
-
-      Attr : constant C_Chtype := Slk_Attr;
-   begin
-      return Chtype_To_AttrChar (Attr).Color;
-   end Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes;
-
-   procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key_Color (Pair : Color_Pair)
-   is
-      function Slk_Color (Color : C_Short) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Slk_Color, "slk_color");
-   begin
-      if Slk_Color (C_Short (Pair)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Set_Soft_Label_Key_Color;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Enable_Key (Key    : Special_Key_Code;
-                         Enable : Boolean := True)
-   is
-      function Keyok (Keycode : C_Int;
-                      On_Off  : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Keyok, "keyok");
-   begin
-      if Keyok (C_Int (Key), Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Enable)))
-        = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Enable_Key;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Define_Key (Definition : String;
-                         Key        : Special_Key_Code)
-   is
-      function Defkey (Def : char_array;
-                       Key : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Defkey, "define_key");
-
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Definition'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Definition, Txt, Length);
-      if Defkey (Txt, C_Int (Key)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Define_Key;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Un_Control (Ch  : Attributed_Character;
-                         Str : out String)
-   is
-      function Unctrl (Ch : C_Chtype) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Unctrl, "unctrl");
-   begin
-      Fill_String (Unctrl (AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch)), Str);
-   end Un_Control;
-
-   function Un_Control (Ch : Attributed_Character) return String
-   is
-      function Unctrl (Ch : C_Chtype) return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Unctrl, "unctrl");
-   begin
-      return Fill_String (Unctrl (AttrChar_To_Chtype (Ch)));
-   end Un_Control;
-
-   procedure Delay_Output (Msecs : Natural)
-   is
-      function Delayoutput (Msecs : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Delayoutput, "delay_output");
-   begin
-      if Delayoutput (C_Int (Msecs)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Delay_Output;
-
-   procedure Flush_Input
-   is
-      function Flushinp return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Flushinp, "flushinp");
-   begin
-      if Flushinp = Curses_Err then  -- docu says that never happens, but...
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Flush_Input;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Baudrate return Natural
-   is
-      function Baud return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Baud, "baudrate");
-   begin
-      return Natural (Baud);
-   end Baudrate;
-
-   function Erase_Character return Character
-   is
-      function Erasechar return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Erasechar, "erasechar");
-   begin
-      return Character'Val (Erasechar);
-   end Erase_Character;
-
-   function Kill_Character return Character
-   is
-      function Killchar return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Killchar, "killchar");
-   begin
-      return Character'Val (Killchar);
-   end Kill_Character;
-
-   function Has_Insert_Character return Boolean
-   is
-      function Has_Ic return Curses_Bool;
-      pragma Import (C, Has_Ic, "has_ic");
-   begin
-      if Has_Ic = Curses_Bool_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Has_Insert_Character;
-
-   function Has_Insert_Line return Boolean
-   is
-      function Has_Il return Curses_Bool;
-      pragma Import (C, Has_Il, "has_il");
-   begin
-      if Has_Il = Curses_Bool_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Has_Insert_Line;
-
-   function Supported_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set
-   is
-      function Termattrs return C_Chtype;
-      pragma Import (C, Termattrs, "termattrs");
-
-      Ch : constant Attributed_Character := Chtype_To_AttrChar (Termattrs);
-   begin
-      return Ch.Attr;
-   end Supported_Attributes;
-
-   procedure Long_Name (Name : out String)
-   is
-      function Longname return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Longname, "longname");
-   begin
-      Fill_String (Longname, Name);
-   end Long_Name;
-
-   function Long_Name return String
-   is
-      function Longname return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Longname, "longname");
-   begin
-      return Fill_String (Longname);
-   end Long_Name;
-
-   procedure Terminal_Name (Name : out String)
-   is
-      function Termname return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Termname, "termname");
-   begin
-      Fill_String (Termname, Name);
-   end Terminal_Name;
-
-   function Terminal_Name return String
-   is
-      function Termname return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, Termname, "termname");
-   begin
-      return Fill_String (Termname);
-   end Terminal_Name;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Init_Pair (Pair : Redefinable_Color_Pair;
-                        Fore : Color_Number;
-                        Back : Color_Number)
-   is
-      function Initpair (Pair : C_Short;
-                         Fore : C_Short;
-                         Back : C_Short) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Initpair, "init_pair");
-   begin
-      if Integer (Pair) >= Number_Of_Color_Pairs then
-         raise Constraint_Error;
-      end if;
-      if Integer (Fore) >= Number_Of_Colors or else
-         Integer (Back) >= Number_Of_Colors then
-         raise Constraint_Error;
-      end if;
-      if Initpair (C_Short (Pair), C_Short (Fore), C_Short (Back))
-        = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Init_Pair;
-
-   procedure Pair_Content (Pair : Color_Pair;
-                           Fore : out Color_Number;
-                           Back : out Color_Number)
-   is
-      type C_Short_Access is access all C_Short;
-      function Paircontent (Pair : C_Short;
-                            Fp   : C_Short_Access;
-                            Bp   : C_Short_Access) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Paircontent, "pair_content");
-
-      F, B : aliased C_Short;
-   begin
-      if Paircontent (C_Short (Pair), F'Access, B'Access) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      else
-         Fore := Color_Number (F);
-         Back := Color_Number (B);
-      end if;
-   end Pair_Content;
-
-   function Has_Colors return Boolean
-   is
-      function Hascolors return Curses_Bool;
-      pragma Import (C, Hascolors, "has_colors");
-   begin
-      if Hascolors = Curses_Bool_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Has_Colors;
-
-   procedure Init_Color (Color : Color_Number;
-                         Red   : RGB_Value;
-                         Green : RGB_Value;
-                         Blue  : RGB_Value)
-   is
-      function Initcolor (Col   : C_Short;
-                          Red   : C_Short;
-                          Green : C_Short;
-                          Blue  : C_Short) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Initcolor, "init_color");
-   begin
-      if Initcolor (C_Short (Color), C_Short (Red), C_Short (Green),
-                    C_Short (Blue)) = Curses_Err then
-            raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Init_Color;
-
-   function Can_Change_Color return Boolean
-   is
-      function Canchangecolor return Curses_Bool;
-      pragma Import (C, Canchangecolor, "can_change_color");
-   begin
-      if Canchangecolor = Curses_Bool_False then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Can_Change_Color;
-
-   procedure Color_Content (Color :  Color_Number;
-                            Red   : out RGB_Value;
-                            Green : out RGB_Value;
-                            Blue  : out RGB_Value)
-   is
-      type C_Short_Access is access all C_Short;
-
-      function Colorcontent (Color : C_Short; R, G, B : C_Short_Access)
-                             return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Colorcontent, "color_content");
-
-      R, G, B : aliased C_Short;
-   begin
-      if Colorcontent (C_Short (Color), R'Access, G'Access, B'Access) =
-        Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      else
-         Red   := RGB_Value (R);
-         Green := RGB_Value (G);
-         Blue  := RGB_Value (B);
-      end if;
-   end Color_Content;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Save_Curses_Mode (Mode : Curses_Mode)
-   is
-      function Def_Prog_Mode return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Def_Prog_Mode, "def_prog_mode");
-      function Def_Shell_Mode return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Def_Shell_Mode, "def_shell_mode");
-
-      Err : C_Int;
-   begin
-      case Mode is
-         when Curses => Err := Def_Prog_Mode;
-         when Shell  => Err := Def_Shell_Mode;
-      end case;
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Save_Curses_Mode;
-
-   procedure Reset_Curses_Mode (Mode : Curses_Mode)
-   is
-      function Reset_Prog_Mode return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Reset_Prog_Mode, "reset_prog_mode");
-      function Reset_Shell_Mode return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Reset_Shell_Mode, "reset_shell_mode");
-
-      Err : C_Int;
-   begin
-      case Mode is
-         when Curses => Err := Reset_Prog_Mode;
-         when Shell  => Err := Reset_Shell_Mode;
-      end case;
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Reset_Curses_Mode;
-
-   procedure Save_Terminal_State
-   is
-      function Savetty return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Savetty, "savetty");
-   begin
-      if Savetty = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Save_Terminal_State;
-
-   procedure Reset_Terminal_State
-   is
-      function Resetty return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Resetty, "resetty");
-   begin
-      if Resetty = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Reset_Terminal_State;
-
-   procedure Rip_Off_Lines (Lines : Integer;
-                            Proc  : Stdscr_Init_Proc)
-   is
-      function Ripoffline (Lines : C_Int;
-                           Proc  : Stdscr_Init_Proc) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Ripoffline, "_nc_ripoffline");
-   begin
-      if Ripoffline (C_Int (Lines), Proc) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Rip_Off_Lines;
-
-   procedure Set_Cursor_Visibility (Visibility : in out Cursor_Visibility)
-   is
-      function Curs_Set (Curs : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Curs_Set, "curs_set");
-
-      Res : C_Int;
-   begin
-      Res := Curs_Set (Cursor_Visibility'Pos (Visibility));
-      if Res /= Curses_Err then
-         Visibility := Cursor_Visibility'Val (Res);
-      end if;
-   end Set_Cursor_Visibility;
-
-   procedure Nap_Milli_Seconds (Ms : Natural)
-   is
-      function Napms (Ms : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Napms, "napms");
-   begin
-      if Napms (C_Int (Ms)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Nap_Milli_Seconds;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-   function Standard_Window return Window
-   is
-      Result : Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Result, "stdscr");
-   begin
-      return Result;
-   end Standard_Window;
-
-   function Current_Window return Window
-   is
-      Result : Window;
-      pragma Import (C, Result, "curscr");
-   begin
-      return Result;
-   end Current_Window;
-
-   function Lines return Line_Count
-   is
-      Result : C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Result, "LINES");
-   begin
-      return Line_Count (Result);
-   end Lines;
-
-   function Columns return Column_Count
-   is
-      Result : C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Result, "COLS");
-   begin
-      return Column_Count (Result);
-   end Columns;
-
-   function Tab_Size return Natural
-   is
-      Result : C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Result, "TABSIZE");
-   begin
-      return Natural (Result);
-   end Tab_Size;
-
-   function Number_Of_Colors return Natural
-   is
-      Result : C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Result, "COLORS");
-   begin
-      return Natural (Result);
-   end Number_Of_Colors;
-
-   function Number_Of_Color_Pairs return Natural
-   is
-      Result : C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Result, "COLOR_PAIRS");
-   begin
-      return Natural (Result);
-   end Number_Of_Color_Pairs;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Transform_Coordinates
-     (W      : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : in out Line_Position;
-      Column : in out Column_Position;
-      Dir    : Transform_Direction := From_Screen)
-   is
-      type Int_Access is access all C_Int;
-      function Transform (W    : Window;
-                          Y, X : Int_Access;
-                          Dir  : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, Transform, "wmouse_trafo");
-
-      X : aliased C_Int := C_Int (Column);
-      Y : aliased C_Int := C_Int (Line);
-      D : Curses_Bool := Curses_Bool_False;
-      R : C_Int;
-   begin
-      if Dir = To_Screen then
-         D := 1;
-      end if;
-      R := Transform (W, Y'Access, X'Access, D);
-      if R = Curses_False then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      else
-         Line   := Line_Position (Y);
-         Column := Column_Position (X);
-      end if;
-   end Transform_Coordinates;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Use_Default_Colors is
-      function C_Use_Default_Colors return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, C_Use_Default_Colors, "use_default_colors");
-      Err : constant C_Int := C_Use_Default_Colors;
-   begin
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Use_Default_Colors;
-
-   procedure Assume_Default_Colors (Fore : Color_Number := Default_Color;
-                                    Back : Color_Number := Default_Color)
-   is
-      function C_Assume_Default_Colors (Fore : C_Int;
-                                        Back : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, C_Assume_Default_Colors, "assume_default_colors");
-
-      Err : constant C_Int := C_Assume_Default_Colors (C_Int (Fore),
-                                                       C_Int (Back));
-   begin
-      if Err = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Assume_Default_Colors;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Curses_Version return String
-   is
-      function curses_versionC return chars_ptr;
-      pragma Import (C, curses_versionC, "curses_version");
-      Result : constant chars_ptr := curses_versionC;
-   begin
-      return Fill_String (Result);
-   end Curses_Version;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Curses_Free_All is
-      procedure curses_freeall;
-      pragma Import (C, curses_freeall, "_nc_freeall");
-   begin
-      --  Use this only for testing: you cannot use curses after calling it,
-      --  so it has to be the "last" thing done before exiting the program.
-      --  This will not really free ALL of memory used by curses.  That is
-      --  because it cannot free the memory used for stdout's setbuf.  The
-      --  _nc_free_and_exit() procedure can do that, but it can be invoked
-      --  safely only from C - and again, that only as the "last" thing done
-      --  before exiting the program.
-      curses_freeall;
-   end Curses_Free_All;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   function Use_Extended_Names (Enable : Boolean) return Boolean
-   is
-      function use_extended_namesC (e : Curses_Bool) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, use_extended_namesC, "use_extended_names");
-
-      Res : constant C_Int :=
-         use_extended_namesC (Curses_Bool (Boolean'Pos (Enable)));
-   begin
-      if Res = C_Int (Curses_Bool_False) then
-         return False;
-      else
-         return True;
-      end if;
-   end Use_Extended_Names;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Screen_Dump_To_File (Filename : String)
-   is
-      function scr_dump (f : char_array) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, scr_dump, "scr_dump");
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Filename'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Filename, Txt, Length);
-      if Curses_Err = scr_dump (Txt) then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Screen_Dump_To_File;
-
-   procedure Screen_Restore_From_File (Filename : String)
-   is
-      function scr_restore (f : char_array) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, scr_restore, "scr_restore");
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Filename'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Filename, Txt, Length);
-      if Curses_Err = scr_restore (Txt)  then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Screen_Restore_From_File;
-
-   procedure Screen_Init_From_File (Filename : String)
-   is
-      function scr_init (f : char_array) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, scr_init, "scr_init");
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Filename'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Filename, Txt, Length);
-      if Curses_Err = scr_init (Txt) then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Screen_Init_From_File;
-
-   procedure Screen_Set_File (Filename : String)
-   is
-      function scr_set (f : char_array) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, scr_set, "scr_set");
-      Txt    : char_array (0 .. Filename'Length);
-      Length : size_t;
-   begin
-      To_C (Filename, Txt, Length);
-      if Curses_Err = scr_set (Txt) then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Screen_Set_File;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   procedure Resize (Win               : Window := Standard_Window;
-                     Number_Of_Lines   : Line_Count;
-                     Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count) is
-      function wresize (win     : Window;
-                        lines   : C_Int;
-                        columns : C_Int) return C_Int;
-      pragma Import (C, wresize);
-   begin
-      if wresize (Win,
-                  C_Int (Number_Of_Lines),
-                  C_Int (Number_Of_Columns)) = Curses_Err then
-         raise Curses_Exception;
-      end if;
-   end Resize;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 8139eb89d98ea..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface-curses__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1935 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface-curses.ads - -

File : terminal_interface-curses.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                         Terminal_Interface.Curses                        --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998-2009,2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.              --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.44 @
---  @Date: 2011/03/19 23:05:56 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  curses binding.
---  This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!
---  Run the generator instead.
---  |
-with System.Storage_Elements;
-with Interfaces.C;   --  We need this for some assertions.
-
-package Terminal_Interface.Curses is
-   pragma Preelaborate (Terminal_Interface.Curses);
-   pragma Linker_Options ("-lncurses");
-
-   NC_Major_Version : constant := 5; --  Major version of the library
-   NC_Minor_Version : constant := 9; --  Minor version of the library
-   NC_Version : constant String := "5.9";  --  Version of library
-
-   type Window is private;
-   Null_Window : constant Window;
-
-   type Line_Position   is new Integer; --  line coordinate
-   type Column_Position is new Integer; --  column coordinate
-
-   subtype Line_Count   is Line_Position   range 1 .. Line_Position'Last;
-   --  Type to count lines. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive
-   subtype Column_Count is Column_Position range 1 .. Column_Position'Last;
-   --  Type to count columns. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive
-
-   type Key_Code is new Integer;
-   --  That is anything including real characters, special keys and logical
-   --  request codes.
-
-   --  FIXME: The "-1" should be Curses_Err
-   subtype Real_Key_Code is Key_Code range -1 .. 8#777#;
-   --  This are the codes that potentially represent a real keystroke.
-   --  Not all codes may be possible on a specific terminal. To check the
-   --  availability of a special key, the Has_Key function is provided.
-
-   subtype Special_Key_Code is Real_Key_Code
-     range 8#400# .. Real_Key_Code'Last;
-   --  Type for a function- or special key number
-
-   subtype Normal_Key_Code is Real_Key_Code range
-     Character'Pos (Character'First) .. Character'Pos (Character'Last);
-   --  This are the codes for regular (incl. non-graphical) characters.
-
-   --  Constants for function- and special keys
-   --
-   Key_None                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#400#;
-   Key_Code_Yes                   : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#400#;
-   Key_Min                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#401#;
-   Key_Break                      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#401#;
-   Key_Cursor_Down                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#402#;
-   Key_Cursor_Up                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#403#;
-   Key_Cursor_Left                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#404#;
-   Key_Cursor_Right               : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#405#;
-   Key_Home                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#406#;
-   Key_Backspace                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#407#;
-   Key_F0                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#410#;
-   Key_F1                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#411#;
-   Key_F2                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#412#;
-   Key_F3                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#413#;
-   Key_F4                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#414#;
-   Key_F5                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#415#;
-   Key_F6                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#416#;
-   Key_F7                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#417#;
-   Key_F8                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#420#;
-   Key_F9                         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#421#;
-   Key_F10                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#422#;
-   Key_F11                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#423#;
-   Key_F12                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#424#;
-   Key_F13                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#425#;
-   Key_F14                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#426#;
-   Key_F15                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#427#;
-   Key_F16                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#430#;
-   Key_F17                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#431#;
-   Key_F18                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#432#;
-   Key_F19                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#433#;
-   Key_F20                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#434#;
-   Key_F21                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#435#;
-   Key_F22                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#436#;
-   Key_F23                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#437#;
-   Key_F24                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#440#;
-   Key_Delete_Line                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#510#;
-   Key_Insert_Line                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#511#;
-   Key_Delete_Char                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#512#;
-   Key_Insert_Char                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#513#;
-   Key_Exit_Insert_Mode           : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#514#;
-   Key_Clear_Screen               : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#515#;
-   Key_Clear_End_Of_Screen        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#516#;
-   Key_Clear_End_Of_Line          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#517#;
-   Key_Scroll_1_Forward           : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#520#;
-   Key_Scroll_1_Backward          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#521#;
-   Key_Next_Page                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#522#;
-   Key_Previous_Page              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#523#;
-   Key_Set_Tab                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#524#;
-   Key_Clear_Tab                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#525#;
-   Key_Clear_All_Tabs             : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#526#;
-   Key_Enter_Or_Send              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#527#;
-   Key_Soft_Reset                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#530#;
-   Key_Reset                      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#531#;
-   Key_Print                      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#532#;
-   Key_Bottom                     : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#533#;
-   Key_Upper_Left_Of_Keypad       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#534#;
-   Key_Upper_Right_Of_Keypad      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#535#;
-   Key_Center_Of_Keypad           : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#536#;
-   Key_Lower_Left_Of_Keypad       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#537#;
-   Key_Lower_Right_Of_Keypad      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#540#;
-   Key_Back_Tab                   : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#541#;
-   Key_Beginning                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#542#;
-   Key_Cancel                     : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#543#;
-   Key_Close                      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#544#;
-   Key_Command                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#545#;
-   Key_Copy                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#546#;
-   Key_Create                     : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#547#;
-   Key_End                        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#550#;
-   Key_Exit                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#551#;
-   Key_Find                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#552#;
-   Key_Help                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#553#;
-   Key_Mark                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#554#;
-   Key_Message                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#555#;
-   Key_Move                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#556#;
-   Key_Next                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#557#;
-   Key_Open                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#560#;
-   Key_Options                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#561#;
-   Key_Previous                   : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#562#;
-   Key_Redo                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#563#;
-   Key_Reference                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#564#;
-   Key_Refresh                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#565#;
-   Key_Replace                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#566#;
-   Key_Restart                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#567#;
-   Key_Resume                     : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#570#;
-   Key_Save                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#571#;
-   Key_Shift_Begin                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#572#;
-   Key_Shift_Cancel               : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#573#;
-   Key_Shift_Command              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#574#;
-   Key_Shift_Copy                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#575#;
-   Key_Shift_Create               : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#576#;
-   Key_Shift_Delete_Char          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#577#;
-   Key_Shift_Delete_Line          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#600#;
-   Key_Select                     : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#601#;
-   Key_Shift_End                  : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#602#;
-   Key_Shift_Clear_End_Of_Line    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#603#;
-   Key_Shift_Exit                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#604#;
-   Key_Shift_Find                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#605#;
-   Key_Shift_Help                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#606#;
-   Key_Shift_Home                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#607#;
-   Key_Shift_Insert_Char          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#610#;
-   Key_Shift_Cursor_Left          : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#611#;
-   Key_Shift_Message              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#612#;
-   Key_Shift_Move                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#613#;
-   Key_Shift_Next_Page            : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#614#;
-   Key_Shift_Options              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#615#;
-   Key_Shift_Previous_Page        : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#616#;
-   Key_Shift_Print                : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#617#;
-   Key_Shift_Redo                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#620#;
-   Key_Shift_Replace              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#621#;
-   Key_Shift_Cursor_Right         : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#622#;
-   Key_Shift_Resume               : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#623#;
-   Key_Shift_Save                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#624#;
-   Key_Shift_Suspend              : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#625#;
-   Key_Shift_Undo                 : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#626#;
-   Key_Suspend                    : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#627#;
-   Key_Undo                       : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#630#;
-   Key_Mouse                      : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#631#;
-   Key_Resize                     : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#632#;
-
-   Key_Max                        : constant Special_Key_Code
-     := Special_Key_Code'Last;
-
-   subtype User_Key_Code is Key_Code
-     range (Key_Max + 129) .. Key_Code'Last;
-   --  This is reserved for user defined key codes. The range between Key_Max
-   --  and the first user code is reserved for subsystems like menu and forms.
-
-   --  For those who like to use the original key names we produce them were
-   --  they differ from the original. Please note that they may differ in
-   --  lower/upper case.
-   KEY_DOWN         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Cursor_Down;
-   KEY_UP           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Cursor_Up;
-   KEY_LEFT         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Cursor_Left;
-   KEY_RIGHT        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Cursor_Right;
-   KEY_DL           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Delete_Line;
-   KEY_IL           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Insert_Line;
-   KEY_DC           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Delete_Char;
-   KEY_IC           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Insert_Char;
-   KEY_EIC          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Exit_Insert_Mode;
-   KEY_CLEAR        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Clear_Screen;
-   KEY_EOS          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Clear_End_Of_Screen;
-   KEY_EOL          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Clear_End_Of_Line;
-   KEY_SF           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Scroll_1_Forward;
-   KEY_SR           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Scroll_1_Backward;
-   KEY_NPAGE        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Next_Page;
-   KEY_PPAGE        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Previous_Page;
-   KEY_STAB         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Set_Tab;
-   KEY_CTAB         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Clear_Tab;
-   KEY_CATAB        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Clear_All_Tabs;
-   KEY_ENTER        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Enter_Or_Send;
-   KEY_SRESET       : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Soft_Reset;
-   KEY_LL           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Bottom;
-   KEY_A1           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Upper_Left_Of_Keypad;
-   KEY_A3           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Upper_Right_Of_Keypad;
-   KEY_B2           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Center_Of_Keypad;
-   KEY_C1           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Lower_Left_Of_Keypad;
-   KEY_C3           : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Lower_Right_Of_Keypad;
-   KEY_BTAB         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Back_Tab;
-   KEY_BEG          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Beginning;
-   KEY_SBEG         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Begin;
-   KEY_SCANCEL      : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Cancel;
-   KEY_SCOMMAND     : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Command;
-   KEY_SCOPY        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Copy;
-   KEY_SCREATE      : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Create;
-   KEY_SDC          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Delete_Char;
-   KEY_SDL          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Delete_Line;
-   KEY_SEND         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_End;
-   KEY_SEOL         : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Clear_End_Of_Line;
-   KEY_SEXIT        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Exit;
-   KEY_SFIND        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Find;
-   KEY_SHELP        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Help;
-   KEY_SHOME        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Home;
-   KEY_SIC          : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Insert_Char;
-   KEY_SLEFT        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Cursor_Left;
-   KEY_SMESSAGE     : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Message;
-   KEY_SMOVE        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Move;
-   KEY_SNEXT        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Next_Page;
-   KEY_SOPTIONS     : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Options;
-   KEY_SPREVIOUS    : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Previous_Page;
-   KEY_SPRINT       : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Print;
-   KEY_SREDO        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Redo;
-   KEY_SREPLACE     : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Replace;
-   KEY_SRIGHT       : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Cursor_Right;
-   KEY_SRSUME       : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Resume;
-   KEY_SSAVE        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Save;
-   KEY_SSUSPEND     : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Suspend;
-   KEY_SUNDO        : Special_Key_Code renames Key_Shift_Undo;
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-   type Color_Number is range -1 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.short'Last);
-   for Color_Number'Size use Interfaces.C.short'Size;
-   --  (n)curses uses a short for the color index
-   --  The model is, that a Color_Number is an index into an array of
-   --  (potentially) definable colors. Some of those indices are
-   --  predefined (see below), although they may not really exist.
-
-   Default_Color    : constant Color_Number := -1;
-   Black            : constant Color_Number := 0;
-   Red              : constant Color_Number := 1;
-   Green            : constant Color_Number := 2;
-   Yellow           : constant Color_Number := 3;
-   Blue             : constant Color_Number := 4;
-   Magenta          : constant Color_Number := 5;
-   Cyan             : constant Color_Number := 6;
-   White            : constant Color_Number := 7;
-
-   type RGB_Value is range 0 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.short'Last);
-   for RGB_Value'Size use Interfaces.C.short'Size;
-   --  Some system may allow to redefine a color by setting RGB values.
-
-   type Color_Pair is range 0 .. 255;
-   for Color_Pair'Size use 8;
-   subtype Redefinable_Color_Pair is Color_Pair range 1 .. 255;
-   --  (n)curses reserves 1 Byte for the color-pair number. Color Pair 0
-   --  is fixed (Black & White). A color pair is simply a combination of
-   --  two colors described by Color_Numbers, one for the foreground and
-   --  the other for the background
-
-   type Character_Attribute_Set is
-      record
-         Stand_Out               : Boolean;
-         Under_Line              : Boolean;
-         Reverse_Video           : Boolean;
-         Blink                   : Boolean;
-         Dim_Character           : Boolean;
-         Bold_Character          : Boolean;
-         Alternate_Character_Set : Boolean;
-         Invisible_Character     : Boolean;
-         Protected_Character     : Boolean;
-         Horizontal              : Boolean;
-         Left                    : Boolean;
-         Low                     : Boolean;
-         Right                   : Boolean;
-         Top                     : Boolean;
-         Vertical                : Boolean;
-         Unused                  : Boolean;
-      end record;
-   pragma Convention (C, Character_Attribute_Set);
-
-   for Character_Attribute_Set use
-      record
-         Stand_Out               at 0 range  0 ..  0;
-         Under_Line              at 0 range  1 ..  1;
-         Reverse_Video           at 0 range  2 ..  2;
-         Blink                   at 0 range  3 ..  3;
-         Dim_Character           at 0 range  4 ..  4;
-         Bold_Character          at 0 range  5 ..  5;
-         Alternate_Character_Set at 0 range  6 ..  6;
-         Invisible_Character     at 0 range  7 ..  7;
-         Protected_Character     at 0 range  8 ..  8;
-         Horizontal              at 0 range  9 ..  9;
-         Left                    at 0 range 10 .. 10;
-         Low                     at 0 range 11 .. 11;
-         Right                   at 0 range 12 .. 12;
-         Top                     at 0 range 13 .. 13;
-         Vertical                at 0 range 14 .. 14;
-         Unused                  at 0 range 15 .. 15;
-      end record;
-   for Character_Attribute_Set'Size use 16;
-   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
-   --               different on your system.
-   --  (n)curses uses all but the lowest 16 Bits for Attributes.
-
-   Normal_Video : constant Character_Attribute_Set := (others => False);
-
-   type Attributed_Character is
-      record
-         Attr  : Character_Attribute_Set;
-         Color : Color_Pair;
-         Ch    : Character;
-      end record;
-   pragma Convention (C, Attributed_Character);
-   --  This is the counterpart for the chtype in C.
-
-   for Attributed_Character use
-      record
-         Ch    at 0 range  0 ..  7;
-         Color at 0 range  8 .. 15;
-         Attr  at 0 range 16 .. 31;
-      end record;
-   for Attributed_Character'Size use 32;
-      --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
-      --               different on your system.
-
-   Default_Character : constant Attributed_Character
-     := (Ch    => Character'First,
-         Color => Color_Pair'First,
-         Attr  => (others => False));  --  preelaboratable Normal_Video
-
-   type Attributed_String is array (Positive range <>) of Attributed_Character;
-   pragma Pack (Attributed_String);
-   --  In this binding we allow strings of attributed characters.
-
-   ------------------
-   --  Exceptions  --
-   ------------------
-   Curses_Exception     : exception;
-   Wrong_Curses_Version : exception;
-
-   --  Those exceptions are raised by the ETI (Extended Terminal Interface)
-   --  subpackets for Menu and Forms handling.
-   --
-   Eti_System_Error    : exception;
-   Eti_Bad_Argument    : exception;
-   Eti_Posted          : exception;
-   Eti_Connected       : exception;
-   Eti_Bad_State       : exception;
-   Eti_No_Room         : exception;
-   Eti_Not_Posted      : exception;
-   Eti_Unknown_Command : exception;
-   Eti_No_Match        : exception;
-   Eti_Not_Selectable  : exception;
-   Eti_Not_Connected   : exception;
-   Eti_Request_Denied  : exception;
-   Eti_Invalid_Field   : exception;
-   Eti_Current         : exception;
-
-   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   --  External C variables
-   --  Conceptually even in C this are kind of constants, but they are
-   --  initialized and sometimes changed by the library routines at runtime
-   --  depending on the type of terminal. I believe the best way to model
-   --  this is to use functions.
-   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-   function Lines            return Line_Count;
-   pragma Inline (Lines);
-
-   function Columns          return Column_Count;
-   pragma Inline (Columns);
-
-   function Tab_Size         return Natural;
-   pragma Inline (Tab_Size);
-
-   function Number_Of_Colors return Natural;
-   pragma Inline (Number_Of_Colors);
-
-   function Number_Of_Color_Pairs return Natural;
-   pragma Inline (Number_Of_Color_Pairs);
-
-   type C_ACS_Map is array (Character'Val (0) .. Character'Val (127))
-        of Attributed_Character;
-   ACS_Map : C_ACS_Map;
-   pragma Import (C, ACS_Map, "acs_map");
-   --
-   --
-   --  Constants for several characters from the Alternate Character Set
-   --  You must use these constants as indices into the ACS_Map array
-   --  to get the corresponding attributed character at runtime.
-   --
-   ACS_Upper_Left_Corner    : constant Character := 'l';
-   ACS_Lower_Left_Corner    : constant Character := 'm';
-   ACS_Upper_Right_Corner   : constant Character := 'k';
-   ACS_Lower_Right_Corner   : constant Character := 'j';
-   ACS_Left_Tee             : constant Character := 't';
-   ACS_Right_Tee            : constant Character := 'u';
-   ACS_Bottom_Tee           : constant Character := 'v';
-   ACS_Top_Tee              : constant Character := 'w';
-   ACS_Horizontal_Line      : constant Character := 'q';
-   ACS_Vertical_Line        : constant Character := 'x';
-   ACS_Plus_Symbol          : constant Character := 'n';
-   ACS_Scan_Line_1          : constant Character := 'o';
-   ACS_Scan_Line_9          : constant Character := 's';
-   ACS_Diamond              : constant Character := Character'Val (96);
-   ACS_Checker_Board        : constant Character := 'a';
-   ACS_Degree               : constant Character := 'f';
-   ACS_Plus_Minus           : constant Character := 'g';
-   ACS_Bullet               : constant Character := '~';
-   ACS_Left_Arrow           : constant Character := ',';
-   ACS_Right_Arrow          : constant Character := '+';
-   ACS_Down_Arrow           : constant Character := '.';
-   ACS_Up_Arrow             : constant Character := '-';
-   ACS_Board_Of_Squares     : constant Character := 'h';
-   ACS_Lantern              : constant Character := 'i';
-   ACS_Solid_Block          : constant Character := '0';
-   ACS_Scan_Line_3          : constant Character := 'p';
-   ACS_Scan_Line_7          : constant Character := 'r';
-   ACS_Less_Or_Equal        : constant Character := 'y';
-   ACS_Greater_Or_Equal     : constant Character := 'z';
-   ACS_PI                   : constant Character := '{';
-   ACS_Not_Equal            : constant Character := '|';
-   ACS_Sterling             : constant Character := '}';
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_initscr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Not implemented: newterm, set_term, delscreen
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_1"#2|
-   function Standard_Window return Window;
-   --  AKA: stdscr
-   pragma Inline (Standard_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_2"#2|
-   function Current_Window return Window;
-   --  AKA: curscr
-   pragma Inline (Current_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_3"#2|
-   procedure Init_Screen;
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_4"#2|
-   procedure Init_Windows renames Init_Screen;
-   --  AKA: initscr()
-   pragma Inline (Init_Screen);
-   --  pragma Inline (Init_Windows);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_5"#2|
-   procedure End_Windows;
-   --  AKA: endwin()
-   procedure End_Screen renames End_Windows;
-   pragma Inline (End_Windows);
-   --  pragma Inline (End_Screen);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_6"#2|
-   function Is_End_Window return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: isendwin()
-   pragma Inline (Is_End_Window);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_move.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_7"#2|
-   procedure Move_Cursor (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                          Line   : Line_Position;
-                          Column : Column_Position);
-   --  AKA: wmove()
-   --  AKA: move()
-   pragma Inline (Move_Cursor);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_addch.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_8"#2|
-   procedure Add (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Ch  : Attributed_Character);
-   --  AKA: waddch()
-   --  AKA: addch()
-
-   procedure Add (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Ch  : Character);
-   --  Add a single character at the current logical cursor position to
-   --  the window. Use the current windows attributes.
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_9"#2|
-   procedure Add
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position;
-      Ch     : Attributed_Character);
-   --  AKA: mvwaddch()
-   --  AKA: mvaddch()
-
-   procedure Add
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position;
-      Ch     : Character);
-   --  Move to the position and add a single character into the window
-   --  There are more Add routines, so the Inline pragma follows later
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_10"#2|
-   procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Ch  : Attributed_Character);
-   --  AKA: wechochar()
-   --  AKA: echochar()
-
-   procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Ch  : Character);
-   --  Add a character and do an immediate refresh of the screen.
-   pragma Inline (Add_With_Immediate_Echo);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_window.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  Not Implemented: wcursyncup
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_11"#2|
-   function Create
-     (Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
-      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
-      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
-      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
-   --  Not Implemented: Default Number_Of_Lines, Number_Of_Columns
-   --  the C version lets them be 0, see the man page.
-   --  AKA: newwin()
-   pragma Inline (Create);
-
-   function New_Window
-     (Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
-      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
-      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
-      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window
-     renames Create;
-   --  pragma Inline (New_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_12"#2|
-   procedure Delete (Win : in out Window);
-   --  AKA: delwin()
-   --  Reset Win to Null_Window
-   pragma Inline (Delete);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_13"#2|
-   function Sub_Window
-     (Win                   : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
-      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
-      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
-      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
-   --  AKA: subwin()
-   pragma Inline (Sub_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_14"#2|
-   function Derived_Window
-     (Win                   : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
-      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
-      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
-      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
-   --  AKA: derwin()
-   pragma Inline (Derived_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_15"#2|
-   function Duplicate (Win : Window) return Window;
-   --  AKA: dupwin()
-   pragma Inline (Duplicate);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_16"#2|
-   procedure Move_Window (Win    : Window;
-                          Line   : Line_Position;
-                          Column : Column_Position);
-   --  AKA: mvwin()
-   pragma Inline (Move_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_17"#2|
-   procedure Move_Derived_Window (Win    : Window;
-                                  Line   : Line_Position;
-                                  Column : Column_Position);
-   --  AKA: mvderwin()
-   pragma Inline (Move_Derived_Window);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_18"#2|
-   procedure Synchronize_Upwards (Win : Window);
-   --  AKA: wsyncup()
-   pragma Import (C, Synchronize_Upwards, "wsyncup");
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_19"#2|
-   procedure Synchronize_Downwards (Win : Window);
-   --  AKA: wsyncdown()
-   pragma Import (C, Synchronize_Downwards, "wsyncdown");
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_20"#2|
-   procedure Set_Synch_Mode (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-                             Mode : Boolean := False);
-   --  AKA: syncok()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Synch_Mode);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_addstr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_21"#2|
-   procedure Add (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Str : String;
-                  Len : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: waddnstr()
-   --  AKA: waddstr()
-   --  AKA: addnstr()
-   --  AKA: addstr()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_22"#2|
-   procedure Add (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Line   : Line_Position;
-                  Column : Column_Position;
-                  Str    : String;
-                  Len    : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: mvwaddnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvwaddstr()
-   --  AKA: mvaddnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvaddstr()
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_addchstr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_23"#2|
-   procedure Add (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Str : Attributed_String;
-                  Len : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: waddchnstr()
-   --  AKA: waddchstr()
-   --  AKA: addchnstr()
-   --  AKA: addchstr()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_24"#2|
-   procedure Add (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Line   : Line_Position;
-                  Column : Column_Position;
-                  Str    : Attributed_String;
-                  Len    : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: mvwaddchnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvwaddchstr()
-   --  AKA: mvaddchnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvaddchstr()
-   pragma Inline (Add);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_border.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Not implemented: mvhline,  mvwhline, mvvline, mvwvline
-   --  | use Move_Cursor then Horizontal_Line or Vertical_Line
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_25"#2|
-   procedure Border
-     (Win                       : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Left_Side_Symbol          : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Right_Side_Symbol         : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Top_Side_Symbol           : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Bottom_Side_Symbol        : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol  : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol  : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol : Attributed_Character := Default_Character
-     );
-   --  AKA: wborder()
-   --  AKA: border()
-   pragma Inline (Border);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_26"#2|
-   procedure Box
-     (Win               : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Vertical_Symbol   : Attributed_Character := Default_Character;
-      Horizontal_Symbol : Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
-   --  AKA: box()
-   pragma Inline (Box);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_27"#2|
-   procedure Horizontal_Line
-     (Win         : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line_Size   : Natural;
-      Line_Symbol : Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
-   --  AKA: whline()
-   --  AKA: hline()
-   pragma Inline (Horizontal_Line);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_28"#2|
-   procedure Vertical_Line
-     (Win         : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line_Size   : Natural;
-      Line_Symbol : Attributed_Character := Default_Character);
-   --  AKA: wvline()
-   --  AKA: vline()
-   pragma Inline (Vertical_Line);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_getch.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  Not implemented: mvgetch, mvwgetch
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_29"#2|
-   function Get_Keystroke (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-                           return Real_Key_Code;
-   --  AKA: wgetch()
-   --  AKA: getch()
-   --  Get a character from the keyboard and echo it - if enabled - to the
-   --  window.
-   --  If for any reason (i.e. a timeout) we could not get a character the
-   --  returned keycode is Key_None.
-   pragma Inline (Get_Keystroke);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_30"#2|
-   procedure Undo_Keystroke (Key : Real_Key_Code);
-   --  AKA: ungetch()
-   pragma Inline (Undo_Keystroke);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_31"#2|
-   function Has_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: has_key()
-   pragma Inline (Has_Key);
-
-   --  |
-   --  | Some helper functions
-   --  |
-   function Is_Function_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean;
-   --  Return True if the Key is a function key (i.e. one of F0 .. F63)
-   pragma Inline (Is_Function_Key);
-
-   subtype Function_Key_Number is Integer range 0 .. 63;
-   --  (n)curses allows for 64 function keys.
-
-   function Function_Key (Key : Real_Key_Code) return Function_Key_Number;
-   --  Return the number of the function key. If the code is not a
-   --  function key, a CONSTRAINT_ERROR will be raised.
-   pragma Inline (Function_Key);
-
-   function Function_Key_Code (Key : Function_Key_Number) return Real_Key_Code;
-   --  Return the key code for a given function-key number.
-   pragma Inline (Function_Key_Code);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_attr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Not implemented attr_off,  wattr_off,
-   --  |  attr_on, wattr_on, attr_set, wattr_set
-
-   --  PAIR_NUMBER
-   --  PAIR_NUMBER(c) is the same as c.Color
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_32"#2|
-   procedure Standout (Win : Window  := Standard_Window;
-                       On  : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: wstandout()
-   --  AKA: wstandend()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_33"#2|
-   procedure Switch_Character_Attribute
-     (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Attr : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      On   : Boolean := True); --  if False we switch Off.
-   --  Switches those Attributes set to true in the list.
-   --  AKA: wattron()
-   --  AKA: wattroff()
-   --  AKA: attron()
-   --  AKA: attroff()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_34"#2|
-   procedure Set_Character_Attributes
-     (Win   : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Attr  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
-   --  AKA: wattrset()
-   --  AKA: attrset()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Character_Attributes);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_35"#2|
-   function Get_Character_Attribute
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Character_Attribute_Set;
-   --  AKA: wattr_get()
-   --  AKA: attr_get()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_36"#2|
-   function Get_Character_Attribute
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Color_Pair;
-   --  AKA: wattr_get()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Character_Attribute);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_37"#2|
-   procedure Set_Color (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-                        Pair : Color_Pair);
-   --  AKA: wcolor_set()
-   --  AKA: color_set()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Color);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_38"#2|
-   procedure Change_Attributes
-     (Win   : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Count : Integer := -1;
-      Attr  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
-   --  AKA: wchgat()
-   --  AKA: chgat()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_39"#2|
-   procedure Change_Attributes
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position := Line_Position'First;
-      Column : Column_Position := Column_Position'First;
-      Count  : Integer := -1;
-      Attr   : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color  : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
-   --  AKA: mvwchgat()
-   --  AKA: mvchgat()
-   pragma Inline (Change_Attributes);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_beep.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_40"#2|
-   procedure Beep;
-   --  AKA: beep()
-   pragma Inline (Beep);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_41"#2|
-   procedure Flash_Screen;
-   --  AKA: flash()
-   pragma Inline (Flash_Screen);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_inopts.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  | Not implemented : typeahead
-   --
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_42"#2|
-   procedure Set_Cbreak_Mode (SwitchOn : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: cbreak()
-   --  AKA: nocbreak()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Cbreak_Mode);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_43"#2|
-   procedure Set_Raw_Mode (SwitchOn : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: raw()
-   --  AKA: noraw()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Raw_Mode);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_44"#2|
-   procedure Set_Echo_Mode (SwitchOn : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: echo()
-   --  AKA: noecho()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Echo_Mode);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_45"#2|
-   procedure Set_Meta_Mode (Win      : Window := Standard_Window;
-                            SwitchOn : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: meta()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Meta_Mode);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_46"#2|
-   procedure Set_KeyPad_Mode (Win      : Window := Standard_Window;
-                              SwitchOn : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: keypad()
-   pragma Inline (Set_KeyPad_Mode);
-
-   function Get_KeyPad_Mode (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-                             return Boolean;
-   --  This has no pendant in C. There you've to look into the WINDOWS
-   --  structure to get the value. Bad practice, not repeated in Ada.
-
-   type Half_Delay_Amount is range 1 .. 255;
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_47"#2|
-   procedure Half_Delay (Amount : Half_Delay_Amount);
-   --  AKA: halfdelay()
-   pragma Inline (Half_Delay);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_48"#2|
-   procedure Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode
-     (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Mode : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: intrflush()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_49"#2|
-   procedure Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode
-     (Win   : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Flush : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: qiflush()
-   --  AKA: noqiflush()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_50"#2|
-   procedure Set_NoDelay_Mode
-     (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Mode : Boolean := False);
-   --  AKA: nodelay()
-   pragma Inline (Set_NoDelay_Mode);
-
-   type Timeout_Mode is (Blocking, Non_Blocking, Delayed);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_51"#2|
-   procedure Set_Timeout_Mode (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                               Mode   : Timeout_Mode;
-                               Amount : Natural); --  in Milliseconds
-   --  AKA: wtimeout()
-   --  AKA: timeout()
-   --  Instead of overloading the semantic of the sign of amount, we
-   --  introduce the Timeout_Mode parameter. This should improve
-   --  readability. For Blocking and Non_Blocking, the Amount is not
-   --  evaluated.
-   --  We do not inline this procedure.
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_52"#2|
-   procedure Set_Escape_Timer_Mode
-     (Win       : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Timer_Off : Boolean := False);
-   --  AKA: notimeout()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Escape_Timer_Mode);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_outopts.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_53"#2|
-   procedure Set_NL_Mode (SwitchOn : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: nl()
-   --  AKA: nonl()
-   pragma Inline (Set_NL_Mode);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_54"#2|
-   procedure Clear_On_Next_Update
-     (Win      : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Do_Clear : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: clearok()
-   pragma Inline (Clear_On_Next_Update);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_55"#2|
-   procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Line
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Do_Idl : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: idlok()
-   pragma Inline (Use_Insert_Delete_Line);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_56"#2|
-   procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Character
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Do_Idc : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: idcok()
-   pragma Inline (Use_Insert_Delete_Character);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_57"#2|
-   procedure Leave_Cursor_After_Update
-     (Win      : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Do_Leave : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: leaveok()
-   pragma Inline (Leave_Cursor_After_Update);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_58"#2|
-   procedure Immediate_Update_Mode
-     (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Mode : Boolean := False);
-   --  AKA: immedok()
-   pragma Inline (Immediate_Update_Mode);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_59"#2|
-   procedure Allow_Scrolling
-     (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Mode : Boolean := False);
-   --  AKA: scrollok()
-   pragma Inline (Allow_Scrolling);
-
-   function Scrolling_Allowed (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean;
-   --  There is no such function in the C interface.
-   pragma Inline (Scrolling_Allowed);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_60"#2|
-   procedure Set_Scroll_Region
-     (Win         : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Top_Line    : Line_Position;
-      Bottom_Line : Line_Position);
-   --  AKA: wsetscrreg()
-   --  AKA: setscrreg()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Scroll_Region);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_refresh.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_61"#2|
-   procedure Update_Screen;
-   --  AKA: doupdate()
-   pragma Inline (Update_Screen);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_62"#2|
-   procedure Refresh (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: wrefresh()
-   --  There is an overloaded Refresh for Pads.
-   --  The Inline pragma appears there
-   --  AKA: refresh()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_63"#2|
-   procedure Refresh_Without_Update
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: wnoutrefresh()
-   --  There is an overloaded Refresh_Without_Update for Pads.
-   --  The Inline pragma appears there
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_64"#2|
-   procedure Redraw (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: redrawwin()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_65"#2|
-   procedure Redraw (Win        : Window := Standard_Window;
-                     Begin_Line : Line_Position;
-                     Line_Count : Positive);
-   --  AKA: wredrawln()
-   pragma Inline (Redraw);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_clear.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_66"#2|
-   procedure Erase (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: werase()
-   --  AKA: erase()
-   pragma Inline (Erase);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_67"#2|
-   procedure Clear
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: wclear()
-   --  AKA: clear()
-   pragma Inline (Clear);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_68"#2|
-   procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Screen
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: wclrtobot()
-   --  AKA: clrtobot()
-   pragma Inline (Clear_To_End_Of_Screen);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_69"#2|
-   procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Line
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: wclrtoeol()
-   --  AKA: clrtoeol()
-   pragma Inline (Clear_To_End_Of_Line);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_bkgd.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_70"#2|
-   --  TODO: we could have Set_Background(Window; Character_Attribute_Set)
-   --  because in C it is common to see bkgdset(A_BOLD) or
-   --  bkgdset(COLOR_PAIR(n))
-   procedure Set_Background
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Ch  : Attributed_Character);
-   --  AKA: wbkgdset()
-   --  AKA: bkgdset()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Background);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_71"#2|
-   procedure Change_Background
-     (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Ch  : Attributed_Character);
-   --  AKA: wbkgd()
-   --  AKA: bkgd()
-   pragma Inline (Change_Background);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_72"#2|
-   --  ? wbkgdget is not listed in curs_bkgd, getbkgd is thpough.
-   function Get_Background (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-     return Attributed_Character;
-   --  AKA: wbkgdget()
-   --  AKA: bkgdget()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Background);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_touch.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_73"#2|
-   procedure Untouch (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: untouchwin()
-   pragma Inline (Untouch);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_74"#2|
-   procedure Touch (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: touchwin()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_75"#2|
-   procedure Touch (Win   : Window := Standard_Window;
-                    Start : Line_Position;
-                    Count : Positive);
-   --  AKA: touchline()
-   pragma Inline (Touch);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_76"#2|
-   procedure Change_Lines_Status (Win   : Window := Standard_Window;
-                                  Start : Line_Position;
-                                  Count : Positive;
-                                  State : Boolean);
-   --  AKA: wtouchln()
-   pragma Inline (Change_Lines_Status);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_77"#2|
-   function Is_Touched (Win  : Window := Standard_Window;
-                        Line : Line_Position) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: is_linetouched()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_78"#2|
-   function Is_Touched (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: is_wintouched()
-   pragma Inline (Is_Touched);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_overlay.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_79"#2|
-   procedure Copy
-     (Source_Window            : Window;
-      Destination_Window       : Window;
-      Source_Top_Row           : Line_Position;
-      Source_Left_Column       : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Top_Row      : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Left_Column  : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Bottom_Row   : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Right_Column : Column_Position;
-      Non_Destructive_Mode     : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: copywin()
-   pragma Inline (Copy);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_80"#2|
-   procedure Overwrite (Source_Window      : Window;
-                        Destination_Window : Window);
-   --  AKA: overwrite()
-   pragma Inline (Overwrite);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_81"#2|
-   procedure Overlay (Source_Window      : Window;
-                      Destination_Window : Window);
-   --  AKA: overlay()
-   pragma Inline (Overlay);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_deleteln.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_82"#2|
-   procedure Insert_Delete_Lines
-     (Win   : Window  := Standard_Window;
-      Lines : Integer := 1); --  default is to insert one line above
-   --  AKA: winsdelln()
-   --  AKA: insdelln()
-   pragma Inline (Insert_Delete_Lines);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_83"#2|
-   procedure Delete_Line (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: wdeleteln()
-   --  AKA: deleteln()
-   pragma Inline (Delete_Line);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_84"#2|
-   procedure Insert_Line (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: winsertln()
-   --  AKA: insertln()
-   pragma Inline (Insert_Line);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_getyx.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_85"#2|
-   procedure Get_Size
-     (Win               : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Number_Of_Lines   : out Line_Count;
-      Number_Of_Columns : out Column_Count);
-   --  AKA: getmaxyx()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Size);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_86"#2|
-   procedure Get_Window_Position
-     (Win             : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Top_Left_Line   : out Line_Position;
-      Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position);
-   --  AKA: getbegyx()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Window_Position);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_87"#2|
-   procedure Get_Cursor_Position
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : out Line_Position;
-      Column : out Column_Position);
-   --  AKA: getyx()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Cursor_Position);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_88"#2|
-   procedure Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent
-     (Win                : Window;
-      Top_Left_Line      : out Line_Position;
-      Top_Left_Column    : out Column_Position;
-      Is_Not_A_Subwindow : out Boolean);
-   --  AKA: getparyx()
-   --  Instead of placing -1 in the coordinates as return, we use a Boolean
-   --  to return the info that the window has no parent.
-   pragma Inline (Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_pad.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_89"#2|
-   function New_Pad (Lines   : Line_Count;
-                     Columns : Column_Count) return Window;
-   --  AKA: newpad()
-   pragma Inline (New_Pad);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_90"#2|
-   function Sub_Pad
-     (Pad                   : Window;
-      Number_Of_Lines       : Line_Count;
-      Number_Of_Columns     : Column_Count;
-      First_Line_Position   : Line_Position;
-      First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window;
-   --  AKA: subpad()
-   pragma Inline (Sub_Pad);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_91"#2|
-   procedure Refresh
-     (Pad                      : Window;
-      Source_Top_Row           : Line_Position;
-      Source_Left_Column       : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Top_Row      : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Left_Column  : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Bottom_Row   : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Right_Column : Column_Position);
-   --  AKA: prefresh()
-   pragma Inline (Refresh);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_92"#2|
-   procedure Refresh_Without_Update
-     (Pad                      : Window;
-      Source_Top_Row           : Line_Position;
-      Source_Left_Column       : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Top_Row      : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Left_Column  : Column_Position;
-      Destination_Bottom_Row   : Line_Position;
-      Destination_Right_Column : Column_Position);
-   --  AKA: pnoutrefresh()
-   pragma Inline (Refresh_Without_Update);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_93"#2|
-   procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
-     (Pad : Window;
-      Ch  : Attributed_Character);
-   --  AKA: pechochar()
-
-   procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It
-     (Pad : Window;
-      Ch  : Character);
-   pragma Inline (Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_scroll.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_94"#2|
-   procedure Scroll (Win    : Window  := Standard_Window;
-                     Amount : Integer := 1);
-   --  AKA: wscrl()
-   --  AKA: scroll()
-   --  AKA: scrl()
-   pragma Inline (Scroll);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_delch.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_95"#2|
-   procedure Delete_Character (Win : Window := Standard_Window);
-   --  AKA: wdelch()
-   --  AKA: delch()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_96"#2|
-   procedure Delete_Character
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position);
-   --  AKA: mvwdelch()
-   --  AKA: mvdelch()
-   pragma Inline (Delete_Character);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_inch.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_97"#2|
-   function Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window)
-     return Attributed_Character;
-   --  AKA: inch()
-   --  AKA: winch()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_98"#2|
-   function Peek
-     (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : Line_Position;
-      Column : Column_Position) return Attributed_Character;
-   --  AKA: mvwinch()
-   --  AKA: mvinch()
-   --  More Peek's follow, pragma Inline appears later.
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_insch.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_99"#2|
-   procedure Insert (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                     Ch  : Attributed_Character);
-   --  AKA: winsch()
-   --  AKA: insch()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_100"#2|
-   procedure Insert (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                     Line   : Line_Position;
-                     Column : Column_Position;
-                     Ch     : Attributed_Character);
-   --  AKA: mvwinsch()
-   --  AKA: mvinsch()
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_insstr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_101"#2|
-   procedure Insert (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                     Str : String;
-                     Len : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: winsnstr()
-   --  AKA: winsstr()
-   --  AKA: insnstr()
-   --  AKA: insstr()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_102"#2|
-   procedure Insert (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                     Line   : Line_Position;
-                     Column : Column_Position;
-                     Str    : String;
-                     Len    : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: mvwinsnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvwinsstr()
-   --  AKA: mvinsnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvinsstr()
-   pragma Inline (Insert);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_instr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_103"#2|
-   procedure Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                   Str : out String;
-                   Len : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: winnstr()
-   --  AKA: winstr()
-   --  AKA: innstr()
-   --  AKA: instr()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_104"#2|
-   procedure Peek (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                   Line   : Line_Position;
-                   Column : Column_Position;
-                   Str    : out String;
-                   Len    : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: mvwinnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvwinstr()
-   --  AKA: mvinnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvinstr()
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_inchstr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_105"#2|
-   procedure Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                   Str : out Attributed_String;
-                   Len : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: winchnstr()
-   --  AKA: winchstr()
-   --  AKA: inchnstr()
-   --  AKA: inchstr()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_106"#2|
-   procedure Peek (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                   Line   : Line_Position;
-                   Column : Column_Position;
-                   Str    : out Attributed_String;
-                   Len    : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: mvwinchnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvwinchstr()
-   --  AKA: mvinchnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvinchstr()
-   --  We do not inline the Peek procedures
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_getstr.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_107"#2|
-   procedure Get (Win : Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Str : out String;
-                  Len : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: wgetnstr()
-   --  AKA: wgetstr()
-   --  AKA: getnstr()
-   --  AKA: getstr()
-   --  actually getstr is not supported because that results in buffer
-   --  overflows.
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_108"#2|
-   procedure Get (Win    : Window := Standard_Window;
-                  Line   : Line_Position;
-                  Column : Column_Position;
-                  Str    : out String;
-                  Len    : Integer := -1);
-   --  AKA: mvwgetnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvwgetstr()
-   --  AKA: mvgetnstr()
-   --  AKA: mvgetstr()
-   --  Get is not inlined
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_slk.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  Not Implemented: slk_attr_on, slk_attr_off, slk_attr_set
-
-   type Soft_Label_Key_Format is (Three_Two_Three,
-                                  Four_Four,
-                                  PC_Style,              --  ncurses specific
-                                  PC_Style_With_Index);  --  "
-   type Label_Number is new Positive range 1 .. 12;
-   type Label_Justification is (Left, Centered, Right);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_109"#2|
-   procedure Init_Soft_Label_Keys
-     (Format : Soft_Label_Key_Format := Three_Two_Three);
-   --  AKA: slk_init()
-   pragma Inline (Init_Soft_Label_Keys);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_110"#2|
-   procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key (Label : Label_Number;
-                                 Text  : String;
-                                 Fmt   : Label_Justification := Left);
-   --  AKA: slk_set()
-   --  We do not inline this procedure
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_111"#2|
-   procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys;
-   --  AKA: slk_refresh()
-   pragma Inline (Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_112"#2|
-   procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update;
-   --  AKA: slk_noutrefresh()
-   pragma Inline (Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_113"#2|
-   procedure Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : Label_Number;
-                                 Text  : out String);
-   --  AKA: slk_label()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_114"#2|
-   function Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : Label_Number) return String;
-   --  AKA: slk_label()
-   --  Same as function
-   pragma Inline (Get_Soft_Label_Key);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_115"#2|
-   procedure Clear_Soft_Label_Keys;
-   --  AKA: slk_clear()
-   pragma Inline (Clear_Soft_Label_Keys);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_116"#2|
-   procedure Restore_Soft_Label_Keys;
-   --  AKA: slk_restore()
-   pragma Inline (Restore_Soft_Label_Keys);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_117"#2|
-   procedure Touch_Soft_Label_Keys;
-   --  AKA: slk_touch()
-   pragma Inline (Touch_Soft_Label_Keys);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_118"#2|
-   procedure Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
-     (Attr : Character_Attribute_Set;
-      On   : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: slk_attron()
-   --  AKA: slk_attroff()
-   pragma Inline (Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_119"#2|
-   procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes
-     (Attr  : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
-      Color : Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
-   --  AKA: slk_attrset()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_120"#2|
-   function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set;
-   --  AKA: slk_attr()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_121"#2|
-   function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Color_Pair;
-   --  AKA: slk_attr()
-   pragma Inline (Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_122"#2|
-   procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key_Color (Pair : Color_Pair);
-   --  AKA: slk_color()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Soft_Label_Key_Color);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page keybound.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  Not Implemented: keybound
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page keyok.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_123"#2|
-   procedure Enable_Key (Key    : Special_Key_Code;
-                         Enable : Boolean := True);
-   --  AKA: keyok()
-   pragma Inline (Enable_Key);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page define_key.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_124"#2|
-   procedure Define_Key (Definition : String;
-                         Key        : Special_Key_Code);
-   --  AKA: define_key()
-   pragma Inline (Define_Key);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_util.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  | Not implemented : filter, use_env
-   --  | putwin, getwin are in the child package PutWin
-   --
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_125"#2|
-   procedure Key_Name (Key  : Real_Key_Code;
-                       Name : out String);
-   --  AKA: keyname()
-   --  The external name for a real keystroke.
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_126"#2|
-   function Key_Name (Key  : Real_Key_Code) return String;
-   --  AKA: keyname()
-   --  Same as function
-   --  We do not inline this routine
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_127"#2|
-   procedure Un_Control (Ch  : Attributed_Character;
-                         Str : out String);
-   --  AKA: unctrl()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_128"#2|
-   function Un_Control (Ch  : Attributed_Character) return String;
-   --  AKA: unctrl()
-   --  Same as function
-   pragma Inline (Un_Control);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_129"#2|
-   procedure Delay_Output (Msecs : Natural);
-   --  AKA: delay_output()
-   pragma Inline (Delay_Output);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_130"#2|
-   procedure Flush_Input;
-   --  AKA: flushinp()
-   pragma Inline (Flush_Input);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_termattrs.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_131"#2|
-   function Baudrate return Natural;
-   --  AKA: baudrate()
-   pragma Inline (Baudrate);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_132"#2|
-   function Erase_Character return Character;
-   --  AKA: erasechar()
-   pragma Inline (Erase_Character);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_133"#2|
-   function Kill_Character return Character;
-   --  AKA: killchar()
-   pragma Inline (Kill_Character);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_134"#2|
-   function Has_Insert_Character return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: has_ic()
-   pragma Inline (Has_Insert_Character);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_135"#2|
-   function Has_Insert_Line return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: has_il()
-   pragma Inline (Has_Insert_Line);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_136"#2|
-   function Supported_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set;
-   --  AKA: termattrs()
-   pragma Inline (Supported_Attributes);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_137"#2|
-   procedure Long_Name (Name : out String);
-   --  AKA: longname()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_138"#2|
-   function Long_Name return String;
-   --  AKA: longname()
-   --  Same as function
-   pragma Inline (Long_Name);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_139"#2|
-   procedure Terminal_Name (Name : out String);
-   --  AKA: termname()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_140"#2|
-   function Terminal_Name return String;
-   --  AKA: termname()
-   --  Same as function
-   pragma Inline (Terminal_Name);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_color.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  COLOR_PAIR
-   --  COLOR_PAIR(n) in C is the same as
-   --  Attributed_Character(Ch => Nul, Color => n, Attr => Normal_Video)
-   --  In C you often see something like c = c | COLOR_PAIR(n);
-   --  This is equivalent to c.Color := n;
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_141"#2|
-   procedure Start_Color;
-   --  AKA: start_color()
-   pragma Import (C, Start_Color, "start_color");
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_142"#2|
-   procedure Init_Pair (Pair : Redefinable_Color_Pair;
-                        Fore : Color_Number;
-                        Back : Color_Number);
-   --  AKA: init_pair()
-   pragma Inline (Init_Pair);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_143"#2|
-   procedure Pair_Content (Pair : Color_Pair;
-                           Fore : out Color_Number;
-                           Back : out Color_Number);
-   --  AKA: pair_content()
-   pragma Inline (Pair_Content);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_144"#2|
-   function Has_Colors return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: has_colors()
-   pragma Inline (Has_Colors);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_145"#2|
-   procedure Init_Color (Color : Color_Number;
-                         Red   : RGB_Value;
-                         Green : RGB_Value;
-                         Blue  : RGB_Value);
-   --  AKA: init_color()
-   pragma Inline (Init_Color);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_146"#2|
-   function Can_Change_Color return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: can_change_color()
-   pragma Inline (Can_Change_Color);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_147"#2|
-   procedure Color_Content (Color : Color_Number;
-                            Red   : out RGB_Value;
-                            Green : out RGB_Value;
-                            Blue  : out RGB_Value);
-   --  AKA: color_content()
-   pragma Inline (Color_Content);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_kernel.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Not implemented: getsyx, setsyx
-   --
-   type Curses_Mode is (Curses, Shell);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_148"#2|
-   procedure Save_Curses_Mode (Mode : Curses_Mode);
-   --  AKA: def_prog_mode()
-   --  AKA: def_shell_mode()
-   pragma Inline (Save_Curses_Mode);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_149"#2|
-   procedure Reset_Curses_Mode (Mode : Curses_Mode);
-   --  AKA: reset_prog_mode()
-   --  AKA: reset_shell_mode()
-   pragma Inline (Reset_Curses_Mode);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_150"#2|
-   procedure Save_Terminal_State;
-   --  AKA: savetty()
-   pragma Inline (Save_Terminal_State);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_151"#2|
-   procedure Reset_Terminal_State;
-   --  AKA: resetty();
-   pragma Inline (Reset_Terminal_State);
-
-   type Stdscr_Init_Proc is access
-      function (Win     : Window;
-                Columns : Column_Count) return Integer;
-   pragma Convention (C, Stdscr_Init_Proc);
-   --  N.B.: the return value is actually ignored, but it seems to be
-   --        a good practice to return 0 if you think all went fine
-   --        and -1 otherwise.
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_152"#2|
-   procedure Rip_Off_Lines (Lines : Integer;
-                            Proc  : Stdscr_Init_Proc);
-   --  AKA: ripoffline()
-   --  N.B.: to be more precise, this uses a ncurses specific enhancement of
-   --        ripoffline(), in which the Lines argument absolute value is the
-   --        number of lines to be ripped of. The official ripoffline() only
-   --        uses the sign of Lines to remove a single line from bottom or top.
-   pragma Inline (Rip_Off_Lines);
-
-   type Cursor_Visibility is (Invisible, Normal, Very_Visible);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_153"#2|
-   procedure Set_Cursor_Visibility (Visibility : in out Cursor_Visibility);
-   --  AKA: curs_set()
-   pragma Inline (Set_Cursor_Visibility);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_154"#2|
-   procedure Nap_Milli_Seconds (Ms : Natural);
-   --  AKA: napms()
-   pragma Inline (Nap_Milli_Seconds);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Some useful helpers.
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   type Transform_Direction is (From_Screen, To_Screen);
-   procedure Transform_Coordinates
-     (W      : Window := Standard_Window;
-      Line   : in out Line_Position;
-      Column : in out Column_Position;
-      Dir    : Transform_Direction := From_Screen);
-   --  This procedure transforms screen coordinates into coordinates relative
-   --  to the window and vice versa, depending on the Dir parameter.
-   --  Screen coordinates are the position information for the physical device.
-   --  An Curses_Exception will be raised if Line and Column are not in the
-   --  Window or if you pass the Null_Window as argument.
-   --  We do not inline this procedure
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page default_colors.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_155"#2|
-   procedure Use_Default_Colors;
-   --  AKA: use_default_colors()
-   pragma Inline (Use_Default_Colors);
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_156"#2|
-   procedure Assume_Default_Colors (Fore : Color_Number := Default_Color;
-                                    Back : Color_Number := Default_Color);
-   --  AKA: assume_default_colors()
-   pragma Inline (Assume_Default_Colors);
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_extend.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_157"#2|
-   function Curses_Version return String;
-   --  AKA: curses_version()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_158"#2|
-   --  The returnvalue is the previous setting of the flag
-   function Use_Extended_Names (Enable : Boolean) return Boolean;
-   --  AKA: use_extended_names()
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_trace.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_159"#2|
-   procedure Curses_Free_All;
-   --  AKA: _nc_freeall()
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_scr_dump.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_160"#2|
-   procedure Screen_Dump_To_File (Filename : String);
-   --  AKA: scr_dump()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_161"#2|
-   procedure Screen_Restore_From_File (Filename : String);
-   --  AKA: scr_restore()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_162"#2|
-   procedure Screen_Init_From_File (Filename : String);
-   --  AKA: scr_init()
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_163"#2|
-   procedure Screen_Set_File (Filename : String);
-   --  AKA: scr_set()
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_print.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  Not implemented: mcprint
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_printw.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  Not implemented: printw,  wprintw, mvprintw, mvwprintw, vwprintw,
-   --                   vw_printw
-   --  Please use the Ada style Text_IO child packages for formatted
-   --  printing. It does not make a lot of sense to map the printf style
-   --  C functions to Ada.
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page curs_scanw.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  Not implemented: scanw, wscanw, mvscanw, mvwscanw, vwscanw, vw_scanw
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page resizeterm.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  Not Implemented: resizeterm
-
-   --  |=====================================================================
-   --  | Man page wresize.3x
-   --  |=====================================================================
-
-   --  #1A NAME="AFU_164"#2|
-   procedure Resize (Win               : Window := Standard_Window;
-                     Number_Of_Lines   : Line_Count;
-                     Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count);
-   --  AKA: wresize()
-
-private
-   type Window is new System.Storage_Elements.Integer_Address;
-   Null_Window : constant Window := 0;
-
-   --  The next constants are generated and may be different on your
-   --  architecture.
-   --
-   Sizeof_bool        : constant Natural :=  1; --  bool
-   type Curses_Bool is mod 2 ** Interfaces.C.char'Size;
-   Curses_Bool_False : constant Curses_Bool := 0;
-
-end Terminal_Interface.Curses;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface__ads.htm b/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface__ads.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 6d7cdf1d2fea3..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/ada/terminal_interface__ads.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ - -terminal_interface.ads - -

File : terminal_interface.ads

-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---                                                                          --
---                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
---                                                                          --
---                            Terminal_Interface                            --
---                                                                          --
---                                 S P E C                                  --
---                                                                          --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Copyright (c) 1998,2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a  --
--- copy of this software and associated documentation files (the            --
--- "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including      --
--- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,      --
--- distribute, distribute with modifications, sublicense, and/or sell       --
--- copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is    --
--- furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:                 --
---                                                                          --
--- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included  --
--- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.                   --
---                                                                          --
--- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS  --
--- OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF               --
--- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.   --
--- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,   --
--- DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR    --
--- OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR    --
--- THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.                               --
---                                                                          --
--- Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright   --
--- holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the     --
--- sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written       --
--- authorization.                                                           --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---  Author:  Juergen Pfeifer, 1996
---  Version Control:
---  @Revision: 1.14 @
---  @Date: 2006/06/25 14:30:22 @
---  Binding Version 01.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-package Terminal_Interface is
-   pragma Pure (Terminal_Interface);
---
---  Everything is in the child units
---
-end Terminal_Interface;
-
diff --git a/doc/html/announce.html b/doc/html/announce.html index 961e7571cf610..234c703145a7d 100644 --- a/doc/html/announce.html +++ b/doc/html/announce.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ - + - - - - - - Announcing ncurses 5.9 - - - - - -

Announcing ncurses 5.9

The ncurses (new curses) - library is a free software emulation of curses in System V - Release 4.0, and more. It uses terminfo format, supports pads and - color and multiple highlights and forms characters and - function-key mapping, and has all the other SYSV-curses - enhancements over BSD curses. - -

In mid-June 1995, the maintainer of 4.4BSD curses declared - that he considered 4.4BSD curses obsolete, and encouraged the - keepers of Unix releases such as BSD/OS, FreeBSD and NetBSD to - switch over to ncurses.

- -

The ncurses code was developed under GNU/Linux. It has been in - use for some time with OpenBSD as the system curses library, and - on FreeBSD and NetBSD as an external package. It should port - easily to any ANSI/POSIX-conforming UNIX. It has even been ported - to OS/2 Warp!

- -

The distribution includes the library and support utilities, - including a terminfo compiler tic(1), a decompiler infocmp(1), - clear(1), tput(1), tset(1), and a termcap conversion tool - captoinfo(1). Full manual pages are provided for the library and - tools.

- -

The ncurses distribution is available via anonymous FTP at the - GNU distribution site ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ncurses/ .
- - It is also available at ftp://invisible-island.net/ncurses/ .

- -

Release Notes

This release is designed to be upward - compatible from ncurses 5.0 through 5.8; very few applications - will require recompilation, depending on the platform. These are - the highlights from the change-log since ncurses 5.8 release. -

- This is a bug-fix release, correcting a small number of urgent problems - in the ncurses library from the 5.8 release. -

- It also improves the Ada95 binding: -

- -

Features of Ncurses

The ncurses package is fully - compatible with SVr4 (System V Release 4) curses: - - The ncurses package also has many useful extensions over - SVr4: - - - -

State of the Package

Numerous bugs present in earlier - versions have been fixed; the library is far more reliable than - it used to be. Bounds checking in many `dangerous' entry points - has been improved. The code is now type-safe according to gcc - -Wall. The library has been checked for malloc leaks and arena - corruption by the Purify memory-allocation tester. - -

The ncurses code has been tested with a wide variety of - applications including (versions starting with those noted):

- -
-
cdk
- -
Curses Development Kit
- http://invisible-island.net/cdk/
- - http://www.vexus.ca/products/CDK/
- -
ded
- -
directory-editor
- http://invisible-island.net/ded/
- -
dialog
- -
the underlying application used in Slackware's setup, and - the basis for similar applications on GNU/Linux.
- http://invisible-island.net/dialog/
- -
lynx
- -
the character-screen WWW browser
- http://lynx.isc.org/release/
- -
Midnight Commander
- -
file manager
- http://www.midnight-commander.org/
- -
mutt
- -
mail utility
- http://www.mutt.org/
- -
ncftp
- -
file-transfer utility
- http://www.ncftp.com/
- -
nvi
- -
New vi versions 1.50 are able to use ncurses versions 1.9.7 - and later.
- https://sites.google.com/a/bostic.com/keithbostic/nvi
-
- -
pinfo
- -
Lynx-like info browser. https://alioth.debian.org/projects/pinfo/
- -
tin
- -
newsreader, supporting color, MIME http://www.tin.org/
-
as well as some that use ncurses for the terminfo support - alone: - -
-
minicom
- -
terminal emulator
- http://alioth.debian.org/projects/minicom/
- -
vile
- -
vi-like-emacs
- http://invisible-island.net/vile/
-
- -

The ncurses distribution includes a selection of test programs - (including a few games).

- -

Who's Who and What's What

Zeyd Ben-Halim started it from - a previous package pcurses, written by Pavel Curtis. Eric S. - Raymond continued development. Jürgen Pfeifer wrote most of - the form and menu libraries. Ongoing work is being done by - Thomas Dickey. - Thomas Dickey acts as the maintainer for the Free Software - Foundation, which holds the copyright on ncurses. Contact the - current maintainers at bug-ncurses@gnu.org. - -

To join the ncurses mailing list, please write email to - bug-ncurses-request@gnu.org containing the line:

- 
+
+
+Announcing ncurses 5.7
+
+
+
+
+
+
Announcing ncurses 5.7

+
+The ncurses (new curses) library is a free software emulation of
+curses in System V Release 4.0, and more.  It uses terminfo format,
+supports pads and color
+and multiple highlights and forms characters and function-key mapping,
+and has all the other SYSV-curses enhancements over BSD curses.

+
+In mid-June 1995, the maintainer of 4.4BSD curses declared that he
+considered 4.4BSD curses obsolete, and encouraged the keepers of
+Unix releases such as BSD/OS, FreeBSD and NetBSD to switch over to
+ncurses.

+
+The ncurses code was developed under GNU/Linux.
+It has been in use for some time with OpenBSD as the system curses library,
+and on FreeBSD and NetBSD as an external package.
+It should port easily to any ANSI/POSIX-conforming UNIX.
+It has even been ported to OS/2 Warp!

+
+The distribution includes the library and support utilities, including a
+terminfo compiler tic(1), a decompiler infocmp(1), clear(1), tput(1), tset(1),
+and a termcap conversion tool captoinfo(1).  Full manual pages are provided for
+the library and tools.

+
+The ncurses distribution is available via anonymous FTP at
+the GNU distribution site
+ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ncurses/ .
+
It is also available at
+ftp://invisible-island.net/ncurses/ .
+
+
Release Notes

+
+This release is designed to be upward compatible from ncurses 5.0 through 5.6;
+very few applications will require recompilation, depending on the platform.
+These are the highlights from the change-log since ncurses 5.6 release.
+

+Interface changes:
+

+New features and improvements:
+
+Major bug fixes:
+
+
+Portability:
+
+
+
Features of Ncurses

+
+The ncurses package is fully compatible with SVr4 (System V Release 4) curses:
+
+
+
+The ncurses package also has many useful extensions over SVr4:
+
+
+
+
State of the Package

+
+Numerous bugs present in earlier versions have been fixed; the
+library is far more reliable than it used to be.  Bounds checking in many
+`dangerous' entry points has been improved.  The code is now type-safe
+according to gcc -Wall.  The library has been checked for malloc leaks and
+arena corruption by the Purify memory-allocation tester.

+
+The ncurses code has been tested with a wide variety of applications
+including (versions starting with those noted):
+

+
 cdk
+
 Curses Development Kit
+

+http://invisible-island.net/cdk/
+

+http://www.vexus.ca/products/CDK/
+
 ded
+
 directory-editor
+

+http://invisible-island.net/ded/
+
 dialog
+
 the underlying application used in Slackware's setup, and the basis
+for similar applications on GNU/Linux.
+

+http://invisible-island.net/dialog/
+
 lynx
+
 the character-screen WWW browser
+

+http://lynx.isc.org/release/
+
 Midnight Commander
+
 file manager
+

+http://www.ibiblio.org/mc/
+
 mutt
+
 mail utility
+

+http://www.mutt.org/
+
 ncftp
+
 file-transfer utility
+

+http://www.ncftp.com/
+
 nvi
+
 New vi versions 1.50 are able to use ncurses versions 1.9.7 and later.
+

+http://www.bostic.com/vi/
+

+
 pinfo
+
 Lynx-like info browser.
+https://alioth.debian.org/projects/pinfo/
+
 tin
+
 newsreader, supporting color, MIME
+http://www.tin.org/
+

+as well as some that use ncurses for the terminfo support alone:
+

+
 minicom
+
 terminal emulator
+

+
+http://alioth.debian.org/projects/minicom/
+
 vile
+
 vi-like-emacs
+

+http://invisible-island.net/vile/
+

+

+
+The ncurses distribution includes a selection of test programs (including
+a few games).
+
+
Who's Who and What's What

+
+Zeyd Ben-Halim
+started it from a previous package pcurses, written by Pavel Curtis.
+Eric S. Raymond
+continued development.
+Jürgen Pfeifer wrote most of the form and menu libraries.
+Ongoing work is being done by
+Thomas Dickey.
+Thomas Dickey
+acts as the maintainer for the Free Software Foundation,
+which holds the copyright on ncurses.
+Contact the current maintainers at
+bug-ncurses@gnu.org.
+

+
+To join the ncurses mailing list, please write email to
+bug-ncurses-request@gnu.org containing the line:
+
              subscribe <name>@<host.domain>
-

-
-  
This list is open to anyone interested in helping with the
-  development and testing of this package.

-
-  
Beta versions of ncurses and patches to the current release
-  are made available at ftp://invisible-island.net/ncurses/ .

-
-  
Future Plans

-
-  We need people to help with these projects. If you are
-  interested in working on them, please join the ncurses list.
-
-  
Other Related Resources
The distribution provides a newer
-  version of the terminfo-format terminal description file once
-  maintained by Eric
-  Raymond . Unlike the older version, the termcap and
-  terminfo data are provided in the same file, and provides several
-  user-definable extensions beyond the X/Open specification.
-
-  
You can find lots of information on terminal-related topics
-  not covered in the terminfo file at 
-  Richard Shuford's archive .

-
-
+
+ +This list is open to anyone interested in helping with the development and +testing of this package.

+ +Beta versions of ncurses and patches to the current release are made available at +ftp://invisible-island.net/ncurses/ . + +

Future Plans

+ +We need people to help with these projects. If you are interested in working +on them, please join the ncurses list. + +

Other Related Resources

+ +The distribution provides a newer version of the terminfo-format +terminal description file once maintained by +Eric Raymond . +Unlike the older version, the termcap and terminfo data are provided +in the same file, and provides several user-definable extensions +beyond the X/Open specification.

+ +You can find lots of information on terminal-related topics +not covered in the terminfo file at +Richard Shuford's +archive . + + + diff --git a/doc/html/hackguide.html b/doc/html/hackguide.html index 417f4c9855e3c..97d1369170c18 100644 --- a/doc/html/hackguide.html +++ b/doc/html/hackguide.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ - + - - -Welcome to ncurses - - - - - -

Welcome to ncurses

-From this index page you have access to these further documents -

-We also have HTML versions of all the ncurses manpages. - - diff --git a/doc/html/man/adacurses-config.1.html b/doc/html/man/adacurses-config.1.html deleted file mode 100644 index 74b58a15e8677..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/adacurses-config.1.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ - - - - -ADACURSES 1 User Commands - - - - -

ADACURSES 1 User Commands

-
-
-
-ADACURSES(1)                 User Commands                 ADACURSES(1)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       adacurses-config - helper script for AdaCurses libraries
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       adacurses-config [options]
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This  is  a  shell  script which simplifies configuring an
-       application  to  use  the  AdaCurses  library  binding  to
-       ncurses.
-
-
-
-

OPTIONS

-       --cflags
-              echos  the gnat (Ada compiler) flags needed to com-
-              pile with AdaCurses.
-
-       --libs echos  the  gnat  libraries  needed  to  link  with
-              AdaCurses.
-
-       --version
-              echos  the release+patchdate version of the ncurses
-              libraries used to configure and build AdaCurses.
-
-       --help prints a  list  of  the  adacurses-config  script's
-              options.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x)
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-                                                           ADACURSES(1)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html b/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html deleted file mode 100644 index aeacdd39cab13..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/captoinfo.1m.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ - - - - -captoinfo 1m - - - - -

captoinfo 1m

-
-
-
-captoinfo(1m)                                             captoinfo(1m)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       captoinfo  - convert a termcap description into a terminfo
-       description
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       captoinfo [-vn width]  [-V] [-1] [-w width] file . . .
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       captoinfo looks  in  each  given  text  file  for  termcap
-       descriptions.   For each one found, an equivalent terminfo
-       description is written to  standard  output.   Termcap  tc
-       capabilities are translated directly to terminfo use capa-
-       bilities.
-
-       If no file is given, then the environment variable TERMCAP
-       is  used  for the filename or entry.  If TERMCAP is a full
-       pathname to a file, only the terminal whose name is speci-
-       fied  in  the  environment variable TERM is extracted from
-       that file.  If the environment  variable  TERMCAP  is  not
-       set, then the file /usr/share/terminfo is read.
-
-       -v   print  out  tracing  information on standard error as
-            the program runs.
-
-       -V   print out the version of the program in use on  stan-
-            dard error and exit.
-
-       -1   cause  the fields to print out one to a line.  Other-
-            wise, the fields will be printed several to a line to
-            a maximum width of 60 characters.
-
-       -w   change the output to width characters.
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       /usr/share/terminfo Compiled      terminal     description
-                           database.
-
-
-
-

TRANSLATIONS FROM NONSTANDARD CAPABILITIES

-       Some obsolete nonstandard capabilities will  automatically
-       be  translated  into  standard  (SVr4/XSI Curses) terminfo
-       capabilities by captoinfo.  Whenever one  of  these  auto-
-       matic  translations  is  done,  the  program will issue an
-       notification to stderr, inviting the user to check that it
-       has  not  mistakenly  translated  a completely unknown and
-       random capability and/or syntax error.
-
-
-       Nonstd   Std    From           Terminfo
-        name    name                 capability
-       -----------------------------------------------
-       BO       mr     AT&T    enter_reverse_mode
-       CI       vi     AT&T    cursor_invisible
-       CV       ve     AT&T    cursor_normal
-       DS       mh     AT&T    enter_dim_mode
-       EE       me     AT&T    exit_attribute_mode
-       FE       LF     AT&T    label_on
-       FL       LO     AT&T    label_off
-       XS       mk     AT&T    enter_secure_mode
-       EN       @7     XENIX   key_end
-       GE       ae     XENIX   exit_alt_charset_mode
-       GS       as     XENIX   enter_alt_charset_mode
-
-       HM       kh     XENIX   key_home
-       LD       kL     XENIX   key_dl
-       PD       kN     XENIX   key_npage
-       PN       po     XENIX   prtr_off
-       PS       pf     XENIX   prtr_on
-       PU       kP     XENIX   key_ppage
-       RT       @8     XENIX   kent
-       UP       ku     XENIX   kcuu1
-       KA       k;     Tek     key_f10
-       KB       F1     Tek     key_f11
-       KC       F2     Tek     key_f12
-       KD       F3     Tek     key_f13
-       KE       F4     Tek     key_f14
-       KF       F5     Tek     key_f15
-       BC       Sb     Tek     set_background
-       FC       Sf     Tek     set_foreground
-       HS       mh     Iris    enter_dim_mode
-
-       XENIX termcap also used to have a set of  extension  capa-
-       bilities  for forms drawing, designed to take advantage of
-       the IBM PC high-half graphics.  They were as follows:
-
-
-       Cap          Graphic
-       -----------------------------
-       G2    upper left
-       G3    lower left
-       G1    upper right
-       G4    lower right
-       GR    pointing right
-       GL    pointing left
-       GU    pointing up
-       GD    pointing down
-       GH    horizontal line
-       GV    vertical line
-       GC    intersection
-       G6    upper left
-       G7    lower left
-       G5    upper right
-       G8    lower right
-       Gr    tee pointing right
-       Gr    tee pointing left
-       Gu    tee pointing up
-       Gd    tee pointing down
-       Gh    horizontal line
-       Gv    vertical line
-       Gc    intersection
-       GG    acs magic cookie count
-
-       If the single-line capabilities occur in  an  entry,  they
-       will  automatically  be composed into an acsc string.  The
-       double-line capabilities and GG are discarded with a warn-
-       ing message.
-
-       IBM's AIX has a terminfo facility descended from SVr1 ter-
-       minfo but incompatible with the SVr4 format.  The  follow-
-       ing AIX extensions are automatically translated:
-
-        IBM    XSI
-       -------------
-       ksel    kslt
-       kbtab   kcbt
-       font0   s0ds
-       font1   s1ds
-       font2   s2ds
-
-       font3   s3ds
-
-       Additionally,  the  AIX  box1 capability will be automati-
-       cally translated to an acsc string.
-
-       Hewlett-Packard's terminfo library supports  two  nonstan-
-       dard  terminfo  capabilities  meml  (memory lock) and memu
-       (memory unlock).  These will be discarded with  a  warning
-       message.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       This  utility is actually a link to tic(1m), running in -I
-       mode.  You can use other tic options such as -f and  -x.
-
-       The trace option is not identical to SVr4's.  Under  SVr4,
-       instead  of  following  the  -v  with a trace level n, you
-       repeat it n times.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       infocmp(1m), curses(3x), terminfo(5)
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and
-       Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net>
-
-
-
-                                                          captoinfo(1m)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/clear.1.html b/doc/html/man/clear.1.html deleted file mode 100644 index 138806fc487c3..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/clear.1.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ - - - - -clear 1 - - - - -

clear 1

-
-
-
-clear(1)                                                       clear(1)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       clear - clear the terminal screen
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       clear
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       clear clears your screen if this is possible.  It looks in
-       the environment for the terminal type and then in the ter-
-       minfo database to figure out how to clear the screen.
-
-       clear  ignores  any  command-line  parameters  that may be
-       present.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       tput(1), terminfo(5)
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-                                                               clear(1)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 77ed34d591bd0..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wch.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_add_wch 3x - - - - -

curs_add_wch 3x

-
-
-
-curs_add_wch(3x)                                       curs_add_wch(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       add_wch,   wadd_wch,  mvadd_wch,  mvwadd_wch,  echo_wchar,
-       wecho_wchar - add a complex character and rendition  to  a
-       curses window, then advance the cursor
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int add_wch( const cchar_t *wch );
-       int wadd_wch( WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch );
-       int mvadd_wch( int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch );
-       int  mvwadd_wch(  WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t
-       *wch );
-       int echo_wchar( const cchar_t *wch );
-       int wecho_wchar( WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch );
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The add_wch, wadd_wch, mvadd_wch, and mvwadd_wch functions
-       put the complex character wch into the given window at its
-       current position, which is then advanced.  These functions
-       perform  wrapping and special-character processing as fol-
-       lows:
-
-       o   If wch refers to a spacing character, then any  previ-
-           ous  character  at  that  location  is removed.  A new
-           character specified by wch is placed at that  location
-           with  rendition  specified  by  wch.   The cursor then
-           advances to the next spacing character on the  screen.
-
-       o   If wch refers to a non-spacing character, all previous
-           characters at that location are preserved.   The  non-
-           spacing  characters  of  wch  are added to the spacing
-           complex character, and the rendition specified by  wch
-           is ignored.
-
-       o   If  the  character  part  of  wch  is  a tab, newline,
-           backspace or other control character,  the  window  is
-           updated  and the cursor moves as if addch were called.
-
-       The echo_wchar function is functionally  equivalent  to  a
-       call to add_wch followed by a call to refresh.  Similarly,
-       the wecho_wchar is functionally equivalent to  a  call  to
-       wadd_wch  followed  by  a call to wrefresh.  The knowledge
-       that only a single character is being output is taken into
-       consideration and, for non-control characters, a consider-
-       able performance gain might be seen by  using  the  *echo*
-       functions instead of their equivalents.
-
-   Line Graphics
-       Like  addch(3x),  addch_wch  accepts symbols which make it
-       simple to draw lines and  other  frequently  used  special
-       characters.   These  symbols  correspond to the same VT100
-       line-drawing set as addch(3x).
-
-
-       Name              Unicode    Default   Description
-       ----------------------------------------------------------------
-       WACS_BLOCK        0x25ae     #         solid square block
-       WACS_BOARD        0x2592     #         board of squares
-       WACS_BTEE         0x2534     +         bottom tee
-       WACS_BULLET       0x00b7     o         bullet
-
-       WACS_CKBOARD      0x2592     :         checker board (stipple)
-       WACS_DARROW       0x2193     v         arrow pointing down
-       WACS_DEGREE       0x00b0     '         degree symbol
-       WACS_DIAMOND      0x25c6     +         diamond
-       WACS_GEQUAL       0x2265     >         greater-than-or-equal-to
-       WACS_HLINE        0x2500     -         horizontal line
-       WACS_LANTERN      0x2603     #         lantern symbol
-       WACS_LARROW       0x2190     <         arrow pointing left
-       WACS_LEQUAL       0x2264     <         less-than-or-equal-to
-       WACS_LLCORNER     0x2514     +         lower left-hand corner
-       WACS_LRCORNER     0x2518     +         lower right-hand corner
-       WACS_LTEE         0x2524     +         left tee
-       WACS_NEQUAL       0x2260     !         not-equal
-       WACS_PI           0x03c0     *         greek pi
-       WACS_PLMINUS      0x00b1     #         plus/minus
-       WACS_PLUS         0x253c     +         plus
-       WACS_RARROW       0x2192     >         arrow pointing right
-       WACS_RTEE         0x251c     +         right tee
-       WACS_S1           0x23ba     -         scan line 1
-       WACS_S3           0x23bb     -         scan line 3
-       WACS_S7           0x23bc     -         scan line 7
-       WACS_S9           0x23bd     _         scan line 9
-       WACS_STERLING     0x00a3     f         pound-sterling symbol
-       WACS_TTEE         0x252c     +         top tee
-       WACS_UARROW       0x2191     ^         arrow pointing up
-       WACS_ULCORNER     0x250c     +         upper left-hand corner
-       WACS_URCORNER     0x2510     +         upper right-hand corner
-       WACS_VLINE        0x2502     |         vertical line
-
-       The wide-character configuration of ncurses  also  defines
-       symbols for thick- and double-lines:
-
-
-       Name              Unicode   Default   Description
-       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-       WACS_T_ULCORNER   0x250f    +         thick upper left corner
-       WACS_T_LLCORNER   0x2517    +         thick lower left corner
-       WACS_T_URCORNER   0x2513    +         thick upper right corner
-       WACS_T_LRCORNER   0x251b    +         thick lower right corner
-       WACS_T_LTEE       0x252b    +         thick tee pointing right
-       WACS_T_RTEE       0x2523    +         thick tee pointing left
-       WACS_T_BTEE       0x253b    +         thick tee pointing up
-       WACS_T_TTEE       0x2533    +         thick tee pointing down
-       WACS_T_HLINE      0x2501    -         thick horizontal line
-       WACS_T_VLINE      0x2503    |         thick vertical line
-       WACS_T_PLUS       0x254b    +         thick large plus or crossover
-       WACS_D_ULCORNER   0x2554    +         double upper left corner
-       WACS_D_LLCORNER   0x255a    +         double lower left corner
-       WACS_D_URCORNER   0x2557    +         double upper right corner
-       WACS_D_LRCORNER   0x255d    +         double lower right corner
-       WACS_D_RTEE       0x2563    +         double tee pointing left
-       WACS_D_LTEE       0x2560    +         double tee pointing right
-       WACS_D_BTEE       0x2569    +         double tee pointing up
-       WACS_D_TTEE       0x2566    +         double tee pointing down
-       WACS_D_HLINE      0x2550    -         double horizontal line
-       WACS_D_VLINE      0x2551    |         double vertical line
-       WACS_D_PLUS       0x256c    +         double large plus or crossover
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
-       success.
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that add_wch, mvadd_wch, mvwadd_wch,  and  echo_wchar
-       may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       All  of  these  functions  are described in the XSI Curses
-       standard, Issue 4.  The defaults specified for  line-draw-
-       ing characters apply in the POSIX locale.
-
-       X/Open Curses makes it clear that the WACS_ symbols should
-       be defined as a pointer to cchar_t data, e.g., in the dis-
-       cussion of border_set.  A few implementations are problem-
-       atic:
-
-       o   NetBSD curses defines the symbols as a wchar_t  within
-           a cchar_t.
-
-       o   HPUX  curses  equates  some of the ACS_ symbols to the
-           analogous WACS_ symbols as if the  ACS_  symbols  were
-           wide  characters.   The  misdefined  symbols  are  the
-           arrows and other symbols which are not used for  line-
-           drawing.
-
-       X/Open  Curses  does not define symbols for thick- or dou-
-       ble-lines.   SVr4  curses  implementations  defined  their
-       line-drawing  symbols  in  terms  of intermediate symbols.
-       This implementation extends those symbols,  providing  new
-       definitions which are not in the SVr4 implementations.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_addch(3x), curs_attr(3x), curs_clear(3x),
-       curs_outopts(3x), curs_refresh(3x), putwc(3)
-
-
-
-                                                       curs_add_wch(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 0f676ce3a150a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_add_wchstr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_add_wchstr 3x - - - - -

curs_add_wchstr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_add_wchstr(3x)                                 curs_add_wchstr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       add_wchstr,    add_wchnstr,   wadd_wchstr,   wadd_wchnstr,
-       mvadd_wchstr, mvadd_wchnstr, mvwadd_wchstr, mvwadd_wchnstr
-       - add an array of complex characters (and attributes) to a
-       curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-       int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW * win, const cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW * win, const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-       int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-       int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These routines copy the array of complex characters wchstr
-       into  the  window image structure at and after the current
-       cursor position.  The four routines with  n  as  the  last
-       argument  copy  at  most n elements, but no more than will
-       fit on the line.  If n=-1 then the whole array is  copied,
-       to  the  maximum number of characters that will fit on the
-       line.
-
-       The window cursor is not advanced.   These  routines  work
-       faster than waddnstr.  On the other hand, they do not per-
-       form checking (such as for the newline, backspace, or car-
-       riage  return characters), they do not advance the current
-       cursor position, they do not expand other control  charac-
-       ters  to  ^-escapes,  and  they  truncate the string if it
-       crosses the right margin, rather than wrapping  it  around
-       to the new line.
-
-       These  routines  end  successfully  on encountering a null
-       cchar_t, or when they have filled the current line.  If  a
-       complex  character cannot completely fit at the end of the
-       current line, the remaining columns are  filled  with  the
-       background character and rendition.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       All functions except wadd_wchnstr may be macros.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
-       success.
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       All these entry points are described  in  the  XSI  Curses
-       standard, Issue 4.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_addchstr(3x), curs_addwstr(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                    curs_add_wchstr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index af567118c69b4..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_addch.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,220 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_addch 3x - - - - -

curs_addch 3x

-
-
-
-curs_addch(3x)                                           curs_addch(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       addch,  waddch,  mvaddch,  mvwaddch, echochar, wechochar -
-       add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then
-       advance the cursor
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int addch(const chtype ch);
-       int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
-       int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch);
-       int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch);
-       int echochar(const chtype ch);
-       int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  addch,  waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the
-       character ch into the given window at its  current  window
-       position,  which  is then advanced.  They are analogous to
-       putchar in stdio(3).  If the advance is at the right  mar-
-       gin,  the  cursor  automatically wraps to the beginning of
-       the next line.  At the bottom  of  the  current  scrolling
-       region,  if  scrollok  is enabled, the scrolling region is
-       scrolled up one line.
-
-       If ch is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor is moved
-       appropriately within the window.  Backspace moves the cur-
-       sor one character left; at the left edge of  a  window  it
-       does  nothing.   Newline  does  a clrtoeol, then moves the
-       cursor to  the  window  left  margin  on  the  next  line,
-       scrolling  the  window if on the last line.  Tabs are con-
-       sidered to be at every eighth column.   The  tab  interval
-       may be altered by setting the TABSIZE variable.
-
-       If ch is any control character other than tab, newline, or
-       backspace, it is drawn  in  ^X  notation.   Calling  winch
-       after adding a control character does not return the char-
-       acter itself, but instead returns the ^-representation  of
-       the control character.
-
-       Video attributes can be combined with a character argument
-       passed to addch or related functions by logical-ORing them
-       into  the  character.   (Thus, text, including attributes,
-       can be copied from one place to  another  using  inch  and
-       addch.)   See  the curs_attr(3x) page for values of prede-
-       fined video attribute constants that can be usefully OR'ed
-       into characters.
-
-       The  echochar  and  wechochar routines are equivalent to a
-       call to addch followed by a call to refresh, or a call  to
-       waddch followed by a call to wrefresh.  The knowledge that
-       only a single character is being output is used  and,  for
-       non-control  characters,  a  considerable performance gain
-       may be seen by  using  these  routines  instead  of  their
-       equivalents.
-
-   Line Graphics
-       The  following  variables  may be used to add line drawing
-       characters to the screen with routines of the  addch  fam-
-       ily.   The  default  character listed below is used if the
-       acsc  capability  does  not  define  a   terminal-specific
-       replacement  for  it.   The  names  are  taken  from VT100
-       nomenclature.
-
-
-       Name           Default   Description
-       --------------------------------------------------
-       ACS_BLOCK      #         solid square block
-       ACS_BOARD      #         board of squares
-       ACS_BTEE       +         bottom tee
-       ACS_BULLET     o         bullet
-       ACS_CKBOARD    :         checker board (stipple)
-       ACS_DARROW     v         arrow pointing down
-       ACS_DEGREE     '         degree symbol
-       ACS_DIAMOND    +         diamond
-       ACS_GEQUAL     >         greater-than-or-equal-to
-       ACS_HLINE      -         horizontal line
-       ACS_LANTERN    #         lantern symbol
-       ACS_LARROW     <         arrow pointing left
-       ACS_LEQUAL     <         less-than-or-equal-to
-       ACS_LLCORNER   +         lower left-hand corner
-       ACS_LRCORNER   +         lower right-hand corner
-       ACS_LTEE       +         left tee
-       ACS_NEQUAL     !         not-equal
-       ACS_PI         *         greek pi
-       ACS_PLMINUS    #         plus/minus
-       ACS_PLUS       +         plus
-       ACS_RARROW     >         arrow pointing right
-       ACS_RTEE       +         right tee
-       ACS_S1         -         scan line 1
-       ACS_S3         -         scan line 3
-       ACS_S7         -         scan line 7
-       ACS_S9         _         scan line 9
-       ACS_STERLING   f         pound-sterling symbol
-       ACS_TTEE       +         top tee
-       ACS_UARROW     ^         arrow pointing up
-       ACS_ULCORNER   +         upper left-hand corner
-       ACS_URCORNER   +         upper right-hand corner
-       ACS_VLINE      |         vertical line
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
-       success  (the  SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
-       other than ERR") upon successful completion, unless other-
-       wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note  that  addch,  mvaddch, mvwaddch, and echochar may be
-       macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       All these functions are described in the XSI Curses  stan-
-       dard,  Issue  4.  The defaults specified for forms-drawing
-       characters apply in the POSIX locale.
-
-       X/Open Curses states that the ACS_  definitions  are  char
-       constants.   For  the  wide-character  implementation (see
-       curs_add_wch), there are analogous WACS_ definitions which
-       are cchar_t constants.
-
-       Some  ACS symbols (ACS_S3, ACS_S7, ACS_LEQUAL, ACS_GEQUAL,
-       ACS_PI, ACS_NEQUAL, ACS_STERLING) were not  documented  in
-       any  publicly  released  System V.  However, many publicly
-       available terminfos include acsc strings  in  which  their
-       key  characters  (pryz{|}) are embedded, and a second-hand
-       list of their character descriptions has  come  to  light.
-       The   ACS-prefixed   names  for  them  were  invented  for
-       ncurses(3x).
-
-       The TABSIZE variable is implemented in  some  versions  of
-       curses, but is not part of X/Open curses.
-
-       If  ch  is  a  carriage return, the cursor is moved to the
-       beginning of the current row of the window.  This is  true
-       of other implementations, but is not documented.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),  curs_attr(3x), curs_clear(3x), curs_inch(3x),
-       curs_outopts(3x),  curs_refresh(3x),   curs_variables(3x),
-       putc(3).
-
-       Comparable  functions  in  the  wide-character  (ncursesw)
-       library are described in curs_add_wch(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_addch(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index e8861399946af..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_addchstr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_addchstr 3x - - - - -

curs_addchstr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_addchstr(3x)                                     curs_addchstr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       addchstr, addchnstr, waddchstr, waddchnstr, mvaddchstr,
-       mvaddchnstr, mvwaddchstr, mvwaddchnstr - add a string of
-       characters (and attributes) to a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int addchstr(const chtype *chstr);
-       int addchnstr(const chtype *chstr, int n);
-       int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr);
-       int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr, int n);
-       int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr);
-       int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr, int n);
-       int  mvwaddchstr(WINDOW  *win,  int y, int x, const chtype
-       *chstr);
-       int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x,  const  chtype
-       *chstr, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These  routines copy chstr into the window image structure
-       at and after the current cursor position.  The  four  rou-
-       tines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements,
-       but no more than will fit on the line.  If n=-1  then  the
-       whole  string  is copied, to the maximum number of charac-
-       ters that will fit on the line.
-
-       The window cursor is not advanced, and these routines work
-       faster than waddnstr.  On the other hand, they do not per-
-       form any kind  of  checking  (such  as  for  the  newline,
-       backspace, or carriage return characters), they do not ad-
-       vance the current cursor position, they do not expand oth-
-       er  control characters to ^-escapes, and they truncate the
-       string if it crosses the right margin, rather  than  wrap-
-       ping it around to the new line.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
-       success (the SVr4 manuals specify only "an  integer  value
-       other than ERR") upon successful completion, unless other-
-       wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
-
-       X/Open does not define any error conditions.  This  imple-
-       mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that all routines except waddchnstr may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  entry  points are described in the XSI Curses stan-
-       dard, Issue 4.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x).
-
-       Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw)  li-
-       brary are described in curs_add_wchstr(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                      curs_addchstr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index d89503cc8bc9f..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_addstr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_addstr 3x - - - - -

curs_addstr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_addstr(3x)                                         curs_addstr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       addstr, addnstr, waddstr, waddnstr, mvaddstr, mvaddnstr,
-       mvwaddstr, mvwaddnstr - add a string of characters to a
-       curses window and advance cursor
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int addstr(const char *str);
-       int addnstr(const char *str, int n);
-       int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
-       int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
-       int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
-       int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
-       int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
-       int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These routines write the characters of the (null-terminat-
-       ed) character string str on the given window.  It is simi-
-       lar  to  calling  waddch  once  for  each character in the
-       string.  The four routines with n  as  the  last  argument
-       write  at  most n characters.  If n is -1, then the entire
-       string will be added, up to the maximum number of  charac-
-       ters  that  will  fit  on the line, or until a terminating
-       null is reached.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
-       success  (the  SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
-       other than ERR") upon successful completion.
-
-       X/Open does not define any error conditions.  This  imple-
-       mentation  returns  an error if the window pointer is null
-       or if the string pointer is null or if  the  corresponding
-       calls to waddch return an error.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note  that  all  of  these  routines  except  waddstr  and
-       waddnstr may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       All these entry points are described  in  the  XSI  Curses
-       standard,  Issue  4.  The XSI errors EILSEQ and EOVERFLOW,
-       associated with extended-level conformance,  are  not  yet
-       detected.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_addch(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_addstr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 99ab802ec689e..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_addwstr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_addwstr 3x - - - - -

curs_addwstr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_addwstr(3x)                                       curs_addwstr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       addwstr, addnwstr, waddwstr, waddnwstr, mvaddwstr,
-       mvaddnwstr, mvwaddwstr, mvwaddnwstr - add a string of wide
-       characters to a curses window and advance cursor
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These routines write the characters of the (null-terminat-
-       ed) wchar_t character string wstr on the given window.  It
-       is  similar  to constructing a cchar_t for each wchar_t in
-       the  string,  then  calling  wadd_wch  for  the  resulting
-       cchar_t.
-
-       The mv routines perform cursor movement once, before writ-
-       ing any characters.  Thereafter, the cursor is advanced as
-       a side-effect of writing to the window.
-
-       The  four  routines  with  n as the last argument write at
-       most n wchar_t characters.  If n is -1,  then  the  entire
-       string  will be added, up to the maximum number of charac-
-       ters that will fit on the line,  or  until  a  terminating
-       null is reached.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
-       success.
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that all of these routines except  waddnwstr  may  be
-       macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       All  these  entry  points  are described in the XSI Curses
-       standard, Issue 4.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_add_wch(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                       curs_addwstr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 23a157332e762..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_attr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,267 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_attr 3x - - - - -

curs_attr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_attr(3x)                                             curs_attr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       attroff, wattroff, attron, wattron, attrset, wattrset,
-       color_set, wcolor_set, standend, wstandend, standout,
-       wstandout, attr_get, wattr_get, attr_off, wattr_off,
-       attr_on, wattr_on, attr_set, wattr_set, chgat, wchgat,
-       mvchgat, mvwchgat, PAIR_NUMBER - curses character and
-       window attribute control routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-       int attroff(int attrs);
-       int wattroff(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
-       int attron(int attrs);
-       int wattron(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
-       int attrset(int attrs);
-       int wattrset(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
-       int color_set(short color_pair_number, void* opts);
-       int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair_number,
-             void* opts);
-       int standend(void);
-       int wstandend(WINDOW *win);
-       int standout(void);
-       int wstandout(WINDOW *win);
-       int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *pair, void *opts);
-       int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *pair,
-              void *opts);
-       int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
-       int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
-       int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
-       int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
-       int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short pair, void *opts);
-       int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short pair,  void
-       *opts);
-       int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color,
-             const void *opts)
-       int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr,
-             short color, const void *opts)
-       int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr,
-             short color, const void *opts)
-       int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n,
-             attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These  routines  manipulate  the current attributes of the
-       named window.  The current attributes of a window apply to
-       all characters that are written into the window with wadd-
-       ch, waddstr and wprintw.  Attributes are a property of the
-       character,   and  move  with  the  character  through  any
-       scrolling and insert/delete line/character operations.  To
-       the  extent  possible,  they  are displayed as appropriate
-       modifications to the graphic rendition of  characters  put
-       on the screen.
-
-       The  routine  attrset  sets  the current attributes of the
-       given window to attrs.  The routine attroff turns off  the
-       named  attributes  without turning any other attributes on
-       or off.  The routine attron turns on the named  attributes
-       without affecting any others.  The routine standout is the
-       same as attron(A_STANDOUT).  The routine standend  is  the
-       same as attrset(A_NORMAL) or attrset(0), that is, it turns
-       off all attributes.
-
-       The attrset and related routines do  not  affect  the  at-
-       tributes  used  when  erasing portions of the window.  See
-       curs_bkgd(3x) for functions which  modify  the  attributes
-       used for erasing and clearing.
-
-       The  routine color_set sets the current color of the given
-       window to the foreground/background combination  described
-       by  the  color_pair_number. The parameter opts is reserved
-       for future use, applications must supply a null pointer.
-
-       The routine wattr_get returns the  current  attribute  and
-       color pair for the given window; attr_get returns the cur-
-       rent attribute and color pair for stdscr.   The  remaining
-       attr_*  functions  operate  exactly like the corresponding
-       attr* functions, except that they take arguments  of  type
-       attr_t rather than int.
-
-       The routine chgat changes the attributes of a given number
-       of characters starting at the current cursor  location  of
-       stdscr.   It  does not update the cursor and does not per-
-       form wrapping.  A character count of -1  or  greater  than
-       the  remaining window width means to change attributes all
-       the way to the end of the current line.  The wchgat  func-
-       tion generalizes this to any window; the mvwchgat function
-       does a cursor move before acting.  In these functions, the
-       color  argument is a color-pair index (as in the first ar-
-       gument of init_pair, see curs_color(3x)).  The opts  argu-
-       ment is not presently used, but is reserved for the future
-       (leave it NULL).
-
-   Attributes
-       The following video attributes, defined in <curses.h>, can
-       be passed to the routines attron, attroff, and attrset, or
-       OR'd with the characters passed to addch.
-
-
-        A_NORMAL        Normal display (no highlight)
-        A_STANDOUT      Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
-        A_UNDERLINE     Underlining
-        A_REVERSE       Reverse video
-        A_BLINK         Blinking
-        A_DIM           Half bright
-        A_BOLD          Extra bright or bold
-        A_PROTECT       Protected mode
-        A_INVIS         Invisible or blank mode
-        A_ALTCHARSET    Alternate character set
-        A_CHARTEXT      Bit-mask to extract a character
-        COLOR_PAIR(n)   Color-pair number n
-
-       The following macro is the reverse of COLOR_PAIR(n):
-
-       PAIR_NUMBER(attrs) Returns the pair number associated
-                          with the COLOR_PAIR(n) attribute.
-
-       The return values of many of these routines are not  mean-
-       ingful (they are implemented as macro-expanded assignments
-       and simply return their argument).  The SVr4  manual  page
-       claims (falsely) that these routines always return 1.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note  that  attroff,  wattroff,  attron, wattron, attrset,
-       wattrset, standend and standout may be macros.
-
-       COLOR_PAIR values can only be OR'd with attributes if  the
-       pair  number  is  less  than 256.  The alternate functions
-       such as color_set can pass a color  pair  value  directly.
-       However,  ncurses  ABI 4 and 5 simply OR this value within
-       the alternate functions.  You must use ncurses  ABI  6  to
-       support more than 256 color pairs.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are supported in the XSI Curses standard,
-       Issue 4.  The standard  defined  the  dedicated  type  for
-       highlights,  attr_t,  which is not defined in SVr4 curses.
-       The functions taking attr_t arguments  are  not  supported
-       under SVr4.
-
-       The XSI Curses standard states that whether the tradition-
-       al functions  attron/attroff/attrset  can  manipulate  at-
-       tributes  other  than  A_BLINK,  A_BOLD, A_DIM, A_REVERSE,
-       A_STANDOUT, or A_UNDERLINE is "unspecified".   Under  this
-       implementation  as  well  as  SVr4 curses, these functions
-       correctly manipulate all other  highlights  (specifically,
-       A_ALTCHARSET, A_PROTECT, and A_INVIS).
-
-       XSI  Curses added the new entry points, attr_get, attr_on,
-       attr_off, attr_set, wattr_on, wattr_off,  wattr_get,  wat-
-       tr_set.   These  are intended to work with a new series of
-       highlight macros prefixed with WA_.
-
-       Older versions of this library did not force an update  of
-       the  screen when changing the attributes.  Use touchwin to
-       force the screen to match the updated attributes.
-
-
-        WA_NORMAL       Normal display (no highlight)
-        WA_STANDOUT     Best highlighting mode of the terminal.
-        WA_UNDERLINE    Underlining
-        WA_REVERSE      Reverse video
-        WA_BLINK        Blinking
-        WA_DIM          Half bright
-        WA_BOLD         Extra bright or bold
-        WA_ALTCHARSET   Alternate character set
-
-       The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair of corre-
-       sponding  A_  and WA_-using functions operates on the same
-       current-highlight information.
-
-       The XSI standard extended conformance level adds new high-
-       lights A_HORIZONTAL, A_LEFT, A_LOW, A_RIGHT, A_TOP, A_VER-
-       TICAL (and corresponding WA_ macros for each)  which  this
-       implementation does not yet support.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All  routines  return the integer OK on success, or ERR on
-       failure.
-
-       X/Open does not define any error conditions.
-
-       This implementation returns an error if the window pointer
-       is  null.  The wcolor_set function returns an error if the
-       color  pair  parameter  is  outside  the   range   0..COL-
-       OR_PAIRS-1.   This  implementation  also provides getattrs
-       for compatibility with older versions of curses.
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),        curs_addch(3x),        curs_addstr(3x),
-       curs_bkgd(3x), curs_printw(3x), curs_variables(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                          curs_attr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index e450ce29bfb18..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_beep.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_beep 3x - - - - -

curs_beep 3x

-
-
-
-curs_beep(3x)                                             curs_beep(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       beep, flash - curses bell and screen flash routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int beep(void);
-       int flash(void);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The beep and flash routines are used to alert the terminal
-       user.  The routine beep sounds an  audible  alarm  on  the
-       terminal,  if  possible;  otherwise  it flashes the screen
-       (visible bell).  The routine flash flashes the screen, and
-       if  that  is  not  possible, sounds the alert.  If neither
-       alert is possible, nothing happens.  Nearly all  terminals
-       have  an  audible  alert (bell or beep), but only some can
-       flash the screen.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These routines return OK if they  succeed  in  beeping  or
-       flashing, ERR otherwise.
-
-
-
-

EXTENSIONS

-       SVr4's  beep  and flash routines always returned OK, so it
-       was not possible to tell when the beep or flash failed.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
-       Issue  4.  Like SVr4, it specifies that they always return
-       OK.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                          curs_beep(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 56f5cb91c5c7c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgd.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_bkgd 3x - - - - -

curs_bkgd 3x

-
-
-
-curs_bkgd(3x)                                             curs_bkgd(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       bkgdset,  wbkgdset,  bkgd,  wbkgd, getbkgd - curses window
-       background manipulation routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       void bkgdset(chtype ch);
-       void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
-       int bkgd(chtype ch);
-       int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
-       chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The bkgdset and wbkgdset  routines  manipulate  the  back-
-       ground  of  the  named window.  The window background is a
-       chtype consisting of any combination of attributes  (i.e.,
-       rendition)  and  a  character.   The attribute part of the
-       background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank  charac-
-       ters  that  are written into the window with waddch.  Both
-       the character and attribute parts of  the  background  are
-       combined   with  the  blank  characters.   The  background
-       becomes a property of the character  and  moves  with  the
-       character   through   any   scrolling   and  insert/delete
-       line/character operations.
-
-       To the extent  possible  on  a  particular  terminal,  the
-       attribute  part  of  the  background  is  displayed as the
-       graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
-
-       The bkgd and wbkgd functions set the  background  property
-       of  the  current  or  specified window and then apply this
-       setting to every character position in that window:
-
-              The rendition of every character on the  screen  is
-              changed to the new background rendition.
-
-              Wherever  the  former background character appears,
-              it is changed to the new background character.
-
-       The getbkgd function returns the  given  window's  current
-       background character/attribute pair.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The  routines  bkgd  and wbkgd return the integer OK.  The
-       SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative integer  if  immedok
-       is set", but this appears to be an error.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that bkgdset and bkgd may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
-       Issue 4.  It specifies that bkgd and wbkgd return  ERR  on
-       failure, but gives no failure conditions.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),   curs_addch(3x),   curs_attr(3x),   curs_out-
-       opts(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                          curs_bkgd(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5dc6fdb16a2b2..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_bkgrnd.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_bkgrnd 3x - - - - -

curs_bkgrnd 3x

-
-
-
-curs_bkgrnd(3x)                                         curs_bkgrnd(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       bkgrnd,  wbkgrnd,  bkgrndset, wbkgrndset, getbkgrnd, wget-
-       bkgrnd - curses  window  complex  background  manipulation
-       routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int bkgrnd( const cchar_t *wch);
-       int wbkgrnd( WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
-       void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch );
-       void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
-       int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch);
-       int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The bkgrndset and wbkgrndset routines manipulate the back-
-       ground of the named window.  The window  background  is  a
-       cchar_t consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e.,
-       rendition) and a complex character.  The attribute part of
-       the  background  is  combined  (OR'ed)  with all non-blank
-       characters that are written into the window  with  waddch.
-       Both  the  character and attribute parts of the background
-       are combined with the blank  characters.   The  background
-       becomes  a  property  of  the character and moves with the
-       character  through   any   scrolling   and   insert/delete
-       line/character operations.
-
-       To  the  extent  possible  on  a  particular terminal, the
-       attribute part of  the  background  is  displayed  as  the
-       graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
-
-       The  bkgrnd and wbkgrnd functions set the background prop-
-       erty of the current or specified  window  and  then  apply
-       this setting to every character position in that window:
-
-              The  rendition  of every character on the screen is
-              changed to the new background rendition.
-
-              Wherever the former background  character  appears,
-              it is changed to the new background character.
-
-       The  getbkgrnd function returns the given window's current
-       background character/attribute pair via the wch pointer.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that bkgrnd, bkgrndset, and getbkgrnd may be macros.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       The bkgrndset and wbkgrndset  routines  do  not  return  a
-       value.
-
-       Upon successful completion, the other functions return OK.
-       Otherwise, they return ERR.   A  null  window  pointer  is
-       treated as an error.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_bkgd(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_bkgrnd(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 880d59bca209b..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_border.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,162 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_border 3x - - - - -

curs_border 3x

-
-
-
-curs_border(3x)                                         curs_border(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       border, wborder, box, hline, whline, vline, wvline,
-       mvhline, mvwhline, mvvline, mvwvline - create curses
-       borders, horizontal and vertical lines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-       int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs,
-          chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
-       int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs,
-          chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr,
-          chtype bl, chtype br);
-       int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch);
-       int hline(chtype ch, int n);
-       int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
-       int vline(chtype ch, int n);
-       int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
-       int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
-       int mvwhline(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
-       int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
-       int mvwvline(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the
-       edges of a window.  Other than the window,  each  argument
-       is a character with attributes:
-
-              ls - left side,
-              rs - right side,
-              ts - top side,
-              bs - bottom side,
-              tl - top left-hand corner,
-              tr - top right-hand corner,
-              bl - bottom left-hand corner, and
-              br - bottom right-hand corner.
-
-       If  any of these arguments is zero, then the corresponding
-       default values (defined in curses.h) are used instead:
-
-              ACS_VLINE,
-              ACS_VLINE,
-              ACS_HLINE,
-              ACS_HLINE,
-              ACS_ULCORNER,
-              ACS_URCORNER,
-              ACS_LLCORNER,
-              ACS_LRCORNER.
-
-       box(win, verch, horch) is a shorthand  for  the  following
-       call:  wborder(win,  verch,  verch, horch, horch, 0, 0, 0,
-       0).
-
-       The hline and whline functions draw a horizontal (left  to
-       right)  line using ch starting at the current cursor posi-
-       tion in the window.  The current cursor  position  is  not
-       changed.   The  line  is  at most n characters long, or as
-       many as fit into the window.
-
-       The vline and wvline functions draw  a  vertical  (top  to
-       bottom) line using ch starting at the current cursor posi-
-       tion in the window.  The current cursor  position  is  not
-       changed.   The  line  is  at most n characters long, or as
-       many as fit into the window.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All routines return the integer  OK.   The  SVr4.0  manual
-       says  "or  a  non-negative integer if immedok is set", but
-       this appears to be an error.
-
-       X/Open does not define any error conditions.  This  imple-
-       mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The  borders  generated by these functions are inside bor-
-       ders (this is also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is
-       not documented).
-
-       Note that border and box may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
-       Issue 4.  The standard specifies that they return  ERR  on
-       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_outopts(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_border(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index c64a816c173e5..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_border_set.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_border_set 3x - - - - -

curs_border_set 3x

-
-
-
-curs_border_set(3x)                                 curs_border_set(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       border_set, wborder_set, box_set, hline_set, whline_set,
-       mvhline_set, mvwhline_set, vline_set, wvline_set,
-       mvvline_set, mvwvline_set - create curses borders or lines
-       using complex characters and renditions
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int border_set(
-          const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
-          const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
-          const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
-          const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br );
-       int wborder_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
-          const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
-          const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
-          const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br);
-       int box_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          const cchar_t *verch,
-          const cchar_t *horch);
-       int hline_set(
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int whline_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int mvhline_set(
-          int y, int x,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int mvwhline_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          int y, int x,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int vline_set(
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int wvline_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int mvvline_set(
-          int y, int x,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-       int mvwvline_set(
-          WINDOW *win,
-          int y, int x,
-          const cchar_t *wch, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The border_set and wborder_set  functions  draw  a  border
-       around  the  edges  of  the  current  or specified window.
-       These functions do not change the cursor position, and  do
-       not wrap.
-
-       Other  than the window, each argument is a complex charac-
-       ter with attributes:
-              ls - left side,
-              rs - right side,
-              ts - top side,
-              bs - bottom side,
-              tl - top left-hand corner,
-              tr - top right-hand corner,
-              bl - bottom left-hand corner, and
-              br - bottom right-hand corner.
-
-       If any of these arguments is zero, then the  corresponding
-       default values (defined in curses.h) are used instead:
-              WACS_VLINE,
-              WACS_VLINE,
-              WACS_HLINE,
-              WACS_HLINE,
-              WACS_ULCORNER,
-              WACS_URCORNER,
-              WACS_LLCORNER, and
-              WACS_LRCORNER.
-
-       box_set(win, verch, horch); is a shorthand for the follow-
-       ing call:
-
-       wborder_set(win, verch, verch,
-           horch, horch, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
-
-       The *line_set functions use wch to draw a line starting at
-       the current cursor position in the window.  The line is at
-       most n characters long or as many as fit into the  window.
-       The current cursor position is not changed.
-
-       The  hline_set,  mvhline_set, mvwhline_set, and whline_set
-       functions draw a line proceeding toward the last column of
-       the same line.
-
-       The  vline_set,  mvvline_set, mvwvline_set, and wvline_set
-       functions draw a line proceeding toward the last  line  of
-       the window.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that border_set, hline_set, mvhline_set, mvvline_set,
-       mvwhline_set, mvwvline_set, and vline_set may be macros.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       Upon successful completion,  these  functions  return  OK.
-       Otherwise, they return ERR.
-
-       Functions  using  a window parameter return an error if it
-       is null.
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       ncurses(3x), curs_add_wch(3x), curs_border(3x),  curs_out-
-       opts(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                    curs_border_set(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index ca581c2b0b142..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_clear.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_clear 3x - - - - -

curs_clear 3x

-
-
-
-curs_clear(3x)                                           curs_clear(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       erase, werase, clear, wclear, clrtobot, wclrtobot,
-       clrtoeol, wclrtoeol - clear all or part of a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       # include <curses.h>
-
-       int erase(void);
-       int werase(WINDOW *win);
-       int clear(void);
-       int wclear(WINDOW *win);
-       int clrtobot(void);
-       int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win);
-       int clrtoeol(void);
-       int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The erase and werase routines copy blanks to  every  posi-
-       tion in the window, clearing the screen.
-
-       The  clear  and wclear routines are like erase and werase,
-       but they also call clearok, so that the screen is  cleared
-       completely  on  the  next call to wrefresh for that window
-       and repainted from scratch.
-
-       The clrtobot and wclrtobot routines erase from the  cursor
-       to the end of screen.  That is, they erase all lines below
-       the cursor in the window.  Also, the current line  to  the
-       right of the cursor, inclusive, is erased.
-
-       The clrtoeol and wclrtoeol routines erase the current line
-       to the right of the cursor, inclusive, to the end  of  the
-       current line.
-
-       Blanks created by erasure have the current background ren-
-       dition (as set by wbkgdset) merged into them.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All routines return the integer OK on success and  ERR  on
-       failure.   The SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative inte-
-       ger if immedok is set", but this appears to be an error.
-
-       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
-       tion, functions using a window pointer parameter return an
-       error if it is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that erase, werase, clear, wclear, clrtobot, and clr-
-       toeol may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
-       Issue 4.  The standard specifies that they return  ERR  on
-       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
-
-       Some  historic  curses  implementations had, as an undocu-
-       mented feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent  of
-       clearok(...,  1)  by saying touchwin(stdscr) or clear(std-
-       scr).  This will not work under ncurses.
-
-       This implementation, and others such as Solaris, sets  the
-       current  position  to  0,0  after erasing via werase() and
-       wclear().  That fact is not documented in other  implemen-
-       tations, and may not be true of implementations which were
-       not derived from SVr4 source.
-
-       Not obvious from  the  description,  most  implementations
-       clear  the screen after wclear even for a subwindow or de-
-       rived window.  If you do not want to clear the screen dur-
-       ing the next wrefresh, use werase instead.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_outopts(3x), curs_refresh(3x), curs_vari-
-       ables(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_clear(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 39a73184fccb2..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_color.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,285 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_color 3x - - - - -

curs_color 3x

-
-
-
-curs_color(3x)                                           curs_color(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       start_color, init_pair, init_color, has_colors,
-       can_change_color, color_content, pair_content, COLOR_PAIR
-       - curses color manipulation routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       # include <curses.h>
-
-       int start_color(void);
-       int init_pair(short pair, short f, short b);
-       int init_color(short color, short r, short g, short b);
-       bool has_colors(void);
-       bool can_change_color(void);
-       int  color_content(short  color, short *r, short *g, short
-       *b);
-       int pair_content(short pair, short *f, short *b);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-   Overview
-       curses support color attributes on terminals with that ca-
-       pability.   To  use  these  routines  start_color  must be
-       called, usually right after initscr.   Colors  are  always
-       used  in pairs (referred to as color-pairs).  A color-pair
-       consists of a foreground  color  (for  characters)  and  a
-       background color (for the blank field on which the charac-
-       ters are displayed).  A programmer  initializes  a  color-
-       pair  with  the routine init_pair.  After it has been ini-
-       tialized, COLOR_PAIR(n), a macro  defined  in  <curses.h>,
-       can be used as a new video attribute.
-
-       If  a  terminal  is capable of redefining colors, the pro-
-       grammer can use the routine init_color to change the defi-
-       nition   of   a   color.    The  routines  has_colors  and
-       can_change_color  return  TRUE  or  FALSE,  depending   on
-       whether  the  terminal  has color capabilities and whether
-       the programmer can change the colors.   The  routine  col-
-       or_content  allows  a programmer to extract the amounts of
-       red, green, and blue components in an  initialized  color.
-       The  routine  pair_content allows a programmer to find out
-       how a given color-pair is currently defined.
-
-   Routine Descriptions
-       The start_color routine requires no arguments.  It must be
-       called  if  the programmer wants to use colors, and before
-       any other color manipulation routine  is  called.   It  is
-       good  practice  to  call this routine right after initscr.
-       start_color initializes eight basic  colors  (black,  red,
-       green,  yellow,  blue,  magenta, cyan, and white), and two
-       global variables,  COLORS  and  COLOR_PAIRS  (respectively
-       defining  the maximum number of colors and color-pairs the
-       terminal can support).  It also restores the colors on the
-       terminal to the values they had when the terminal was just
-       turned on.
-
-       The init_pair routine changes the definition of  a  color-
-       pair.   It takes three arguments: the number of the color-
-       pair to be changed, the foreground color number,  and  the
-       background color number.  For portable applications:
-
-       o   The  value of the first argument must be between 1 and
-           COLOR_PAIRS-1, except that if default colors are  used
-           (see  use_default_colors)  the upper limit is adjusted
-           to allow for extra pairs which use a default color  in
-           foreground and/or background.
-
-       o   The  value  of  the second and third arguments must be
-           between 0 and COLORS.  Color pair 0 is assumed  to  be
-           white  on black, but is actually whatever the terminal
-           implements before color is initialized.  It cannot  be
-           modified by the application.
-
-       If  the  color-pair was previously initialized, the screen
-       is refreshed and all occurrences of  that  color-pair  are
-       changed to the new definition.
-
-       As  an  extension,  ncurses allows you to set color pair 0
-       via the assume_default_colors routine, or to  specify  the
-       use  of  default colors (color number -1) if you first in-
-       voke the use_default_colors routine.
-
-       The init_color routine changes the definition of a  color.
-       It  takes  four  arguments:  the number of the color to be
-       changed followed by three RGB values (for the  amounts  of
-       red,  green, and blue components).  The value of the first
-       argument must be between 0 and COLORS.  (See  the  section
-       Colors  for  the  default  color index.)  Each of the last
-       three arguments must be a value between 0 and 1000.   When
-       init_color  is  used, all occurrences of that color on the
-       screen immediately change to the new definition.
-
-       The has_colors routine requires no arguments.  It  returns
-       TRUE  if the terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise, it
-       returns FALSE.  This routine facilitates writing terminal-
-       independent  programs.   For example, a programmer can use
-       it to decide whether to use color or some other video  at-
-       tribute.
-
-       The  can_change_color  routine  requires no arguments.  It
-       returns TRUE if  the  terminal  supports  colors  and  can
-       change  their  definitions; other, it returns FALSE.  This
-       routine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs.
-
-       The color_content routine gives programmers a way to  find
-       the intensity of the red, green, and blue (RGB) components
-       in a color.  It requires four arguments: the color number,
-       and  three addresses of shorts for storing the information
-       about the amounts of red, green, and  blue  components  in
-       the  given color.  The value of the first argument must be
-       between 0 and COLORS.  The values that are stored  at  the
-       addresses  pointed  to by the last three arguments are be-
-       tween 0 (no component) and 1000 (maximum amount of  compo-
-       nent).
-
-       The  pair_content  routine  allows programmers to find out
-       what colors a given color-pair consists of.   It  requires
-       three  arguments: the color-pair number, and two addresses
-       of shorts for storing the foreground  and  the  background
-       color  numbers.   The  value of the first argument must be
-       between 1 and COLOR_PAIRS-1.  The values that  are  stored
-       at  the addresses pointed to by the second and third argu-
-       ments are between 0 and COLORS.
-
-   Colors
-       In <curses.h> the following macros are defined.  These are
-       the  default colors.  curses also assumes that COLOR_BLACK
-       is the default background color for all terminals.
-
-             COLOR_BLACK
-             COLOR_RED
-             COLOR_GREEN
-             COLOR_YELLOW
-             COLOR_BLUE
-             COLOR_MAGENTA
-             COLOR_CYAN
-             COLOR_WHITE
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The routines can_change_color()  and  has_colors()  return
-       TRUE or FALSE.
-
-       All other routines return the integer ERR upon failure and
-       an OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer  value  other  than
-       ERR") upon successful completion.
-
-       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  This implementation
-       will return ERR on attempts to use  color  values  outside
-       the range 0 to COLORS-1 (except for the default colors ex-
-       tension), or use color pairs outside the range 0  to  COL-
-       OR_PAIRS-1.   Color  values  used in init_color must be in
-       the range 0 to 1000.  An error is returned from all  func-
-       tions  if the terminal has not been initialized.  An error
-       is returned from secondary functions such as init_pair  if
-       start_color was not called.
-
-          init_color
-               returns  an error if the terminal does not support
-               this feature, e.g., if the initialize_color  capa-
-               bility is absent from the terminal description.
-
-          start_color
-               returns  an error if the color table cannot be al-
-               located.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       In the ncurses implementation, there is a  separate  color
-       activation flag, color palette, color pairs table, and as-
-       sociated COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS counts  for  each  screen;
-       the  start_color function only affects the current screen.
-       The SVr4/XSI interface is not really designed with this in
-       mind,  and  historical  implementations  may  use a single
-       shared color palette.
-
-       Note that setting an implicit background color via a color
-       pair  affects  only character cells that a character write
-       operation explicitly touches.  To  change  the  background
-       color  used  when parts of a window are blanked by erasing
-       or scrolling operations, see curs_bkgd(3x).
-
-       Several caveats apply on 386 and 486  machines  with  VGA-
-       compatible graphics:
-
-       o   COLOR_YELLOW  is  actually  brown.  To get yellow, use
-           COLOR_YELLOW combined with the A_BOLD attribute.
-
-       o   The A_BLINK attribute should in theory cause the back-
-           ground  to  go  bright.  This often fails to work, and
-           even some cards for which it mostly works (such as the
-           Paradise  and compatibles) do the wrong thing when you
-           try to set a bright "yellow"  background  (you  get  a
-           blinking yellow foreground instead).
-
-       o   Color RGB values are not settable.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       This  implementation  satisfies XSI Curses's minimum maxi-
-       mums for COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS.
-
-       The init_pair routine accepts  negative  values  of  fore-
-       ground   and  background  color  to  support  the  use_de-
-       fault_colors extension, but only if that routine has  been
-       first invoked.
-
-       The  assumption that COLOR_BLACK is the default background
-       color for all terminals can  be  modified  using  the  as-
-       sume_default_colors extension.
-
-       This  implementation  checks  the  pointers, e.g., for the
-       values returned by  color_content  and  pair_content,  and
-       will treat those as optional parameters when null.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),  curs_initscr(3x),  curs_attr(3x),  curs_vari-
-       ables(3x), default_colors(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_color(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 174b17d8e629a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_delch.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_delch 3x - - - - -

curs_delch 3x

-
-
-
-curs_delch(3x)                                           curs_delch(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       delch,  wdelch, mvdelch, mvwdelch - delete character under
-       the cursor in a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int delch(void);
-       int wdelch(WINDOW *win);
-       int mvdelch(int y, int x);
-       int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These routines delete the character under the cursor;  all
-       characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are
-       moved to the left one position and the last  character  on
-       the line is filled with a blank.  The cursor position does
-       not change (after moving to y, x,  if  specified).   (This
-       does  not  imply use of the hardware delete character fea-
-       ture.)
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK
-       (SVr4  specifies  only  "an integer value other than ERR")
-       upon successful completion.
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that delch, mvdelch, and mvwdelch may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
-       Issue  4.   The standard specifies that they return ERR on
-       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_delch(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5015849dd090f..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_deleteln.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_deleteln 3x - - - - -

curs_deleteln 3x

-
-
-
-curs_deleteln(3x)                                     curs_deleteln(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       deleteln,  wdeleteln,  insdelln, winsdelln, insertln, win-
-       sertln - delete and insert lines in a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int deleteln(void);
-       int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win);
-       int insdelln(int n);
-       int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n);
-       int insertln(void);
-       int winsertln(WINDOW *win);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line  under
-       the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line
-       are moved up one line.  The bottom line of the  window  is
-       cleared.  The cursor position does not change.
-
-       The  insdelln  and  winsdelln  routines,  for  positive n,
-       insert n lines into the specified window above the current
-       line.   The  n  bottom  lines  are  lost.  For negative n,
-       delete n lines (starting with the one under  the  cursor),
-       and  move  the remaining lines up.  The bottom n lines are
-       cleared.  The current cursor position remains the same.
-
-       The insertln and winsertln routines insert  a  blank  line
-       above the current line and the bottom line is lost.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK
-       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value  other  than  ERR")
-       upon successful completion.
-
-       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementa-
-       tion, if  the  window  parameter  is  null,  an  error  is
-       returned.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
-       Issue 4.  The standard specifies that they return  ERR  on
-       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that all but winsdelln may be macros.
-
-       These  routines  do  not require a hardware line delete or
-       insert feature in the terminal.  In fact,  they  will  not
-       use  hardware  line  delete/insert unless idlok(..., TRUE)
-       has been set on the current window.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                      curs_deleteln(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index a90ccd717f512..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_extend.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_extend 3x - - - - -

curs_extend 3x

-
-
-
-curs_extend(3x)                                         curs_extend(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       curses_version,  use_extended_names - miscellaneous curses
-       extensions
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       const char * curses_version(void);
-       int use_extended_names(bool enable);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These functions are extensions to the curses library which
-       do not fit easily into other categories.
-
-       Use  curses_version() to get the version number, including
-       patch level of the library, e.g., 5.0.19991023
-
-       The use_extended_names()  function  controls  whether  the
-       calling  application  is  able to use user-defined or non-
-       standard names which may be  compiled  into  the  terminfo
-       description, i.e., via the terminfo or termcap interfaces.
-       Normally these names are  available  for  use,  since  the
-       essential  decision  is made by using the -x option of tic
-       to compile extended terminal definitions.  However you can
-       disable  this  feature  to ensure compatibility with other
-       implementations of curses.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
-       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
-       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
-       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curs_getch(3x),       curs_mouse(3x),      curs_print(3x),
-       curs_util(3x),  default_colors(3x),  define_key(3x),  key-
-       bound(3x), keyok(3x), resizeterm(3x), wresize(3x).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Thomas Dickey.
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_extend(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 0b2373e6b74f3..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wch.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_get_wch 3x - - - - -

curs_get_wch 3x

-
-
-
-curs_get_wch(3x)                                       curs_get_wch(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       get_wch,  wget_wch, mvget_wch, mvwget_wch, unget_wch - get
-       (or push back) a wide character from curses terminal  key-
-       board
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int get_wch(wint_t *wch);
-       int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch);
-       int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
-       int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
-       int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The get_wch, wget_wch, mvget_wch, and mvwget_wch functions
-       read a character from the  terminal  associated  with  the
-       current  or  specified  window.   In  no-delay mode, if no
-       input is waiting, the value ERR  is  returned.   In  delay
-       mode,  the  program  waits  until  the  system passes text
-       through to the  program.   Depending  on  the  setting  of
-       cbreak,  this  is  after  one  character (cbreak mode), or
-       after the first newline (nocbreak  mode).   In  half-delay
-       mode,  the  program waits until the user types a character
-       or the specified timeout interval has elapsed.
-
-       Unless noecho has been set, these routines echo the  char-
-       acter into the designated window.
-
-       If  the window is not a pad and has been moved or modified
-       since the last call to wrefresh, wrefresh will  be  called
-       before another character is read.
-
-       If  keypad  is  enabled,  these  functions  respond to the
-       pressing of a function key by setting the  object  pointed
-       to  by  wch  to  the  corresponding  KEY_ value defined in
-       <curses.h> and returning  KEY_CODE_YES.   If  a  character
-       (such as escape) that could be the beginning of a function
-       key is received, curses sets a timer.  If the remainder of
-       the  sequence  does  arrive  within  the  designated time,
-       curses passes through  the  character;  otherwise,  curses
-       returns  the  function  key  value.  For this reason, many
-       terminals experience a  delay  between  the  time  a  user
-       presses the escape key and the time the escape is returned
-       to the program.
-
-       The unget_wch function pushes the wide character wch  back
-       onto the head of the input queue, so the wide character is
-       returned by the next call to get_wch.  The pushback of one
-       character  is  guaranteed.  If the program calls unget_wch
-       too many times without an intervening call to get_wch, the
-       operation may fail.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The  header  file  <curses.h>  automatically  includes the
-       header file <stdio.h>.
-
-       Applications should not define the escape key by itself as
-       a single-character function.
-
-       When  using  get_wch,  wget_wch, mvget_wch, or mvwget_wch,
-       applications should not use nocbreak mode and echo mode at
-       the  same  time.  Depending on the state of the tty driver
-       when each character is  typed,  the  program  may  produce
-       undesirable results.
-
-       All functions except wget_wch and unget_wch may be macros.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       When  get_wch,  wget_wch,  mvget_wch, and mvwget_wch func-
-       tions successfully report the pressing of a function  key,
-       they return KEY_CODE_YES.  When they successfully report a
-       wide character, they return OK.   Otherwise,  they  return
-       ERR.
-
-       Upon  successful completion, unget_wch returns OK.  Other-
-       wise, the function returns ERR.
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),       curs_getch(3x),        curs_ins_wch(3x),
-       curs_inopts(3x), curs_move(3x), curs_refresh(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                       curs_get_wch(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5775678fe042a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_get_wstr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_get_wstr 3x - - - - -

curs_get_wstr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_get_wstr(3x)                                     curs_get_wstr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       get_wstr, getn_wstr, wget_wstr, wgetn_wstr, mvget_wstr,
-       mvgetn_wstr, mvwget_wstr, mvwgetn_wstr - get an array of
-       wide characters from a curses terminal keyboard
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr);
-       int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n);
-       int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr);
-       int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n);
-       int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr);
-       int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
-       int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr);
-       int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  effect  of get_wstr is as though a series of calls to
-       get_wch were made, until a newline, other end-of-line,  or
-       end-of-file condition is processed.  An end-of-file condi-
-       tion is represented by WEOF, as defined in <wchar.h>.  The
-       newline  and end-of-line conditions are represented by the
-       \n wchar_t value.  In all instances, the end of the string
-       is  terminated  by a null wchar_t.  The routine places re-
-       sulting values in the area pointed to by wstr.
-
-       The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted.   If
-       keypad   mode   is   on   for  the  window,  KEY_LEFT  and
-       KEY_BACKSPACE are both considered equivalent to the user's
-       kill character.
-
-       Characters  input are echoed only if echo is currently on.
-       In that case, backspace is echoed as deletion of the  pre-
-       vious character (typically a left motion).
-
-       The  effect of wget_wstr is as though a series of calls to
-       wget_wch were made.
-
-       The effect of mvget_wstr is as though a call to  move  and
-       then a series of calls to get_wch were made.
-
-       The effect of mvwget_wstr is as though a call to wmove and
-       then a series of calls to wget_wch were made.
-
-       The getn_wstr, mvgetn_wstr, mvwgetn_wstr,  and  wgetn_wstr
-       functions  are  identical  to  the  get_wstr,  mvget_wstr,
-       mvwget_wstr, and wget_wstr functions, respectively, except
-       that  the *n_* versions read at most n characters, letting
-       the application prevent overflow of the input buffer.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Using get_wstr, mvget_wstr, mvwget_wstr, or  wget_wstr  to
-       read  a  line  that overflows the array pointed to by wstr
-       causes  undefined  results.    The   use   of   getn_wstr,
-       mvgetn_wstr, mvwgetn_wstr, or wgetn_wstr, respectively, is
-       recommended.
-
-       These functions cannot return KEY_ values because there is
-       no  way  to  distinguish a KEY_ value from a valid wchar_t
-       value.
-
-       All of these routines except wgetn_wstr may be macros.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       All of these functions return OK upon  successful  comple-
-       tion.  Otherwise, they return ERR.
-
-       Functions  using  a window parameter return an error if it
-       is null.
-
-              wgetn_wstr
-                   returns an error if  the  associated  call  to
-                   wget_wch failed.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are described in The Single Unix Specifi-
-       cation, Version 2.  No error conditions are defined.  This
-       implementation  returns ERR if the window pointer is null,
-       or if the lower-level wget_wch call returns  an  ERR.   In
-       the  latter  case,  an  ERR  return  without other data is
-       treated as an end-of-file condition, and the returned  ar-
-       ray contains a WEOF followed by a null wchar_t.
-
-       X/Open  curses  documents these functions to pass an array
-       of wchar_t, but all of the vendors  implement  this  using
-       wint_t.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       Functions: curses(3x), curs_get_wch(3x), curs_getstr(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                      curs_get_wstr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 22cb819fbd3d6..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_getcchar.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,158 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_getcchar 3x - - - - -

curs_getcchar 3x

-
-
-
-curs_getcchar(3x)                                     curs_getcchar(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       getcchar,  setcchar - Get a wide character string and ren-
-       dition from a cchar_t or set a cchar_t from a wide-charac-
-       ter string
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int getcchar(
-               const cchar_t *wcval,
-               wchar_t *wch,
-               attr_t *attrs,
-               short *color_pair,
-               void *opts );
-
-       int setcchar(
-               cchar_t *wcval,
-               const wchar_t *wch,
-               const attr_t attrs,
-               short color_pair,
-               void *opts );
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  getcchar  function  gets  a wide-character string and
-       rendition from a cchar_t argument.  When wch is not a null
-       pointer, the getcchar function does the following:
-
-       o   Extracts information from a cchar_t value wcval
-
-       o   Stores   the  character  attributes  in  the  location
-           pointed to by attrs
-
-       o   Stores the color-pair in the location  pointed  to  by
-           color_pair
-
-       o   Stores  the  wide-character  string, characters refer-
-           enced by wcval, into the array pointed to by wch.
-
-       When wch is a null pointer, the getcchar function does the
-       following:
-
-       o   Obtains  the  number  of wide characters pointed to by
-           wcval
-
-       o   Does not  change  the  data  referenced  by  attrs  or
-           color_pair
-
-       The  setcchar function initializes the location pointed to
-       by wcval by using:
-
-       o   The character attributes in attrs
-
-       o   The color pair in color_pair
-
-       o   The wide-character string  pointed  to  by  wch.   The
-           string  must  be L'\0' terminated, contain at most one
-           spacing character, which must be the first.
-
-           Up to CCHARW_MAX-1 nonspacing characters  may  follow.
-           Additional nonspacing characters are ignored.
-
-           The  string  may  contain  a  single control character
-           instead.  In that case, no nonspacing  characters  are
-           allowed.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The  opts argument is reserved for future use.  Currently,
-       an application must provide a null pointer as opts.
-
-       The wcval argument may be a value generated by a  call  to
-       setcchar  or by a function that has a cchar_t output argu-
-       ment.  If wcval is constructed by  any  other  means,  the
-       effect is unspecified.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       When wch is a null pointer, getcchar returns the number of
-       wide characters referenced by wcval, including one  for  a
-       trailing null.
-
-       When  wch  is not a null pointer, getcchar returns OK upon
-       successful completion, and ERR otherwise.
-
-       Upon successful completion, setcchar returns  OK.   Other-
-       wise, it returns ERR.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       Functions:   curs_attr(3x),   curs_color(3x),  curses(3x),
-       wcwidth(3).
-
-
-
-                                                      curs_getcchar(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 2bdcdc423a25d..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_getch.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,359 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_getch 3x - - - - -

curs_getch 3x

-
-
-
-curs_getch(3x)                                           curs_getch(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       getch, wgetch, mvgetch, mvwgetch, ungetch, has_key - get
-       (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int getch(void);
-       int wgetch(WINDOW *win);
-       int mvgetch(int y, int x);
-       int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-       int ungetch(int ch);
-       int has_key(int ch);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines  read  a
-       character  from the window.  In no-delay mode, if no input
-       is waiting, the value ERR is returned.  In delay mode, the
-       program  waits until the system passes text through to the
-       program.  Depending on the setting of cbreak, this is  af-
-       ter  one  character (cbreak mode), or after the first new-
-       line (nocbreak mode).  In  half-delay  mode,  the  program
-       waits  until a character is typed or the specified timeout
-       has been reached.
-
-       Unless noecho has been set, then the character  will  also
-       be echoed into the designated window according to the fol-
-       lowing rules: if the character is the current erase  char-
-       acter,  left  arrow, or backspace, the cursor is moved one
-       space to the left and that screen position is erased as if
-       delch had been called.  If the character value is any oth-
-       er KEY_ define, the user is  alerted  with  a  beep  call.
-       Otherwise the character is simply output to the screen.
-
-       If the window is not a pad, and it has been moved or modi-
-       fied since the last call to  wrefresh,  wrefresh  will  be
-       called before another character is read.
-
-       If  keypad is TRUE, and a function key is pressed, the to-
-       ken for that function key is returned instead of  the  raw
-       characters.   Possible function keys are defined in <curs-
-       es.h> as macros with values outside  the  range  of  8-bit
-       characters  whose  names begin with KEY_. Thus, a variable
-       intended to hold the return value of a function  key  must
-       be of short size or larger.
-
-       When a character that could be the beginning of a function
-       key is received (which, on modern terminals, means an  es-
-       cape character), curses sets a timer.  If the remainder of
-       the sequence does not come in within the designated  time,
-       the  character  is passed through; otherwise, the function
-       key value is returned.  For this  reason,  many  terminals
-       experience a delay between the time a user presses the es-
-       cape key and the escape is returned to the program.
-
-       The ungetch routine places ch back onto the input queue to
-       be returned by the next call to wgetch.  There is just one
-       input queue for all windows.
-
-
-   Function Keys
-       The following function keys, defined in <curses.h>,  might
-       be  returned  by  getch  if keypad has been enabled.  Note
-       that not all of these are  necessarily  supported  on  any
-       particular terminal.
-
-
-            Name            Key name
-            KEY_BREAK       Break key
-            KEY_DOWN        The four arrow keys ...
-            KEY_UP
-            KEY_LEFT
-            KEY_RIGHT
-            KEY_HOME        Home key (upward+left arrow)
-            KEY_BACKSPACE   Backspace
-            KEY_F0          Function keys; space for 64 keys
-                            is reserved.
-            KEY_F(n)        For 0 <= n <= 63
-            KEY_DL          Delete line
-            KEY_IL          Insert line
-            KEY_DC          Delete character
-            KEY_IC          Insert char or enter insert mode
-            KEY_EIC         Exit insert char mode
-            KEY_CLEAR       Clear screen
-            KEY_EOS         Clear to end of screen
-            KEY_EOL         Clear to end of line
-            KEY_SF          Scroll 1 line forward
-            KEY_SR          Scroll 1 line backward (reverse)
-            KEY_NPAGE       Next page
-            KEY_PPAGE       Previous page
-            KEY_STAB        Set tab
-            KEY_CTAB        Clear tab
-            KEY_CATAB       Clear all tabs
-            KEY_ENTER       Enter or send
-            KEY_SRESET      Soft (partial) reset
-            KEY_RESET       Reset or hard reset
-            KEY_PRINT       Print or copy
-            KEY_LL          Home down or bottom (lower left)
-            KEY_A1          Upper left of keypad
-            KEY_A3          Upper right of keypad
-            KEY_B2          Center of keypad
-            KEY_C1          Lower left of keypad
-            KEY_C3          Lower right of keypad
-            KEY_BTAB        Back tab key
-            KEY_BEG         Beg(inning) key
-            KEY_CANCEL      Cancel key
-            KEY_CLOSE       Close key
-            KEY_COMMAND     Cmd (command) key
-            KEY_COPY        Copy key
-            KEY_CREATE      Create key
-            KEY_END         End key
-            KEY_EXIT        Exit key
-            KEY_FIND        Find key
-            KEY_HELP        Help key
-            KEY_MARK        Mark key
-            KEY_MESSAGE     Message key
-            KEY_MOUSE       Mouse event read
-            KEY_MOVE        Move key
-            KEY_NEXT        Next object key
-            KEY_OPEN        Open key
-            KEY_OPTIONS     Options key
-            KEY_PREVIOUS    Previous object key
-            KEY_REDO        Redo key
-            KEY_REFERENCE   Ref(erence) key
-            KEY_REFRESH     Refresh key
-            KEY_REPLACE     Replace key
-            KEY_RESIZE      Screen resized
-            KEY_RESTART     Restart key
-            KEY_RESUME      Resume key
-
-            KEY_SAVE        Save key
-            KEY_SBEG        Shifted beginning key
-            KEY_SCANCEL     Shifted cancel key
-            KEY_SCOMMAND    Shifted command key
-            KEY_SCOPY       Shifted copy key
-            KEY_SCREATE     Shifted create key
-            KEY_SDC         Shifted delete char key
-            KEY_SDL         Shifted delete line key
-            KEY_SELECT      Select key
-            KEY_SEND        Shifted end key
-            KEY_SEOL        Shifted clear line key
-            KEY_SEXIT       Shifted exit key
-            KEY_SFIND       Shifted find key
-            KEY_SHELP       Shifted help key
-            KEY_SHOME       Shifted home key
-            KEY_SIC         Shifted input key
-            KEY_SLEFT       Shifted left arrow key
-            KEY_SMESSAGE    Shifted message key
-            KEY_SMOVE       Shifted move key
-            KEY_SNEXT       Shifted next key
-            KEY_SOPTIONS    Shifted options key
-            KEY_SPREVIOUS   Shifted prev key
-            KEY_SPRINT      Shifted print key
-            KEY_SREDO       Shifted redo key
-            KEY_SREPLACE    Shifted replace key
-            KEY_SRIGHT      Shifted right arrow
-            KEY_SRSUME      Shifted resume key
-            KEY_SSAVE       Shifted save key
-            KEY_SSUSPEND    Shifted suspend key
-            KEY_SUNDO       Shifted undo key
-            KEY_SUSPEND     Suspend key
-            KEY_UNDO        Undo key
-
-       Keypad is arranged like this:
-
-
-                         +-----+------+-------+
-                         | A1  |  up  |  A3   |
-                         +-----+------+-------+
-                         |left |  B2  | right |
-                         +-----+------+-------+
-                         | C1  | down |  C3   |
-                         +-----+------+-------+
-       The has_key routine takes a key value from the above list,
-       and returns TRUE or FALSE according to whether the current
-       terminal type recognizes a key with that value.  Note that
-       a  few  values  do  not  correspond  to  a real key, e.g.,
-       KEY_RESIZE and KEY_MOUSE.  See resizeterm(3x) for more de-
-       tails  about  KEY_RESIZE, and curs_mouse(3x) for a discus-
-       sion of KEY_MOUSE.
-
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All routines return the integer ERR upon  failure  and  an
-       integer value other than ERR (OK in the case of ungetch())
-       upon successful completion.
-
-              ungetch
-                   returns an error if there is no more  room  in
-                   the FIFO.
-
-              wgetch
-                   returns  an  error  if  the  window pointer is
-                   null, or if its timeout expires without having
-                   any data.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Use of the escape key by a programmer for a single charac-
-       ter function is discouraged, as it will cause a  delay  of
-       up to one second while the keypad code looks for a follow-
-       ing function-key sequence.
-
-       Note that some keys may be the same as commonly used  con-
-       trol keys, e.g., KEY_ENTER versus control/M, KEY_BACKSPACE
-       versus control/H.  Some curses implementations may  differ
-       according  to  whether  they treat these control keys spe-
-       cially (and ignore the terminfo), or use the terminfo def-
-       initions.   Ncurses  uses  the terminfo definition.  If it
-       says  that  KEY_ENTER  is  control/M,  getch  will  return
-       KEY_ENTER when you press control/M.
-
-       Generally,  KEY_ENTER denotes the character(s) sent by the
-       Enter key on the numeric keypad:
-
-       o   the terminal description lists the most useful keys,
-
-       o   the Enter key on the regular keyboard is already  han-
-           dled by the standard ASCII characters for carriage-re-
-           turn and line-feed,
-
-       o   depending on whether nl or nonl was  called,  pressing
-           "Enter"  on  the  regular keyboard may return either a
-           carriage-return or line-feed, and finally
-
-       o   "Enter or send" is the standard description  for  this
-           key.
-
-       When  using  getch, wgetch, mvgetch, or mvwgetch, nocbreak
-       mode (nocbreak) and echo mode (echo) should not be used at
-       the  same  time.  Depending on the state of the tty driver
-       when each character is typed, the program may produce  un-
-       desirable results.
-
-       Note that getch, mvgetch, and mvwgetch may be macros.
-
-       Historically, the set of keypad macros was largely defined
-       by the extremely function-key-rich keyboard  of  the  AT&T
-       7300,  aka  3B1,  aka Safari 4.  Modern personal computers
-       usually have only a small subset of these.   IBM  PC-style
-       consoles   typically  support  little  more  than  KEY_UP,
-       KEY_DOWN,   KEY_LEFT,   KEY_RIGHT,   KEY_HOME,    KEY_END,
-       KEY_NPAGE, KEY_PPAGE, and function keys 1 through 12.  The
-       Ins key is usually mapped to KEY_IC.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses  stan-
-       dard,  Issue  4.   They  read single-byte characters only.
-       The standard specifies that they return  ERR  on  failure,
-       but specifies no error conditions.
-
-       The  echo  behavior of these functions on input of KEY_ or
-       backspace characters was not specified in the  SVr4  docu-
-       mentation.  This description is adopted from the XSI Curs-
-       es standard.
-
-       The behavior of getch and friends in the presence of  han-
-       dled  signals  is  unspecified  in the SVr4 and XSI Curses
-       documentation.  Under historical  curses  implementations,
-       it  varied depending on whether the operating system's im-
-       plementation  of  handled  signal  receipt  interrupts   a
-       read(2)  call in progress or not, and also (in some imple-
-       mentations) depending on whether an input timeout or  non-
-       blocking mode has been set.
-
-       Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared
-       for either of two cases: (a) signal receipt does  not  in-
-       terrupt  getch;  (b)  signal  receipt interrupts getch and
-       causes it to return ERR with errno set  to  EINTR.   Under
-       the  ncurses  implementation, handled signals never inter-
-       rupt getch.
-
-       The has_key function is unique to ncurses.   We  recommend
-       that  any  code  using it be conditionalized on the NCURS-
-       ES_VERSION feature macro.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),       curs_inopts(3x),       curs_outopts(3x),
-       curs_mouse(3x),   curs_move(3x),   curs_refresh(3x),   re-
-       sizeterm(3x).
-
-       Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw)  li-
-       brary are described in curs_get_wch(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_getch(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 222f00bc7006d..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_getstr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_getstr 3x - - - - -

curs_getstr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_getstr(3x)                                         curs_getstr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       getstr, getnstr, wgetstr, wgetnstr, mvgetstr, mvgetnstr,
-       mvwgetstr, mvwgetnstr - accept character strings from
-       curses terminal keyboard
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int getstr(char *str);
-       int getnstr(char *str, int n);
-       int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
-       int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
-       int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str);
-       int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
-       int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
-       int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to
-       getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the
-       terminating  character  is  not  included  in the returned
-       string).  The resulting value is placed in the area point-
-       ed to by the character pointer str.
-
-       wgetnstr  reads  at  most  n characters, thus preventing a
-       possible overflow of the input buffer.  Any attempt to en-
-       ter more characters (other than the terminating newline or
-       carriage return) causes a beep.  Function keys also  cause
-       a  beep  and are ignored.  The getnstr function reads from
-       the stdscr default window.
-
-       The user's erase and kill characters are interpreted.   If
-       keypad   mode   is   on   for  the  window,  KEY_LEFT  and
-       KEY_BACKSPACE are both considered equivalent to the user's
-       kill character.
-
-       Characters  input are echoed only if echo is currently on.
-       In that case, backspace is echoed as deletion of the  pre-
-       vious character (typically a left motion).
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK
-       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value  other  than  ERR")
-       upon successful completion.
-
-       X/Open defines no error conditions.
-
-       In this implementation, these functions return an error if
-       the window pointer is null,  or  if  its  timeout  expires
-       without having any data.
-
-       This  implementation  provides an extension as well.  If a
-       SIGWINCH interrupts the function, it will  return  KEY_RE-
-       SIZE rather than OK or ERR.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that getstr, mvgetstr, and mvwgetstr may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
-       Issue 4.  They  read  single-byte  characters  only.   The
-       standard  does  not define any error conditions.  This im-
-       plementation returns ERR if the window pointer is null, or
-       if the lower-level wgetch call returns an ERR.
-
-       SVr3  and early SVr4 curses implementations did not reject
-       function keys; the SVr4.0 documentation claimed that "spe-
-       cial  keys"  (such  as  function keys, "home" key, "clear"
-       key, etc.) are "interpreted", without giving details.   It
-       lied.   In  fact,  the  `character'  value appended to the
-       string by those implementations was  predictable  but  not
-       useful  (being,  in  fact, the low-order eight bits of the
-       key's KEY_ value).
-
-       The functions  getnstr,  mvgetnstr,  and  mvwgetnstr  were
-       present but not documented in SVr4.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_getch(3x), curs_variables(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_getstr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 7a3771641a704..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_getyx.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_getyx 3x - - - - -

curs_getyx 3x

-
-
-
-curs_getyx(3x)                                           curs_getyx(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       getyx,  getparyx,  getbegyx,  getmaxyx - get curses cursor
-       and window coordinates
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       void getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-       void getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-       void getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-       void getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The getyx macro places the current cursor position of  the
-       given window in the two integer variables y and x.
-
-       If  win  is  a  subwindow,  the  getparyx macro places the
-       beginning coordinates of the  subwindow  relative  to  the
-       parent  window into two integer variables y and x.  Other-
-       wise, -1 is placed into y and x.
-
-       Like getyx, the getbegyx and  getmaxyx  macros  store  the
-       current  beginning  coordinates  and size of the specified
-       window.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The return values of these  macros  are  undefined  (i.e.,
-       they  should not be used as the right-hand side of assign-
-       ment statements).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       All of these interfaces are macros.  A "&" is  not  neces-
-       sary before the variables y and x.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  getyx,  getparyx,  getbegyx  and  getmaxyx macros are
-       described in the XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.
-
-       This implementation also provides functions getbegx, getb-
-       egy,  getcurx, getcury, getmaxx, getmaxy, getparx and get-
-       pary for compatibility with older versions of curses.
-
-       Although X/Open Curses does not address this, many  imple-
-       mentations  provide  members  of the WINDOW structure con-
-       taining values corresponding to these  macros.   For  best
-       portability,  do  not  rely  on  using the data in WINDOW,
-       since some implementations  make  WINDOW  opaque  (do  not
-       allow direct use of its members).
-
-       Besides  the problem of opaque structures, the data stored
-       in like-named members may not have like-values in  differ-
-       ent  implementations.   For  example, the WINDOW._maxx and
-       WINDOW._maxy  values  in  ncurses  have  (at  least  since
-       release 1.8.1) differed by one from some other implementa-
-       tions.  The difference is hidden by  means  of  the  macro
-       getmaxyx.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_legacy(3x), curs_opaque(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_getyx(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 1535e51be223a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wch.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_in_wch 3x - - - - -

curs_in_wch 3x

-
-
-
-curs_in_wch(3x)                                         curs_in_wch(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       in_wch,  mvin_wch,  mvwin_wch, win_wch - extract a complex
-       character and rendition from a window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval);
-       int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
-       int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
-       int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These functions extract the complex character  and  rendi-
-       tion  from  the  current position in the named window into
-       the cchar_t object referenced by wcval.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       No errors are defined in the XSI  Curses  standard.   This
-       implementation  checks  for  null pointers, returns ERR in
-       that case.  Also, the mv routines check for  error  moving
-       the  cursor,  returning  ERR in that case.  Otherwise they
-       return OK
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that all of these routines may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
-       Issue 4.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_inch(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_in_wch(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index e394e9063ce1c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_in_wchstr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_in_wchstr 3x - - - - -

curs_in_wchstr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_in_wchstr(3x)                                   curs_in_wchstr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       in_wchstr, in_wchnstr, win_wchstr, win_wchnstr,
-       mvin_wchstr, mvin_wchnstr, mvwin_wchstr, mvwin_wchnstr -
-       get an array of complex characters and renditions from a
-       curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-       int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-       int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-       int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr);
-       int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wchstr, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These functions return an array of complex  characters  in
-       wchstr,  starting  at  the  current cursor position in the
-       named window.  Attributes (rendition) are stored with  the
-       characters.
-
-       The  in_wchnstr, mvin_wchnstr, mvwin_wchnstr and win_wchn-
-       str fill the array with at most n cchar_t elements.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that all routines except win_wchnstr may be macros.
-
-       Reading a line that overflows the array pointed to by wch-
-       str  with in_wchstr, mvin_wchstr, mvwin_wchstr or win_wch-
-       str  causes  undefined  results.  Therefore,  the  use  of
-       in_wchnstr, mvin_wchnstr, mvwin_wchnstr, or win_wchnstr is
-       recommended.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       Upon successful completion,  these  functions  return  OK.
-       Otherwise, they return ERR.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  XSI  Curses defines no error conditions.  This imple-
-       mentation checks for null pointers, returning ERR in  that
-       case.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       Functions:  curses(3x),  curs_in_wch(3x),  curs_instr(3x),
-       curs_inwstr(3x) curs_inchstr(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                     curs_in_wchstr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 43c6159317ce7..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_inch.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_inch 3x - - - - -

curs_inch 3x

-
-
-
-curs_inch(3x)                                             curs_inch(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       inch,  winch,  mvinch,  mvwinch  -  get  a  character  and
-       attributes from a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       chtype inch(void);
-       chtype winch(WINDOW *win);
-       chtype mvinch(int y, int x);
-       chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These routines return the character, of  type  chtype,  at
-       the   current  position  in  the  named  window.   If  any
-       attributes are set for that  position,  their  values  are
-       OR'ed  into  the  value  returned.   Constants  defined in
-       <curses.h> can be used with the & (logical  AND)  operator
-       to extract the character or attributes alone.
-
-   Attributes
-       The  following  bit-masks  may  be  AND-ed with characters
-       returned by winch.
-
-       A_CHARTEXT     Bit-mask to extract character
-       A_ATTRIBUTES   Bit-mask to extract attributes
-       A_COLOR        Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that all of these routines may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
-       Issue 4.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x).
-
-       Comparable  functions  in  the  wide-character  (ncursesw)
-       library are described in curs_in_wch(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                          curs_inch(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 73a78fc9c5c04..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_inchstr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_inchstr 3x - - - - -

curs_inchstr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_inchstr(3x)                                       curs_inchstr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       inchstr, inchnstr, winchstr, winchnstr, mvinchstr,
-       mvinchnstr, mvwinchstr, mvwinchnstr - get a string of
-       characters (and attributes) from a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int inchstr(chtype *chstr);
-       int inchnstr(chtype *chstr, int n);
-       int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr);
-       int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr, int n);
-       int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr);
-       int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr, int n);
-       int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr);
-       int  mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr,
-       int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These routines return a NULL-terminated  array  of  chtype
-       quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the
-       named window and ending at the right margin of the window.
-       The  four  functions with n as the last argument, return a
-       leading substring at most n characters long (exclusive  of
-       the  trailing (chtype)0).  Constants defined in <curses.h>
-       can be used with the & (logical AND) operator  to  extract
-       the  character or the attribute alone from any position in
-       the chstr [see curs_inch(3x)].
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All routines return the integer ERR upon  failure  and  an
-       integer  value  other  than ERR upon successful completion
-       (the number of  characters  retrieved,  exclusive  of  the
-       trailing 0).
-
-       No  error  conditions are defined.  If the chstr parameter
-       is null, no data is returned, and the return value is  ze-
-       ro.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note  that  all  routines  except winchnstr may be macros.
-       SVr4 does not document whether the result string is  zero-
-       terminated;  it  does  not document whether a length limit
-       argument includes any trailing 0; and it does not document
-       the meaning of the return value.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
-       Issue 4.  It is no more specific than the SVr4  documenta-
-       tion on the trailing 0.  It does specify that the success-
-       ful return of the functions is OK.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_inch(3x).
-
-       Comparable functions in the wide-character (ncursesw)  li-
-       brary are described in curs_in_wchstr(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                       curs_inchstr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5c4364d80e4d5..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_initscr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_initscr 3x - - - - -

curs_initscr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_initscr(3x)                                       curs_initscr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       initscr, newterm, endwin, isendwin, set_term, delscreen -
-       curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       WINDOW *initscr(void);
-       int endwin(void);
-       bool isendwin(void);
-       SCREEN *newterm(char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd);
-       SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new);
-       void delscreen(SCREEN* sp);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       initscr is normally the first curses routine to call  when
-       initializing  a program.  A few special routines sometimes
-       need to be called before it; these are  slk_init,  filter,
-       ripoffline,  use_env.  For multiple-terminal applications,
-       newterm may be called before initscr.
-
-       The initscr code determines the terminal type and initial-
-       izes  all curses data structures.  initscr also causes the
-       first call to refresh to clear the screen.  If errors  oc-
-       cur,  initscr writes an appropriate error message to stan-
-       dard error and exits; otherwise, a pointer is returned  to
-       stdscr.
-
-       A  program  that  outputs to more than one terminal should
-       use the newterm  routine  for  each  terminal  instead  of
-       initscr.  A program that needs to inspect capabilities, so
-       it can continue to run in a line-oriented mode if the ter-
-       minal cannot support a screen-oriented program, would also
-       use newterm.  The routine newterm should  be  called  once
-       for each terminal.  It returns a variable of type SCREEN *
-       which should be saved as a  reference  to  that  terminal.
-       The  arguments  are the type of the terminal to be used in
-       place of $TERM, a file pointer for output to the terminal,
-       and  another  file pointer for input from the terminal (if
-       type is NULL, $TERM will be used).  The program must  also
-       call  endwin  for  each terminal being used before exiting
-       from curses.  If newterm is called more than once for  the
-       same  terminal, the first terminal referred to must be the
-       last one for which endwin is called.
-
-       A program should always call endwin before exiting or  es-
-       caping  from  curses  mode  temporarily.  This routine re-
-       stores tty modes, moves the cursor to the lower  left-hand
-       corner  of  the  screen  and  resets the terminal into the
-       proper non-visual mode.  Calling refresh or doupdate after
-       a  temporary  escape  causes  the program to resume visual
-       mode.
-
-       The isendwin routine  returns  TRUE  if  endwin  has  been
-       called without any subsequent calls to wrefresh, and FALSE
-       otherwise.
-
-       The set_term routine is used to switch  between  different
-       terminals.   The screen reference new becomes the new cur-
-       rent terminal.  The previous terminal is returned  by  the
-       routine.   This  is  the  only  routine  which manipulates
-       SCREEN pointers; all other routines affect only  the  cur-
-       rent terminal.
-
-       The  delscreen  routine  frees storage associated with the
-       SCREEN data structure.  The endwin  routine  does  not  do
-       this, so delscreen should be called after endwin if a par-
-       ticular SCREEN is no longer needed.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       endwin returns the integer ERR upon failure  and  OK  upon
-       successful completion.
-
-       Routines that return pointers always return NULL on error.
-
-       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementa-
-       tion endwin returns an error if the terminal was not  ini-
-       tialized.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that initscr and newterm may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
-       Issue 4.  It specifies that portable applications must not
-       call initscr more than once.
-
-       Old versions of curses, e.g., BSD 4.4, may have returned a
-       null pointer from  initscr  when  an  error  is  detected,
-       rather  than  exiting.   It is safe but redundant to check
-       the return value of initscr in XSI Curses.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),       curs_kernel(3x),       curs_refresh(3x),
-       curs_slk(3x), curs_util(3x), curs_variables(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                       curs_initscr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index d85164234c5a0..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_inopts.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,261 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_inopts 3x - - - - -

curs_inopts 3x

-
-
-
-curs_inopts(3x)                                         curs_inopts(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       cbreak, nocbreak, echo, noecho, halfdelay, intrflush,
-       keypad, meta, nodelay, notimeout, raw, noraw, noqiflush,
-       qiflush, timeout, wtimeout, typeahead - curses input
-       options
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int cbreak(void);
-       int nocbreak(void);
-       int echo(void);
-       int noecho(void);
-       int halfdelay(int tenths);
-       int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int raw(void);
-       int noraw(void);
-       void noqiflush(void);
-       void qiflush(void);
-       int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       void timeout(int delay);
-       void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay);
-       int typeahead(int fd);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until  a
-       newline  or  carriage return is typed.  The cbreak routine
-       disables line buffering and erase/kill  character-process-
-       ing  (interrupt  and flow control characters are unaffect-
-       ed), making  characters  typed  by  the  user  immediately
-       available  to  the  program.  The nocbreak routine returns
-       the terminal to normal (cooked) mode.
-
-       Initially the terminal may or may not be in  cbreak  mode,
-       as the mode is inherited; therefore, a program should call
-       cbreak or nocbreak explicitly.  Most interactive  programs
-       using  curses set the cbreak mode.  Note that cbreak over-
-       rides raw.  [See curs_getch(3x) for a  discussion  of  how
-       these routines interact with echo and noecho.]
-
-       The  echo  and  noecho routines control whether characters
-       typed by the user are echoed by getch as they  are  typed.
-       Echoing by the tty driver is always disabled, but initial-
-       ly getch is in echo mode, so characters typed are  echoed.
-       Authors  of  most  interactive programs prefer to do their
-       own echoing in a controlled area of the screen, or not  to
-       echo  at  all,  so they disable echoing by calling noecho.
-       [See curs_getch(3x) for a discussion of how these routines
-       interact with cbreak and nocbreak.]
-
-       The  halfdelay  routine is used for half-delay mode, which
-       is similar to cbreak mode in that characters typed by  the
-       user  are  immediately available to the program.  However,
-       after blocking for tenths tenths of seconds,  ERR  is  re-
-       turned  if  nothing  has  been typed.  The value of tenths
-       must be a number between 1 and 255.  Use nocbreak to leave
-       half-delay mode.
-
-       If  the intrflush option is enabled, (bf is TRUE), when an
-       interrupt key  is  pressed  on  the  keyboard  (interrupt,
-       break,  quit)  all  output in the tty driver queue will be
-       flushed, giving the effect of faster response to  the  in-
-       terrupt, but causing curses to have the wrong idea of what
-       is on the screen.  Disabling (bf  is  FALSE),  the  option
-       prevents  the flush.  The default for the option is inher-
-       ited from the tty driver settings.  The window argument is
-       ignored.
-
-       The  keypad option enables the keypad of the user's termi-
-       nal.  If enabled (bf is TRUE), the user can press a  func-
-       tion  key (such as an arrow key) and wgetch returns a sin-
-       gle value representing the function key, as  in  KEY_LEFT.
-       If  disabled (bf is FALSE), curses does not treat function
-       keys specially and the program has to interpret the escape
-       sequences  itself.   If  the keypad in the terminal can be
-       turned on (made to transmit) and off (made to work  local-
-       ly),  turning on this option causes the terminal keypad to
-       be turned on when wgetch is called.  The default value for
-       keypad is false.
-
-       Initially, whether the terminal returns 7 or 8 significant
-       bits on input depends on the control mode of the tty driv-
-       er  [see  termio(7)].  To force 8 bits to be returned, in-
-       voke meta(win, TRUE); this is equivalent, under POSIX,  to
-       setting  the CS8 flag on the terminal.  To force 7 bits to
-       be returned, invoke meta(win, FALSE); this is  equivalent,
-       under POSIX, to setting the CS7 flag on the terminal.  The
-       window argument, win, is always ignored.  If the  terminfo
-       capabilities  smm (meta_on) and rmm (meta_off) are defined
-       for the  terminal,  smm  is  sent  to  the  terminal  when
-       meta(win,  TRUE)  is called and rmm is sent when meta(win,
-       FALSE) is called.
-
-       The nodelay option causes getch to be a non-blocking call.
-       If  no input is ready, getch returns ERR.  If disabled (bf
-       is FALSE), getch waits until a key is pressed.
-
-       While interpreting an input escape sequence, wgetch sets a
-       timer  while  waiting  for the next character.  If notime-
-       out(win, TRUE) is called,  then  wgetch  does  not  set  a
-       timer.  The purpose of the timeout is to differentiate be-
-       tween sequences received from a  function  key  and  those
-       typed by a user.
-
-       The  raw and noraw routines place the terminal into or out
-       of raw mode.  Raw mode is similar to cbreak mode, in  that
-       characters typed are immediately passed through to the us-
-       er program.  The differences are that in raw mode, the in-
-       terrupt,  quit,  suspend,  and flow control characters are
-       all passed through uninterpreted, instead of generating  a
-       signal.   The  behavior  of the BREAK key depends on other
-       bits in the tty driver that are not set by curses.
-
-       When the noqiflush routine is used, normal flush of  input
-       and  output queues associated with the INTR, QUIT and SUSP
-       characters will not be done [see termio(7)].  When qiflush
-       is  called,  the queues will be flushed when these control
-       characters are read.  You may want to call noqiflush()  in
-       a  signal handler if you want output to continue as though
-       the interrupt had not occurred, after the handler exits.
-
-       The timeout and wtimeout routines  set  blocking  or  non-
-       blocking  read  for a given window.  If delay is negative,
-       blocking read is used (i.e., waits  indefinitely  for  in-
-       put).   If  delay  is zero, then non-blocking read is used
-       (i.e., read returns ERR if no input is waiting).  If delay
-       is  positive, then read blocks for delay milliseconds, and
-       returns ERR if there is still no input.  Hence, these rou-
-       tines  provide the same functionality as nodelay, plus the
-       additional capability of being able to block for only  de-
-       lay milliseconds (where delay is positive).
-
-       The  curses library does ``line-breakout optimization'' by
-       looking for  typeahead  periodically  while  updating  the
-       screen.   If  input is found, and it is coming from a tty,
-       the current update is postponed until refresh or  doupdate
-       is  called again.  This allows faster response to commands
-       typed in advance.  Normally, the input FILE pointer passed
-       to  newterm,  or  stdin in the case that initscr was used,
-       will be used to do this typeahead checking.  The typeahead
-       routine  specifies  that  the  file descriptor fd is to be
-       used to check for typeahead instead.  If fd is -1, then no
-       typeahead checking is done.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All  routines that return an integer return ERR upon fail-
-       ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an  integer  value  other
-       than  ERR")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise
-       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
-
-       X/Open does not define any error conditions.  In this  im-
-       plementation,  functions  with a window parameter will re-
-       turn an error if it is null.  Any function will  also  re-
-       turn an error if the terminal was not initialized.  Also,
-
-              halfdelay
-                   returns  an  error if its parameter is outside
-                   the range 1..255.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
-       Issue 4.
-
-       The  ncurses  library obeys the XPG4 standard and the his-
-       torical practice of the AT&T  curses  implementations,  in
-       that  the  echo bit is cleared when curses initializes the
-       terminal state.  BSD curses differed from  this  slightly;
-       it left the echo bit on at initialization, but the BSD raw
-       call turned it off as a side-effect.  For best  portabili-
-       ty,  set  echo or noecho explicitly just after initializa-
-       tion, even if your program remains in cooked mode.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that echo, noecho, halfdelay, intrflush, meta,  node-
-       lay,  notimeout, noqiflush, qiflush, timeout, and wtimeout
-       may be macros.
-
-       The noraw and nocbreak calls follow historical practice in
-       that  they  attempt  to  restore to normal (`cooked') mode
-       from raw and cbreak modes respectively.  Mixing  raw/noraw
-       and  cbreak/nocbreak  calls  leads  to  tty driver control
-       states that are hard to predict or understand; it  is  not
-       recommended.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_getch(3x), curs_initscr(3x), termio(7)
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_inopts(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 2b3714c55dd42..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wch.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_ins_wch 3x - - - - -

curs_ins_wch 3x

-
-
-
-curs_ins_wch(3x)                                       curs_ins_wch(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       ins_wch,  mvins_wch,  mvwins_wch, wins_wch - insert a com-
-       plex character and rendition into a window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch);
-       int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
-       int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
-       int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int  x,  const  cchar_t
-       *wch);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These routines, insert the complex character wch with ren-
-       dition before the character under the cursor.  All charac-
-       ters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the
-       right, with the possibility of the rightmost character  on
-       the  line  being  lost.   The insertion operation does not
-       change the cursor position.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       If successful, these functions return OK.   If  not,  they
-       return ERR.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

ERRORS

-       No errors are defined.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_insch(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                       curs_ins_wch(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5f7cee6142cad..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_ins_wstr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_ins_wstr 3x - - - - -

curs_ins_wstr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_ins_wstr(3x)                                     curs_ins_wstr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       ins_wstr, ins_nwstr, wins_wstr, wins_nwstr, mvins_wstr,
-       mvins_nwstr, mvwins_wstr, mvwins_nwstr - insert a wide-
-       character string into a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-       int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
-       int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These  routines insert a wchar_t character string (as many
-       characters as will fit on the line) before  the  character
-       under the cursor.  All characters to the right of the cur-
-       sor are shifted right, with the possibility of the  right-
-       most  characters  on  the line being lost.  No wrapping is
-       performed.  The cursor position  does  not  change  (after
-       moving  to  y, x, if specified).  The four routines with n
-       as the last argument insert a leading substring of at most
-       n  wchar_t  characters.   If  n is less than 1, the entire
-       string is inserted.
-
-       If a character in wstr is a tab, newline, carriage  return
-       or backspace, the cursor is moved appropriately within the
-       window.  A newline also does  a  clrtoeol  before  moving.
-       Tabs  are  considered  to be at every eighth column.  If a
-       character in wstr is  another  control  character,  it  is
-       drawn  in the ^X notation.  Calling win_wch after adding a
-       control character (and moving to it,  if  necessary)  does
-       not  return  the  control character, but instead returns a
-       character in the ^-representation of the  control  charac-
-       ter.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that all but wins_nwstr may be macros.
-
-       If the first character in the string is a nonspacing char-
-       acter, these functions will fail.   XSI  does  not  define
-       what  will happen if a nonspacing character follows a con-
-       trol character.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       Upon successful completion,  these  functions  return  OK.
-       Otherwise, they return ERR.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),        curs_insstr(3x),       curs_in_wch(3x),
-       curs_ins_wch(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                      curs_ins_wstr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index f8c833eb5c8e4..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_insch.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_insch 3x - - - - -

curs_insch 3x

-
-
-
-curs_insch(3x)                                           curs_insch(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       insch,  winsch,  mvinsch,  mvwinsch  -  insert a character
-       before cursor in a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int insch(chtype ch);
-       int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
-       int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
-       int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These routines insert the character ch before the  charac-
-       ter  under the cursor.  All characters to the right of the
-       cursor are moved one space to the right, with  the  possi-
-       bility  of the rightmost character on the line being lost.
-       The insertion operation does not change the  cursor  posi-
-       tion.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All  routines that return an integer return ERR upon fail-
-       ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an  integer  value  other
-       than  ERR")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise
-       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       These routines do not necessarily imply use of a  hardware
-       insert character feature.
-
-       Note that insch, mvinsch, and mvwinsch may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
-       Issue 4.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x).
-
-       Comparable  functions  in  the  wide-character  (ncursesw)
-       library are described in curs_ins_wch(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_insch(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 7a616489e6d3c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_insstr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_insstr 3x - - - - -

curs_insstr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_insstr(3x)                                         curs_insstr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       insstr,  insnstr,  winsstr, winsnstr, mvinsstr, mvinsnstr,
-       mvwinsstr, mvwinsnstr - insert string before cursor  in  a
-       curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-       int insstr(const char *str);
-       int insnstr(const char *str, int n);
-       int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
-       int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
-       int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
-       int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
-       int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
-       int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str,
-       int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These routines insert a character string (as many  charac-
-       ters  as  will fit on the line) before the character under
-       the cursor.  All characters to the right of the cursor are
-       shifted  right with the possibility of the rightmost char-
-       acters on the line being lost.  The cursor  position  does
-       not  change  (after  moving  to  y, x, if specified).  The
-       functions with n as the last  argument  insert  a  leading
-       substring  of  at  most  n  characters.  If n<=0, then the
-       entire string is inserted.
-
-       Special characters are handled as in addch.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All routines that return an integer return ERR upon  fail-
-       ure  and  OK  (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value other
-       than ERR") upon successful  completion,  unless  otherwise
-       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
-
-       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementa-
-       tion, if the window parameter is null or the str parameter
-       is null, an error is returned.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that all but winsnstr may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
-       Issue 4, which adds const qualifiers to the arguments.
-
-       The Single  Unix  Specification,  Version  2  states  that
-       insnstr  and  winsnstr perform wrapping.  This is probably
-       an error, since it makes this group of functions inconsis-
-       tent.   Also,  no  implementation of curses documents this
-       inconsistency.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_util(3x), curs_clear(3x), curs_inch(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_insstr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 0f32d58eae620..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_instr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_instr 3x - - - - -

curs_instr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_instr(3x)                                           curs_instr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       instr,  innstr, winstr, winnstr, mvinstr, mvinnstr, mvwin-
-       str, mvwinnstr - get a string of characters from a  curses
-       window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int instr(char *str);
-       int innstr(char *str, int n);
-       int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
-       int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
-       int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str);
-       int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
-       int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
-       int  mvwinnstr(WINDOW  *win,  int y, int x, char *str, int
-       n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These routines return  a  string  of  characters  in  str,
-       extracted  starting  at the current cursor position in the
-       named window.  Attributes are stripped  from  the  charac-
-       ters.   The  four  functions  with  n as the last argument
-       return a leading  substring  at  most  n  characters  long
-       (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All  of the functions return ERR upon failure, or the num-
-       ber of characters actually read into the string.
-
-       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
-       tion, if the window parameter is null or the str parameter
-       is null, a zero is returned.
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that all routines except winnstr may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       SVr4 does not document whether a length limit includes  or
-       excludes the trailing NUL.
-
-       The  ncurses library extends the XSI description by allow-
-       ing a negative value for n.  In this case,  the  functions
-       return the string ending at the right margin.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_instr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 223c398de20fb..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_inwstr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_inwstr 3x - - - - -

curs_inwstr 3x

-
-
-
-curs_inwstr(3x)                                         curs_inwstr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       inwstr,  innwstr,  winwstr, winnwstr, mvinwstr, mvinnwstr,
-       mvwinwstr, mvwinnwstr - get a string of wchar_t characters
-       from a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int inwstr(wchar_t *str);
-       int innwstr(wchar_t *str, int n);
-       int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *str);
-       int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *str, int n);
-       int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *str);
-       int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *str, int n);
-       int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *str);
-       int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *str, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These  routines  return  a string of wchar_t characters in
-       wstr, extracted starting at the current cursor position in
-       the  named window.  Attributes are stripped from the char-
-       acters.  The four functions with n as  the  last  argument
-       return a leading substring at most n bytes long (exclusive
-       of the trailing NUL).  Transfer stops at the  end  of  the
-       current  line,  or  when  n  bytes have been stored at the
-       location referenced by wstr.
-
-       If the size n is not large  enough  to  store  a  complete
-       character, an error is generated.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that all routines except winnwstr may be macros.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       All routines return ERR upon failure. Upon successful com-
-       pletion, the *inwstr routines return OK, and the  *innwstr
-       routines  return  the  number  of characters read into the
-       string.
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_instr(3x), curs_in_wchstr(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_inwstr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index a2e247cea512f..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_kernel.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_kernel 3x - - - - -

curs_kernel 3x

-
-
-
-curs_kernel(3x)                                         curs_kernel(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode, reset_prog_mode,
-       reset_shell_mode, resetty, savetty, getsyx, setsyx,
-       ripoffline, curs_set, napms - low-level curses routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int def_prog_mode(void);
-       int def_shell_mode(void);
-       int reset_prog_mode(void);
-       int reset_shell_mode(void);
-       int resetty(void);
-       int savetty(void);
-       void getsyx(int y, int x);
-       void setsyx(int y, int x);
-       int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int));
-       int curs_set(int visibility);
-       int napms(int ms);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  following  routines  give low-level access to various
-       curses capabilities.  These routines  typically  are  used
-       inside library routines.
-
-       The  def_prog_mode  and  def_shell_mode  routines save the
-       current terminal modes as the  "program"  (in  curses)  or
-       "shell"   (not  in  curses)  state  for  use  by  the  re-
-       set_prog_mode and reset_shell_mode routines.  This is done
-       automatically by initscr.  There is one such save area for
-       each screen context allocated by newterm().
-
-       The reset_prog_mode and reset_shell_mode routines  restore
-       the  terminal  to "program" (in curses) or "shell" (out of
-       curses) state.  These are  done  automatically  by  endwin
-       and,  after  an  endwin, by doupdate, so they normally are
-       not called.
-
-       The resetty and savetty  routines  save  and  restore  the
-       state  of  the  terminal modes.  savetty saves the current
-       state in a buffer and resetty restores the state  to  what
-       it was at the last call to savetty.
-
-       The  getsyx routine returns the current coordinates of the
-       virtual screen cursor in y and x.  If leaveok is currently
-       TRUE,  then -1,-1 is returned.  If lines have been removed
-       from the top of the screen, using ripoffline, y and x  in-
-       clude  these lines; therefore, y and x should be used only
-       as arguments for setsyx.
-
-       The setsyx routine sets the virtual screen cursor to y, x.
-       If y and x are both -1, then leaveok is set.  The two rou-
-       tines getsyx and setsyx are designed to be used by  a  li-
-       brary  routine,  which manipulates curses windows but does
-       not want to change the current position of  the  program's
-       cursor.   The library routine would call getsyx at the be-
-       ginning, do its manipulation of  its  own  windows,  do  a
-       wnoutrefresh  on  its  windows, call setsyx, and then call
-       doupdate.
-
-       The ripoffline routine provides access to the same facili-
-       ty  that  slk_init  [see  curs_slk(3x)] uses to reduce the
-       size of the screen.   ripoffline  must  be  called  before
-       initscr or newterm is called.  If line is positive, a line
-       is removed from the top of stdscr; if line is negative,  a
-       line is removed from the bottom.  When this is done inside
-       initscr, the routine init (supplied by the user) is called
-       with  two arguments: a window pointer to the one-line win-
-       dow that has been allocated and an integer with the number
-       of columns in the window.  Inside this initialization rou-
-       tine, the integer variables LINES  and  COLS  (defined  in
-       <curses.h>) are not guaranteed to be accurate and wrefresh
-       or doupdate must not be called.  It is allowable  to  call
-       wnoutrefresh during the initialization routine.
-
-       ripoffline  can  be called up to five times before calling
-       initscr or newterm.
-
-       The curs_set routine sets the cursor state  to  invisible,
-       normal, or very visible for visibility equal to 0, 1, or 2
-       respectively.  If the terminal supports the visibility re-
-       quested, the previous cursor state is returned; otherwise,
-       ERR is returned.
-
-       The napms routine is used to sleep for ms milliseconds.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Except for curs_set, these routines always return OK.
-
-       curs_set returns the previous cursor state, or ERR if  the
-       requested visibility is not supported.
-
-       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementa-
-       tion
-
-              def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode, reset_prog_mode, re-
-              set_shell_mode
-                   return  an  error if the terminal was not ini-
-                   tialized, or if the I/O  call  to  obtain  the
-                   terminal settings fails.
-
-              ripoffline
-                   returns  an  error  if  the  maximum number of
-                   ripped-off lines exceeds the maximum (NRIPS  =
-                   5).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note  that getsyx is a macro, so & is not necessary before
-       the variables y and x.
-
-       Older SVr4  man  pages  warn  that  the  return  value  of
-       curs_set  "is  currently  incorrect".  This implementation
-       gets it right, but it may be unwise to count on  the  cor-
-       rectness of the return value anywhere else.
-
-       Both  ncurses  and  SVr4  will  call curs_set in endwin if
-       curs_set has been called to make  the  cursor  other  than
-       normal,  i.e., either invisible or very visible.  There is
-       no way for ncurses to determine the initial  cursor  state
-       to restore that.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  functions  setsyx and getsyx are not described in the
-       XSI Curses standard, Issue 4.  All other functions are  as
-       described in XSI Curses.
-
-       The SVr4 documentation describes setsyx and getsyx as hav-
-       ing return type int.  This  is  misleading,  as  they  are
-       macros with no documented semantics for the return value.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),  curs_initscr(3x),  curs_outopts(3x), curs_re-
-       fresh(3x),  curs_scr_dump(3x),  curs_slk(3x),   curs_vari-
-       ables(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_kernel(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5a86252fbcb76..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_legacy.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_legacy 3x - - - - -

curs_legacy 3x

-
-
-
-curs_legacy(3x)                                         curs_legacy(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       getattrs  -  get  curses  cursor  and  window coordinates,
-       attributes
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int getattrs(WINDOW *win);
-       int getbegx(WINDOW *win);
-       int getbegy(WINDOW *win);
-       int getcurx(WINDOW *win);
-       int getcury(WINDOW *win);
-       int getmaxx(WINDOW *win);
-       int getmaxy(WINDOW *win);
-       int getparx(WINDOW *win);
-       int getpary(WINDOW *win);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The getbegy and getbegx functions return the same data  as
-       getbegyx.
-
-       The  getcury and getcurx functions return the same data as
-       getyx.
-
-       The getmaxy and getmaxx functions return the same data  as
-       getmaxyx.
-
-       The  getpary and getparx functions return the same data as
-       getparyx.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These functions return an integer, or ERR  if  the  window
-       parameter is null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       All  of  these interfaces are provided as macros and func-
-       tions.  The macros are suppressed (and only the  functions
-       provided)  when  NCURSES_OPAQUE  is defined.  The standard
-       forms such as getyx must be implemented as macros, and (in
-       this implementation) are defined in terms of the functions
-       described here, to avoid reliance on internal  details  of
-       the WINDOW structure.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These functions were supported on Version 7, BSD or System
-       V implementations.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_getyx(3x), curs_opaque(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_legacy(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 540ea935a4ce0..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_memleaks.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_memleaks 3x - - - - -

curs_memleaks 3x

-
-
-
-curs_memleaks(3x)                                     curs_memleaks(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       _nc_freeall _nc_free_and_exit - curses memory-leak
-       checking
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       void _nc_freeall(void);
-       void _nc_free_and_exit(int);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These functions are used to simplify  analysis  of  memory
-       leaks  in  the  ncurses  library.   They  are normally not
-       available; they must be configured  into  the  library  at
-       build  time  using  the --disable-leaks option.  That com-
-       piles-in code that frees memory that normally would not be
-       freed.
-
-       Any  implementation of curses must not free the memory as-
-       sociated with a screen, since (even after calling endwin),
-       it  must be available for use in the next call to refresh.
-       There are also chunks of memory held for performance  rea-
-       sons.   That  makes it hard to analyze curses applications
-       for memory leaks.  To work around this, one  can  build  a
-       debugging version of the ncurses library which frees those
-       chunks which it can, and provides these functions to  free
-       all of the memory allocated by the ncurses library.
-
-       The  _nc_free_and_exit function is the preferred one since
-       some of the memory which is freed may be required for  the
-       application  to  continue  running.   Its parameter is the
-       code to pass to the exit routine.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These functions do not return a value.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These functions are not part of the XSI interface.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                      curs_memleaks(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index d640680c2013a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_mouse.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,318 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_mouse 3x - - - - -

curs_mouse 3x

-
-
-
-curs_mouse(3x)                                           curs_mouse(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       has_mouse, getmouse, ungetmouse, mousemask, wenclose,
-       mouse_trafo, wmouse_trafo, mouseinterval - mouse interface
-       through curses
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       typedef unsigned long mmask_t;
-
-       typedef struct
-       {
-           short id;         /* ID to distinguish multiple devices */
-           int x, y, z;      /* event coordinates */
-           mmask_t bstate;   /* button state bits */
-       }
-       MEVENT;
-       bool has_mouse(void);
-       int getmouse(MEVENT *event);
-       int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event);
-       mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t newmask, mmask_t *oldmask);
-       bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-       bool mouse_trafo(int* pY, int* pX, bool to_screen);
-       bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW* win, int* pY, int* pX,
-            bool to_screen);
-       int mouseinterval(int erval);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These  functions provide an interface to mouse events from
-       ncurses(3x).  Mouse events are  represented  by  KEY_MOUSE
-       pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream.
-
-       To  make mouse events visible, use the mousemask function.
-       This will set the mouse events to  be  reported.   By  de-
-       fault,  no  mouse  events are reported.  The function will
-       return a mask to indicate which  of  the  specified  mouse
-       events  can be reported; on complete failure it returns 0.
-       If oldmask is non-NULL, this function fills the  indicated
-       location  with  the  previous  value of the given window's
-       mouse event mask.
-
-       As a side effect, setting a zero mousemask  may  turn  off
-       the  mouse pointer; setting a nonzero mask may turn it on.
-       Whether this happens is device-dependent.
-
-       Here are the mouse event type masks which may be defined:
-
-
-       Name                     Description
-       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-       BUTTON1_PRESSED          mouse button 1 down
-       BUTTON1_RELEASED         mouse button 1 up
-       BUTTON1_CLICKED          mouse button 1 clicked
-       BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse button 1 double clicked
-       BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse button 1 triple clicked
-       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-       BUTTON2_PRESSED          mouse button 2 down
-       BUTTON2_RELEASED         mouse button 2 up
-       BUTTON2_CLICKED          mouse button 2 clicked
-       BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse button 2 double clicked
-
-
-       BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse button 2 triple clicked
-       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-       BUTTON3_PRESSED          mouse button 3 down
-       BUTTON3_RELEASED         mouse button 3 up
-       BUTTON3_CLICKED          mouse button 3 clicked
-       BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse button 3 double clicked
-       BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse button 3 triple clicked
-       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-       BUTTON4_PRESSED          mouse button 4 down
-       BUTTON4_RELEASED         mouse button 4 up
-       BUTTON4_CLICKED          mouse button 4 clicked
-       BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse button 4 double clicked
-       BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse button 4 triple clicked
-       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-       BUTTON5_PRESSED          mouse button 5 down
-       BUTTON5_RELEASED         mouse button 5 up
-       BUTTON5_CLICKED          mouse button 5 clicked
-       BUTTON5_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse button 5 double clicked
-       BUTTON5_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse button 5 triple clicked
-       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-       BUTTON_SHIFT             shift was down during button state change
-       BUTTON_CTRL              control was down during button state change
-       BUTTON_ALT               alt was down during button state change
-       ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS         report all button state changes
-       REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION    report mouse movement
-       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-       Once a class of mouse events have been made visible  in  a
-       window, calling the wgetch function on that window may re-
-       turn KEY_MOUSE as an indicator that a mouse event has been
-       queued.   To read the event data and pop the event off the
-       queue, call getmouse.  This function will return OK  if  a
-       mouse  event  is actually visible in the given window, ERR
-       otherwise.  When getmouse returns OK, the  data  deposited
-       as  y  and  x  in  the event structure coordinates will be
-       screen-relative character-cell coordinates.  The  returned
-       state  mask  will have exactly one bit set to indicate the
-       event type.  The corresponding data in the queue is marked
-       invalid.   A subsequent call to getmouse will retrieve the
-       next older item from the queue.
-
-       The ungetmouse function behaves  analogously  to  ungetch.
-       It  pushes a KEY_MOUSE event onto the input queue, and as-
-       sociates with that event the given state data and  screen-
-       relative character-cell coordinates.
-
-       The  wenclose  function  tests  whether  a  given  pair of
-       screen-relative character-cell coordinates is enclosed  by
-       a  given  window, returning TRUE if it is and FALSE other-
-       wise.  It is useful for determining  what  subset  of  the
-       screen windows enclose the location of a mouse event.
-
-       The wmouse_trafo function transforms a given pair of coor-
-       dinates from stdscr-relative  coordinates  to  coordinates
-       relative to the given window or vice versa.  Please remem-
-       ber, that stdscr-relative coordinates are not always iden-
-       tical  to window-relative coordinates due to the mechanism
-       to reserve lines on top or bottom of the screen for  other
-       purposes (see the ripoffline() and slk_init calls, for ex-
-       ample).  If the parameter to_screen is TRUE, the  pointers
-       pY, pX must reference the coordinates of a location inside
-       the window win.  They are converted to window-relative co-
-       ordinates  and returned through the pointers.  If the con-
-       version was successful, the function returns TRUE.  If one
-       of  the  parameters was NULL or the location is not inside
-       the window, FALSE is returned.  If to_screen is FALSE, the
-       pointers  pY,  pX  must  reference window-relative coordi-
-       nates.  They are converted to stdscr-relative  coordinates
-       if  the  window win encloses this point.  In this case the
-       function returns TRUE.  If one of the parameters  is  NULL
-       or  the point is not inside the window, FALSE is returned.
-       Please notice, that the referenced  coordinates  are  only
-       replaced  by  the converted coordinates if the transforma-
-       tion was successful.
-
-       The mouse_trafo function performs the same translation  as
-       wmouse_trafo, using stdscr for win.
-
-       The mouseinterval function sets the maximum time (in thou-
-       sands of a second) that can elapse between press  and  re-
-       lease  events  for  them to be recognized as a click.  Use
-       mouseinterval(0) to disable click resolution.  This  func-
-       tion returns the previous interval value.  Use mouseinter-
-       val(-1) to obtain the interval without altering  it.   The
-       default is one sixth of a second.
-
-       The  has_mouse  function  returns TRUE if the mouse driver
-       has been successfully initialized.
-
-       Note that mouse events will be ignored when  input  is  in
-       cooked mode, and will cause an error beep when cooked mode
-       is being simulated in a window by a function such as  get-
-       str that expects a linefeed for input-loop termination.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       getmouse  and ungetmouse return the integer ERR upon fail-
-       ure or OK upon successful completion.
-
-              getmouse
-                   returns an error.  If no mouse driver was ini-
-                   tialized, or if the mask parameter is zero, it
-                   also returns an error if no more events remain
-                   in the queue.
-
-              ungetmouse
-                   returns an error if the FIFO is full.
-
-       mousemask returns the mask of reportable events.
-
-       mouseinterval  returns the previous interval value, unless
-       the terminal was not initialized.  In that  case,  it  re-
-       turns the maximum interval value (166).
-
-       wenclose  and wmouse_trafo are boolean functions returning
-       TRUE or FALSE depending on their test result.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These calls were designed for  ncurses(3x),  and  are  not
-       found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
-       version of curses.
-
-       The feature macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION is provided so the
-       preprocessor  can  be  used to test whether these features
-       are present.  If the interface is changed,  the  value  of
-       NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION  will  be incremented.  These values
-       for NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION may be specified when  configur-
-       ing ncurses:
-
-              1  has  definitions  for reserved events.  The mask
-                 uses 28 bits.
-
-              2  adds definitions for button 5, removes the defi-
-                 nitions  for  reserved events.  The mask uses 29
-                 bits.
-
-       The order of the MEVENT structure members is  not  guaran-
-       teed.   Additional fields may be added to the structure in
-       the future.
-
-       Under ncurses(3x), these calls are implemented  using  ei-
-       ther  xterm's built-in mouse-tracking API or platform-spe-
-       cific drivers including
-              Alessandro Rubini's gpm server
-              FreeBSD sysmouse
-              OS/2 EMX
-       If you  are  using  an  unsupported  configuration,  mouse
-       events  will not be visible to ncurses(3x) (and the mouse-
-       mask function will always return 0).
-
-       If the terminfo entry contains a XM string, this  is  used
-       in  the xterm mouse driver to control the way the terminal
-       is initialized for mouse operation.  The default, if XM is
-       not found, corresponds to private mode 1000 of xterm:
-              \E[?1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;
-       The z member in the event structure is not presently used.
-       It is intended for use with touch screens  (which  may  be
-       pressure-sensitive)   or   with   3D-mice/trackballs/power
-       gloves.
-
-
-
-

BUGS

-       Mouse events under xterm will not in fact be ignored  dur-
-       ing  cooked  mode, if they have been enabled by mousemask.
-       Instead, the xterm mouse report sequence  will  appear  in
-       the string read.
-
-       Mouse events under xterm will not be detected correctly in
-       a window with its keypad bit off, since  they  are  inter-
-       preted  as  a  variety of function key.  Your terminfo de-
-       scription should have kmous set to "\E[M"  (the  beginning
-       of  the response from xterm for mouse clicks).  Other val-
-       ues for kmous are permitted, but under  the  same  assump-
-       tion, i.e., it is the beginning of the response.
-
-       Because  there  are  no  standard  terminal responses that
-       would serve to identify terminals which support the  xterm
-       mouse  protocol,  ncurses assumes that if your $TERM envi-
-       ronment variable contains "xterm", or kmous is defined  in
-       the terminal description, then the terminal may send mouse
-       events.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),  curs_kernel(3x),   curs_slk(3x),   curs_vari-
-       ables(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_mouse(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index d78178d35d7d2..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_move.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_move 3x - - - - -

curs_move 3x

-
-
-
-curs_move(3x)                                             curs_move(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       move, wmove - move curses window cursor
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int move(int y, int x);
-       int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These  routines move the cursor associated with the window
-       to line y and column x.  This routine does  not  move  the
-       physical  cursor  of the terminal until refresh is called.
-       The position specified is relative to the upper  left-hand
-       corner of the window, which is (0,0).
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These routines return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
-       fies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon success-
-       ful completion.
-
-       Specifically,  they  return an error if the window pointer
-       is null, or if the position is outside the window.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that move may be a macro.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
-       Issue 4.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_refresh(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                          curs_move(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 6d01f2e5b1c43..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_opaque.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_opaque 3x - - - - -

curs_opaque 3x

-
-
-
-curs_opaque(3x)                                         curs_opaque(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       is_cleared, is_idlok, is_idcok, is_immedok, is_keypad,
-       is_leaveok, is_nodelay, is_notimeout, is_pad, is_scrollok,
-       is_subwin, is_syncok - curses window properties
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       bool is_cleared(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_idcok(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_idlok(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_immedok(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_keypad(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_leaveok(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_nodelay(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_notimeout(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_pad(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_scrollok(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_subwin(const WINDOW *win);
-       bool is_syncok(const WINDOW *win);
-       WINDOW * wgetparent(const WINDOW *win);
-       int wgetscrreg(const WINDOW *win, int *top, int *bottom);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This  implementation provides functions which return prop-
-       erties set in the WINDOW  structure,  allowing  it  to  be
-       ``opaque'' if the symbol NCURSES_OPAQUE is defined:
-
-       is_cleared
-            returns the value set in clearok
-
-       is_idcok
-            returns the value set in idcok
-
-       is_idlok
-            returns the value set in idlok
-
-       is_immedok
-            returns the value set in immedok
-
-       is_keypad
-            returns the value set in keypad
-
-       is_leaveok
-            returns the value set in leaveok
-
-       is_nodelay
-            returns the value set in nodelay
-
-       is_notimeout
-            returns the value set in notimeout
-
-       is_pad
-            returns  TRUE if the window is a pad i.e., created by
-            newpad
-
-       is_scrollok
-            returns the value set in scrollok
-
-       is_subwin
-            returns TRUE if the window is a subwindow, i.e., cre-
-            ated by subwin or derwin
-
-       is_syncok
-            returns the value set in syncok
-
-       wgetparent
-            returns  the parent WINDOW pointer for subwindows, or
-            NULL for windows having no parent.
-
-       wgetscrreg
-            returns the top and bottom  rows  for  the  scrolling
-            margin as set in wsetscrreg.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These functions all return TRUE or FALSE, except as noted.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Both a macro and a function are provided for each name.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
-       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
-       It  is  recommended that any code depending on ncurses ex-
-       tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_inopts(3x),  curs_outopts(3x),  curs_win-
-       dow(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_opaque(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9be94d9b78fb3..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_outopts.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_outopts 3x - - - - -

curs_outopts 3x

-
-
-
-curs_outopts(3x)                                       curs_outopts(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       clearok, idlok, idcok, immedok, leaveok, setscrreg,
-       wsetscrreg, scrollok, nl, nonl - curses output options
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int setscrreg(int top, int bot);
-       int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot);
-       int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       int nl(void);
-       int nonl(void);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These routines set options that change the style of output
-       within  curses.   All  options are initially FALSE, unless
-       otherwise stated.  It is not necessary to turn  these  op-
-       tions off before calling endwin.
-
-       If  clearok is called with TRUE as argument, the next call
-       to wrefresh with this window will clear  the  screen  com-
-       pletely  and  redraw the entire screen from scratch.  This
-       is useful when the contents of the screen  are  uncertain,
-       or  in  some  cases for a more pleasing visual effect.  If
-       the win argument to clearok is the global variable curscr,
-       the  next  call  to  wrefresh  with  any window causes the
-       screen to be cleared and repainted from scratch.
-
-       If idlok is called with TRUE as  second  argument,  curses
-       considers using the hardware insert/delete line feature of
-       terminals so equipped.  Calling idlok with FALSE as second
-       argument  disables  use  of  line  insertion and deletion.
-       This option should be  enabled  only  if  the  application
-       needs  insert/delete  line, for example, for a screen edi-
-       tor.  It is disabled by default because insert/delete line
-       tends  to  be  visually annoying when used in applications
-       where it is not really needed.  If insert/delete line can-
-       not  be  used,  curses redraws the changed portions of all
-       lines.
-
-       If idcok is called with FALSE as second  argument,  curses
-       no longer considers using the hardware insert/delete char-
-       acter feature of terminals so equipped.  Use of  character
-       insert/delete  is  enabled by default.  Calling idcok with
-       TRUE as second argument re-enables use of character inser-
-       tion and deletion.
-
-       If  immedok is called with TRUE as argument, any change in
-       the window image, such as the ones caused by waddch, wclr-
-       tobot,  wscrl,  etc.,  automatically  cause a call to wre-
-       fresh.  However, it may degrade performance  considerably,
-       due  to repeated calls to wrefresh.  It is disabled by de-
-       fault.
-
-       Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the  location  of
-       the window cursor being refreshed.  The leaveok option al-
-       lows the cursor to be left wherever the update happens  to
-       leave  it.  It is useful for applications where the cursor
-       is not used, since it reduces the need for cursor motions.
-
-       The setscrreg and wsetscrreg routines allow  the  applica-
-       tion  programmer  to  set a software scrolling region in a
-       window.  The top and bot parameters are the  line  numbers
-       of  the  top  and  bottom  margin of the scrolling region.
-       (Line 0 is the top line of the window.)   If  this  option
-       and  scrollok are enabled, an attempt to move off the bot-
-       tom margin line causes all lines in the  scrolling  region
-       to  scroll  one  line  in the direction of the first line.
-       Only the text of the window is scrolled.  (Note that  this
-       has nothing to do with the use of a physical scrolling re-
-       gion capability in the terminal, like that in  the  VT100.
-       If  idlok  is  enabled  and  the  terminal  has  either  a
-       scrolling region or insert/delete  line  capability,  they
-       will probably be used by the output routines.)
-
-       The  scrollok option controls what happens when the cursor
-       of a window is  moved  off  the  edge  of  the  window  or
-       scrolling  region,  either as a result of a newline action
-       on the bottom line, or typing the last  character  of  the
-       last line.  If disabled, (bf is FALSE), the cursor is left
-       on the bottom line.  If enabled, (bf is TRUE), the  window
-       is  scrolled  up  one  line (Note that to get the physical
-       scrolling effect on the terminal, it is also necessary  to
-       call idlok).
-
-       The  nl  and  nonl routines control whether the underlying
-       display device translates the return key into  newline  on
-       input,  and  whether it translates newline into return and
-       line-feed on output (in either case, the call  addch('\n')
-       does the equivalent of return and line feed on the virtual
-       screen).  Initially, these translations do occur.  If  you
-       disable  them using nonl, curses will be able to make bet-
-       ter use of the line-feed capability, resulting  in  faster
-       cursor  motion.   Also, curses will then be able to detect
-       the return key.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The functions setscrreg and wsetscrreg return OK upon suc-
-       cess and ERR upon failure.  All other routines that return
-       an integer always return OK.
-
-       X/Open does not define any error conditions.
-
-       In this implementation, those functions that have a window
-       pointer  will  return  an  error  if the window pointer is
-       null.
-
-              wclrtoeol
-                   returns an error if  the  cursor  position  is
-                   about to wrap.
-
-              wsetscrreg
-                   returns  an error if the scrolling region lim-
-                   its extend outside the window.
-
-       X/Open does not define any error conditions.  This  imple-
-       mentation returns an error if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
-       Issue 4.
-
-       The XSI Curses standard is ambiguous on  the  question  of
-       whether  raw()  should  disable the CRLF translations con-
-       trolled by nl() and nonl().  BSD curses did turn off these
-       translations;  AT&T  curses (at least as late as SVr1) did
-       not.  We choose to do so, on the theory that a  programmer
-       requesting  raw  input wants a clean (ideally 8-bit clean)
-       connection that the operating system will not alter.
-
-       Some historic curses implementations had,  as  an  undocu-
-       mented  feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent of
-       clearok(..., 1) by saying touchwin(stdscr)  or  clear(std-
-       scr).  This will not work under ncurses.
-
-       Earlier  System  V  curses  implementations specified that
-       with scrollok enabled, any window modification  triggering
-       a  scroll also forced a physical refresh.  XSI Curses does
-       not require this, and ncurses avoids doing it  to  perform
-       better vertical-motion optimization at wrefresh time.
-
-       The  XSI  Curses standard does not mention that the cursor
-       should be made invisible  as  a  side-effect  of  leaveok.
-       SVr4  curses  documentation  does  this, but the code does
-       not.  Use curs_set to make the cursor invisible.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that clearok, leaveok, scrollok, idcok, nl, nonl  and
-       setscrreg may be macros.
-
-       The immedok routine is useful for windows that are used as
-       terminal emulators.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),        curs_addch(3x),         curs_clear(3x),
-       curs_initscr(3x),    curs_scroll(3x),    curs_refresh(3x),
-       curs_variables(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                       curs_outopts(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 69ed0fcaafa1c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_overlay.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_overlay 3x - - - - -

curs_overlay 3x

-
-
-
-curs_overlay(3x)                                       curs_overlay(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       overlay, overwrite, copywin - overlay and manipulate
-       overlapped curses windows
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int overlay(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);
-       int overwrite(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);
-       int copywin(const  WINDOW  *srcwin,  WINDOW  *dstwin,  int
-       sminrow,
-             int smincol, int dminrow, int dmincol, int dmaxrow,
-             int dmaxcol, int overlay);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  overlay  and overwrite routines overlay srcwin on top
-       of dstwin.  scrwin and dstwin are not required to  be  the
-       same  size;  only  text  where  the two windows overlap is
-       copied.  The difference is that overlay is non-destructive
-       (blanks are not copied) whereas overwrite is destructive.
-
-       The  copywin  routine provides a finer granularity of con-
-       trol over the overlay and overwrite routines.  Like in the
-       prefresh routine, a rectangle is specified in the destina-
-       tion window, (dminrow, dmincol)  and  (dmaxrow,  dmaxcol),
-       and  the  upper-left-corner coordinates of the source win-
-       dow, (sminrow, smincol).  If the argument overlay is true,
-       then copying is non-destructive, as in overlay.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines  that  return an integer return ERR upon failure,
-       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
-       ERR") upon successful completion.
-
-       X/Open  defines  no error conditions.  In this implementa-
-       tion, copywin, overlay and overwrite return  an  error  if
-       either of the window pointers are null, or if some part of
-       the window would be placed off-screen.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that overlay and overwrite may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions
-       (adding the const qualifiers).  It further specifies their
-       behavior in the presence of characters with multibyte ren-
-       ditions (not yet supported in this implementation).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_pad(3x), curs_refresh(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                       curs_overlay(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index ca16cf4603ded..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_pad.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_pad 3x - - - - -

curs_pad 3x

-
-
-
-curs_pad(3x)                                               curs_pad(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       newpad, subpad, prefresh, pnoutrefresh, pechochar,
-       pecho_wchar - create and display curses pads
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols);
-       WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
-             int begin_y, int begin_x);
-       int prefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
-             int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);
-       int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
-             int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);
-       int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch);
-       int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a  new
-       pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines,
-       and columns, ncols.  A pad is like a window,  except  that
-       it is not restricted by the screen size, and is not neces-
-       sarily associated with a particular part  of  the  screen.
-       Pads can be used when a large window is needed, and only a
-       part of the window will be on the screen at one time.  Au-
-       tomatic refreshes of pads (e.g., from scrolling or echoing
-       of input) do not occur.  It is not legal to call  wrefresh
-       with  a  pad  as  an  argument;  the  routines prefresh or
-       pnoutrefresh should be called instead.   Note  that  these
-       routines require additional parameters to specify the part
-       of the pad to be displayed and the location on the  screen
-       to be used for the display.
-
-       The subpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a sub-
-       window within a  pad  with  the  given  number  of  lines,
-       nlines,  and  columns,  ncols.   Unlike subwin, which uses
-       screen coordinates, the window is  at  position  (begin_x,
-       begin_y)  on the pad.  The window is made in the middle of
-       the window orig, so that changes made to one window affect
-       both windows.  During the use of this routine, it will of-
-       ten be necessary to call touchwin or touchline on orig be-
-       fore calling prefresh.
-
-       The  prefresh  and  pnoutrefresh routines are analogous to
-       wrefresh and wnoutrefresh except that they relate to  pads
-       instead  of windows.  The additional parameters are needed
-       to indicate what part of the pad and screen are  involved.
-       The pminrow and pmincol parameters specify the upper left-
-       hand corner of the rectangle to be displayed in  the  pad.
-       The  sminrow,  smincol,  smaxrow,  and  smaxcol parameters
-       specify the edges of the rectangle to be displayed on  the
-       screen.   The  lower right-hand corner of the rectangle to
-       be displayed in the pad is calculated from the screen  co-
-       ordinates,  since  the  rectangles  must be the same size.
-       Both rectangles must be entirely  contained  within  their
-       respective  structures.  Negative values of pminrow, pmin-
-       col, sminrow, or smincol are treated as if they were zero.
-
-       The pechochar routine is functionally equivalent to a call
-       to  addch  followed by a call to refresh, a call to waddch
-       followed by a call to wrefresh, or a call to  waddch  fol-
-       lowed  by  a  call to prefresh.  The knowledge that only a
-       single character is being output is taken into  considera-
-       tion  and, for non-control characters, a considerable per-
-       formance gain might be seen by using  these  routines  in-
-       stead of their equivalents.  In the case of pechochar, the
-       last location of the pad on the screen is reused  for  the
-       arguments to prefresh.
-
-       The  pecho_wchar  function is the analogous wide-character
-       form of pechochar.  It outputs one character to a pad  and
-       immediately  refreshes the pad.  It does this by a call to
-       wadd_wch followed by a call to prefresh.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines that return an integer return  ERR  upon  failure
-       and  OK  (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
-       ERR") upon successful completion.
-
-       Routines that return pointers return NULL  on  error,  and
-       set errno to ENOMEM.
-
-       X/Open  does not define any error conditions.  In this im-
-       plementation
-
-              prefresh and pnoutrefresh
-                   return an error if the window pointer is null,
-                   or if the window is not really a pad or if the
-                   area to refresh extends off-screen or  if  the
-                   minimum coordinates are greater than the maxi-
-                   mum.
-
-              pechochar
-                   returns an error if the window is not really a
-                   pad,  and the associated call to wechochar re-
-                   turns an error.
-
-              pecho_wchar
-                   returns an error if the window is not really a
-                   pad,  and  the  associated call to wecho_wchar
-                   returns an error.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that pechochar may be a macro.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
-       tions.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),  curs_refresh(3x),  curs_touch(3x),  curs_add-
-       ch(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                           curs_pad(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 11b64a7f55098..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_print.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_print 3x - - - - -

curs_print 3x

-
-
-
-curs_print(3x)                                           curs_print(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       mcprint - ship binary data to printer
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int mcprint(char *data, int len);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This  function  uses the mc5p or mc4 and mc5 capabilities,
-       if they are present, to  ship  given  data  to  a  printer
-       attached to the terminal.
-
-       Note  that  the mcprint code has no way to do flow control
-       with the printer or to know how  much  buffering  it  has.
-       Your  application  is  responsible for keeping the rate of
-       writes to the printer below its continuous throughput rate
-       (typically  about  half  of its nominal cps rating).  Dot-
-       matrix printers and 6-page-per-minute lasers can typically
-       handle  80cps,  so a good conservative rule of thumb is to
-       sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character line.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The mcprint function returns ERR if  the  write  operation
-       aborted for some reason.  In this case, errno will contain
-       either an error associated with write(2)  or  one  of  the
-       following:
-
-       ENODEV
-            Capabilities for printer redirection do not exist.
-
-       ENOMEM
-            Couldn't  allocate  sufficient  memory  to buffer the
-            printer write.
-
-       When mcprint succeeds, it returns the number of characters
-       actually sent to the printer.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  mcprint call was designed for ncurses(3x), and is not
-       found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
-       version of curses.
-
-
-
-

BUGS

-       Padding  in the mc5p, mc4 and mc5 capabilities will not be
-       interpreted.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_print(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index f845852dec40d..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_printw.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_printw 3x - - - - -

curs_printw 3x

-
-
-
-curs_printw(3x)                                         curs_printw(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       printw, wprintw, mvprintw, mvwprintw, vwprintw, vw_printw
-       - print formatted output in curses windows
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int printw(const char *fmt, ...);
-       int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
-       int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
-       int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char  *fmt,
-       ...);
-       int  vwprintw(WINDOW  *win,  const char *fmt, va_list var-
-       glist);
-       int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt,  va_list  var-
-       glist);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  printw,  wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are
-       analogous to  printf  [see  printf(3)].   In  effect,  the
-       string that would be output by printf is output instead as
-       though waddstr were used on the given window.
-
-       The vwprintw  and  wv_printw  routines  are  analogous  to
-       vprintf  [see  printf(3)]  and  perform  a wprintw using a
-       variable argument list.  The third argument is a  va_list,
-       a   pointer   to  a  list  of  arguments,  as  defined  in
-       <stdarg.h>.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines that return an integer return  ERR  upon  failure
-       and  OK  (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
-       ERR") upon successful completion.
-
-       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
-       tion,  an  error  may  be  returned  if it cannot allocate
-       enough memory for the buffer used to format  the  results.
-       It will return an error if the window pointer is null.
-
-       Functions  with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor move-
-       ment using wmove, and return an error if the  position  is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
-       tions.  The function vwprintw is marked TO  BE  WITHDRAWN,
-       and  is  to  be replaced by a function vw_printw using the
-       <stdarg.h> interface.  The Single Unix Specification, Ver-
-       sion  2  states  that  vw_printw  is preferred to vwprintw
-       since the latter  requires  including  <varargs.h>,  which
-       cannot  be  used in the same file as <stdarg.h>.  This im-
-       plementation uses <stdarg.h> for both, because that header
-       is included in <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), printf(3), vprintf(3)
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_printw(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 78988f5070eea..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_refresh.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_refresh 3x - - - - -

curs_refresh 3x

-
-
-
-curs_refresh(3x)                                       curs_refresh(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       doupdate, redrawwin, refresh, wnoutrefresh, wredrawln,
-       wrefresh - refresh curses windows and lines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int refresh(void);
-       int wrefresh(WINDOW *win);
-       int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win);
-       int doupdate(void);
-       int redrawwin(WINDOW *win);
-       int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The refresh and wrefresh  routines  (or  wnoutrefresh  and
-       doupdate)  must be called to get actual output to the ter-
-       minal, as other routines  merely  manipulate  data  struc-
-       tures.   The  routine  wrefresh copies the named window to
-       the physical terminal screen, taking into account what  is
-       already there to do optimizations.  The refresh routine is
-       the same, using stdscr  as  the  default  window.   Unless
-       leaveok  has been enabled, the physical cursor of the ter-
-       minal is left at the location of the cursor for that  win-
-       dow.
-
-       The  wnoutrefresh and doupdate routines allow multiple up-
-       dates with more efficiency than wrefresh alone.  In  addi-
-       tion  to  all the window structures, curses keeps two data
-       structures representing the terminal  screen:  a  physical
-       screen,  describing  what is actually on the screen, and a
-       virtual screen, describing what the  programmer  wants  to
-       have on the screen.
-
-       The  routine wrefresh works by first calling wnoutrefresh,
-       which copies the named window to the virtual  screen,  and
-       then  calling  doupdate, which compares the virtual screen
-       to the physical screen and does the actual update.  If the
-       programmer wishes to output several windows at once, a se-
-       ries of calls to wrefresh results in alternating calls  to
-       wnoutrefresh  and doupdate, causing several bursts of out-
-       put to the screen.  By first calling wnoutrefresh for each
-       window, it is then possible to call doupdate once, result-
-       ing in only one burst of output, with fewer total  charac-
-       ters transmitted and less CPU time used.  If the win argu-
-       ment to wrefresh is the global variable curscr, the screen
-       is immediately cleared and repainted from scratch.
-
-       The phrase "copies the named window to the virtual screen"
-       above is ambiguous.  What actually  happens  is  that  all
-       touched  (changed)  lines  in the window are copied to the
-       virtual screen.  This affects programs that  use  overlap-
-       ping  windows;  it  means that if two windows overlap, you
-       can refresh them in either order and  the  overlap  region
-       will be modified only when it is explicitly changed.  (But
-       see the section on PORTABILITY below for a  warning  about
-       exploiting this behavior.)
-
-       The wredrawln routine indicates to curses that some screen
-       lines are corrupted and should be thrown away before  any-
-       thing  is  written  over  them.   It touches the indicated
-       lines (marking them  changed).   The  routine  redrawwin()
-       touches the entire window.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines  that  return an integer return ERR upon failure,
-       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
-       ERR") upon successful completion.
-
-       X/Open  does not define any error conditions.  In this im-
-       plementation
-
-              wnoutrefresh
-                   returns an error  if  the  window  pointer  is
-                   null, or if the window is really a pad.
-
-              wredrawln
-                   returns  an  error  if  the associated call to
-                   touchln returns an error.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that refresh and redrawwin may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
-       tions.
-
-       Whether  wnoutrefresh()  copies  to the virtual screen the
-       entire contents of a window or just its  changed  portions
-       has never been well-documented in historic curses versions
-       (including SVr4).  It might be unwise to  rely  on  either
-       behavior  in  programs  that  might have to be linked with
-       other curses implementations.  Instead, you can do an  ex-
-       plicit  touchwin() before the wnoutrefresh() call to guar-
-       antee an entire-contents copy anywhere.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_outopts(3x) curs_variables(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                       curs_refresh(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 40cb95234f92d..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_scanw.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_scanw 3x - - - - -

curs_scanw 3x

-
-
-
-curs_scanw(3x)                                           curs_scanw(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       scanw, wscanw, mvscanw, mvwscanw, vwscanw, vw_scanw - con-
-       vert formatted input from a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int scanw(char *fmt, ...);
-       int wscanw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt, ...);
-       int mvscanw(int y, int x, char *fmt, ...);
-       int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *fmt, ...);
-       int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt, va_list varglist);
-       int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt, va_list varglist);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines  are  analogous  to
-       scanf  [see scanf(3)].  The effect of these routines is as
-       though wgetstr were called on the window, and the  result-
-       ing line used as input for sscanf(3).  Fields which do not
-       map to a variable in the fmt field are lost.
-
-       The vwscanw and vw_scanw routines are analogous to vscanf.
-       They perform a wscanw using a variable argument list.  The
-       third argument is a va_list, a pointer to a list of  argu-
-       ments, as defined in <stdarg.h>.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       vwscanw returns ERR on failure and an integer equal to the
-       number of fields scanned on success.
-
-       Applications may use the  return  value  from  the  scanw,
-       wscanw,  mvscanw  and  mvwscanw  routines to determine the
-       number of fields which were mapped in the call.
-
-       Functions with a "mv" prefix first perform a cursor  move-
-       ment  using  wmove, and return an error if the position is
-       outside the window, or if the window pointer is null.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
-       tions.   The  function  vwscanw is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
-       and is to be replaced by a  function  vw_scanw  using  the
-       <stdarg.h> interface.  The Single Unix Specification, Ver-
-       sion 2 states that vw_scanw  is preferred to vwscanw since
-       the latter requires including <varargs.h>, which cannot be
-       used in the same file as <stdarg.h>.  This  implementation
-       uses  <stdarg.h> for both, because that header is included
-       in <curses.h>.
-
-       Both XSI and The  Single  Unix  Specification,  Version  2
-       state  that  these  functions return ERR or OK.  Since the
-       underlying scanf can return the number of  items  scanned,
-       and the SVr4 code was documented to use this feature, this
-       is probably an editing error which was introduced in  XSI,
-       rather  than  being done intentionally.  Portable applica-
-       tions should only test if the return value is  ERR,  since
-       the  OK value (zero) is likely to be misleading.  One pos-
-       sible way to get useful results would be  to  use  a  "%n"
-       conversion  at the end of the format string to ensure that
-       something was processed.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_getstr(3x), curs_printw(3x), scanf(3)
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_scanw(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index d2931e13473a9..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_scr_dump.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_scr_dump 3x - - - - -

curs_scr_dump 3x

-
-
-
-curs_scr_dump(3x)                                     curs_scr_dump(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       scr_dump, scr_restore, scr_init, scr_set - read (write) a
-       curses screen from (to) a file
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int scr_dump(const char *filename);
-       int scr_restore(const char *filename);
-       int scr_init(const char *filename);
-       int scr_set(const char *filename);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The scr_dump routine dumps the  current  contents  of  the
-       virtual screen to the file filename.
-
-       The  scr_restore  routine  sets  the virtual screen to the
-       contents of filename, which must have been  written  using
-       scr_dump.   The  next call to doupdate restores the screen
-       to the way it looked in the dump file.
-
-       The scr_init routine reads in the contents of filename and
-       uses  them  to initialize the curses data structures about
-       what the terminal currently has on its screen.  If the da-
-       ta is determined to be valid, curses bases its next update
-       of the screen on this information rather than clearing the
-       screen  and starting from scratch.  scr_init is used after
-       initscr or a system call to share the screen with  another
-       process  which  has done a scr_dump after its endwin call.
-       The data is declared invalid if the terminfo  capabilities
-       rmcup and nrrmc exist; also if the terminal has been writ-
-       ten to since the preceding scr_dump call.
-
-       The scr_set routine is a combination  of  scr_restore  and
-       scr_init.   It  tells  the program that the information in
-       filename is what is currently on the screen, and also what
-       the  program  wants on the screen.  This can be thought of
-       as a screen inheritance function.
-
-       To read (write) a window from (to) a file, use the  getwin
-       and putwin routines [see curs_util(3x)].
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All  routines  return  the integer ERR upon failure and OK
-       upon success.
-
-       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
-       tion,  each  will  return  an  error if the file cannot be
-       opened.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note  that  scr_init,  scr_set,  and  scr_restore  may  be
-       macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  XSI  Curses  standard, Issue 4, describes these func-
-       tions (adding the const qualifiers).
-
-       The SVr4 docs merely say under scr_init that the dump data
-       is  also  considered invalid "if the time-stamp of the tty
-       is old" but do not define "old".
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),      curs_initscr(3x),       curs_refresh(3x),
-       curs_util(3x), system(3)
-
-
-
-                                                      curs_scr_dump(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 856b9f55804bc..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_scroll.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_scroll 3x - - - - -

curs_scroll 3x

-
-
-
-curs_scroll(3x)                                         curs_scroll(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       scroll, scrl, wscrl - scroll a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int scroll(WINDOW *win);
-       int scrl(int n);
-       int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  scroll  routine scrolls the window up one line.  This
-       involves moving the lines in the  window  data  structure.
-       As  an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window
-       is the entire screen, the physical screen may be  scrolled
-       at the same time.
-
-       For  positive  n,  the  scrl and wscrl routines scroll the
-       window up n lines (line i+n becomes i);  otherwise  scroll
-       the  window  down n lines.  This involves moving the lines
-       in the window character image structure.  The current cur-
-       sor position is not changed.
-
-       For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via
-       scrollok.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These routines return ERR upon failure, and OK (SVr4  only
-       specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon success-
-       ful completion.
-
-       X/Open defines no error conditions.
-
-       This implementation returns an error if the window pointer
-       is  null,  or  if  scrolling is not enabled in the window,
-       e.g., with scrollok.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that scrl and scroll may be macros.
-
-       The SVr4 documentation says that the optimization of phys-
-       ically  scrolling  immediately if the scroll region is the
-       entire screen "is"  performed,  not  "may  be"  performed.
-       This  implementation  deliberately does not guarantee that
-       this will occur, to leave open the possibility of  smarter
-       optimization  of  multiple  scroll actions on the next up-
-       date.
-
-       Neither the SVr4 nor the XSI documentation specify whether
-       the current attribute or current color-pair of blanks gen-
-       erated by the scroll function is zeroed.  Under  this  im-
-       plementation it is.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
-       tions.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_outopts(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_scroll(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 54e4f7a04d7bf..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_slk.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,235 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_slk 3x - - - - -

curs_slk 3x

-
-
-
-curs_slk(3x)                                               curs_slk(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       slk_init, slk_set, slk_wset, slk_refresh, slk_noutrefresh,
-       slk_label, slk_clear, slk_restore, slk_touch, slk_attron,
-       slk_attrset, slk_attroff, slk_attr_on, slk_attr_set,
-       slk_attr_off, slk_attr, slk_color - curses soft label
-       routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int slk_init(int fmt);
-       int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int fmt);
-       int slk_refresh(void);
-       int slk_noutrefresh(void);
-       char *slk_label(int labnum);
-       int slk_clear(void);
-       int slk_restore(void);
-       int slk_touch(void);
-       int slk_attron(const chtype attrs);
-       int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs);
-       int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs);
-       int slk_attr_on(attr_t attrs, void* opts);
-       int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void * opts);
-       int  slk_attr_set(const  attr_t  attrs,  short color_pair,
-       void* opts);
-       attr_t slk_attr(void);
-       int slk_color(short color_pair);
-       int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int fmt);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key
-       labels  that exist on many terminals.  For those terminals
-       that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom
-       line  of stdscr, reducing the size of stdscr and the vari-
-       able LINES.  curses standardizes on eight labels of up  to
-       eight  characters  each.  In addition to this, the ncurses
-       implementation supports a mode where it simulates  12  la-
-       bels  of  up  to five characters each.  This is useful for
-       today's PC-like enduser devices.  ncurses  simulates  this
-       mode  by  taking over up to two lines at the bottom of the
-       screen; it does not try to use any  hardware  support  for
-       this mode.
-
-       The  slk_init  routine  must  be  called before initscr or
-       newterm is called.  If initscr eventually uses a line from
-       stdscr to emulate the soft labels, then fmt determines how
-       the labels are arranged on the screen:
-
-              0  indicates a 3-2-3 arrangement of the labels.
-
-              1  indicates a 4-4 arrangement
-
-              2  indicates the PC-like 4-4-4 mode.
-
-              3  is again the PC-like 4-4-4 mode, but in addition
-                 an  index line is generated, helping the user to
-                 identify the key numbers easily.
-
-       The slk_set routine (and  the  slk_wset  routine  for  the
-       wide-character library) has three parameters:
-
-              labnum
-                   is  the  label number, from 1 to 8 (12 for fmt
-                   in slk_init is 2 or 3);
-
-              label
-                   is be the string to put on the  label,  up  to
-                   eight  (five  for  fmt  in slk_init is 2 or 3)
-                   characters in length.  A null string or a null
-                   pointer sets up a blank label.
-
-              fmt  is  either  0, 1, or 2, indicating whether the
-                   label is to be  left-justified,  centered,  or
-                   right-justified,  respectively, within the la-
-                   bel.
-
-       The slk_refresh and slk_noutrefresh routines correspond to
-       the wrefresh and wnoutrefresh routines.
-
-       The  slk_label routine returns the current label for label
-       number labnum, with leading and trailing blanks stripped.
-
-       The slk_clear routine clears  the  soft  labels  from  the
-       screen.
-
-       The  slk_restore  routine  restores the soft labels to the
-       screen after a slk_clear has been performed.
-
-       The slk_touch routine forces all the  soft  labels  to  be
-       output the next time a slk_noutrefresh is performed.
-
-       The slk_attron, slk_attrset, slk_attroff and slk_attr rou-
-       tines correspond to attron, attrset, attroff and attr_get.
-       They  have  an effect only if soft labels are simulated on
-       the bottom line of the screen.  The default highlight  for
-       soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in System V curses, which does
-       not document this fact).
-
-       The slk_color routine corresponds to color_set.  It has an
-       effect  only  if  soft  labels are simulated on the bottom
-       line of the screen.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These routines return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
-       fies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon success-
-       ful completion.
-
-       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
-       tion
-
-              slk_attr
-                   returns the attribute used for the soft keys.
-
-              slk_attroff, slk_attron, slk_clear,
-              slk_noutrefresh, slk_refresh, slk_touch
-                   return an error if the terminal or  the  soft-
-                   keys were not initialized.
-
-              slk_attrset
-                   returns  an error if the terminal or the soft-
-                   keys were not initialized.
-
-              slk_attr_set
-                   returns an error if the terminal or the  soft-
-                   keys  were  not initialized, or the color pair
-                   is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS-1, or opts
-                   is not null.
-
-              slk_color
-                   returns  an error if the terminal or the soft-
-                   keys were not initialized, or the  color  pair
-                   is outside the range 0..COLOR_PAIRS-1.
-
-              slk_init
-                   returns  an  error  if the format parameter is
-                   outside the range 0..3.
-
-              slk_label
-                   returns NULL on error.
-
-              slk_set
-                   returns an error if the terminal or the  soft-
-                   keys  were  not initialized, or the labnum pa-
-                   rameter is outside the range of label  counts,
-                   or  if  the  format  parameter  is outside the
-                   range 0..2, or if memory for the labels cannot
-                   be allocated.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Most applications would use slk_noutrefresh because a wre-
-       fresh is likely to follow soon.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4,  describes  these  func-
-       tions.   It changes the argument type of the attribute-ma-
-       nipulation functions slk_attron, slk_attroff,  slk_attrset
-       to be attr_t, and adds const qualifiers.  The format codes
-       2 and 3 for slk_init() and the function slk_attr are  spe-
-       cific to ncurses.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),   curs_attr(3x),   curs_initscr(3x),  curs_re-
-       fresh(3x), curs_variables(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                           curs_slk(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index a11947a74abdd..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_sp_funcs.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,285 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_sp_funcs 3x - - - - -

curs_sp_funcs 3x

-
-
-
-curs_sp_funcs(3x)                                     curs_sp_funcs(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       new_prescr - curses screen-pointer extension
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int assume_default_colors_sp(SCREEN*, int, int);
-       int baudrate_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int beep_sp(SCREEN*);
-       bool can_change_color_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int cbreak_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int color_content_sp(SCREEN*, short, short*, short*, short*);
-       int curs_set_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       int define_key_sp(SCREEN*, const char *, int);
-       int def_prog_mode_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int def_shell_mode_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int delay_output_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       int doupdate_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int echo_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int endwin_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int erasechar_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int filter_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int flash_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int flushinp_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int get_escdelay_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int getmouse_sp(SCREEN*, MEVENT*);
-       WINDOW* getwin_sp(SCREEN*, FILE*);
-       int halfdelay_sp(SCREEN*);
-       bool has_colors_sp(SCREEN*);
-       bool has_ic_sp(SCREEN*);
-       bool has_il_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int has_key_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       bool has_mouse_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int init_color_sp(SCREEN*, short, short, short, short);
-       int init_pair_sp(SCREEN*, short, short, short);
-       int intrflush_sp(SCREEN*, WINDOW*, bool);
-       bool isendwin_sp(SCREEN*);
-       bool is_term_resized_sp(SCREEN*, int, int);
-       char* keybound_sp(SCREEN*, int, int);
-       int key_defined_sp(SCREEN*, const char *);
-       NCURSES_CONST char * keyname_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       int keyok_sp(SCREEN*, int, bool);
-       char killchar_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int mcprint_sp(SCREEN*, char *, int);
-       int mouseinterval_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       mmask_t mousemask_sp(SCREEN*, mmask_t, mmask_t *);
-       int mvcur_sp(SCREEN*, int, int, int, int);
-       int napms_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       WINDOW* newpad_sp(SCREEN*, int, int);
-       SCREEN* new_prescr(void);
-       SCREEN* newterm_sp(SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *, FILE *, FILE *);
-       WINDOW* newwin_sp(SCREEN*, int, int, int, int);
-       int nl_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int nocbreak_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int noecho_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int nofilter_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int nonl_sp(SCREEN*);
-       void noqiflush_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int noraw_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int pair_content_sp(SCREEN*, short, short*, short*);
-       void qiflush_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int raw_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int reset_prog_mode_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int reset_shell_mode_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int resetty_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int resize_term_sp(SCREEN*, int, int);
-       int resizeterm_sp(SCREEN*, int, int);
-       int restartterm_sp(SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char*, int, int *);
-       int ripoffline_sp(SCREEN*, int, int (*)(WINDOW*, int));
-       int savetty_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int scr_init_sp(SCREEN*, const char *);
-       int scr_restore_sp(SCREEN*, const char *);
-       int scr_set_sp(SCREEN*, const char *);
-       TERMINAL* set_curterm_sp(SCREEN*, TERMINAL*);
-       int set_escdelay_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       int set_tabsize_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       int slk_attroff_sp(SCREEN*, const chtype);
-       int slk_attron_sp(SCREEN*, const chtype);
-       int slk_attr_set_sp(SCREEN*, const attr_t, short, void*);
-       int slk_attrset_sp(SCREEN*, const chtype);
-       int slk_attr_sp((SCREEN*);
-       int slk_clear_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int slk_color_sp(SCREEN*, short);
-       int slk_init_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       int slk_label_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       int slk_noutrefresh_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int slk_refresh_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int slk_restore_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int slk_set_sp(SCREEN*, int, const char *, int);
-       int slk_touch_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int start_color_sp(SCREEN*);
-       attr_t term_attrs_sp(SCREEN*);
-       chtype termattrs_sp(SCREEN*);
-       char* termname_sp(SCREEN*);
-       int typeahead_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       NCURSES_CONST char* unctrl_sp(SCREEN*, chtype);
-       int ungetch_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       int ungetmouse_sp(SCREEN*,MEVENT *);
-       int unget_wch_sp(SCREEN*, const wchar_t);
-       int use_default_colors_sp(SCREEN*);
-       void use_env_sp(SCREEN*, bool);
-       int use_legacy_coding_sp(SCREEN*, int);
-       int vid_attr_sp(SCREEN*, attr_t, short, void *);
-       int vidattr_sp(SCREEN*, chtype);
-       int vid_puts_sp(SCREEN*, attr_t, short, void *, NCURSES_SP_OUTC);
-       int vidputs_sp(SCREEN*, chtype, NCURSES_SP_OUTC);
-       wchar_t* wunctrl_sp(SCREEN*, cchar_t *);
-
-       #include <form.h>
-
-       int new_form_sp(SCREEN*, FIELD **);
-
-       #include <menu.h>
-
-       int new_menu_sp(SCREEN*, ITEM **);
-
-       #include <panel.h>
-
-       int ceiling_panel(SCREEN*);
-       PANEL* ground_panel(SCREEN*);
-       int update_panels_sp(SCREEN*);
-
-       #include <term.h>
-
-       int del_curterm_sp(SCREEN*, TERMINAL *);
-       int putp_sp(SCREEN*, const char *);
-       int tgetflag_sp(SCREEN*, char *, const char *);
-       int tgetent_sp(SCREEN*, char *, const char *);
-       int tgetnum_sp(SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *);
-       char* tgetstr_sp(SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *, char **);
-       int tigetflag_sp(SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *);
-       int tigetnum_sp(SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *);
-       char* tigetstr_sp(SCREEN*, NCURSES_CONST char *);
-       int tputs_sp(SCREEN*, const char *, int, NCURSES_SP_OUTC);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This  implementation can be configured to provide a set of
-       functions which improve the  ability  to  manage  multiple
-       screens.  This feature can be added to any of the configu-
-       rations supported by  ncurses;  it  adds  new  entrypoints
-       without  changing the meaning of any of the existing ones.
-
-
-   IMPROVED FUNCTIONS
-       Most of the functions are new versions of  existing  func-
-       tions.  A parameter is added at the front of the parameter
-       list.  It is a SCREEN pointer.
-
-       The existing functions all use the current  screen,  which
-       is  a  static  variable.   The  extended functions use the
-       specified screen, thereby reducing the number of variables
-       which must be modified to update multiple screens.
-
-   NEW FUNCTIONS
-       Here are the new functions:
-
-       ceiling_panel
-            this  returns  a  pointer to the topmost panel in the
-            given screen.
-
-       ground_panel
-            this returns a pointer to the  lowest  panel  in  the
-            given screen.
-
-       new_prescr
-            when  creating  a new screen, the library uses static
-            variables  which   have   been   preset,   e.g.,   by
-            use_env(3x), filter(3x), etc.  With the screen-point-
-            er extension, there are situations where it must cre-
-            ate  a  current  screen before the unextended library
-            does.  The new_prescr function is used internally  to
-            handle these cases.  It is also provided as an entry-
-            point to allow applications to customize the  library
-            initialization.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       This extension introduces some new names:
-
-       NCURSES_SP_FUNCS
-            This  is  set  to the library patch-level number.  In
-            the unextended library, this is zero (0), to make  it
-            useful for checking if the extension is provided.
-
-       NCURSES_SP_NAME
-            The  new  functions  are named using the macro NCURS-
-            ES_SP_NAME, which hides  the  actual  implementation.
-            Currently this adds a "_sp" suffix to the name of the
-            unextended function.  This manual  page  indexes  the
-            extensions showing the full name.  However the proper
-            usage of these functions uses the macro,  to  provide
-            for the possibility of changing the naming convention
-            for specific library configurations.
-
-       NCURSES_SP_OUTC
-            This is a new function-pointer type  to  use  in  the
-            screen-pointer  functions  where  an  NCURSES_OUTC is
-            used in the unextended library.
-
-       NCURSES_OUTC
-            This is a function-pointer type used  for  the  cases
-            where  a  function  passes  characters  to the output
-            stream, e.g., vidputs(3x).
-
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
-       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
-       It is recommended that any code depending on  ncurses  ex-
-       tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_SP_FUNCS.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_opaque(3x), curs_threads(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                      curs_sp_funcs(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 960cc2a4a7c10..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_termattrs.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_termattrs 3x - - - - -

curs_termattrs 3x

-
-
-
-curs_termattrs(3x)                                   curs_termattrs(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       baudrate, erasechar, erasewchar, has_ic, has_il, killchar,
-       killwchar, longname,  term_attrs,  termattrs,  termname  -
-       curses environment query routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int baudrate(void);
-       char erasechar(void);
-       int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch);
-       bool has_ic(void);
-       bool has_il(void);
-       char killchar(void);
-       int killwchar(wchar_t *ch);
-       char *longname(void);
-       attr_t term_attrs(void);
-       chtype termattrs(void);
-       char *termname(void);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  baudrate routine returns the output speed of the ter-
-       minal.  The number returned is in  bits  per  second,  for
-       example 9600, and is an integer.
-
-       The  erasechar  routine  returns  the user's current erase
-       character.
-
-       The erasewchar routine stores the current erase  character
-       in  the  location referenced by ch.  If no erase character
-       has been defined, the routine fails and the location  ref-
-       erenced by ch is not changed.
-
-       The has_ic routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
-       delete- character capabilities.
-
-       The has_il routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
-       delete-line  capabilities,  or  can  simulate  them  using
-       scrolling regions.  This might be used to determine if  it
-       would  be  appropriate to turn on physical scrolling using
-       scrollok.
-
-       The killchar routine returns the user's current line  kill
-       character.
-
-       The killwchar routine stores the current line-kill charac-
-       ter in the location referenced by  ch.   If  no  line-kill
-       character  has  been  defined,  the  routine fails and the
-       location referenced by ch is not changed.
-
-       The longname routine returns a pointer to  a  static  area
-       containing  a verbose description of the current terminal.
-       The maximum length of a verbose description is 128 charac-
-       ters.   It  is  defined  only after the call to initscr or
-       newterm.  The area is overwritten by each call to  newterm
-       and  is  not  restored by set_term, so the value should be
-       saved between calls to newterm if longname is going to  be
-       used with multiple terminals.
-
-       If  a  given  terminal  does not support a video attribute
-       that an application program is trying to use,  curses  may
-       substitute  a  different  video  attribute  for  it.   The
-       termattrs and term_attrs functions return a logical OR  of
-       all  video  attributes  supported by the terminal using A_
-       and WA_ constants respectively.  This information is  use-
-       ful  when a curses program needs complete control over the
-       appearance of the screen.
-
-       The termname routine returns the  terminal  name  used  by
-       setupterm.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       longname and termname return NULL on error.
-
-       Routines  that  return  an integer return ERR upon failure
-       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
-       ERR") upon successful completion.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that termattrs may be a macro.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
-       tions.  It changes the return type of termattrs to the new
-       type  attr_t.  Most versions of curses truncate the result
-       returned by termname to 14 characters.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_initscr(3x), curs_outopts(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                     curs_termattrs(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index f62fc0ca997fe..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_termcap.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_termcap 3x - - - - -

curs_termcap 3x

-
-
-
-curs_termcap(3x)                                       curs_termcap(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       PC, UP, BC, ospeed, tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum, tgetstr,
-       tgoto, tputs - direct curses interface to the terminfo
-       capability database
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-       #include <term.h>
-
-       extern char PC;
-       extern char * UP;
-       extern char * BC;
-       extern short ospeed;
-
-       int tgetent(char *bp, const char *name);
-       int tgetflag(char *id);
-       int tgetnum(char *id);
-       char *tgetstr(char *id, char **area);
-       char *tgoto(const char *cap, int col, int row);
-       int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These  routines  are included as a conversion aid for pro-
-       grams that use the termcap library.  Their parameters  are
-       the  same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo
-       database.  Thus, they can only be used to query the  capa-
-       bilities  of  entries  for which a terminfo entry has been
-       compiled.
-
-       The tgetent routine loads the entry for name.  It  returns
-       1  on  success, 0 if there is no such entry, and -1 if the
-       terminfo database could not be found.  The  emulation  ig-
-       nores the buffer pointer bp.
-
-       The tgetflag routine gets the boolean entry for id, or ze-
-       ro if it is not available.
-
-       The tgetnum routine gets the numeric entry for id,  or  -1
-       if it is not available.
-
-       The  tgetstr  routine  returns the string entry for id, or
-       zero if it is not available.  Use tputs to output the  re-
-       turned  string.   The  return value will also be copied to
-       the buffer pointed to by area, and the area value will  be
-       updated to point past the null ending this value.
-
-       Only the first two characters of the id parameter of tget-
-       flag, tgetnum and tgetstr are compared in lookups.
-
-       The tgoto routine instantiates  the  parameters  into  the
-       given  capability.   The output from this routine is to be
-       passed to tputs.
-
-       The tputs routine is described  on  the  curs_terminfo(3x)
-       manual page.  It can retrieve capabilities by either term-
-       cap or terminfo name.
-
-       The variables PC, UP and BC are set by tgetent to the ter-
-       minfo   entry's   data   for   pad_char,   cursor_up   and
-       backspace_if_not_bs, respectively.   UP  is  not  used  by
-       ncurses.  PC is used in the tdelay_output function.  BC is
-       used in the tgoto emulation.  The variable ospeed  is  set
-       by ncurses in a system-specific coding to reflect the ter-
-       minal speed.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Except where explicitly noted, routines that return an in-
-       teger  return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 only specifies
-       "an integer value other than ERR") upon successful comple-
-       tion.
-
-       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
-
-
-
-

BUGS

-       If you call tgetstr to fetch ca or any other parameterized
-       string, be aware that it will be returned in terminfo  no-
-       tation, not the older and not-quite-compatible termcap no-
-       tation.  This will not cause problems if all you  do  with
-       it  is  call  tgoto  or tparm, which both expand terminfo-
-       style strings as terminfo.  (The tgoto function,  if  con-
-       figured  to  support  termcap, will check if the string is
-       indeed terminfo-style by looking for  "%p"  parameters  or
-       "$<..>"  delays,  and invoke a termcap-style parser if the
-       string does not appear to be terminfo).
-
-       Because terminfo conventions for representing  padding  in
-       string  capabilities  differ  from termcap's, tputs("50");
-       will put out a literal "50" rather than  busy-waiting  for
-       50 milliseconds.  Cope with it.
-
-       Note  that termcap has nothing analogous to terminfo's sgr
-       string.  One consequence of this is that termcap  applica-
-       tions  assume me (terminfo sgr0) does not reset the alter-
-       nate character set.  This implementation checks  for,  and
-       modifies the data shown to the termcap interface to accom-
-       modate termcap's limitation in this respect.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
-       tions.   However,  they are marked TO BE WITHDRAWN and may
-       be removed in future versions.
-
-       Neither the XSI Curses standard nor  the  SVr4  man  pages
-       documented  the return values of tgetent correctly, though
-       all three were in fact returned ever since SVr1.  In  par-
-       ticular,  an  omission in the XSI Curses documentation has
-       been misinterpreted to mean that  tgetent  returns  OK  or
-       ERR.  Because the purpose of these functions is to provide
-       compatibility with the termcap library, that is  a  defect
-       in XCurses, Issue 4, Version 2 rather than in ncurses.
-
-       External  variables  are  provided  for support of certain
-       termcap applications.  However, termcap applications'  use
-       of those variables is poorly documented, e.g., not distin-
-       guishing between input and output.   In  particular,  some
-       applications are reported to declare and/or modify ospeed.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), terminfo(5), term_variables(3x), putc(3).
-
-
-
-                                                       curs_termcap(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9a640e9f8bc4a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_terminfo.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,363 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_terminfo 3x - - - - -

curs_terminfo 3x

-
-
-
-curs_terminfo(3x)                                     curs_terminfo(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       del_curterm, mvcur, putp, restartterm, set_curterm,
-       setterm, setupterm, tigetflag, tigetnum, tigetstr, tiparm,
-       tparm, tputs, vid_attr, vid_puts, vidattr, vidputs -
-       curses interfaces to terminfo database
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-       #include <term.h>
-
-       int setupterm(char *term, int fildes, int *errret);
-       int setterm(char *term);
-       TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *nterm);
-       int del_curterm(TERMINAL *oterm);
-       int restartterm(char *term, int fildes, int *errret);
-       char *tparm(char *str, ...);
-       int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));
-       int putp(const char *str);
-       int vidputs(chtype attrs, int (*putc)(int));
-       int vidattr(chtype attrs);
-       int vid_puts(attr_t attrs, short pair, void *opts, int (*putc)(char));
-       int vid_attr(attr_t attrs, short pair, void *opts);
-       int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
-       int tigetflag(char *capname);
-       int tigetnum(char *capname);
-       char *tigetstr(char *capname);
-       char *tiparm(const char *str, ...);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These low-level routines must be called by  programs  that
-       have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle
-       certain terminal capabilities, such as  programming  func-
-       tion  keys.   For all other functionality, curses routines
-       are more suitable and their use is recommended.
-
-       Initially, setupterm should  be  called.   Note  that  se-
-       tupterm  is  automatically  called by initscr and newterm.
-       This  defines  the  set  of  terminal-dependent  variables
-       [listed in terminfo(5)].  The terminfo variables lines and
-       columns are initialized by setupterm as follows:
-
-              If use_env(FALSE) has been called, values for lines
-              and columns specified in terminfo are used.
-
-              Otherwise,  if  the environment variables LINES and
-              COLUMNS exist, their values are used.  If these en-
-              vironment variables do not exist and the program is
-              running in a window, the  current  window  size  is
-              used.   Otherwise,  if the environment variables do
-              not exist, the values for lines and columns  speci-
-              fied in the terminfo database are used.
-
-       The  header  files  curses.h and term.h should be included
-       (in this order) to get the definitions for these  strings,
-       numbers,  and  flags.   Parameterized  strings  should  be
-       passed through tparm to instantiate  them.   All  terminfo
-       strings  [including the output of tparm] should be printed
-       with tputs or putp.  Call the reset_shell_mode to  restore
-       the  tty modes before exiting [see curs_kernel(3x)].  Pro-
-       grams  which  use  cursor  addressing  should  output  en-
-       ter_ca_mode  upon  startup  and should output exit_ca_mode
-       before exiting.  Programs desiring  shell  escapes  should
-       call
-
-       reset_shell_mode  and output exit_ca_mode before the shell
-       is called and should output  enter_ca_mode  and  call  re-
-       set_prog_mode after returning from the shell.
-
-       The setupterm routine reads in the terminfo database, ini-
-       tializing the terminfo structures, but does not set up the
-       output virtualization structures used by curses.  The ter-
-       minal type is the character string term; if term is  null,
-       the  environment  variable TERM is used.  All output is to
-       file descriptor fildes which is  initialized  for  output.
-       If  errret  is  not null, then setupterm returns OK or ERR
-       and stores a status value in the integer pointed to by er-
-       rret.   A  return value of OK combined with status of 1 in
-       errret is normal.  If ERR is returned, examine errret:
-
-              1    means that the terminal is hardcopy, cannot be
-                   used for curses applications.
-
-              0    means that the terminal could not be found, or
-                   that it is a generic type, having  too  little
-                   information for curses applications to run.
-
-              -1   means  that the terminfo database could not be
-                   found.
-
-       If errret is null, setupterm prints an error message  upon
-       finding an error and exits.  Thus, the simplest call is:
-
-             setupterm((char *)0, 1, (int *)0);,
-
-       which  uses  all the defaults and sends the output to std-
-       out.
-
-       The setterm routine is being replaced by  setupterm.   The
-       call:
-
-             setupterm(term, 1, (int *)0)
-
-       provides  the  same  functionality  as setterm(term).  The
-       setterm routine is included here  for  BSD  compatibility,
-       and is not recommended for new programs.
-
-       The  set_curterm  routine  sets  the  variable cur_term to
-       nterm, and makes all of the terminfo boolean, numeric, and
-       string  variables  use  the values from nterm.  It returns
-       the old value of cur_term.
-
-       The del_curterm routine frees  the  space  pointed  to  by
-       oterm and makes it available for further use.  If oterm is
-       the same as cur_term, references to any  of  the  terminfo
-       boolean,  numeric, and string variables thereafter may re-
-       fer to invalid memory locations  until  another  setupterm
-       has been called.
-
-       The  restartterm  routine  is  similar  to  setupterm  and
-       initscr, except that it is called after  restoring  memory
-       to  a  previous  state (for example, when reloading a game
-       saved as a core image dump).  It assumes that the  windows
-       and the input and output options are the same as when mem-
-       ory was saved, but the terminal type and baud rate may  be
-       different.   Accordingly, it saves various tty state bits,
-       calls setupterm, and then restores the bits.
-
-       The tparm routine instantiates the string str with parame-
-       ters  pi.  A pointer is returned to the result of str with
-       the parameters applied.
-
-       tiparm is a newer form  of  tparm  which  uses  <stdarg.h>
-       rather  than  a fixed-parameter list.  Its numeric parame-
-       ters are integers (int) rather than longs.
-
-       The tputs  routine  applies  padding  information  to  the
-       string  str  and  outputs  it.  The str must be a terminfo
-       string variable or the return value from  tparm,  tgetstr,
-       or tgoto.  affcnt is the number of lines affected, or 1 if
-       not applicable.  putc is a putchar-like routine  to  which
-       the characters are passed, one at a time.
-
-       The  putp routine calls tputs(str, 1, putchar).  Note that
-       the output of putp always  goes  to  stdout,  not  to  the
-       fildes specified in setupterm.
-
-       The vidputs routine displays the string on the terminal in
-       the video attribute mode attrs, which is  any  combination
-       of  the  attributes  listed in curses(3x).  The characters
-       are passed to the putchar-like routine putc.
-
-       The vidattr routine is like the  vidputs  routine,  except
-       that it outputs through putchar.
-
-       The  vid_attr  and vid_puts routines correspond to vidattr
-       and vidputs, respectively.  They use a  set  of  arguments
-       for  representing  the  video attributes plus color, i.e.,
-       one of type attr_t for the attributes and one of short for
-       the color_pair number.  The vid_attr and vid_puts routines
-       are designed to use the attribute constants with  the  WA_
-       prefix.   The  opts  argument  is reserved for future use.
-       Currently, applications must provide a  null  pointer  for
-       that argument.
-
-       The  mvcur  routine  provides low-level cursor motion.  It
-       takes effect immediately (rather  than  at  the  next  re-
-       fresh).
-
-       The  tigetflag,  tigetnum and tigetstr routines return the
-       value of the capability corresponding to the terminfo cap-
-       name passed to them, such as xenl.
-
-       The  tigetflag  routine returns the value -1 if capname is
-       not a boolean capability, or 0 if it is canceled or absent
-       from the terminal description.
-
-       The  tigetnum  routine  returns the value -2 if capname is
-       not a numeric capability, or -1 if it is canceled  or  ab-
-       sent from the terminal description.
-
-       The  tigetstr routine returns the value (char *)-1 if cap-
-       name is not a string capability, or 0 if it is canceled or
-       absent from the terminal description.
-
-       The capname for each capability is given in the table col-
-       umn entitled capname code in the capabilities  section  of
-       terminfo(5).
-
-              char *boolnames[], *boolcodes[], *boolfnames[]
-
-              char *numnames[], *numcodes[], *numfnames[]
-
-              char *strnames[], *strcodes[], *strfnames[]
-
-       These  null-terminated  arrays  contain  the capnames, the
-       termcap codes, and the full C names, for each of the  ter-
-       minfo variables.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines  that  return  an integer return ERR upon failure
-       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
-       ERR")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise noted
-       in the preceding routine descriptions.
-
-       Routines that return pointers always return NULL on error.
-
-       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
-       tion
-
-              del_curterm
-                   returns  an error if its terminal parameter is
-                   null.
-
-              putp calls tputs, returning the same error-codes.
-
-              restartterm
-                   returns an error if the associated call to se-
-                   tupterm returns an error.
-
-              setupterm
-                   returns  an error if it cannot allocate enough
-                   memory, or create the initial windows (stdscr,
-                   curscr,  newscr).   Other error conditions are
-                   documented above.
-
-              tputs
-                   returns an error if the  string  parameter  is
-                   null.   It  does not detect I/O errors: X/Open
-                   states that tputs ignores the return value  of
-                   the output function putc.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The  setupterm routine should be used in place of setterm.
-       It may be useful when you want to test for terminal  capa-
-       bilities  without  committing to the allocation of storage
-       involved in initscr.
-
-       Note that vidattr and vidputs may be macros.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The function setterm is not described by X/Open  and  must
-       be  considered  non-portable.   All other functions are as
-       described by X/Open.
-
-       setupterm copies the terminal name to the  array  ttytype.
-       This  is not part of X/Open Curses, but is assumed by some
-       applications.
-
-       In System V Release 4, set_curterm has an int return  type
-       and  returns  OK  or ERR.  We have chosen to implement the
-       X/Open Curses semantics.
-
-       In System V Release 4, the third argument of tputs has the
-       type int (*putc)(char).
-
-       At least one implementation of X/Open Curses (Solaris) re-
-       turns a value other than OK/ERR from tputs.  That  returns
-       the length of the string, and does no error-checking.
-
-       X/Open  Curses prototypes tparm with a fixed number of pa-
-       rameters, rather than a variable argument list.  This  im-
-       plementation  uses  a  variable  argument list, but can be
-       configured to use the fixed-parameter list.  Portable  ap-
-       plications  should  provide 9 parameters after the format;
-       zeroes are fine for this purpose.
-
-       In response to comments by Thomas E. Dickey, X/Open Curses
-       Issue 7 proposed the tiparam function in mid-2009.
-
-       X/Open  notes  that  after calling mvcur, the curses state
-       may not match the actual terminal state, and that  an  ap-
-       plication  should  touch and refresh the window before re-
-       suming normal curses calls.  Both ncurses and System V Re-
-       lease 4 curses implement mvcur using the SCREEN data allo-
-       cated in either initscr or newterm.  So though it is docu-
-       mented  as  a  terminfo function, mvcur is really a curses
-       function which is not well specified.
-
-       X/Open states that the old  location  must  be  given  for
-       mvcur.   This implementation allows the caller to use -1's
-       for the old ordinates.  In that case, the old location  is
-       unknown.
-
-       Extended  terminal  capability  names, e.g., as defined by
-       tic -x, are not stored in the  arrays  described  in  this
-       section.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x),  curs_initscr(3x), curs_kernel(3x), curs_term-
-       cap(3x), curs_variables(3x), term_variables(3x),  putc(3),
-       terminfo(5)
-
-
-
-                                                      curs_terminfo(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 394544a3b76fd..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_threads.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,634 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_threads 3x - - - - -

curs_threads 3x

-
-
-
-curs_threads(3x)                                       curs_threads(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       use_screen, use_window - curses thread support
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       typedef int (*NCURSES_WINDOW_CB)(WINDOW *, void *);
-       typedef int (*NCURSES_SCREEN_CB)(SCREEN *, void *);
-       int get_escdelay(void);
-       int set_escdelay(int size);
-       int set_tabsize(int size);
-       int  use_screen(SCREEN  *scr, NCURSES_WINDOW_CB func, void
-       *data);
-       int use_window(WINDOW *win, NCURSES_SCREEN_CB  func,  void
-       *data);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This  implementation can be configured to provide rudimen-
-       tary support for multi-threaded applications.  This  makes
-       a  different set of libraries, e.g., libncursest since the
-       binary interfaces are different.
-
-       Rather than modify the interfaces to pass a thread  speci-
-       fier  to  each function, it adds a few functions which can
-       be used in any configuration which hide the mutex's needed
-       to  prevent  concurrent  use  of the global variables when
-       configured for threading.
-
-       In addition to forcing access to  members  of  the  WINDOW
-       structure  to  be  via functions (see curs_opaque(3x)), it
-       makes functions of the common global variables, e.g., COL-
-       ORS,  COLOR_PAIRS,  COLS, ESCDELAY, LINES, TABSIZE curscr,
-       newscr and ttytype.  Those  variables  are  maintained  as
-       read-only values, stored in the SCREEN structure.
-
-       Even  this is not enough to make a thread-safe application
-       using curses.  A multi-threaded application would  be  ex-
-       pected  to  have threads updating separate windows (within
-       the same device), or updating on separate screens (on dif-
-       ferent  devices).  Also, a few of the global variables are
-       considered writable by some applications.   The  functions
-       described here address these special situations.
-
-       The  ESCDELAY and TABSIZE global variables are modified by
-       some applications.  To modify them in  any  configuration,
-       use  the  set_escdelay  or  set_tabsize  functions.  Other
-       global variables are not modifiable.
-
-       The get_escdelay function returns the value for ESCDELAY.
-
-       The use_window and  use_screen  functions  provide  coarse
-       granularity mutexes for their respective WINDOW and SCREEN
-       parameters, and call a user-supplied function, passing  it
-       a  data  parameter, and returning the value from the user-
-       supplied function to the application.
-
-   USAGE
-       All of the ncurses library functions assume that  the  lo-
-       cale  is  not altered during operation.  In addition, they
-       use data which is maintained within a hierarchy of scopes.
-
-          o   global data, e.g., used in the  low-level  terminfo
-              or termcap interfaces.
-
-          o   terminal  data,  e.g.,  associated  with  a call to
-              set_curterm.  The  terminal  data  are  initialized
-              when screens are created.
-
-          o   screen  data,  e.g.,  associated  with  a  call  to
-              newterm or initscr.
-
-          o   window data, e.g., associated with a call to newwin
-              or  subwin.   Windows  are associated with screens.
-              Pads are not necessarily associated with a particu-
-              lar screen.
-
-              Most  curses  applications  operate  on one or more
-              windows within a single screen.
-
-          o   reentrant, i.e., it uses only the  data  passed  as
-              parameters.
-
-       This table lists the scope of data used for each symbol in
-       the ncurses library  when  it  is  configured  to  support
-       threading:
-
-      Symbol                  Scope
-      -------------------------------------------------------------
-      BC                      global
-      COLORS                  screen (readonly)
-      COLOR_PAIR              reentrant
-      COLOR_PAIRS             screen (readonly)
-      COLS                    screen (readonly)
-      ESCDELAY                screen (readonly, see set_escdelay)
-      LINES                   screen (readonly)
-      PAIR_NUMBER             reentrant
-      PC                      global
-      SP                      global
-      TABSIZE                 screen (readonly)
-      UP                      global
-      acs_map                 screen (readonly)
-      add_wch                 window (stdscr)
-      add_wchnstr             window (stdscr)
-      add_wchstr              window (stdscr)
-      addch                   window (stdscr)
-      addchnstr               window (stdscr)
-      addchstr                window (stdscr)
-      addnstr                 window (stdscr)
-      addnwstr                window (stdscr)
-      addstr                  window (stdscr)
-      addwstr                 window (stdscr)
-      assume_default_colors   screen
-      attr_get                window (stdscr)
-      attr_off                window (stdscr)
-      attr_on                 window (stdscr)
-      attr_set                window (stdscr)
-      attroff                 window (stdscr)
-      attron                  window (stdscr)
-      attrset                 window (stdscr)
-      baudrate                screen
-      beep                    screen
-      bkgd                    window (stdscr)
-      bkgdset                 window (stdscr)
-      bkgrnd                  window (stdscr)
-      bkgrndset               window (stdscr)
-      boolcodes               global (readonly)
-      boolfnames              global (readonly)
-      boolnames               global (readonly)
-      border                  window (stdscr)
-
-      border_set              window (stdscr)
-      box                     window (stdscr)
-      box_set                 window (stdscr)
-      can_change_color        terminal
-      cbreak                  screen
-      chgat                   window (stdscr)
-      clear                   window (stdscr)
-      clearok                 window
-      clrtobot                window (stdscr)
-      clrtoeol                window (stdscr)
-      color_content           screen
-      color_set               window (stdscr)
-      copywin                 window locks(source, target)
-      cur_term                terminal
-      curs_set                screen
-      curscr                  screen (readonly)
-      curses_version          global (readonly)
-      def_prog_mode           terminal
-      def_shell_mode          terminal
-      define_key              screen
-      del_curterm             screen
-      delay_output            screen
-      delch                   window (stdscr)
-      deleteln                window (stdscr)
-      delscreen               global locks(screenlist, screen)
-      delwin                  global locks(windowlist)
-      derwin                  screen
-      doupdate                screen
-      dupwin                  screen locks(window)
-      echo                    screen
-      echo_wchar              window (stdscr)
-      echochar                window (stdscr)
-      endwin                  screen
-      erase                   window (stdscr)
-      erasechar               window (stdscr)
-      erasewchar              window (stdscr)
-      filter                  global
-      flash                   terminal
-      flushinp                screen
-      get_wch                 screen (input-operation)
-      get_wstr                screen (input-operation)
-      getattrs                window
-      getbegx                 window
-      getbegy                 window
-      getbkgd                 window
-      getbkgrnd               window
-      getcchar                reentrant
-      getch                   screen (input-operation)
-      getcurx                 window
-      getcury                 window
-      getmaxx                 window
-      getmaxy                 window
-      getmouse                screen (input-operation)
-      getn_wstr               screen (input-operation)
-      getnstr                 screen (input-operation)
-      getparx                 window
-      getpary                 window
-      getstr                  screen (input-operation)
-      getwin                  screen (input-operation)
-      halfdelay               screen
-      has_colors              terminal
-      has_ic                  terminal
-      has_il                  terminal
-      has_key                 screen
-      hline                   window (stdscr)
-      hline_set               window (stdscr)
-
-      idcok                   window
-      idlok                   window
-      immedok                 window
-      in_wch                  window (stdscr)
-      in_wchnstr              window (stdscr)
-      in_wchstr               window (stdscr)
-      inch                    window (stdscr)
-      inchnstr                window (stdscr)
-      inchstr                 window (stdscr)
-      init_color              screen
-      init_pair               screen
-      initscr                 global locks(screenlist)
-      innstr                  window (stdscr)
-      innwstr                 window (stdscr)
-      ins_nwstr               window (stdscr)
-      ins_wch                 window (stdscr)
-      ins_wstr                window (stdscr)
-      insch                   window (stdscr)
-      insdelln                window (stdscr)
-      insertln                window (stdscr)
-      insnstr                 window (stdscr)
-      insstr                  window (stdscr)
-      instr                   window (stdscr)
-      intrflush               terminal
-      inwstr                  window (stdscr)
-      is_cleared              window
-      is_idcok                window
-      is_idlok                window
-      is_immedok              window
-      is_keypad               window
-      is_leaveok              window
-      is_linetouched          window
-      is_nodelay              window
-      is_notimeout            window
-      is_scrollok             window
-      is_syncok               window
-      is_term_resized         terminal
-      is_wintouched           window
-      isendwin                screen
-      key_defined             screen
-      key_name                global (static data)
-      keybound                screen
-      keyname                 global (static data)
-      keyok                   screen
-      keypad                  window
-      killchar                terminal
-      killwchar               terminal
-      leaveok                 window
-      longname                screen
-      mcprint                 terminal
-      meta                    screen
-      mouse_trafo             window (stdscr)
-      mouseinterval           screen
-      mousemask               screen
-      move                    window (stdscr)
-      mvadd_wch               window (stdscr)
-      mvadd_wchnstr           window (stdscr)
-      mvadd_wchstr            window (stdscr)
-      mvaddch                 window (stdscr)
-      mvaddchnstr             window (stdscr)
-      mvaddchstr              window (stdscr)
-      mvaddnstr               window (stdscr)
-      mvaddnwstr              window (stdscr)
-      mvaddstr                window (stdscr)
-      mvaddwstr               window (stdscr)
-      mvchgat                 window (stdscr)
-
-      mvcur                   screen
-      mvdelch                 window (stdscr)
-      mvderwin                window (stdscr)
-      mvget_wch               screen (input-operation)
-      mvget_wstr              screen (input-operation)
-      mvgetch                 screen (input-operation)
-      mvgetn_wstr             screen (input-operation)
-      mvgetnstr               screen (input-operation)
-      mvgetstr                screen (input-operation)
-      mvhline                 window (stdscr)
-      mvhline_set             window (stdscr)
-      mvin_wch                window (stdscr)
-      mvin_wchnstr            window (stdscr)
-      mvin_wchstr             window (stdscr)
-      mvinch                  window (stdscr)
-      mvinchnstr              window (stdscr)
-      mvinchstr               window (stdscr)
-      mvinnstr                window (stdscr)
-      mvinnwstr               window (stdscr)
-      mvins_nwstr             window (stdscr)
-      mvins_wch               window (stdscr)
-      mvins_wstr              window (stdscr)
-      mvinsch                 window (stdscr)
-      mvinsnstr               window (stdscr)
-      mvinsstr                window (stdscr)
-      mvinstr                 window (stdscr)
-      mvinwstr                window (stdscr)
-      mvprintw                window (stdscr)
-      mvscanw                 screen
-      mvvline                 window (stdscr)
-      mvvline_set             window (stdscr)
-      mvwadd_wch              window
-      mvwadd_wchnstr          window
-      mvwadd_wchstr           window
-      mvwaddch                window
-      mvwaddchnstr            window
-      mvwaddchstr             window
-      mvwaddnstr              window
-      mvwaddnwstr             window
-      mvwaddstr               window
-      mvwaddwstr              window
-      mvwchgat                window
-      mvwdelch                window
-      mvwget_wch              screen (input-operation)
-      mvwget_wstr             screen (input-operation)
-      mvwgetch                screen (input-operation)
-      mvwgetn_wstr            screen (input-operation)
-      mvwgetnstr              screen (input-operation)
-      mvwgetstr               screen (input-operation)
-      mvwhline                window
-      mvwhline_set            window
-      mvwin                   window
-      mvwin_wch               window
-      mvwin_wchnstr           window
-      mvwin_wchstr            window
-      mvwinch                 window
-      mvwinchnstr             window
-      mvwinchstr              window
-      mvwinnstr               window
-      mvwinnwstr              window
-      mvwins_nwstr            window
-      mvwins_wch              window
-      mvwins_wstr             window
-      mvwinsch                window
-      mvwinsnstr              window
-      mvwinsstr               window
-
-      mvwinstr                window
-      mvwinwstr               window
-      mvwprintw               window
-      mvwscanw                screen
-      mvwvline                window
-      mvwvline_set            window
-      napms                   reentrant
-      newpad                  global locks(windowlist)
-      newscr                  screen (readonly)
-      newterm                 global locks(screenlist)
-      newwin                  global locks(windowlist)
-      nl                      screen
-      nocbreak                screen
-      nodelay                 window
-      noecho                  screen
-      nofilter                global
-      nonl                    screen
-      noqiflush               terminal
-      noraw                   screen
-      notimeout               window
-      numcodes                global (readonly)
-      numfnames               global (readonly)
-      numnames                global (readonly)
-      ospeed                  global
-      overlay                 window locks(source, target)
-      overwrite               window locks(source, target)
-      pair_content            screen
-      pecho_wchar             screen
-      pechochar               screen
-      pnoutrefresh            screen
-      prefresh                screen
-      printw                  window
-      putp                    global
-      putwin                  window
-      qiflush                 terminal
-      raw                     screen
-      redrawwin               window
-      refresh                 screen
-      reset_prog_mode         screen
-      reset_shell_mode        screen
-      resetty                 terminal
-      resize_term             screen locks(windowlist)
-      resizeterm              screen
-      restartterm             screen
-      ripoffline              global (static data)
-      savetty                 terminal
-      scanw                   screen
-      scr_dump                screen
-      scr_init                screen
-      scr_restore             screen
-      scr_set                 screen
-      scrl                    window (stdscr)
-      scroll                  window
-      scrollok                window
-      set_curterm             screen
-      set_escdelay            screen
-      set_tabsize             screen
-      set_term                global locks(screenlist, screen)
-      setcchar                reentrant
-      setscrreg               window (stdscr)
-      setupterm               global
-      slk_attr                screen
-      slk_attr_off            screen
-      slk_attr_on             screen
-      slk_attr_set            screen
-      slk_attroff             screen
-
-      slk_attron              screen
-      slk_attrset             screen
-      slk_clear               screen
-      slk_color               screen
-      slk_init                screen
-      slk_label               screen
-      slk_noutrefresh         screen
-      slk_refresh             screen
-      slk_restore             screen
-      slk_set                 screen
-      slk_touch               screen
-      slk_wset                screen
-      standend                window
-      standout                window
-      start_color             screen
-      stdscr                  screen (readonly)
-      strcodes                global (readonly)
-      strfnames               global (readonly)
-      strnames                global (readonly)
-      subpad                  window
-      subwin                  window
-      syncok                  window
-      term_attrs              screen
-      termattrs               screen
-      termname                terminal
-      tgetent                 global
-      tgetflag                global
-      tgetnum                 global
-      tgetstr                 global
-      tgoto                   global
-      tigetflag               terminal
-      tigetnum                terminal
-      tigetstr                terminal
-      timeout                 window (stdscr)
-      touchline               window
-      touchwin                window
-      tparm                   global (static data)
-      tputs                   screen
-      trace                   global (static data)
-      ttytype                 screen (readonly)
-      typeahead               screen
-      unctrl                  screen
-      unget_wch               screen (input-operation)
-      ungetch                 screen (input-operation)
-      ungetmouse              screen (input-operation)
-      untouchwin              window
-      use_default_colors      screen
-      use_env                 global (static data)
-      use_extended_names      global (static data)
-      use_legacy_coding       screen
-      use_screen              global locks(screenlist, screen)
-      use_window              global locks(windowlist, window)
-      vid_attr                screen
-      vid_puts                screen
-      vidattr                 screen
-      vidputs                 screen
-      vline                   window (stdscr)
-      vline_set               window (stdscr)
-      vw_printw               window
-      vw_scanw                screen
-      vwprintw                window
-      vwscanw                 screen
-      wadd_wch                window
-      wadd_wchnstr            window
-      wadd_wchstr             window
-      waddch                  window
-
-      waddchnstr              window
-      waddchstr               window
-      waddnstr                window
-      waddnwstr               window
-      waddstr                 window
-      waddwstr                window
-      wattr_get               window
-      wattr_off               window
-      wattr_on                window
-      wattr_set               window
-      wattroff                window
-      wattron                 window
-      wattrset                window
-      wbkgd                   window
-      wbkgdset                window
-      wbkgrnd                 window
-      wbkgrndset              window
-      wborder                 window
-      wborder_set             window
-      wchgat                  window
-      wclear                  window
-      wclrtobot               window
-      wclrtoeol               window
-      wcolor_set              window
-      wcursyncup              screen (affects window plus parents)
-      wdelch                  window
-      wdeleteln               window
-      wecho_wchar             window
-      wechochar               window
-      wenclose                window
-      werase                  window
-      wget_wch                screen (input-operation)
-      wget_wstr               screen (input-operation)
-      wgetbkgrnd              window
-      wgetch                  screen (input-operation)
-      wgetn_wstr              screen (input-operation)
-      wgetnstr                screen (input-operation)
-      wgetparent              window
-      wgetscrreg              window
-      wgetstr                 screen (input-operation)
-      whline                  window
-      whline_set              window
-      win_wch                 window
-      win_wchnstr             window
-      win_wchstr              window
-      winch                   window
-      winchnstr               window
-      winchstr                window
-      winnstr                 window
-      winnwstr                window
-      wins_nwstr              window
-      wins_wch                window
-      wins_wstr               window
-      winsch                  window
-      winsdelln               window
-      winsertln               window
-      winsnstr                window
-      winsstr                 window
-      winstr                  window
-      winwstr                 window
-      wmouse_trafo            window
-      wmove                   window
-      wnoutrefresh            screen
-      wprintw                 window
-      wredrawln               window
-      wrefresh                screen
-
-      wresize                 window locks(windowlist)
-      wscanw                  screen
-      wscrl                   window
-      wsetscrreg              window
-      wstandend               window
-      wstandout               window
-      wsyncdown               screen (affects window plus parents)
-      wsyncup                 screen (affects window plus parents)
-      wtimeout                window
-      wtouchln                window
-      wunctrl                 global (static data)
-      wvline                  window
-      wvline_set              window
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These functions all return TRUE or FALSE, except as noted.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Both a macro and a function are provided for each name.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
-       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
-       It  is  recommended that any code depending on ncurses ex-
-       tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_opaque(3x), curs_variables(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                       curs_threads(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9ba1bc6c21a48..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_touch.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_touch 3x - - - - -

curs_touch 3x

-
-
-
-curs_touch(3x)                                           curs_touch(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       touchwin, touchline, untouchwin, wtouchln, is_linetouched,
-       is_wintouched - curses refresh control routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-       int touchwin(WINDOW *win);
-       int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count);
-       int untouchwin(WINDOW *win);
-       int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed);
-       bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line);
-       bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The touchwin and touchline routines throw away  all  opti-
-       mization  information about which parts of the window have
-       been touched, by pretending that  the  entire  window  has
-       been  drawn  on.   This  is sometimes necessary when using
-       overlapping windows, since a change to one window  affects
-       the other window, but the records of which lines have been
-       changed in the other window do  not  reflect  the  change.
-       The  routine touchline only pretends that count lines have
-       been changed, beginning with line start.
-
-       The untouchwin routine marks all lines in  the  window  as
-       unchanged since the last call to wrefresh.
-
-       The wtouchln routine makes n lines in the window, starting
-       at line y, look as if they have (changed=1)  or  have  not
-       (changed=0) been changed since the last call to wrefresh.
-
-       The  is_linetouched and is_wintouched routines return TRUE
-       if the specified line/window was modified since  the  last
-       call  to  wrefresh; otherwise they return FALSE.  In addi-
-       tion, is_linetouched returns ERR if line is not valid  for
-       the given window.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       All  routines  return  the integer ERR upon failure and an
-       integer value other than ERR upon  successful  completion,
-       unless  otherwise  noted in the preceding routine descrip-
-       tions.
-
-       X/Open does not define any error conditions.  In this  im-
-       plementation
-
-              is_linetouched
-                   returns  an  error  if  the  window pointer is
-                   null, or if the line  number  is  outside  the
-                   window.   Note  that ERR is distinct from TRUE
-                   and FALSE, which are the normal return  values
-                   of this function.
-
-              wtouchln
-                   returns  an  error  if  the  window pointer is
-                   null, or if the line  number  is  outside  the
-                   window.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
-       tions.
-
-       Some historic curses implementations had,  as  an  undocu-
-       mented  feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent of
-       clearok(..., 1) by saying touchwin(stdscr)  or  clear(std-
-       scr).  This will not work under ncurses.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Note that all routines except wtouchln may be macros.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_refresh(3x), curs_variables(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_touch(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 3705fdabf4a3b..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_trace.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_trace 3x - - - - -

curs_trace 3x

-
-
-
-curs_trace(3x)                                           curs_trace(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       _tracef, _tracedump, _traceattr, _traceattr2,
-       _nc_tracebits, _tracecchar_t, _tracecchar_t2, _tracechar,
-       _tracechtype, _tracechtype2, _tracemouse, trace - curses
-       debugging routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       void _tracef(const char *format, ...);
-       void _tracedump(const char *label, WINDOW *win);
-       char *_traceattr(attr_t attr);
-       char *_traceattr2(int buffer, chtype ch);
-       char *_nc_tracebits(void);
-       char * _tracecchar_t(const cchar_t *string);
-       char * _tracecchar_t2(int buffer, const cchar_t *string);
-       char *_tracechar(int ch);
-       char *_tracechtype(chtype ch);
-       char *_tracechtype2(int buffer, chtype ch);
-       char *_tracemouse(const MEVENT *event);
-       void trace(const unsigned int param);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The trace routines are used for debugging the ncurses  li-
-       braries, as well as applications which use the ncurses li-
-       braries.  These functions are normally available only with
-       the  debugging library libncurses_g.a, but may be compiled
-       into any model (shared, static, profile) by  defining  the
-       symbol  TRACE.   Additionally,  some  functions  are  only
-       available with the wide-character configuration of the li-
-       braries.
-
-       The  principal  parts of this interface are the trace rou-
-       tine which selectively enables different tracing features,
-       and the _tracef routine which writes formatted data to the
-       trace file.
-
-       Calling trace with a  nonzero  parameter  opens  the  file
-       trace  in the current directory for output.  The parameter
-       is formed by OR'ing values from the list of TRACE_xxx def-
-       initions in <curses.h>.  These include:
-
-       TRACE_DISABLE
-            turn off tracing.
-
-       TRACE_TIMES
-            trace user and system times of updates.
-
-       TRACE_TPUTS
-            trace tputs calls.
-
-       TRACE_UPDATE
-            trace update actions, old & new screens.
-
-       TRACE_MOVE
-            trace cursor movement and scrolling.
-
-       TRACE_CHARPUT
-            trace all character outputs.
-
-       TRACE_ORDINARY
-            trace  all  update  actions.   The old and new screen
-            contents are written to the trace file for  each  re-
-            fresh.
-
-       TRACE_CALLS
-            trace all curses calls.  The parameters for each call
-            are traced, as well as return values.
-
-       TRACE_VIRTPUT
-            trace virtual character puts, i.e., calls to addch.
-
-       TRACE_IEVENT
-            trace low-level input processing, including timeouts.
-
-       TRACE_BITS
-            trace state of TTY control bits.
-
-       TRACE_ICALLS
-            trace internal/nested calls.
-
-       TRACE_CCALLS
-            trace per-character calls.
-
-       TRACE_DATABASE
-            trace read/write of terminfo/termcap data.
-
-       TRACE_ATTRS
-            trace changes to video attributes and colors.
-
-       TRACE_MAXIMUM
-            maximum trace level,  enables  all  of  the  separate
-            trace features.
-
-       Some  tracing  features are enabled whenever the trace pa-
-       rameter is nonzero.  Some features overlap.  The  specific
-       names are used as a guideline.
-
-       These  functions check the NCURSES_TRACE environment vari-
-       able, to set the tracing feature as if trace was called:
-              filter,  initscr,  new_prescr,  newterm,  nofilter,
-              ripoffline, setupterm, slk_init, tgetent
-
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines  which  return a value are designed to be used as
-       parameters to the _tracef routine.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These functions are not part of the XSI  interface.   Some
-       other  curses  implementations  are known to have similar,
-       undocumented features, but they are  not  compatible  with
-       ncurses.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                         curs_trace(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 8181efa432f38..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_util.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,266 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_util 3x - - - - -

curs_util 3x

-
-
-
-curs_util(3x)                                             curs_util(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       delay_output, filter, flushinp, getwin, key_name, keyname,
-       nofilter, putwin, unctrl, use_env, wunctrl - miscellaneous
-       curses utility routines
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       char *unctrl(chtype c);
-       wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *c);
-       char *keyname(int c);
-       char *key_name(wchar_t w);
-       void filter(void);
-       void nofilter(void);
-       void use_env(bool f);
-       int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep);
-       WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep);
-       int delay_output(int ms);
-       int flushinp(void);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  unctrl  routine returns a character string which is a
-       printable representation of the character c, ignoring  at-
-       tributes.   Control characters are displayed in the ^X no-
-       tation.  Printing characters are  displayed  as  is.   The
-       corresponding  wunctrl  returns a printable representation
-       of a wide character.
-
-       The keyname routine returns a character string correspond-
-       ing to the key c:
-
-          o   Printable  characters  are displayed as themselves,
-              e.g., a one-character string containing the key.
-
-          o   Control characters are displayed in  the  ^X  nota-
-              tion.
-
-          o   DEL (character 127) is displayed as ^?.
-
-          o   Values above 128 are either meta characters (if the
-              screen has not been initialized,  or  if  meta  has
-              been  called  with  a TRUE parameter), shown in the
-              M-X notation, or are displayed as  themselves.   In
-              the  latter  case, the values may not be printable;
-              this follows the X/Open specification.
-
-          o   Values above 256 may be the names of the  names  of
-              function keys.
-
-          o   Otherwise  (if  there is no corresponding name) the
-              function returns null, to denote an error.   X/Open
-              also  lists  an  "UNKNOWN  KEY" return value, which
-              some implementations return rather than null.
-
-       The corresponding key_name returns a character string cor-
-       responding  to  the wide-character value w.  The two func-
-       tions do not return the same set of  strings;  the  latter
-       returns null where the former would display a meta charac-
-       ter.
-
-       The filter routine, if used, must be called before initscr
-       or  newterm  are called.  The effect is that, during those
-       calls, LINES is set to 1;  the  capabilities  clear,  cup,
-       cud,  cud1,  cuu1,  cuu,  vpa  are  disabled; and the home
-       string is set to the value of cr.
-
-       The nofilter routine cancels the  effect  of  a  preceding
-       filter  call.   That  allows  the  caller  to initialize a
-       screen on a different device, using a different  value  of
-       $TERM.   The  limitation arises because the filter routine
-       modifies the in-memory copy of the terminal information.
-
-       The use_env routine, if used, is called before initscr  or
-       newterm  are  called.   When called with FALSE as an argu-
-       ment, the values of lines and  columns  specified  in  the
-       terminfo  database will be used, even if environment vari-
-       ables LINES and COLUMNS (used by default) are set,  or  if
-       curses  is  running in a window (in which case default be-
-       havior would be to  use  the  window  size  if  LINES  and
-       COLUMNS  are not set).  Note that setting LINES or COLUMNS
-       overrides the corresponding size  which  may  be  obtained
-       from the operating system.
-
-       The  putwin routine writes all data associated with window
-       win into the file to which filep points.  This information
-       can be later retrieved using the getwin function.
-
-       The getwin routine reads window related data stored in the
-       file by putwin.  The routine then creates and  initializes
-       a new window using that data.  It returns a pointer to the
-       new window.
-
-       The delay_output routine inserts an ms  millisecond  pause
-       in  output.   This  routine should not be used extensively
-       because padding characters are  used  rather  than  a  CPU
-       pause.   If  no  padding character is specified, this uses
-       napms to perform the delay.
-
-       The flushinp routine throws away any  typeahead  that  has
-       been  typed  by  the user and has not yet been read by the
-       program.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Except for flushinp, routines that return an  integer  re-
-       turn  ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an in-
-       teger value other than ERR") upon successful completion.
-
-       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
-
-       X/Open does not define any error conditions.  In this  im-
-       plementation
-
-          flushinp
-               returns  an error if the terminal was not initial-
-               ized.
-
-          meta returns an error if the terminal was not  initial-
-               ized.
-
-          putwin
-               returns  an  error  if the associated fwrite calls
-               return an error.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
-       tions.   It  states  that unctrl and wunctrl will return a
-       null pointer if unsuccessful, but does not define any  er-
-       ror conditions.  This implementation checks for three cas-
-       es:
-
-          o   the parameter is a 7-bit US-ASCII  code.   This  is
-              the case that X/Open Curses documented.
-
-          o   the  parameter  is in the range 128-159, i.e., a C1
-              control code.  If use_legacy_coding has been called
-              with  a  2 parameter, unctrl returns the parameter,
-              i.e., a one-character string with the parameter  as
-              the first character.  Otherwise, it returns ``~@'',
-              ``~A'', etc., analogous to ``^@'', ``^A'', C0  con-
-              trols.
-
-              X/Open  Curses does not document whether unctrl can
-              be called before initializing curses.  This  imple-
-              mentation  permits  that,  and  returns the ``~@'',
-              etc., values in that case.
-
-          o   parameter values outside the 0 to 255 range.   unc-
-              trl returns a null pointer.
-
-       The SVr4 documentation describes the action of filter only
-       in the vaguest terms.  The  description  here  is  adapted
-       from  the  XSI Curses standard (which erroneously fails to
-       describe the disabling of cuu).
-
-       The strings returned by unctrl in this implementation  are
-       determined  at  compile time, showing C1 controls from the
-       upper-128 codes with a `~' prefix rather than `^'.   Other
-       implementations  have different conventions.  For example,
-       they may show both sets of control  characters  with  `^',
-       and  strip the parameter to 7 bits.  Or they may ignore C1
-       controls and treat all of the upper-128  codes  as  print-
-       able.  This implementation uses 8 bits but does not modify
-       the string to reflect locale.  The use_legacy_coding func-
-       tion allows the caller to change the output of unctrl.
-
-       Likewise,  the  meta  function allows the caller to change
-       the output of keyname, i.e., it determines whether to  use
-       the  `M-' prefix for ``meta'' keys (codes in the range 128
-       to 255).  Both use_legacy_coding and meta succeed only af-
-       ter  curses  is initialized.  X/Open Curses does not docu-
-       ment the treatment of codes 128  to  159.   When  treating
-       them as ``meta'' keys (or if keyname is called before ini-
-       tializing curses),  this  implementation  returns  strings
-       ``M-^@'', ``M-^A'', etc.
-
-       The  keyname function may return the names of user-defined
-       string capabilities which are defined in the terminfo  en-
-       try  via  the -x option of tic.  This implementation auto-
-       matically assigns at  run-time  keycodes  to  user-defined
-       strings  which  begin  with  "k".   The  keycodes start at
-       KEY_MAX, but are not guaranteed to be the same  value  for
-       different  runs because user-defined codes are merged from
-       all terminal descriptions which  have  been  loaded.   The
-       use_extended_names  function controls whether this data is
-       loaded when the terminal description is read  by  the  li-
-       brary.
-
-       The  nofilter  routine is specific to ncurses.  It was not
-       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
-       It  is  recommended that any code depending on ncurses ex-
-       tensions be conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       legacy_coding(3x), curses(3x), curs_initscr(3x), curs_ker-
-       nel(3x),   curs_scr_dump(3x),   curs_variables(3x),  lega-
-       cy_coding(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                          curs_util(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 3cca3feef6a59..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_variables.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_variables 3x - - - - -

curs_variables 3x

-
-
-
-curs_variables(3x)                                   curs_variables(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       COLORS, COLOR_PAIRS, COLS, ESCDELAY, LINES, TABSIZE,
-       curscr, newscr, stdscr - curses global variables
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int COLOR_PAIRS;
-       int COLORS;
-       int COLS;
-       int ESCDELAY;
-       int LINES;
-       int TABSIZE;
-       WINDOW * curscr;
-       WINDOW * newscr;
-       WINDOW * stdscr;
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This page summarizes variables provided by the curses  li-
-       brary.   A more complete description is given in the curs-
-       es(3x) manual page.
-
-       Depending on the configuration, these may be actual  vari-
-       ables,  or  macros  (see  curs_threads(3x))  which provide
-       read-only access to curses's state.  In either  case,  ap-
-       plications should treat them as read-only to avoid confus-
-       ing the library.
-
-   COLOR_PAIRS
-       After initializing curses, this variable contains the num-
-       ber of color pairs which the terminal can support.  Usual-
-       ly the number of color pairs  will  be  the  product  COL-
-       ORS*COLORS, however this is not always true:
-
-       o   a  few  terminals  use HLS colors, which do not follow
-           this rule
-
-       o   terminals supporting a large number of colors are lim-
-           ited  by  the number of color pairs that can be repre-
-           sented in a signed short value.
-
-   COLORS
-       After initializing curses, this variable contains the num-
-       ber of colors which the terminal can support.
-
-   COLS
-       After  initializing  curses,  this  variable  contains the
-       width of the screen, i.e., the number of columns.
-
-   ESCDELAY
-       This variable holds the number of milliseconds to wait af-
-       ter reading an escape character, to distinguish between an
-       individual escape character entered on the  keyboard  from
-       escape  sequences  sent  by cursor- and function-keys (see
-       curses(3x).
-
-   LINES
-       After initializing  curses,  this  variable  contains  the
-       height of the screen, i.e., the number of lines.
-
-   TABSIZE
-       This  variable  holds  the  number  of columns used by the
-       curses library when converting a tab character  to  spaces
-       as it adds the tab to a window (see curs_addch(3x).
-
-   The Current Screen
-       This implementation of curses uses a special window curscr
-       to record its updates to the terminal screen.
-
-   The New Screen
-       This implementation of curses uses a special window newscr
-       to  hold  updates  to  the terminal screen before applying
-       them to curscr.
-
-   The Standard Screen
-       Upon initializing curses, a default window called  stdscr,
-       which  is  the  size  of  the terminal screen, is created.
-       Many curses functions use this window.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The   curses   library   is   initialized   using   either
-       initscr(3x), or newterm(3x).
-
-       If  curses  is  configured to use separate curses/terminfo
-       libraries, most of these variables reside  in  the  curses
-       library.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       ESCDELAY  and TABSIZE are extensions, not provided in most
-       other implementations of curses.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_threads(3x), term_variables(3x),  termin-
-       fo(3x), terminfo(5).
-
-
-
-                                                     curs_variables(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html b/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index d3d4ef4ae6e1b..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/curs_window.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ - - - - -curs_window 3x - - - - -

curs_window 3x

-
-
-
-curs_window(3x)                                         curs_window(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       newwin, delwin, mvwin, subwin, derwin, mvderwin, dupwin,
-       wsyncup, syncok, wcursyncup, wsyncdown - create curses
-       windows
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begin_y,
-             int begin_x);
-       int delwin(WINDOW *win);
-       int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
-       WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
-             int begin_y, int begin_x);
-       WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
-             int begin_y, int begin_x);
-       int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int par_y, int par_x);
-       WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win);
-       void wsyncup(WINDOW *win);
-       int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
-       void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win);
-       void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
-       dow with the given number of lines and columns.  The upper
-       left-hand  corner of the window is at line begin_y, column
-       begin_x.  If either nlines or ncols is zero, they  default
-       to  LINES - begin_y and COLS - begin_x.  A new full-screen
-       window is created by calling newwin(0,0,0,0).
-
-       Calling delwin deletes the named window, freeing all memo-
-       ry associated with it (it does not actually erase the win-
-       dow's screen image).  Subwindows must  be  deleted  before
-       the main window can be deleted.
-
-       Calling mvwin moves the window so that the upper left-hand
-       corner is at position (x, y).  If the move would cause the
-       window to be off the screen, it is an error and the window
-       is not moved.  Moving subwindows is allowed, but should be
-       avoided.
-
-       Calling subwin creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
-       dow with the given number of lines, nlines,  and  columns,
-       ncols.   The  window  is at position (begin_y, begin_x) on
-       the screen.  (This position is relative to the screen, and
-       not to the window orig.)  The window is made in the middle
-       of the window orig, so that changes  made  to  one  window
-       will  affect  both  windows.   The subwindow shares memory
-       with the window orig.  When using this routine, it is nec-
-       essary  to call touchwin or touchline on orig before call-
-       ing wrefresh on the subwindow.
-
-       Calling derwin is the same as calling subwin, except  that
-       begin_y and begin_x are relative to the origin of the win-
-       dow orig rather than the screen.  There is  no  difference
-       between the subwindows and the derived windows.
-
-       Calling mvderwin moves a derived window (or subwindow) in-
-       side its parent window.  The screen-relative parameters of
-       the  window are not changed.  This routine is used to dis-
-       play different parts of the  parent  window  at  the  same
-       physical position on the screen.
-
-       Calling  dupwin  creates  an exact duplicate of the window
-       win.
-
-       Calling wsyncup touches all locations in ancestors of  win
-       that  are changed in win.  If syncok is called with second
-       argument TRUE then wsyncup is called automatically whenev-
-       er there is a change in the window.
-
-       The  wsyncdown  routine  touches each location in win that
-       has been touched in any of  its  ancestor  windows.   This
-       routine  is  called by wrefresh, so it should almost never
-       be necessary to call it manually.
-
-       The routine wcursyncup updates the current cursor position
-       of  all the ancestors of the window to reflect the current
-       cursor position of the window.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines that return an integer return the integer ERR up-
-       on  failure  and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value
-       other than ERR") upon successful completion.
-
-       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
-
-       X/Open defines no error conditions.  In  this  implementa-
-       tion
-
-              delwin
-                   returns  an  error  if  the  window pointer is
-                   null, or if the window is the parent of anoth-
-                   er window.
-
-                   This  implementation  also maintains a list of
-                   windows, and checks that the pointer passed to
-                   delwin  is  one  that it created, returning an
-                   error if it was not..
-
-              mvderwin
-                   returns an error  if  the  window  pointer  is
-                   null,  or  if some part of the window would be
-                   placed off-screen.
-
-              mvwin
-                   returns an error  if  the  window  pointer  is
-                   null,  or if the window is really a pad, or if
-                   some part of the window would be  placed  off-
-                   screen.
-
-              syncok
-                   returns  an  error  if  the  window pointer is
-                   null.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       If many small changes are made to the window, the  wsyncup
-       option could degrade performance.
-
-       Note that syncok may be a macro.
-
-
-
-

BUGS

-       The  subwindow  functions (subwin, derwin, mvderwin, wsyn-
-       cup, wsyncdown, wcursyncup, syncok) are flaky, incomplete-
-       ly implemented, and not well tested.
-
-       The  System  V  curses documentation is very unclear about
-       what wsyncup and wsyncdown actually do.  It seems to imply
-       that  they  are only supposed to touch exactly those lines
-       that are affected by ancestor changes.  The language here,
-       and  the  behavior  of  the curses implementation, is pat-
-       terned on the XPG4 curses standard.  The weaker XPG4  spec
-       may result in slower updates.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
-       tions.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_refresh(3x),  curs_touch(3x),  curs_vari-
-       ables(3x)
-
-
-
-                                                        curs_window(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html b/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index f0e44e2fc6089..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/default_colors.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ - - - - -default_colors 3x - - - - -

default_colors 3x

-
-
-
-default_colors(3x)                                   default_colors(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       use_default_colors, assume_default_colors - use terminal's
-       default colors
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int use_default_colors(void);
-       int assume_default_colors(int fg, int bg);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The use_default_colors() and assume_default_colors() func-
-       tions are extensions to the curses library.  They are used
-       with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent.
-       These terminals allow the application to reset color to an
-       unspecified default value (e.g., with SGR 39 or SGR 49).
-
-       Applications that paint  a  colored  background  over  the
-       whole  screen  do not take advantage of SGR 39 and SGR 49.
-       Some applications are designed to work  with  the  default
-       background,  using  colors  only  for  text.  For example,
-       there are several implementations of the ls program  which
-       use  colors to denote different file types or permissions.
-       These "color ls" programs do not  necessarily  modify  the
-       background  color, typically using only the setaf terminfo
-       capability  to  set  the  foreground  color.   Full-screen
-       applications  that  use default colors can achieve similar
-       visual effects.
-
-       The first function, use_default_colors() tells the  curses
-       library  to  assign terminal default foreground/background
-       colors to color number  -1.  So  init_pair(x,COLOR_RED,-1)
-       will  initialize  pair  x as red on default background and
-       init_pair(x,-1,COLOR_BLUE)  will  initialize  pair  x   as
-       default foreground on blue.
-
-       The  other,  assume_default_colors() is a refinement which
-       tells which colors to paint for color pair 0.  This  func-
-       tion  recognizes  a special color number -1, which denotes
-       the default terminal color.
-
-       The following are equivalent:
-              use_default_colors();
-              assume_default_colors(-1,-1);
-
-       These are ncurses extensions.  For other curses  implemen-
-       tations,  color  number -1 does not mean anything, just as
-       for ncurses before a successful call  of  use_default_col-
-       ors() or assume_default_colors().
-
-       Other  curses  implementations do not allow an application
-       to modify color pair 0.  They assume that  the  background
-       is COLOR_BLACK, but do not ensure that the color pair 0 is
-       painted to match the assumption.  If your application does
-       not use either use_default_colors() or assume_default_col-
-       ors() ncurses will paint a white  foreground  (text)  with
-       black background for color pair 0.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These functions return the integer ERR upon failure and OK
-       on success.  They will fail if either  the  terminal  does
-       not  support  the orig_pair or orig_colors capability.  If
-       the initialize_pair capability is not found,  this  causes
-       an error as well.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       Associated  with  this  extension,  the init_pair function
-       accepts negative arguments to specify  default  foreground
-       or background colors.
-
-       The  use_default_colors()  function  was  added to support
-       ded.  This is a full-screen application which uses  curses
-       to  manage only part of the screen.  The bottom portion of
-       the screen, which is of adjustable size, is left uncolored
-       to  display the results from shell commands.  The top por-
-       tion of the screen colors filenames using  a  scheme  like
-       the  "color  ls" programs.  Attempting to manage the back-
-       ground color of the screen for this application would give
-       unsatisfactory  results  for  a  variety of reasons.  This
-       extension was devised after noting that color  xterm  (and
-       similar  programs)  provides a background color which does
-       not necessarily correspond to  any  of  the  ANSI  colors.
-       While  a special terminfo entry could be constructed using
-       nine colors, there was no mechanism provided within curses
-       to  account for the related orig_pair and back_color_erase
-       capabilities.
-
-       The assume_default_colors() function was added to solve  a
-       different  problem:  support  for applications which would
-       use  environment  variables  and  other  configuration  to
-       bypass  curses'  notion  of the terminal's default colors,
-       setting specific values.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
-       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
-       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
-       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curs_color(3x), ded(1).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Thomas  Dickey  (from  an analysis of the requirements for
-       color xterm for XFree86 3.1.2C, February 1996).
-
-
-
-                                                     default_colors(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html b/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 8556833bd0179..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/define_key.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ - - - - -define_key 3x - - - - -

define_key 3x

-
-
-
-define_key(3x)                                           define_key(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       define_key - define a keycode
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int define_key(const char *definition, int keycode);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This is an extension to the curses library.  It permits an
-       application to define keycodes  with  their  corresponding
-       control  strings,  so that the ncurses library will inter-
-       pret them just as it would the  predefined  codes  in  the
-       terminfo database.
-
-       If  the  given string is null, any existing definition for
-       the keycode is removed.  Similarly, if the  given  keycode
-       is  negative  or  zero,  any existing string for the given
-       definition is removed.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The keycode must be greater than zero, and the string non-
-       null, otherwise ERR is returned.  ERR may also be returned
-       if there is insufficient memory to allocate  the  data  to
-       store  the  definition.   If  no  error is detected, OK is
-       returned.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
-       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
-       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
-       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       keyok(3x), key_defined(3x).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Thomas Dickey.
-
-
-
-                                                         define_key(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 86e3317cfc58f..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,258 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form 3x - - - - -

form 3x

-
-
-
-form(3x)                                                       form(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form - curses extension for programming forms
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  form library provides terminal-independent facilities
-       for composing form screens  on  character-cell  terminals.
-       The  library  includes:  field  routines, which create and
-       modify form fields; and form routines, which group  fields
-       into forms, display forms on the screen, and handle inter-
-       action with the user.
-
-       The form library uses the curses libraries.   To  use  the
-       form library, link with the options -lform -lcurses.
-
-       Your program should set up the locale, e.g.,
-
-            setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
-
-       so that input/output processing will work.
-
-       A  curses  initialization  routine such as initscr must be
-       called before using any of these functions.
-
-   Current Default Values for Field Attributes
-       The form library  maintains  a  default  value  for  field
-       attributes.   You  can  get or set this default by calling
-       the appropriate set_ or  retrieval  routine  with  a  NULL
-       field pointer.  Changing this default with a set_ function
-       affects future field creations, but does  not  change  the
-       rendering of fields already created.
-
-   Routine Name Index
-       The  following  table lists each form routine and the name
-       of the manual page on which it is described.
-
-       curses Routine Name    Manual Page Name
-       -------------------------------------------------
-       current_field          form_page(3x)
-       data_ahead             form_data(3x)
-       data_behind            form_data(3x)
-       dup_field              form_field_new(3x)
-       dynamic_field_info     form_field_info(3x)
-       field_arg              form_field_validation(3x)
-       field_back             form_field_attributes(3x)
-       field_buffer           form_field_buffer(3x)
-       field_count            form_field(3x)
-       field_fore             form_field_attributes(3x)
-       field_index            form_page(3x)
-       field_info             form_field_info(3x)
-       field_init             form_hook(3x)
-       field_just             form_field_just(3x)
-       field_opts             form_field_opts(3x)
-       field_opts_off         form_field_opts(3x)
-       field_opts_on          form_field_opts(3x)
-       field_pad              form_field_attributes(3x)
-       field_status           form_field_buffer(3x)
-       field_term             form_hook(3x)
-       field_type             form_field_validation(3x)
-
-       field_userptr          form_field_userptr(3x)
-       form_driver            form_driver(3x)
-       form_fields            form_field(3x)
-       form_init              form_hook(3x)
-       form_opts              form_opts(3x)
-       form_opts_off          form_opts(3x)
-       form_opts_on           form_opts(3x)
-       form_page              form_page(3x)
-       form_request_by_name   form_requestname(3x)
-       form_request_name      form_requestname(3x)
-       form_sub               form_win(3x)
-       form_term              form_hook(3x)
-       form_userptr           form_userptr(3x)
-       form_win               form_win(3x)
-       free_field             form_field_new(3x)
-       free_fieldtype         form_fieldtype(3x)
-       free_form              form_new(3x)
-       link_field             form_field_new(3x)
-       link_fieldtype         form_fieldtype(3x)
-       move_field             form_field(3x)
-       new_field              form_field_new(3x)
-       new_fieldtype          form_fieldtype(3x)
-       new_form               form_new(3x)
-       new_page               form_new_page(3x)
-       pos_form_cursor        form_cursor(3x)
-       post_form              form_post(3x)
-       scale_form             form_win(3x)
-       set_current_field      form_page(3x)
-       set_field_back         form_field_attributes(3x)
-       set_field_buffer       form_field_buffer(3x)
-       set_field_fore         form_field_attributes(3x)
-       set_field_init         form_hook(3x)
-       set_field_just         form_field_just(3x)
-       set_field_opts         form_field_opts(3x)
-       set_field_pad          form_field_attributes(3x)
-       set_field_status       form_field_buffer(3x)
-       set_field_term         form_hook(3x)
-       set_field_type         form_field_validation(3x)
-       set_field_userptr      form_field_userptr(3x)
-       set_fieldtype_arg      form_fieldtype(3x)
-       set_fieldtype_choice   form_fieldtype(3x)
-       set_form_fields        form_field(3x)
-       set_form_init          form_hook(3x)
-       set_form_opts          form_field_opts(3x)
-       set_form_page          form_page(3x)
-       set_form_sub           form_win(3x)
-       set_form_term          form_hook(3x)
-       set_form_userptr       form_userptr(3x)
-       set_form_win           form_win(3x)
-       set_max_field          form_field_buffer(3x)
-       set_new_page           form_new_page(3x)
-       unpost_form            form_post(3x)
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines that return pointers return NULL  on  error,  and
-       set  errno  to  the  corresponding  error-code returned by
-       functions returning an integer.  Routines that  return  an
-       integer return one of the following error codes:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_BAD_STATE
-            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
-            tion function.
-
-       E_CONNECTED
-            The field is already connected to a form.
-
-       E_INVALID_FIELD
-            Contents of a field are not valid.
-
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
-            No fields are connected to the form.
-
-       E_NOT_POSTED
-            The form has not been posted.
-
-       E_NO_ROOM
-            Form is too large for its window.
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The form is already posted.
-
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
-            The form driver could not process the request.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
-            The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x) and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
-       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       files <curses.h> and <eti.h>.
-
-       In  your  library  list,  libform.a should be before libn-
-       curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lform -lncurses', not
-       the  other  way  around (which would give you a link error
-       using most linkers).
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses
-       by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-                                                               form(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 04de65a5b4702..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_cursor.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_cursor 3x - - - - -

form_cursor 3x

-
-
-
-form_cursor(3x)                                         form_cursor(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_cursor - position a form window cursor
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  pos_form_cursor  restores the cursor to the
-       position required for the forms driver  to  continue  pro-
-       cessing  requests.   This  is useful after curses routines
-       have been called to do screen-painting in  response  to  a
-       form operation.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       This routine returns one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_NOT_POSTED
-            The form has not been posted.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                        form_cursor(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index f181a9a37169a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_data.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_data 3x - - - - -

form_data 3x

-
-
-
-form_data(3x)                                             form_data(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_data - test for off-screen data in given forms
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       bool data_ahead(const FORM *form);
-       bool data_behind(const FORM *form);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen
-       data ahead in the given form.   It  returns  TRUE  (1)  or
-       FALSE (0).
-
-       The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen
-       data behind in the given form.  It  returns  TRUE  (1)  or
-       FALSE (0).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                          form_data(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index ab9a263787d99..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_driver.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,375 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_driver 3x - - - - -

form_driver 3x

-
-
-
-form_driver(3x)                                         form_driver(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_driver - command-processing loop of the form system
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int form_driver(FORM *form, int c);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
-       input events to it through form_driver.  This routine  has
-       three major input cases:
-
-       o   The  input  is  a form navigation request.  Navigation
-           request codes are constants defined in <form.h>, which
-           are   distinct  from  the  key-  and  character  codes
-           returned by wgetch.
-
-       o   The input is a printable character.  Printable charac-
-           ters  (which  must  be  positive,  less  than 256) are
-           checked according to the program's locale settings.
-
-       o   The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key associated with
-           an mouse event.
-
-       The form driver requests are as follows:
-
-       REQ_NEXT_PAGE
-            Move to the next page.
-
-       REQ_PREV_PAGE
-            Move to the previous page.
-
-       REQ_FIRST_PAGE
-            Move to the first page.
-
-       REQ_LAST_PAGE
-            Move to the last field.
-
-
-       REQ_NEXT_FIELD
-            Move to the next field.
-
-       REQ_PREV_FIELD
-            Move to the previous field.
-
-       REQ_FIRST_FIELD
-            Move to the first field.
-
-       REQ_LAST_FIELD
-            Move to the last field.
-
-       REQ_SNEXT_FIELD
-            Move to the sorted next field.
-
-       REQ_SPREV_FIELD
-            Move to the sorted previous field.
-
-       REQ_SFIRST_FIELD
-            Move to the sorted first field.
-
-       REQ_SLAST_FIELD
-            Move to the sorted last field.
-
-       REQ_LEFT_FIELD
-            Move left to a field.
-
-       REQ_RIGHT_FIELD
-            Move right to a field.
-
-       REQ_UP_FIELD
-            Move up to a field.
-
-       REQ_DOWN_FIELD
-            Move down to a field.
-
-
-       REQ_NEXT_CHAR
-            Move to the next char.
-
-       REQ_PREV_CHAR
-            Move to the previous char.
-
-       REQ_NEXT_LINE
-            Move to the next line.
-
-       REQ_PREV_LINE
-            Move to the previous line.
-
-       REQ_NEXT_WORD
-            Move to the next word.
-
-       REQ_PREV_WORD
-            Move to the previous word.
-
-       REQ_BEG_FIELD
-            Move to the beginning of the field.
-
-       REQ_END_FIELD
-            Move to the end of the field.
-
-       REQ_BEG_LINE
-            Move to the beginning of the line.
-
-       REQ_END_LINE
-            Move to the end of the line.
-
-       REQ_LEFT_CHAR
-            Move left in the field.
-
-       REQ_RIGHT_CHAR
-            Move right in the field.
-
-       REQ_UP_CHAR
-            Move up in the field.
-
-       REQ_DOWN_CHAR
-            Move down in the field.
-
-
-       REQ_NEW_LINE
-            Insert or overlay a new line.
-
-       REQ_INS_CHAR
-            Insert a blank at the cursor.
-
-       REQ_INS_LINE
-            Insert a blank line at the cursor.
-
-       REQ_DEL_CHAR
-            Delete character at the cursor.
-
-       REQ_DEL_PREV
-            Delete character before the cursor.
-
-       REQ_DEL_LINE
-            Delete line at the cursor.
-
-       REQ_DEL_WORD
-            Delete blank-delimited word at the cursor.
-
-       REQ_CLR_EOL
-            Clear to end of line from cursor.
-
-       REQ_CLR_EOF
-            Clear to end of field from cursor.
-
-       REQ_CLR_FIELD
-            Clear the entire field.
-
-       REQ_OVL_MODE
-            Enter overlay mode.
-
-       REQ_INS_MODE
-            Enter insert mode.
-
-
-       REQ_SCR_FLINE
-            Scroll the field forward a line.
-
-       REQ_SCR_BLINE
-            Scroll the field backward a line.
-
-       REQ_SCR_FPAGE
-            Scroll the field forward a page.
-
-       REQ_SCR_BPAGE
-            Scroll the field backward a page.
-
-       REQ_SCR_FHPAGE
-            Scroll the field forward half a page.
-
-       REQ_SCR_BHPAGE
-            Scroll the field backward half a page.
-
-
-       REQ_SCR_FCHAR
-            Scroll the field forward a character.
-
-       REQ_SCR_BCHAR
-            Scroll the field backward a character.
-
-       REQ_SCR_HFLINE
-            Horizontal scroll the field forward a line.
-
-       REQ_SCR_HBLINE
-            Horizontal scroll the field backward a line.
-
-       REQ_SCR_HFHALF
-            Horizontal scroll the field forward half a line.
-
-       REQ_SCR_HBHALF
-            Horizontal scroll the field backward half a line.
-
-
-       REQ_VALIDATION
-            Validate field.
-
-       REQ_NEXT_CHOICE
-            Display next field choice.
-
-       REQ_PREV_CHOICE
-            Display previous field choice.
-
-       If  the  second  argument  is  a  printable character, the
-       driver places it in the current position  in  the  current
-       field.   If  it is one of the forms requests listed above,
-       that request is executed.
-
-   MOUSE HANDLING
-       If the second argument is the KEY_MOUSE special  key,  the
-       associated mouse event is translated into one of the above
-       pre-defined requests.  Currently only clicks in  the  user
-       window  (e.g., inside the form display area or the decora-
-       tion window) are handled.
-
-       If you click above the display region of the form:
-
-          a REQ_PREV_FIELD is generated for a single click,
-
-          a REQ_PREV_PAGE is generated for a double-click and
-
-          a REQ_FIRST_FIELD is generated for a triple-click.
-
-       If you click below the display region of the form:
-
-          a REQ_NEXT_FIELD is generated for a single click,
-
-          a REQ_NEXT_PAGE is generated for a double-click and
-
-          a REQ_LAST_FIELD is generated for a triple-click.
-
-       If you click at an field inside the display  area  of  the
-       form:
-
-          o   the form cursor is positioned to that field.
-
-          o   If  you  double-click  a  field, the form cursor is
-              positioned to that field and  E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND  is
-              returned.  This return value makes sense, because a
-              double click usually means that  an  field-specific
-              action  should be returned.  It is exactly the pur-
-              pose of this return value to signal that an  appli-
-              cation specific command should be executed.
-
-          o   If   a   translation   into  a  request  was  done,
-              form_driver returns the result of this request.
-
-       If you clicked outside the user window or the mouse  event
-       could   not   be   translated   into  a  form  request  an
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED is returned.
-
-   APPLICATION-DEFINED COMMANDS
-       If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the
-       above  pre-defined form requests, the driver assumes it is
-       an application-specific command and returns E_UNKNOWN_COM-
-       MAND.  Application-defined commands should be defined rel-
-       ative to MAX_COMMAND, the  maximum  value  of  these  pre-
-       defined requests.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       form_driver returns one of the following error codes:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_BAD_STATE
-            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
-            tion function.
-
-       E_NOT_POSTED
-            The form has not been posted.
-
-       E_INVALID_FIELD
-            Contents of field is invalid.
-
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
-            The form driver could not process the request.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
-            The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x), form_variables(3x), getch(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       files <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                        form_driver(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 0e7f82140884a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_field 3x - - - - -

form_field 3x

-
-
-
-form_field(3x)                                           form_field(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_field - make and break connections between fields and
-       forms
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_form_fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields);
-       FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *form);
-       int field_count(const FORM *form);
-       int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The function set_form_fields  changes  the  field  pointer
-       array  of the given form.  The array must be terminated by
-       a NULL.
-
-       The function form_fields returns the field  array  of  the
-       given form.
-
-       The  function  field_count  returns the count of fields in
-       form.
-
-       The function move_field moves the given field (which  must
-       be disconnected) to a specified location on the screen.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       The  function  form_fields returns a pointer (which may be
-       NULL).  It does not set errno.
-
-       The function field_count returns ERR if the form parameter
-       is NULL.
-
-       The functions set_form_fields and move_field return one of
-       the following codes on error:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_CONNECTED
-            The field is already connected to a form.
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The form is already posted.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-       The   SVr4   forms  library  documentation  specifies  the
-       field_count error value as -1 (which is the value of ERR).
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                         form_field(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 36b93e5d8a039..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_attributes.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_field_attributes 3x - - - - -

form_field_attributes 3x

-
-
-
-form_field_attributes(3x)                     form_field_attributes(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_field_attributes  -  color  and attribute control for
-       form fields
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
-       chtype field_fore(const FIELD *field);
-       int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
-       chtype field_back(const FIELD *field);
-       int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int pad);
-       int field_pad(const FIELD *field);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The function set_field_fore sets the foreground  attribute
-       of  field. This is the highlight used to display the field
-       contents.  The function field_fore returns the  foreground
-       attribute.  The default is A_STANDOUT.
-
-       The  function set_field_back sets the background attribute
-       of form. This is the highlight used to display the  extent
-       fields  in  the form.  The function field_back returns the
-       background attribute.  The default is A_NORMAL.
-
-       The function set_field_pad sets the character used to fill
-       the  field.   The  function  field_pad  returns  the given
-       form's pad character.  The default is a blank.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These routines return one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x) and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
-       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                              form_field_attributes(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index fe6b531f44d8b..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_buffer.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,179 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_field_buffer 3x - - - - -

form_field_buffer 3x

-
-
-
-form_field_buffer(3x)                             form_field_buffer(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_field_buffer - field buffer control
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-
-       int  set_field_buffer(FIELD  *field,  int  buf, const char
-       *value);
-       char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field, int buffer);
-       int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status);
-       bool field_status(const FIELD *field);
-       int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int max);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer  of
-       the given field to contain a given string:
-
-          o   Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field.
-
-          o   Other numbered buffers may be allocated by applica-
-              tions   through   the   nbuf   argument   of   (see
-              form_field_new(3x))  but are not manipulated by the
-              forms library.
-
-       The function field_buffer returns a pointer  to  the  con-
-       tents of the given numbered buffer:
-
-          o   The  buffer  contents  always have the same length,
-              and are padded with trailing spaces  as  needed  to
-              ensure this length is the same.
-
-          o   The buffer may contain leading spaces, depending on
-              how it was set.
-
-          o   The buffer contents are set with  set_field_buffer,
-              or  as  a  side effect of any editing operations on
-              the corresponding field.
-
-          o   Editing operations are based on  the  window  which
-              displays the field, rather than a string.  The win-
-              dow contains  only  printable  characters,  and  is
-              filled  with blanks.  If you want the raw data, you
-              must write your own routine that copies  the  value
-              out  of  the  buffer  and  removes  the leading and
-              trailing spaces.
-
-          o   Because editing operations change  the  content  of
-              the  buffer to correspond to the window, you should
-              not rely on using buffers for long-term storage  of
-              form data.
-
-       The  function  set_field_status sets the associated status
-       flag of field; field_status gets the current  value.   The
-       status  flag  is set to a nonzero value whenever the field
-       changes.
-
-       The function set_max_field sets the  maximum  size  for  a
-       dynamic  field.   An  argument  of 0 turns off any maximum
-       size threshold for that field.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The field_buffer function returns NULL on error.  It  sets
-       errno according to their success:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       The field_status function returns TRUE or FALSE.
-
-       The remaining routines return one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x) and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
-       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file
-
-       When  configured for wide characters, field_buffer returns
-       a pointer to temporary storage (allocated and freed by the
-       library).   The  application  should not attempt to modify
-       the  data.   It  will  be  freed  on  the  next  call   to
-       field_buffer to return the same buffer.  <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                  form_field_buffer(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index eec5556319010..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_info.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_field_info 3x - - - - -

form_field_info 3x

-
-
-
-form_field_info(3x)                                 form_field_info(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_field_info - retrieve field characteristics
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols,
-                     int *frow, int *fcol, int *nrow, int *nbuf);
-       int  dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int
-       *cols, int *max);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  field_info  returns  the  sizes  and  other
-       attributes  passed  in  to the field at its creation time.
-       The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left  cor-
-       ner,  column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows,
-       and number of working buffers.
-
-       The function dynamic_field_info returns the actual size of
-       the  field,  and  its maximum possible size.  If the field
-       has no size limit, the location  addressed  by  the  third
-       argument will be set to 0.  A field can be made dynamic by
-       turning off the O_STATIC option with field_opts_off.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These routines return one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x) and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
-       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-       A null (zero pointer) is accepted for any  of  the  return
-       values,  to  ignore  that  value.  Not all implementations
-       allow this, e.g., Solaris 2.7 does not.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                    form_field_info(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 62dab7569dce5..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_just.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_field_just 3x - - - - -

form_field_just 3x

-
-
-
-form_field_just(3x)                                 form_field_just(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_field_just - retrieve field characteristics
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int justification);
-       int field_just(const FIELD *field);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The   function   set_field_just   sets  the  justification
-       attribute of a field; field_just returns a field's  justi-
-       fication attribute.  The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTI-
-       FICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function field_just returns one of:  NO_JUSTIFICATION,
-       JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
-
-       The function set_field_just returns one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x) and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
-       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                    form_field_just(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 66b8d80669a60..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_new.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,150 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_field_new 3x - - - - -

form_field_new 3x

-
-
-
-form_field_new(3x)                                   form_field_new(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_field_new - create and destroy form fields
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       FIELD *new_field(int height, int width,
-                        int toprow, int leftcol,
-                        int offscreen, int nbuffers);
-       FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
-       FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
-       int free_field(FIELD *field);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function new_field allocates a new field and initial-
-       izes it from the parameters given: height, width,  row  of
-       upper-left  corner,  column  of  upper-left corner, number
-       off-screen rows, and number of additional working buffers.
-
-       The function dup_field duplicates a field at a  new  loca-
-       tion.   Most attributes (including current contents, size,
-       validation type, buffer count, growth threshold,  justifi-
-       cation,  foreground,  background,  pad character, options,
-       and user pointer) are copied.  Field status and the  field
-       page bit are not copied.
-
-       The  function  link_field acts like dup_field, but the new
-       field shares buffers with its parent.  Attribute  data  is
-       separate.
-
-       The  function  free_field  de-allocates storage associated
-       with a field.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function, new_field, dup_field, link_field return NULL
-       on error.  They set errno according to their success:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
-
-       The function free_field returns one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_CONNECTED
-            field is connected.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-       It  may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied
-       by dup_field being portable; the System  V  forms  library
-       documents are not very explicit about what gets copied and
-       what does not.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                     form_field_new(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5463815aa6171..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_opts.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_field_opts 3x - - - - -

form_field_opts 3x

-
-
-
-form_field_opts(3x)                                 form_field_opts(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_field_opts - set and get field options
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
-       int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
-       int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, Field_Options opts);
-       Field_Options field_opts(const FIELD *field);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  set_field_opts  sets  all the given field's
-       option bits (field  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
-       together).
-
-       The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
-       and leaves others alone.
-
-       The function field_opts_off turns  off  the  given  option
-       bits, and leaves others alone.
-
-       The function field_opts returns the field's current option
-       bits.
-
-       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
-
-       O_VISIBLE
-            The field is displayed.  If this option is off,  dis-
-            play of the field is suppressed.
-
-       O_ACTIVE
-            The  field  is  visited  during  processing.  If this
-            option is off, the field will  not  be  reachable  by
-            navigation  keys.  Please  notice  that  an invisible
-            field appears to be inactive also.
-
-       O_PUBLIC
-            The field contents are displayed as data is entered.
-
-       O_EDIT
-            The field can be edited.
-
-       O_WRAP
-            Words that do not fit on a line are  wrapped  to  the
-            next line.  Words are blank-separated.
-
-       O_BLANK
-            The  field is cleared whenever a character is entered
-            at the first position.
-
-       O_AUTOSKIP
-            Skip to the next field when this one fills.
-
-       O_NULLOK
-            Allow a blank field.
-
-       O_STATIC
-            Field buffers are fixed  to  field's  original  size.
-            Turn this option off to create a dynamic field.
-
-       O_PASSOK
-            Validate field only if modified by user.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Except  for  field_opts,  each  routine returns one of the
-       following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_CURRENT
-            The field is the current field.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                    form_field_opts(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 787e672f0a328..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_userptr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_field_userptr 3x - - - - -

form_field_userptr 3x

-
-
-
-form_field_userptr(3x)                           form_field_userptr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_field_userptr  -  associate  application  data with a
-       form field
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, void*userptr);
-       void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Every form field has a field that  can  be  used  to  hold
-       application-specific  data  (that is, the form-driver code
-       leaves it alone).  These functions get and set that field.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function field_userptr returns a pointer (which may be
-       NULL).  It does not set errno.
-
-       The function set_field_userptr returns E_OK (success).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-       The user pointer is a void pointer.  We chose not to leave
-       it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                 form_field_userptr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index e810402edcf6e..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_field_validation.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,195 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_field_validation 3x - - - - -

form_field_validation 3x

-
-
-
-form_field_validation(3x)                     form_field_validation(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_field_validation - data type validation for fields
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type, ...);
-       FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field);
-       void *field_arg(const FIELD *field);
-
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALNUM;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ALPHA;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_ENUM;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_INTEGER;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_NUMERIC;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_REGEXP;
-       FIELDTYPE *TYPE_IPV4;
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  set_field_type  declares  a data type for a
-       given form field.  This is the type checked by  validation
-       functions.  The predefined types are as follows:
-
-       TYPE_ALNUM
-            Alphanumeric  data.  Requires a third int argument, a
-            minimum field width.
-
-       TYPE_ALPHA
-            Character data.  Requires a  third  int  argument,  a
-            minimum field width.
-
-       TYPE_ENUM
-            Accept one of a specified set of strings.  Requires a
-            third (char **) argument pointing to a string list; a
-            fourth  int flag argument to enable case-sensitivity;
-            and a fifth int flag argument  specifying  whether  a
-            partial  match  must be a unique one (if this flag is
-            off, a prefix matches the first of any  set  of  more
-            than  one  list  elements  with  that prefix). Please
-            notice that the string list is copied. So you may use
-            a  list  that  lives  in  automatic  variables on the
-            stack.
-
-       TYPE_INTEGER
-            Integer data, parsable  to  an  integer  by  atoi(3).
-            Requires  a third int argument controlling the preci-
-            sion, a fourth  long  argument  constraining  minimum
-            value,  and  a fifth long constraining maximum value.
-            If the maximum value is less than  or  equal  to  the
-            minimum value, the range is simply ignored. On return
-            the field buffer is formatted according to the printf
-            format   specification   ".*ld",  where  the  '*'  is
-            replaced by the precision argument.  For  details  of
-            the precision handling see printf's man-page.
-
-       TYPE_NUMERIC
-            Numeric   data   (may  have  a  decimal-point  part).
-            Requires a third int argument controlling the  preci-
-            sion,  a  fourth double argument constraining minimum
-            value, and a fifth double constraining maximum value.
-            If  your  system  supports locales, the decimal point
-            character to be used must be  the  one  specified  by
-            your  locale.   If  the maximum value is less than or
-            equal to the  minimum  value,  the  range  is  simply
-            ignored.  On  return  the  field  buffer is formatted
-            according to the printf format  specification  ".*f",
-            where  the '*' is replaced by the precision argument.
-            For details of the precision  handling  see  printf's
-            man-page.
-
-       TYPE_REGEXP
-            Regular  expression data.  Requires a regular expres-
-            sion (char *) third argument; the data  is  valid  if
-            the  regular  expression matches it.  Regular expres-
-            sions are in  the  format  of  regcomp  and  regexec.
-            Please  notice that the regular expression must match
-            the whole field. If you have  for  example  an  eight
-            character wide field, a regular expression "^[0-9]*$"
-            always means that you have to fill  all  eight  posi-
-            tions with digits. If you want to allow fewer digits,
-            you may use for example "^[0-9]* *$"  which  is  good
-            for  trailing  spaces  (up  to an empty field), or "^
-            *[0-9]* *$" which is good for  leading  and  trailing
-            spaces around the digits.
-
-       TYPE_IPV4
-            An Internet Protocol Version 4 address. This requires
-            no additional argument. It is checked whether or  not
-            the  buffer  has  the form a.b.c.d, where a,b,c and d
-            are numbers between 0 and 255. Trailing blanks in the
-            buffer  are  ignored. The address itself is not vali-
-            dated. Please note that this is an ncurses extension.
-            This  field type may not be available in other curses
-            implementations.
-
-       It is possible to  set  up  new  programmer-defined  field
-       types.  See the form_fieldtype(3x) manual page.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The  functions  field_type  and  field_arg  return NULL on
-       error. The function set_field_type returns one of the fol-
-       lowing:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x), form_variables(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                              form_field_validation(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 7f195ee37a8c4..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_fieldtype.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_fieldtype 3x - - - - -

form_fieldtype 3x

-
-
-
-form_fieldtype(3x)                                   form_fieldtype(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_fieldtype - define validation-field types
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
-           bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *, const void *),
-           bool (* const char_check)(int, const void *));
-       int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *fieldtype);
-       int set_fieldtype_arg(
-           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
-           void *(* const make_arg)(va_list *),
-           void *(* const copy_arg)(const void *),
-           void  (* const free_arg)(void *));
-       int set_fieldtype_choice(
-           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
-           bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *, const void *),
-           bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *, const void *));
-       FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
-                                 FIELDTYPE *type2);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable
-       for data validation.  You supply it  with  field_check,  a
-       predicate  to check the validity of an entered data string
-       whenever the user attempts to leave a field.   The  (FIELD
-       *)  argument  is passed in so the validation predicate can
-       see the field's buffer, sizes and  other  attributes;  the
-       second  argument  is  an  argument-block  structure, about
-       which more below.
-
-       You also supply new_fieldtype with char_check, a  function
-       to  validate input characters as they are entered; it will
-       be passed the character to be checked and a pointer to  an
-       argument-block structure.
-
-       The  function free_fieldtype frees the space allocated for
-       a given validation type.
-
-       The function set_fieldtype_arg associates  three  storage-
-       management  functions  with  a  field  type.  The make_arg
-       function is automatically applied to the list of arguments
-       you  give  set_field_type  when  attaching validation to a
-       field; its job is to bundle these into an allocated  argu-
-       ment-block  object which can later be passed to validation
-       predicated.  The other two hook arguments should copy  and
-       free  argument-block structures.  They will be used by the
-       forms-driver code.  You must supply the make_arg function,
-       the  other two are optional, you may supply NULL for them.
-       In this case it is assumed that make_arg does not allocate
-       memory  but simply loads the argument into a single scalar
-       value.
-
-       The function link_fieldtype creates a new field type  from
-       the  two  given  types.   They are connected by an logical
-       'OR'.
-
-       The   form    driver    requests    REQ_NEXT_CHOICE    and
-       REQ_PREV_CHOICE assume that the possible values of a field
-       form an ordered set, and provide the forms user with a way
-       to  move  through the set.  The set_fieldtype_choice func-
-       tion allows forms  programmers  to  define  successor  and
-       predecessor functions for the field type.  These functions
-       take the field pointer and an argument-block structure  as
-       arguments.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The  pointer-valued  routines  return NULL on error.  They
-       set errno according to their success:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
-
-       The  integer-valued  routines  return one of the following
-       codes on error:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_CONNECTED
-            The field is already connected to a form.
-
-       E_CURRENT
-            The field is the current field.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-       All of the (char *) arguments of  these  functions  should
-       actually  be (void *).  The type has been left uncorrected
-       for strict compatibility with System V.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                     form_fieldtype(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 369c164b9965b..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_hook.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_hook 3x - - - - -

form_hook 3x

-
-
-
-form_hook(3x)                                             form_hook(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_hook - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
-       tions
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_field_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
-       Form_Hook field_init(const FORM *form);
-       int set_field_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
-       Form_Hook field_term(const FORM *form);
-       int set_form_init(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
-       Form_Hook form_init(const FORM *form);
-       int set_form_term(FORM *form, Form_Hook func);
-       Form_Hook form_term(const FORM *form);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These functions make it possible to set hook functions  to
-       be called at various points in the automatic processing of
-       input event codes by form_driver.
-
-       The function set_field_init sets a hook to  be  called  at
-       form-post  time  and  each time the selected field changes
-       (after the change).  field_init returns the current  field
-       init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
-
-       The  function  set_field_term  sets a hook to be called at
-       form-unpost time and each time the selected field  changes
-       (before the change).  field_term returns the current field
-       term hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
-
-       The function set_form_init sets a hook  to  be  called  at
-       form-post  time  and  just  after a page change once it is
-       posted.  form_init returns the current form init hook,  if
-       any (NULL if there is no such hook).
-
-       The  function  set_form_term  sets  a hook to be called at
-       form-unpost time and just before a page change once it  is
-       posted.   form_init returns the current form term hook, if
-       any (NULL if there is no such hook).
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.  Other
-       routines return one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                          form_hook(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index d73547a5f0638..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_new.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_new 3x - - - - -

form_new 3x

-
-
-
-form_new(3x)                                               form_new(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_new - create and destroy forms
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
-       int free_form(FORM *form);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  new_form  creates a new form connected to a
-       specified field pointer array (which must  be  NULL-termi-
-       nated).
-
-       The  function  free_form  disconnects  form from its field
-       array and frees the storage allocated for the form.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function new_form returns  NULL  on  error.   It  sets
-       errno according to the function's success:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_CONNECTED
-            The field is already connected to a form.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
-
-       The function free_form returns one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The form has already been posted.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                           form_new(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index be9d1154cee1f..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_new_page.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_new_page 3x - - - - -

form_new_page 3x

-
-
-
-form_new_page(3x)                                     form_new_page(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_new_page - form pagination functions
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag);
-       bool new_page(const FIELD *field);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  set_new_page  sets or resets a flag marking
-       the given field as the beginning of  a  new  page  on  its
-       form.
-
-       The  function  new_page  is  a  predicate which tests if a
-       given field marks a page beginning on its form.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function new_page returns TRUE or FALSE.
-
-       The function set_new_page return one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_CONNECTED
-            The given field is already connected to a form.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x) and related pages whose names begin "form_" for
-       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                      form_new_page(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 78d57fd737461..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_opts.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_opts 3x - - - - -

form_opts 3x

-
-
-
-form_opts(3x)                                             form_opts(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_opts - set and get form options
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_form_opts(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
-       int form_opts_on(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
-       int form_opts_off(FORM *form, Field_Options opts);
-       Field_Options form_opts(const FORM *form);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  set_form_opts  sets  all  the  given form's
-       option bits  (form  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
-       together).
-
-       The  function form_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
-       and leaves others alone.
-
-       The function form_opts_off  turns  off  the  given  option
-       bits, and leaves others alone.
-
-       The  function  form_opts returns the form's current option
-       bits.
-
-       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
-
-       O_NL_OVERLOAD
-            Overload the REQ_NEW_LINE  forms  driver  request  so
-            that  calling  it  at  the end of a field goes to the
-            next field.
-
-       O_BS_OVERLOAD
-            Overload the REQ_DEL_PREV  forms  driver  request  so
-            that  calling  it at the beginning of a field goes to
-            the previous field.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Except for form_opts, each routine returns one of the fol-
-       lowing:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                          form_opts(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 2168af1ffaec9..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_page.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_page 3x - - - - -

form_page 3x

-
-
-
-form_page(3x)                                             form_page(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_page - set and get form page number
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_current_field(FORM *form, FIELD *field);
-       FIELD *current_field(const FORM *);
-       int set_form_page(FORM *form, int n);
-       int form_page(const FORM *form);
-       int field_index(const FIELD *field);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  set_current field sets the current field of
-       the given form; current_field returns the current field of
-       the given form.
-
-       The  function  set_form_page  sets  the form's page number
-       (goes to page n of the form).
-
-       The function form_page returns  the  form's  current  page
-       number.
-
-       The function field_index returns the index of the field in
-       the field array of the form it is connected to. It returns
-       ERR  if  the  argument is the null pointer or the field is
-       not connected.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Except for form_page, each routine returns one of the fol-
-       lowing:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_BAD_STATE
-            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
-            tion function.
-
-       E_INVALID_FIELD
-            Contents of a field are not valid.
-
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
-            The form driver could not process the request.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                          form_page(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 1e7e71432e9c2..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_post.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_post 3x - - - - -

form_post 3x

-
-
-
-form_post(3x)                                             form_post(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_post  -  write or erase forms from associated subwin-
-       dows
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int post_form(FORM *form);
-       int unpost_form(FORM *form);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The function post_form displays a form to  its  associated
-       subwindow.   To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
-       use  refresh  or  some  equivalent  curses  routine   (the
-       implicit  doupdate  triggered  by  an curses input request
-       will do).
-
-       The function unpost_form erases form from  its  associated
-       subwindow.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These routines return one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_BAD_STATE
-            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
-            tion function.
-
-       E_NOT_POSTED
-            The form has not been posted.
-
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
-            No items are connected to the form.
-
-       E_NO_ROOM
-            Form is too large for its window.
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The form has already been posted.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                          form_post(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 8400063f3a9c2..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_requestname.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_requestname 3x - - - - -

form_requestname 3x

-
-
-
-form_requestname(3x)                               form_requestname(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_requestname - handle printable form request names
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       const char *form_request_name(int request);
-       int form_request_by_name(const char *name);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function form_request_name returns the printable name
-       of a form request code.
-       The function form_request_by_name searches in the name-ta-
-       ble  for  a  request  with  the given name and returns its
-       request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       form_request_name returns NULL on error and sets errno  to
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT.
-       form_request_by_name returns E_NO_MATCH on error.  It does
-       not set errno.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
-       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
-       It  is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
-       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                   form_requestname(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 189fca2961ada..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_userptr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_userptr 3x - - - - -

form_userptr 3x

-
-
-
-form_userptr(3x)                                       form_userptr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_userptr - associate application data with a form item
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, void *userptr);
-       void* form_userptr(const FORM *form);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Every  form  and  every  form item has a field that can be
-       used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-
-       driver code leaves it alone).  These functions get and set
-       the form user pointer field.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function form_userptr returns a pointer (which may  be
-       NULL).  It does not set errno.
-
-       The function set_form_userptr returns E_OK (success).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-       The user pointer is a void pointer.  We chose not to leave
-       it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                       form_userptr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5d252d97e28df..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_variables.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_variables 3x - - - - -

form_variables 3x

-
-
-
-form_variables(3x)                                   form_variables(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       TYPE_ALNUM, TYPE_ALPHA, TYPE_ENUM, TYPE_INTEGER,
-       TYPE_IPV4, TYPE_NUMERIC, TYPE_REGEXP - form system global
-       variables
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_ALNUM;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_ALPHA;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_ENUM;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_INTEGER;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_IPV4;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_NUMERIC;
-       FIELDTYPE * TYPE_REGEXP;
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These  are  building blocks for the form library, defining
-       fields that can be created using set_fieldtype(3x).   Each
-       provides  functions  for  field- and character-validation,
-       according to the given datatype.
-
-   TYPE_ALNUM
-       This holds alphanumeric data.
-
-   TYPE_ALPHA
-       This holds alphabetic data.
-
-   TYPE_ENUM
-       This holds an enumerated type.
-
-   TYPE_INTEGER
-       This holds a decimal integer.
-
-   TYPE_IPV4
-       This holds an IPv4 internet address, e.g., "127.0.0.1".
-
-   TYPE_NUMERIC
-       This holds a decimal number, with optional sign and  deci-
-       mal point.
-
-   TYPE_REGEXP
-       This holds a regular expression.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  TYPE_IPV4  variable  is  an extension not provided by
-       older implementations of the form library.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       form(3x).
-
-
-
-                                                     form_variables(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html b/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9baa68f82c156..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/form_win.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ - - - - -form_win 3x - - - - -

form_win 3x

-
-
-
-form_win(3x)                                               form_win(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       form_win  - make and break form window and subwindow asso-
-       ciations
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <form.h>
-       int set_form_win(FORM *form, WINDOW *win);
-       WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *form);
-       int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *sub);
-       WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *form);
-       int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Every form has an associated pair of curses windows.   The
-       form  window displays any title and border associated with
-       the window; the form subwindow displays the items  of  the
-       form that are currently available for selection.
-
-       The first four functions get and set those windows.  It is
-       not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
-       code uses stdscr for both.
-
-       In  the set_ functions, window argument of NULL is treated
-       as though it were stsdcr.  A  form  argument  of  NULL  is
-       treated  as  a  request  to change the system default form
-       window or subwindow.
-
-       The function scale_form returns the minimum size  required
-       for the subwindow of form.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines  that return pointers return NULL on error.  Rou-
-       tines that return an integer return one of  the  following
-       error codes:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The form has already been posted.
-
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
-            No items are connected to the form.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_variables(3x), form(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                           form_win(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/index.html b/doc/html/man/index.html deleted file mode 100644 index 64a832f213e71..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ - - - - -NCURSES – Manual Pages - - - -
- - - diff --git a/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html b/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html deleted file mode 100644 index 553e385485863..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/infocmp.1m.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,444 +0,0 @@ - - - - -infocmp 1m - - - - -

infocmp 1m

-
-
-
-infocmp(1m)                                                 infocmp(1m)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       infocmp - compare or print out terminfo descriptions
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       infocmp [-1CEFGILTUVcdegilnpqrtux]
-             [-v n] [-s d| i| l| c] [-R subset]
-             [-w width] [-A directory] [-B directory]
-             [termname...]
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       infocmp  can  be  used  to compare a binary terminfo entry
-       with other terminfo entries, rewrite a  terminfo  descrip-
-       tion  to  take  advantage  of  the use= terminfo field, or
-       print out a terminfo  description  from  the  binary  file
-       (term) in a variety of formats.  In all cases, the boolean
-       fields will be printed  first,  followed  by  the  numeric
-       fields, followed by the string fields.
-
-   Default Options
-       If  no options are specified and zero or one termnames are
-       specified, the -I option will be assumed.   If  more  than
-       one  termname is specified, the -d option will be assumed.
-
-   Comparison Options [-d] [-c] [-n]
-       infocmp compares the terminfo  description  of  the  first
-       terminal  termname  with each of the descriptions given by
-       the entries for the  other  terminal's  termnames.   If  a
-       capability  is  defined for only one of the terminals, the
-       value returned will depend on the type of the  capability:
-       F  for  boolean  variables,  -1 for integer variables, and
-       NULL for string variables.
-
-       The -d option produces a list of each capability  that  is
-       different  between  two entries.  This option is useful to
-       show the difference between two entries, created  by  dif-
-       ferent people, for the same or similar terminals.
-
-       The  -c  option produces a list of each capability that is
-       common between two entries.  Capabilities that are not set
-       are  ignored.  This option can be used as a quick check to
-       see if the -u option is worth using.
-
-       The -n option produces a list of each capability  that  is
-       in neither entry.  If no termnames are given, the environ-
-       ment variable TERM will be used for both of the termnames.
-       This  can  be used as a quick check to see if anything was
-       left out of a description.
-
-   Source Listing Options [-I] [-L] [-C] [-r]
-       The -I, -L, and -C options will produce a  source  listing
-       for each terminal named.
-
-      -I   use the terminfo names
-      -L   use the long C variable name listed in <term.h>
-      -C   use the termcap names
-      -r   when using -C, put out all capabilities in termcap form
-
-       If  no  termnames are given, the environment variable TERM
-       will be used for the terminal name.
-
-       The source produced by the -C option may be used  directly
-       as  a termcap entry, but not all parameterized strings can
-       be changed to the termcap format.  infocmp will attempt to
-       convert  most  of  the parameterized information, and any-
-       thing not converted will be plainly marked in  the  output
-       and commented out.  These should be edited by hand.
-
-       All  padding  information  for  strings  will be collected
-       together and placed at the beginning of the  string  where
-       termcap  expects  it.  Mandatory padding (padding informa-
-       tion with a trailing '/') will become optional.
-
-       All termcap variables no longer supported by terminfo, but
-       which are derivable from other terminfo variables, will be
-       output.  Not all terminfo capabilities will be translated;
-       only  those variables which were part of termcap will nor-
-       mally be output.  Specifying the -r option will  take  off
-       this  restriction,  allowing all capabilities to be output
-       in termcap form.
-
-       Note that because padding is collected to the beginning of
-       the  capability,  not all capabilities are output.  Manda-
-       tory padding is not supported.   Because  termcap  strings
-       are  not as flexible, it is not always possible to convert
-       a terminfo string capability into  an  equivalent  termcap
-       format.   A subsequent conversion of the termcap file back
-       into terminfo format will not  necessarily  reproduce  the
-       original terminfo source.
-
-       Some  common  terminfo  parameter sequences, their termcap
-       equivalents, and some terminal types which  commonly  have
-       such sequences, are:
-
-     terminfo                    termcap   Representative Terminals
-     ---------------------------------------------------------------
-     %p1%c                       %.        adm
-     %p1%d                       %d        hp, ANSI standard, vt100
-     %p1%'x'%+%c                 %+x       concept
-     %i                          %iq       ANSI standard, vt100
-     %p1%?%'x'%>%t%p1%'y'%+%;    %>xy      concept
-     %p2 is printed before %p1   %r        hp
-
-   Use= Option [-u]
-       The  -u  option  produces a terminfo source description of
-       the first terminal termname which is relative to  the  sum
-       of  the  descriptions  given  by the entries for the other
-       terminals termnames.  It does this by analyzing  the  dif-
-       ferences   between   the  first  termname  and  the  other
-       termnames and producing a description with use= fields for
-       the  other  terminals.   In this manner, it is possible to
-       retrofit  generic  terminfo  entries  into  a   terminal's
-       description.  Or, if two similar terminals exist, but were
-       coded at different times or by different  people  so  that
-       each description is a full description, using infocmp will
-       show what can be done to change one description to be rel-
-       ative to the other.
-
-       A capability will get printed with an at-sign (@) if it no
-       longer exists in the first termname, but one of the  other
-       termname  entries contains a value for it.  A capability's
-       value gets printed if the value in the first  termname  is
-       not  found in any of the other termname entries, or if the
-       first of the other termname entries that has this capabil-
-       ity  gives  a different value for the capability than that
-       in the first termname.
-
-       The order of the other termname  entries  is  significant.
-       Since  the terminfo compiler tic does a left-to-right scan
-       of the capabilities, specifying two use= entries that con-
-       tain differing entries for the same capabilities will pro-
-       duce different results depending on  the  order  that  the
-       entries  are  given in.  infocmp will flag any such incon-
-       sistencies between the other termname entries as they  are
-       found.
-
-       Alternatively,  specifying a capability after a use= entry
-       that contains that capability will cause the second speci-
-       fication  to  be  ignored.   Using  infocmp  to recreate a
-       description can be a useful check to make sure that every-
-       thing  was  specified  correctly  in  the  original source
-       description.
-
-       Another error  that  does  not  cause  incorrect  compiled
-       files,  but will slow down the compilation time, is speci-
-       fying extra use= fields  that  are  superfluous.   infocmp
-       will  flag  any  other  termname use= fields that were not
-       needed.
-
-   Changing Databases [-A directory] [-B directory]
-       The location of the compiled terminfo  database  is  taken
-       from  the environment variable TERMINFO .  If the variable
-       is not defined, or the terminal is not found in that loca-
-       tion,  the  system  terminfo  database, in /usr/share/ter-
-       minfo, will be used.  The options -A and -B may be used to
-       override  this  location.  The -A option will set TERMINFO
-       for the first termname and the -B option will set TERMINFO
-       for  the  other  termnames.   With this, it is possible to
-       compare descriptions for a terminal  with  the  same  name
-       located  in  two  different databases.  This is useful for
-       comparing descriptions for the same  terminal  created  by
-       different people.
-
-   Other Options
-       -1   causes  the  fields  to be printed out one to a line.
-            Otherwise, the fields will be printed  several  to  a
-            line to a maximum width of 60 characters.
-
-       -a   tells  infocmp  to  retain commented-out capabilities
-            rather than discarding them.  Capabilities  are  com-
-            mented by prefixing them with a period.
-
-       -E   Dump  the  capabilities  of  the  given  terminal  as
-            tables, needed in the C initializer  for  a  TERMTYPE
-            structure  (the  terminal capability structure in the
-            <term.h>).  This option is useful for preparing  ver-
-            sions  of  the  curses  library hardwired for a given
-            terminal type.  The tables are all  declared  static,
-            and  are  named according to the type and the name of
-            the corresponding terminal entry.
-
-            Before ncurses 5.0, the split between the -e  and  -E
-            options  was  not  needed;  but  support for extended
-            names required making the arrays of terminal capabil-
-            ities separate from the TERMTYPE structure.
-
-       -e   Dump  the  capabilities  of the given terminal as a C
-            initializer for a TERMTYPE  structure  (the  terminal
-            capability  structure  in the <term.h>).  This option
-            is  useful  for  preparing  versions  of  the  curses
-            library hardwired for a given terminal type.
-
-       -F   compare  terminfo  files.  This assumes that two fol-
-            lowing  arguments  are  filenames.   The  files   are
-            searched  for  pairwise matches between entries, with
-            two entries considered to match if any of their names
-            do.   The  report  printed  to  standard output lists
-            entries with  no  matches  in  the  other  file,  and
-            entries  with  more than one match.  For entries with
-            exactly one match it includes  a  difference  report.
-            Normally,  to  reduce  the  volume of the report, use
-            references are not resolved before looking  for  dif-
-            ferences, but resolution can be forced by also speci-
-            fying -r.
-
-       -f   Display  complex  terminfo  strings   which   contain
-            if/then/else/endif expressions indented for readabil-
-            ity.
-
-       -G   Display constant literals in decimal form rather than
-            their character equivalents.
-
-       -g   Display  constant  character  literals in quoted form
-            rather than their decimal equivalents.
-
-       -i   Analyze the initialization (is1, is2, is3), and reset
-            (rs1,  rs2,  rs3),  strings  in  the entry.  For each
-            string, the code tries to analyze it into actions  in
-            terms of the other capabilities in the entry, certain
-            X3.64/ISO 6429/ECMA-48 capabilities, and certain  DEC
-            VT-series  private  modes (the set of recognized spe-
-            cial sequences has  been  selected  for  completeness
-            over  the  existing  terminfo database).  Each report
-            line consists of the capability name, followed  by  a
-            colon and space, followed by a printable expansion of
-            the capability string with sections  matching  recog-
-            nized  actions  translated into {}-bracketed descrip-
-            tions.  Here  is  a  list  of  the  DEC/ANSI  special
-            sequences recognized: i.
-
-                  Action        Meaning
-                  -----------------------------------------
-                  RIS           full reset
-                  SC            save cursor
-                  RC            restore cursor
-                  LL            home-down
-                  RSR           reset scroll region
-                  -----------------------------------------
-                  DECSTR        soft reset (VT320)
-                  S7C1T         7-bit controls (VT220)
-                  -----------------------------------------
-                  ISO DEC G0    enable DEC graphics for G0
-                  ISO UK G0     enable UK chars for G0
-                  ISO US G0     enable US chars for G0
-                  ISO DEC G1    enable DEC graphics for G1
-                  ISO UK G1     enable UK chars for G1
-                  ISO US G1     enable US chars for G1
-                  -----------------------------------------
-                  DECPAM        application keypad mode
-                  DECPNM        normal keypad mode
-                  DECANSI       enter ANSI mode
-                  -----------------------------------------
-                  ECMA[+-]AM    keyboard action mode
-                  ECMA[+-]IRM   insert replace mode
-                  ECMA[+-]SRM   send receive mode
-                  ECMA[+-]LNM   linefeed mode
-                  -----------------------------------------
-                  DEC[+-]CKM    application cursor keys
-                  DEC[+-]ANM    set VT52 mode
-                  DEC[+-]COLM   132-column mode
-
-                  DEC[+-]SCLM   smooth scroll
-                  DEC[+-]SCNM   reverse video mode
-                  DEC[+-]OM     origin mode
-                  DEC[+-]AWM    wraparound mode
-                  DEC[+-]ARM    auto-repeat mode
-
-            It  also  recognizes  a  SGR  action corresponding to
-            ANSI/ISO 6429/ECMA Set Graphics Rendition,  with  the
-            values  NORMAL,  BOLD, UNDERLINE, BLINK, and REVERSE.
-            All but NORMAL may be prefixed with `+' (turn on)  or
-            `-' (turn off).
-
-       An SGR0 designates an empty highlight sequence (equivalent
-       to {SGR:NORMAL}).
-
-       -l   Set output format to terminfo.
-
-       -p   Ignore padding specifications when comparing strings.
-
-       -q   Make  the comparison listing shorter by omitting sub-
-            headings, and using "-" for absent capabilities,  "@"
-            for canceled rather than "NULL".
-
-       -Rsubset
-            Restrict  output  to  a given subset.  This option is
-            for use with archaic versions of terminfo like  those
-            on  SVr1,  Ultrix,  or  HP/UX that do not support the
-            full set of SVR4/XSI Curses  terminfo;  and  variants
-            such as AIX that have their own extensions incompati-
-            ble with SVr4/XSI.  Available  terminfo  subsets  are
-            "SVr1",  "Ultrix",  "HP",  and "AIX"; see terminfo(5)
-            for details.  You can also choose  the  subset  "BSD"
-            which  selects only capabilities with termcap equiva-
-            lents recognized by 4.4BSD.
-
-       -s [d|i|l|c]
-            The -s option  sorts  the  fields  within  each  type
-            according to the argument below:
-
-            d    leave  fields  in the order that they are stored
-                 in the terminfo database.
-
-            i    sort by terminfo name.
-
-            l    sort by the long C variable name.
-
-            c    sort by the termcap name.
-
-            If the -s option is not given, the fields printed out
-            will  be  sorted  alphabetically by the terminfo name
-            within each type, except in the case of the -C or the
-            -L options, which cause the sorting to be done by the
-            termcap name or the long  C  variable  name,  respec-
-            tively.
-
-       -T   eliminates  size-restrictions  on the generated text.
-            This is mainly useful for testing and analysis, since
-            the compiled descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for
-            termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
-
-       -t   tells  tic  to  discard  commented-out  capabilities.
-            Normally  when  translating from terminfo to termcap,
-            untranslatable capabilities are commented-out.
-
-       -U   tells infocmp to  not  post-process  the  data  after
-            parsing  the  source  file.   This feature helps when
-            comparing the actual contents of  two  source  files,
-            since  it  excludes the inferences that infocmp makes
-            to fill in missing data.
-
-       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this
-            program, and exits.
-
-       -v n prints  out  tracing information on standard error as
-            the program runs.  Higher values of n induce  greater
-            verbosity.
-
-       -w width
-            changes the output to width characters.
-
-       -x   print   information  for  user-defined  capabilities.
-            These are extensions to the terminfo repertoire which
-            can be loaded using the -x option of tic.
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       /usr/share/terminfo Compiled      terminal     description
-                           database.
-
-
-
-

EXTENSIONS

-       The -E, -F, -G, -R, -T, -V, -a, -e, -f, -g, -i, -l, -p, -q
-       and -t options are not supported in SVr4 curses.
-
-       The -r option's notion of `termcap' capabilities is System
-       V Release 4's.  Actual BSD curses  versions  will  have  a
-       more  restricted  set.  To see only the 4.4BSD set, use -r
-       -RBSD.
-
-
-
-

BUGS

-       The -F option of infocmp(1m) should be a toe(1m) mode.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       captoinfo(1m),    infotocap(1m),     tic(1m),     toe(1m),
-       curses(3x), terminfo(5).
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and
-       Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net>
-
-
-
-                                                            infocmp(1m)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html b/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html deleted file mode 100644 index a143e45fc5ecf..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/infotocap.1m.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ - - - - -infotocap 1m - - - - -

infotocap 1m

-
-
-
-infotocap(1m)                                             infotocap(1m)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       infotocap  - convert a terminfo description into a termcap
-       description
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       infotocap [-vn width]  [-V] [-1] [-w width] file . . .
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       infotocap looks in  each  given  text  file  for  terminfo
-       descriptions.   For  each  terminfo  description found, an
-       equivalent termcap description is written to standard out-
-       put.  Terminfo use capabilities are translated directly to
-       termcap tc capabilities.
-
-       -v   print out tracing information on  standard  error  as
-            the program runs.
-
-       -V   print  out the version of the program in use on stan-
-            dard error and exit.
-
-       -1   cause the fields to print out one to a line.   Other-
-            wise, the fields will be printed several to a line to
-            a maximum width of 60 characters.
-
-       -w   change the output to width characters.
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       /usr/share/terminfo Compiled     terminal      description
-                           database.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       This  utility  is  actually  a  link to tic, running in -C
-       mode.  You can use other tic options such as -f and  -x.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), tic(1m), infocmp(1m), terminfo(5)
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and
-       Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net>
-
-
-
-                                                          infotocap(1m)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html b/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index ee6126b9bd740..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/key_defined.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ - - - - -key_defined 3x - - - - -

key_defined 3x

-
-
-
-key_defined(3x)                                         key_defined(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       key_defined - check if a keycode is defined
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int key_defined(const char *definition);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This is an extension to the curses library.  It permits an
-       application to determine if a string is currently bound to
-       any keycode.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       If  the  string  is bound to a keycode, its value (greater
-       than zero) is returned.  If no keycode is bound,  zero  is
-       returned.   If  the  string  conflicts with longer strings
-       which are bound to keys, -1 is returned.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
-       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
-       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
-       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       define_key(3x).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Thomas Dickey.
-
-
-
-                                                        key_defined(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html b/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5b54466bd9008..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/keybound.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ - - - - -keybound 3x - - - - -

keybound 3x

-
-
-
-keybound(3x)                                               keybound(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       keybound - return definition of keycode
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       char * keybound(int keycode, int count);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This is an extension to the curses library.  It permits an
-       application to determine the string which  is  defined  in
-       the terminfo for specific keycodes.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The keycode parameter must be greater than zero, else NULL
-       is returned.  If it does not correspond to a defined  key,
-       then  NULL  is  returned.   The count parameter is used to
-       allow the application to iterate through multiple  defini-
-       tions,  counting from zero.  When successful, the function
-       returns a string which must be freed by the caller.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
-       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
-       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
-       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       define_key(3x), keyok(3x).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Thomas Dickey.
-
-
-
-                                                           keybound(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html b/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index d2b0be1719c24..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/keyok.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ - - - - -keyok 3x - - - - -

keyok 3x

-
-
-
-keyok(3x)                                                     keyok(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       keyok - enable or disable a keycode
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int keyok(int keycode, bool enable);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This is an extension to the curses library.  It permits an
-       application to disable specific keycodes, rather than  use
-       the  keypad  function  to disable all keycodes.  Keys that
-       have been disabled can be re-enabled.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The keycode  must  be  greater  than  zero,  else  ERR  is
-       returned.   If  it  does  not correspond to a defined key,
-       then ERR is returned.  If the enable  parameter  is  true,
-       then  the  key  must  have  been disabled, and vice versa.
-       Otherwise, the function returns OK.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
-       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
-       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
-       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       define_key(3x).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Thomas Dickey.
-
-
-
-                                                              keyok(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html b/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 03eea8b6cc2af..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/legacy_coding.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ - - - - -legacy_coding 3x - - - - -

legacy_coding 3x

-
-
-
-legacy_coding(3x)                                     legacy_coding(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       use_legacy_coding - use terminal's default colors
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int use_legacy_coding(int level);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  use_legacy_coding()  function  is an extension to the
-       curses library.  It allows the caller to change the result
-       of  unctrl, and suppress related checks within the library
-       that would normally cause  nonprinting  characters  to  be
-       rendered in visible form.  This affects only 8-bit charac-
-       ters.
-
-       The level parameter controls the result:
-
-              0    the library functions normally, rendering non-
-                   printing characters as described in unctrl.
-
-              1    the  library ignores isprintf for codes in the
-                   range 160-255.
-
-              2    the library ignores isprintf for codes in  the
-                   range 128-255.  It also modifies the output of
-                   unctrl, showing codes in the range 128-159  as
-                   is.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       If  the  screen  has  not  been  initialized, or the level
-       parameter is out of range, the function returns ERR.  Oth-
-       erwise, it returns the previous level: 0, 1 or 2.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       This routine is specific to ncurses.  It was not supported
-       on Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.  It is rec-
-       ommended  that any code depending on ncurses extensions be
-       conditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       unctrl.
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Thomas Dickey (to support lynx's font-switching feature).
-
-
-
-                                                      legacy_coding(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index adfde4cdccaba..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu 3x - - - - -

menu 3x

-
-
-
-menu(3x)                                                       menu(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu - curses extension for programming menus
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  menu library provides terminal-independent facilities
-       for composing menu systems  on  character-cell  terminals.
-       The library includes: item routines, which create and mod-
-       ify menu items; and menu routines, which group items  into
-       menus, display menus on the screen, and handle interaction
-       with the user.
-
-       The menu library uses the curses libraries, and  a  curses
-       initialization  routine  such  as  initscr  must be called
-       before using any of these  functions.   To  use  the  menu
-       library, link with the options -lmenu -lcurses.
-
-   Current Default Values for Item Attributes
-       The  menu  library  maintains  a  default  value  for item
-       attributes.  You can get or set this  default  by  calling
-       the  appropriate  get_  or  set_  routine with a NULL item
-       pointer.  Changing  this  default  with  a  set_  function
-       affects  future  item  creations,  but does not change the
-       rendering of items already created.
-
-   Routine Name Index
-       The following table lists each menu routine and  the  name
-       of the manual page on which it is described.
-
-       curses Routine Name    Manual Page Name
-       --------------------------------------------
-       current_item           mitem_current(3x)
-       free_item              mitem_new(3x)
-       free_menu              menu_new(3x)
-       item_count             menu_items(3x)
-       item_description       mitem_name(3x)
-       item_index             mitem_current(3x)
-       item_init              menu_hook(3x)
-       item_name              mitem_name(3x)
-       item_opts              mitem_opts(3x)
-       item_opts_off          mitem_opts(3x)
-       item_opts_on           mitem_opts(3x)
-       item_term              menu_hook(3x)
-       item_userptr           mitem_userptr(3x)
-       item_value             mitem_value(3x)
-       item_visible           mitem_visible(3x)
-       menu_back              menu_attributes(3x)
-       menu_driver            menu_driver(3x)
-       menu_fore              menu_attributes(3x)
-       menu_format            menu_format(3x)
-       menu_grey              menu_attributes(3x)
-       menu_init              menu_hook(3x)
-       menu_items             menu_items(3x)
-       menu_mark              menu_mark(3x)
-       menu_opts              menu_opts(3x)
-       menu_opts_off          menu_opts(3x)
-       menu_opts_on           menu_opts(3x)
-       menu_pad               menu_attributes(3x)
-       menu_pattern           menu_pattern(3x)
-
-       menu_request_by_name   menu_requestname(3x)
-       menu_request_name      menu_requestname(3x)
-       menu_spacing           menu_spacing(3x)
-       menu_sub               menu_win(3x)
-       menu_term              menu_hook(3x)
-       menu_userptr           menu_userptr(3x)
-       menu_win               menu_win(3x)
-       new_item               mitem_new(3x)
-       new_menu               menu_new(3x)
-       pos_menu_cursor        menu_cursor(3x)
-       post_menu              menu_post(3x)
-       scale_menu             menu_win(3x)
-       set_current_item       mitem_current(3x)
-       set_item_init          menu_hook(3x)
-       set_item_opts          mitem_opts(3x)
-       set_item_term          menu_hook(3x)
-       set_item_userptr       mitem_userptr(3x)
-       set_item_value         mitem_value(3x)
-       set_menu_back          menu_attributes(3x)
-       set_menu_fore          menu_attributes(3x)
-       set_menu_format        menu_format(3x)
-       set_menu_grey          menu_attributes(3x)
-       set_menu_init          menu_hook(3x)
-       set_menu_items         menu_items(3x)
-       set_menu_mark          menu_mark(3x)
-       set_menu_opts          mitem_opts(3x)
-       set_menu_pad           menu_attributes(3x)
-       set_menu_pattern       menu_pattern(3x)
-       set_menu_spacing       menu_spacing(3x)
-       set_menu_sub           menu_win(3x)
-       set_menu_term          menu_hook(3x)
-       set_menu_userptr       menu_userptr(3x)
-       set_menu_win           menu_win(3x)
-       set_top_row            mitem_current(3x)
-       top_row                mitem_current(3x)
-       unpost_menu            menu_post(3x)
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines  that return pointers return NULL on error.  Rou-
-       tines that return an integer return one of  the  following
-       error codes:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_BAD_STATE
-            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
-            tion function.
-
-       E_NO_MATCH
-            Character failed to match.
-
-       E_NO_ROOM
-            Menu is too large for its window.
-
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
-            No items are connected to the menu.
-
-       E_NOT_POSTED
-            The menu has not been posted.
-
-       E_NOT_SELECTABLE
-            The designated item cannot be selected.
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The menu is already posted.
-
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
-            The menu driver could not process the request.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
-            The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x) and related pages whose names begin "menu_" for
-       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       files <curses.h> and <eti.h>.
-
-       In  your  library  list,  libmenu.a should be before libn-
-       curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lmenu -lncurses', not
-       the  other  way  around  (which would usually give a link-
-       error).
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for ncurses
-       by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-                                                               menu(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index c02a4ab38de5b..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_attributes.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_attributes 3x - - - - -

menu_attributes 3x

-
-
-
-menu_attributes(3x)                                 menu_attributes(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_attributes - color and attribute control for menus
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
-       chtype menu_fore(const MENU *menu);
-       int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
-       chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu);
-       int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
-       chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu);
-       int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad);
-       int menu_pad(const MENU *menu);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute
-       of menu. This is the  highlight  used  for  selected  menu
-       items.   menu_fore  returns the foreground attribute.  The
-       default is A_REVERSE.
-
-       The function set_menu_back sets the  background  attribute
-       of  menu.  This  is the highlight used for selectable (but
-       not  currently  selected)  menu   items.    The   function
-       menu_back  returns  the background attribute.  The default
-       is A_NORMAL.
-
-       The function set_menu_grey  sets  the  grey  attribute  of
-       menu.  This  is  the highlight used for un-selectable menu
-       items in menus that permit more than one  selection.   The
-       function   menu_grey  returns  the  grey  attribute.   The
-       default is A_UNDERLINE.
-
-       The function set_menu_pad sets the character used to  fill
-       the space between the name and description parts of a menu
-       item.  menu_pad returns the given  menu's  pad  character.
-       The default is a blank.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These routines return one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x) and related pages whose names begin "menu_" for
-       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                    menu_attributes(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index be4f429988076..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_cursor.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_cursor 3x - - - - -

menu_cursor 3x

-
-
-
-menu_cursor(3x)                                         menu_cursor(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_cursor - position a menu's cursor
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  pos_menu_cursor  restores the cursor to the
-       current position associated with the menu's selected item.
-       This  is  useful after curses routines have been called to
-       do screen-painting in response to a menu select.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       This routine returns one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_NOT_POSTED
-            The menu has not been posted.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                        menu_cursor(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index f2b6c16c715f8..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_driver.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,255 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_driver 3x - - - - -

menu_driver 3x

-
-
-
-menu_driver(3x)                                         menu_driver(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_driver - command-processing loop of the menu system
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
-       input events to it through menu_driver.  This routine  has
-       three major input cases:
-
-       o   The  input  is  a form navigation request.  Navigation
-           request codes are constants defined in <form.h>, which
-           are   distinct  from  the  key-  and  character  codes
-           returned by wgetch.
-
-       o   The input is a printable character.  Printable charac-
-           ters  (which  must  be  positive,  less  than 256) are
-           checked according to the program's locale settings.
-
-       o   The input is the KEY_MOUSE special key associated with
-           an mouse event.
-
-       The menu driver requests are as follows:
-
-       REQ_LEFT_ITEM
-            Move left to an item.
-
-       REQ_RIGHT_ITEM
-            Move right to an item.
-
-       REQ_UP_ITEM
-            Move up to an item.
-
-       REQ_DOWN_ITEM
-            Move down to an item.
-
-       REQ_SCR_ULINE
-            Scroll up a line.
-
-       REQ_SCR_DLINE
-            Scroll down a line.
-
-       REQ_SCR_DPAGE
-            Scroll down a page.
-
-       REQ_SCR_UPAGE
-            Scroll up a page.
-
-       REQ_FIRST_ITEM
-            Move to the first item.
-
-       REQ_LAST_ITEM
-            Move to the last item.
-
-       REQ_NEXT_ITEM
-            Move to the next item.
-
-       REQ_PREV_ITEM
-            Move to the previous item.
-
-       REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM
-            Select/deselect an item.
-
-       REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN
-            Clear the menu pattern buffer.
-
-       REQ_BACK_PATTERN
-            Delete   the  previous  character  from  the  pattern
-            buffer.
-
-       REQ_NEXT_MATCH
-            Move to the next item matching the pattern match.
-
-       REQ_PREV_MATCH
-            Move to the previous item matching the pattern match.
-
-       If  the second argument is a printable character, the code
-       appends it to the pattern buffer and attempts to  move  to
-       the  next  item  matching the new pattern.  If there is no
-       such match, menu_driver returns E_NO_MATCH and deletes the
-       appended character from the buffer.
-
-       If  the  second  argument  is one of the above pre-defined
-       requests, the corresponding action is performed.
-
-   MOUSE HANDLING
-       If the second argument is the KEY_MOUSE special  key,  the
-       associated mouse event is translated into one of the above
-       pre-defined requests.  Currently only clicks in  the  user
-       window  (e.g., inside the menu display area or the decora-
-       tion window) are handled.
-
-       If you click above the display region of the menu:
-
-       o   a REQ_SCR_ULINE is generated for a single click,
-
-       o   a REQ_SCR_UPAGE is generated for a double-click and
-
-       o   a REQ_FIRST_ITEM is generated for a triple-click.
-
-       If you click below the display region of the menu:
-
-       o   a REQ_SCR_DLINE is generated for a single click,
-
-       o   a REQ_SCR_DPAGE is generated for a double-click and
-
-       o   a REQ_LAST_ITEM is generated for a triple-click.
-
-       If you click at an item inside the  display  area  of  the
-       menu:
-
-       o   the menu cursor is positioned to that item.
-
-       o   If  you double-click an item a REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM is gen-
-           erated and E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND is returned.  This return
-           value  makes  sense,  because  a  double click usually
-           means that an item-specific action should be returned.
-           It is exactly the purpose of this return value to sig-
-           nal that an application  specific  command  should  be
-           executed.
-
-       o   If  a translation into a request was done, menu_driver
-           returns the result of this request.
-
-       If you clicked outside the user window or the mouse  event
-       could   not   be   translated   into  a  menu  request  an
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED is returned.
-
-   APPLICATION-DEFINED COMMANDS
-       If the second argument is neither printable nor one of the
-       above  pre-defined  menu  requests or KEY_MOUSE, the drive
-       assumes it is an application-specific command and  returns
-       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND.  Application-defined commands should be
-       defined relative to  MAX_COMMAND,  the  maximum  value  of
-       these pre-defined requests.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       menu_driver return one of the following error codes:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_BAD_STATE
-            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
-            tion function.
-
-       E_NOT_POSTED
-            The menu has not been posted.
-
-       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
-            The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
-
-       E_NO_MATCH
-            Character failed to match.
-
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
-            The menu driver could not process the request.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x), getch(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       files <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were  not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions. The sup-
-       port for mouse events is ncurses specific.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                        menu_driver(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index c419406c35e44..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_format.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_format 3x - - - - -

menu_format 3x

-
-
-
-menu_format(3x)                                         menu_format(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_format - set and get menu sizes
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols);
-       void menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The function set_menu_format sets the maximum display size
-       of the given menu.  If this size is too small  to  display
-       all  menu items, the menu will be made scrollable. If this
-       size is larger than the menus subwindow and the  subwindow
-       is  too  small to display all menu items, post_menu() will
-       fail.
-
-       The  default  format  is  16  rows,  1  column.    Calling
-       set_menu_format  with a null menu pointer will change this
-       default.  A zero row or column argument to set_menu_format
-       is  interpreted  as  a  request  not to change the current
-       value.
-
-       The function menu_format  returns  the  maximum-size  con-
-       straints  for the given menu into the storage addressed by
-       rows and cols.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These routines returns one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The menu is already posted.
-
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
-            No items are connected to the menu.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                        menu_format(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 6a57ac7f8c72c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_hook.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_hook 3x - - - - -

menu_hook 3x

-
-
-
-menu_hook(3x)                                             menu_hook(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_hook - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
-       tions
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_item_init(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
-       Menu_Hook item_init(const MENU *menu);
-       int set_item_term(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
-       Menu_Hook item_term(const MENU *menu);
-       int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
-       Menu_Hook menu_init(const MENU *menu);
-       int set_menu_term(MENU *menu, Menu_Hook func);
-       Menu_Hook menu_term(const MENU *menu);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       These functions make it possible to set hook functions  to
-       be called at various points in the automatic processing of
-       input event codes by menu_driver.
-
-       The function set_item_init sets a hook  to  be  called  at
-       menu-post  time  and  each  time the selected item changes
-       (after the change).  item_init returns  the  current  item
-       init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
-
-       The  function  set_item_term  sets  a hook to be called at
-       menu-unpost time and each time the selected  item  changes
-       (before  the  change).  item_term returns the current item
-       term hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
-
-       The function set_menu_init sets a hook  to  be  called  at
-       menu-post  time  and  just  after  the top row on the menu
-       changes once it is posted.  menu_init returns the  current
-       menu init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
-
-       The  function  set_menu_term  sets  a hook to be called at
-       menu-unpost time and just before the top row on  the  menu
-       changes  once it is posted.  menu_term returns the current
-       menu term hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.  Other
-       routines return one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                          menu_hook(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 322247a681182..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_items.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_items 3x - - - - -

menu_items 3x

-
-
-
-menu_items(3x)                                           menu_items(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_items  - make and break connections between items and
-       menus
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items);
-       ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu);
-       int item_count(const MENU *menu);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array
-       of  the  given  menu.   The  array must be terminated by a
-       NULL.
-
-       The function menu_items returns  the  item  array  of  the
-       given menu.
-
-       The  function  item_count  returns  the  count of items in
-       menu.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUES

-       The function menu_items returns a pointer  (which  may  be
-       NULL).  It does not set errno.
-
-       The  function  item_count  returns ERR (the general curses
-       error return value) if its menu parameter is NULL.
-
-       The function set_menu_items returns one of  the  following
-       codes on error:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
-            No items are connected to the menu.
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The menu is already posted.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-       The  SVr4  menu  library   documentation   specifies   the
-       item_count error value as -1 (which is the value of ERR).
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                         menu_items(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index bdeaec6958443..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_mark.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_mark 3x - - - - -

menu_mark 3x

-
-
-
-menu_mark(3x)                                             menu_mark(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_mark - get and set the menu mark string
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_menu_mark(MENU *menu, const char *mark);
-       const char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       In  order  to make menu selections visible on older termi-
-       nals without highlighting or color  capability,  the  menu
-       library  marks  selected  items  in  a  menu with a prefix
-       string.
-
-       The function set_menu_mark sets the mark  string  for  the
-       given  menu.   Calling set_menu_mark with a null menu item
-       will abolish the mark  string.   Note  that  changing  the
-       length  of  the  mark  string for a menu while the menu is
-       posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
-
-       The default string is "-" (a dash). Calling  set_menu_mark
-       with a non-NULL menu argument will change this default.
-
-       The  function menu_mark returns the menu's mark string (or
-       NULL if there is none).
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function menu_mark returns a  pointer  (which  may  be
-       NULL).  It does not set errno.
-
-       The  function set_menu_mark may return the following error
-       codes:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                          menu_mark(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index fde5fcc17edf5..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_new.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_new 3x - - - - -

menu_new 3x

-
-
-
-menu_new(3x)                                               menu_new(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_new - create and destroy menus
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items);
-       int free_menu(MENU *menu);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  new_menu  creates a new menu connected to a
-       specified item pointer array (which  must  be  NULL-termi-
-       nated).
-
-       The  function  free_menu  disconnects  menu  from its item
-       array and frees the storage allocated for the menu.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function new_menu returns  NULL  on  error.   It  sets
-       errno according to the function's failure:
-
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
-            No items are connected to the menu.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
-
-       The function free_menu returns one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The menu has already been posted.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                           menu_new(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 7853d4e62bc8c..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_opts.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_opts 3x - - - - -

menu_opts 3x

-
-
-
-menu_opts(3x)                                             menu_opts(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_opts - set and get menu options
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
-       int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
-       int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, Menu_Options opts);
-       Menu_Options menu_opts(const MENU *menu);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  set_menu_opts  sets  all  the  given menu's
-       option bits  (menu  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
-       together).
-
-       The  function menu_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
-       and leaves others alone.
-
-       The function menu_opts_off  turns  off  the  given  option
-       bits, and leaves others alone.
-
-       The  function  menu_opts returns the menu's current option
-       bits.
-
-       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
-
-       O_ONEVALUE
-            Only one item can be selected for this menu.
-
-       O_SHOWDESC
-            Display  the  item  descriptions  when  the  menu  is
-            posted.
-
-       O_ROWMAJOR
-            Display the menu in row-major order.
-
-       O_IGNORECASE
-            Ignore the case when pattern-matching.
-
-       O_SHOWMATCH
-            Move  the  cursor  to within the item name while pat-
-            tern-matching.
-
-       O_NONCYCLIC
-            Don't  wrap  around  next-item   and   previous-item,
-            requests to the other end of the menu.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Except for menu_opts, each routine returns one of the fol-
-       lowing:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The menu is already posted.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                          menu_opts(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 88e6cdb9534de..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_pattern.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_pattern 3x - - - - -

menu_pattern 3x

-
-
-
-menu_pattern(3x)                                       menu_pattern(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_pattern - get and set a menu's pattern buffer
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern);
-       char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Every  menu  has  an  associated pattern match buffer.  As
-       input events that are printable characters come  in,  they
-       are  appended to this match buffer and tested for a match,
-       as described in menu_driver(3x).
-
-       The function set_menu_pattern sets the pattern buffer  for
-       the  given menu and tries to find the first matching item.
-       If it succeeds, that item becomes  current;  if  not,  the
-       current item does not change.
-
-       The  function  menu_pattern  returns the pattern buffer of
-       the given menu.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function menu_pattern returns a pointer, which is NULL
-       if the menu parameter is NULL.  Otherwise, it is a pointer
-       to a string which is empty if no pattern has been set.  It
-       does not set errno.
-
-       The  function  set_menu_pattern  may  return the following
-       error codes:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_BAD_STATE
-            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
-            tion function.
-
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
-            No items are connected to menu.
-
-       E_NO_MATCH
-            Character failed to match.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                       menu_pattern(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index b8715f230690d..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_post.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_post 3x - - - - -

menu_post 3x

-
-
-
-menu_post(3x)                                             menu_post(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_post  -  write or erase menus from associated subwin-
-       dows
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int post_menu(MENU *menu);
-       int unpost_menu(MENU *menu);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The function post_menu displays a menu to  its  associated
-       subwindow.   To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
-       use  refresh  or  some  equivalent  curses  routine   (the
-       implicit  doupdate  triggered  by  an curses input request
-       will do). post_menu resets the  selection  status  of  all
-       items.
-
-       The  function  unpost_menu erases menu from its associated
-       subwindow.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These routines return one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The menu has already been posted.
-
-       E_BAD_STATE
-            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
-            tion function.
-
-       E_NO_ROOM
-            Menu is too large for its window. You should consider
-            to use set_menu_format() to solve the problem.
-
-       E_NOT_POSTED
-            The menu has not been posted.
-
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
-            No items are connected to the menu.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                          menu_post(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 54926fd2d1c01..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_requestname.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_requestname 3x - - - - -

menu_requestname 3x

-
-
-
-menu_requestname(3x)                               menu_requestname(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_requestname - handle printable menu request names
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       const char *menu_request_name(int request);
-       int menu_request_by_name(const char *name);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function menu_request_name returns the printable name
-       of a menu request code.
-       The function menu_request_by_name searches in the name-ta-
-       ble  for  a  request  with  the given name and returns its
-       request code.  Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       menu_request_name returns NULL on error and sets errno  to
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT.
-       menu_request_by_name returns E_NO_MATCH on error.  It does
-       not set errno.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
-       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
-       It  is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
-       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                   menu_requestname(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 82e857562fdfb..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_spacing.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_spacing 3x - - - - -

menu_spacing 3x

-
-
-
-menu_spacing(3x)                                       menu_spacing(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_spacing - Control spacing between menu items.
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,
-                            int spc_description,
-                            int spc_rows,
-                            int spc_columns);
-       int menu_spacing(const MENU *menu,
-                        int* spc_description,
-                        int* spc_rows,
-                        int* spc_columns);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The function set_menu_spacing sets the spacing information
-       for the menu.  Its parameter spc_description controls  the
-       number of spaces between an item name and an item descrip-
-       tion.  It must not be larger than TABSIZE.  The menu  sys-
-       tem  puts in the middle of this spacing area the pad char-
-       acter.  The remaining parts are filled with  spaces.   The
-       spc_rows  parameter  controls  the number of rows that are
-       used for an item.  It must not be larger than 3.  The menu
-       system  inserts  the  blank lines between item rows, these
-       lines will contain the pad character  in  the  appropriate
-       positions.   The spc_columns parameter controls the number
-       of blanks between columns of items.  It must not be larger
-       than  TABSIZE.   A  value  of 0 for all the spacing values
-       resets them to the default, which is 1 for all of them.
-       The function menu_spacing passes back the spacing info for
-       the  menu.   If  a  pointer is NULL, this specific info is
-       simply not returned.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Both routines return E_OK  on  success.   set_menu_spacing
-       may  return E_POSTED if the menu is posted, or E_BAD_ARGU-
-       MENT if one of the spacing values is out of range.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_variables(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
-       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
-       It  is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
-       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                       menu_spacing(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index be4f7d0d555ff..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_userptr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_userptr 3x - - - - -

menu_userptr 3x

-
-
-
-menu_userptr(3x)                                       menu_userptr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_userptr - associate application data with a menu item
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, void *userptr);
-       void *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Every  menu  and  every  menu item has a field that can be
-       used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-
-       driver code leaves it alone).  These functions get and set
-       the menu user pointer field.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       menu_userptr returns a pointer (which may  be  NULL).   It
-       does not set errno.
-
-       set_menu_userptr returns E_OK (success).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-       The user pointer is a void pointer.  We chose not to leave
-       it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                       menu_userptr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html b/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 64e685edfb111..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/menu_win.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ - - - - -menu_win 3x - - - - -

menu_win 3x

-
-
-
-menu_win(3x)                                               menu_win(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       menu_win  - make and break menu window and subwindow asso-
-       ciations
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win);
-       WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu);
-       int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *sub);
-       WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu);
-       int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows.   The
-       menu  window displays any title and border associated with
-       the window; the menu subwindow displays the items  of  the
-       menu that are currently available for selection.
-
-       The first four functions get and set those windows.  It is
-       not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
-       code uses stdscr for both.
-
-       In  the set_ functions, window argument of NULL is treated
-       as though it were stsdcr.  A  menu  argument  of  NULL  is
-       treated  as  a  request  to change the system default menu
-       window or subwindow.
-
-       The function scale_menu returns the minimum size  required
-       for the subwindow of menu.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines  that return pointers return NULL on error.  Rou-
-       tines that return an integer return one of  the  following
-       error codes:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_POSTED
-            The menu has already been posted.
-
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
-            No items are connected to the menu.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_variables(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                           menu_win(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index d496682c7224f..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_current.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ - - - - -mitem_current 3x - - - - -

mitem_current 3x

-
-
-
-mitem_current(3x)                                     mitem_current(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       mitem_current - set and get current_menu_item
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_current_item(MENU *menu, const ITEM *item);
-       ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu);
-       int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row);
-       int top_row(const MENU *menu);
-       int item_index(const ITEM *item);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  set_current_item sets the current item (the
-       item on  which  the  menu  cursor  is  positioned).   cur-
-       rent_item  returns  a  pointer  to the current item in the
-       given menu.
-
-       The function set_top_row sets the top row of the  menu  to
-       show  the  given  row  (the top row is initially 0, and is
-       reset to this value whenever the O_ROWMAJOR option is tog-
-       gled).   The  item  leftmost on the given row becomes cur-
-       rent.  The function top_row returns the number of the  top
-       menu row being displayed.
-
-       The function item_index returns the (zero-origin) index of
-       item in the menu's item pointer list.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       current_item returns a pointer (which may  be  NULL).   It
-       does not set errno.
-
-       top_row  and  item_index  return  ERR  (the general curses
-       error value) if their menu parameter is NULL.
-
-       set_current_item and set_top_row return one of the follow-
-       ing:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_BAD_STATE
-            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
-            tion function.
-
-       E_NOT_CONNECTED
-            No items are connected to the menu.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-       The  SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the top_row
-       and index_item error value as -1 (which is  the  value  of
-       ERR).
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                      mitem_current(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index e596bbf2fab4e..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_name.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,107 +0,0 @@ - - - - -mitem_name 3x - - - - -

mitem_name 3x

-
-
-
-mitem_name(3x)                                           mitem_name(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       mitem_name - get menu item name and description fields
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       const char *item_name(const ITEM *item);
-       const char *item_description(const ITEM *item);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function item_name returns the name part of the given
-       item.
-       The function item_description returns the description part
-       of the given item.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       These routines return a pointer (which may be NULL).  They
-       do not set errno.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                         mitem_name(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 4b6e1f378ba42..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_new.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ - - - - -mitem_new 3x - - - - -

mitem_new 3x

-
-
-
-mitem_new(3x)                                             mitem_new(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       mitem_new - create and destroy menu items
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description);
-       int free_item(ITEM *item);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The function new_item allocates a new item and initializes
-       it from the name and description pointers.  Please  notice
-       that  the  item  stores  only the pointers to the name and
-       description. Those pointers must be valid during the life-
-       time of the item. So you should be very careful with names
-       or descriptions allocated on the stack of some routines.
-       The function free_item de-allocates an item. Please notice
-       that  it  is  the  responsibility  of  the  application to
-       release the memory for the name or the description of  the
-       item.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The  function  new_item  returns  NULL  on error.  It sets
-       errno according to the function's failure:
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred, e.g., malloc failure.
-
-       The function free_item returns one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
-            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
-            ment.
-
-       E_CONNECTED
-            Item is connected to a menu.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                          mitem_new(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 27d44a5b0f9e0..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_opts.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ - - - - -mitem_opts 3x - - - - -

mitem_opts 3x

-
-
-
-mitem_opts(3x)                                           mitem_opts(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       mitem_opts - set and get menu item options
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
-       int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
-       int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, Item_Options opts);
-       Item_Options item_opts(const ITEM *item);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  function  set_item_opts  sets  all  the  given item's
-       option bits  (menu  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
-       together).
-
-       The  function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
-       and leaves others alone.
-
-       The function item_opts_off  turns  off  the  given  option
-       bits, and leaves others alone.
-
-       The  function  item_opts returns the item's current option
-       bits.
-
-       There is only one defined option bit  mask,  O_SELECTABLE.
-       When this is on, the item may be selected during menu pro-
-       cessing.  This option defaults to on.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Except for item_opts, each routine returns one of the fol-
-       lowing:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                         mitem_opts(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5cc957efc98c1..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_userptr.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ - - - - -mitem_userptr 3x - - - - -

mitem_userptr 3x

-
-
-
-mitem_userptr(3x)                                     mitem_userptr(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       mitem_userptr  -  associate  application  data with a menu
-       item
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, void *userptr);
-       void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Every menu item has a field  that  can  be  used  to  hold
-       application-specific  data  (that is, the menu-driver code
-       leaves it alone).  These functions get and set that field.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function  item_userptr  returns  a  pointer  (possibly
-       NULL).  It does not set errno.
-
-       The set_item_userptr always returns E_OK (success).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-       The user pointer is a void pointer.  We chose not to leave
-       it as a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                      mitem_userptr(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index e68a2b0a3b10a..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_value.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ - - - - -mitem_value 3x - - - - -

mitem_value 3x

-
-
-
-mitem_value(3x)                                         mitem_value(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       mitem_value - set and get menu item values
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value);
-       bool item_value(const ITEM *item);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       If  you  turn  off  the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with
-       set_menu_opts or menu_opts_off;  see  menu_opts(3x)),  the
-       menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may
-       simultaneously be selected.
-
-       In a multi_valued menu, you  can  used  set_item_value  to
-       select the given menu item (second argument TRUE) or dese-
-       lect it (second argument FALSE).
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function set_item_value returns one of the following:
-
-       E_OK The routine succeeded.
-
-       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
-            System error occurred (see errno).
-
-       E_REQUEST_DENIED
-            The menu driver could not process the request.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                        mitem_value(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html b/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 52cdbdbe2b100..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/mitem_visible.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ - - - - -mitem_visible 3x - - - - -

mitem_visible 3x

-
-
-
-mitem_visible(3x)                                     mitem_visible(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       mitem_visible - check visibility of a menu item
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <menu.h>
-       bool item_visible(const ITEM *item);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       A  menu  item  is  visible  when it is in the portion of a
-       posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is
-       scrollable,  in  particular,  this portion will be smaller
-       than the whole menu).
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), menu(3x).
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
-       file <curses.h>.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
-       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
-       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
-
-
-
-                                                      mitem_visible(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html b/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index 576b1a15ec454..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/ncurses.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1267 +0,0 @@ - - - - -ncurses 3x - - - - -

ncurses 3x

-
-
-
-ncurses(3x)                                                 ncurses(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       ncurses - CRT screen handling and optimization package
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  ncurses  library  routines  give the user a terminal-
-       independent method of updating character screens with rea-
-       sonable   optimization.    This  implementation  is  ``new
-       curses'' (ncurses) and is  the  approved  replacement  for
-       4.4BSD  classic curses, which has been discontinued.  This
-       describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-       The ncurses library emulates the curses library of  System
-       V  Release  4  UNIX,  and  XPG4 (X/Open Portability Guide)
-       curses (also known as XSI curses).  XSI stands for  X/Open
-       System  Interfaces  Extension.   The  ncurses  library  is
-       freely redistributable in source form.   Differences  from
-       the  SVr4  curses  are summarized under the EXTENSIONS and
-       PORTABILITY sections below and described in detail in  the
-       respective  EXTENSIONS,  PORTABILITY  and BUGS sections of
-       individual man pages.
-
-       The ncurses library also provides many useful  extensions,
-       i.e.,  features  which  cannot  be implemented by a simple
-       add-on library but which require access to  the  internals
-       of the library.
-
-       A  program  using  these  routines must be linked with the
-       -lncurses option, or (if it has been generated)  with  the
-       debugging  library  -lncurses_g.   (Your system integrator
-       may also have installed these libraries  under  the  names
-       -lcurses and -lcurses_g.)  The ncurses_g library generates
-       trace logs (in a file called 'trace' in the current direc-
-       tory)  that describe curses actions.  See also the section
-       on ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS.
-
-       The ncurses package supports: overall screen,  window  and
-       pad manipulation; output to windows and pads; reading ter-
-       minal input; control over terminal and  curses  input  and
-       output  options; environment query routines; color manipu-
-       lation; use of soft label keys; terminfo capabilities; and
-       access to low-level terminal-manipulation routines.
-
-       The  library uses the locale which the calling program has
-       initialized.  That is normally done with setlocale:
-
-             setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
-
-       If the locale is not initialized, the library assumes that
-       characters  are  printable  as in ISO-8859-1, to work with
-       certain legacy programs.  You should initialize the locale
-       and  not  rely on specific details of the library when the
-       locale has not been setup.
-
-       The function initscr or newterm must be called to initial-
-       ize the library before any of the other routines that deal
-       with windows and screens are  used.   The  routine  endwin
-       must be called before exiting.
-
-       To  get  character-at-a-time  input  without echoing (most
-       interactive, screen oriented programs want this), the fol-
-       lowing sequence should be used:
-
-             initscr(); cbreak(); noecho();
-
-       Most programs would additionally use the sequence:
-
-             nonl();
-             intrflush(stdscr, FALSE);
-             keypad(stdscr, TRUE);
-
-       Before  a curses program is run, the tab stops of the ter-
-       minal should be set and  its  initialization  strings,  if
-       defined,  must  be  output.  This can be done by executing
-       the tput init command after the shell environment variable
-       TERM  has  been  exported.  tset(1) is usually responsible
-       for doing this.  [See terminfo(5) for further details.]
-
-       The ncurses library permits manipulation  of  data  struc-
-       tures,  called  windows,  which  can be thought of as two-
-       dimensional arrays of characters representing all or  part
-       of a CRT screen.  A default window called stdscr, which is
-       the size of the terminal screen, is supplied.  Others  may
-       be created with newwin.
-
-       Note  that  curses  does  not  handle overlapping windows,
-       that's done by the panel(3x) library.  This means that you
-       can either use stdscr or divide the screen into tiled win-
-       dows and not using stdscr at all.   Mixing  the  two  will
-       result in unpredictable, and undesired, effects.
-
-       Windows are referred to by variables declared as WINDOW *.
-       These  data  structures  are  manipulated  with   routines
-       described  here and elsewhere in the ncurses manual pages.
-       Among those, the most basic routines are move  and  addch.
-       More  general versions of these routines are included with
-       names beginning with w, allowing the  user  to  specify  a
-       window.   The routines not beginning with w affect stdscr.
-
-       After using routines to manipulate a  window,  refresh  is
-       called,  telling curses to make the user's CRT screen look
-       like stdscr.  The characters in a window are  actually  of
-       type  chtype, (character and attribute data) so that other
-       information about the character may also  be  stored  with
-       each character.
-
-       Special  windows  called  pads  may  also  be manipulated.
-       These are windows which are not constrained to the size of
-       the  screen and whose contents need not be completely dis-
-       played.  See curs_pad(3x) for more information.
-
-       In addition to drawing characters  on  the  screen,  video
-       attributes  and colors may be supported, causing the char-
-       acters to show up in such modes as underlined, in  reverse
-       video,  or in color on terminals that support such display
-       enhancements.  Line drawing characters may be specified to
-       be  output.   On  input,  curses is also able to translate
-       arrow and function keys  that  transmit  escape  sequences
-       into  single  values.   The video attributes, line drawing
-       characters,  and  input  values  use  names,  defined   in
-       <curses.h>, such as A_REVERSE, ACS_HLINE, and KEY_LEFT.
-
-       If the environment variables LINES and COLUMNS are set, or
-       if the program is executing in a window environment,  line
-       and  column  information  in the environment will override
-       information read by terminfo.  This would affect a program
-       running  in an AT&T 630 layer, for example, where the size
-       of a screen is changeable (see ENVIRONMENT).
-
-       If the environment variable TERMINFO is defined, any  pro-
-       gram  using  curses checks for a local terminal definition
-       before checking in the standard place.   For  example,  if
-       TERM is set to att4424, then the compiled terminal defini-
-       tion is found in
-
-             /usr/share/terminfo/a/att4424.
-
-       (The a is copied from the first letter of att4424 to avoid
-       creation  of  huge  directories.)  However, if TERMINFO is
-       set to $HOME/myterms, curses first checks
-
-             $HOME/myterms/a/att4424,
-
-       and if that fails, it then checks
-
-             /usr/share/terminfo/a/att4424.
-
-       This is useful for developing experimental definitions  or
-       when write permission in /usr/share/terminfo is not avail-
-       able.
-
-       The integer  variables  LINES  and  COLS  are  defined  in
-       <curses.h>  and will be filled in by initscr with the size
-       of the screen.  The constants TRUE and FALSE have the val-
-       ues 1 and 0, respectively.
-
-       The  curses  routines  also  define  the WINDOW * variable
-       curscr which is used for certain low-level operations like
-       clearing  and  redrawing a screen containing garbage.  The
-       curscr can be used in only a few routines.
-
-   Routine and Argument Names
-       Many curses routines have two or more versions.  The  rou-
-       tines prefixed with w require a window argument.  The rou-
-       tines prefixed with p require a pad argument.  Those with-
-       out a prefix generally use stdscr.
-
-       The routines prefixed with mv require a y and x coordinate
-       to move to before performing the appropriate action.   The
-       mv  routines  imply  a call to move before the call to the
-       other routine.  The coordinate y always refers to the  row
-       (of  the  window), and x always refers to the column.  The
-       upper left-hand corner is always (0,0), not (1,1).
-
-       The routines prefixed with mvw take both a window argument
-       and  x  and  y coordinates.  The window argument is always
-       specified before the coordinates.
-
-       In each case, win is the window affected, and pad  is  the
-       pad affected; win and pad are always pointers to type WIN-
-       DOW.
-
-       Option setting routines require a Boolean flag bf with the
-       value  TRUE  or FALSE; bf is always of type bool.  Most of
-       the data types used in the library routines, such as  WIN-
-       DOW,  SCREEN,  bool, and chtype are defined in <curses.h>.
-       Types used for the terminfo routines such as TERMINAL  are
-       defined in <term.h>.
-
-       This  manual  page describes functions which may appear in
-       any configuration of the library.  There  are  two  common
-       configurations of the library:
-
-              ncurses
-                   the  "normal"  library,  which  handles  8-bit
-                   characters.  The normal (8-bit) library stores
-                   characters  combined with attributes in chtype
-                   data.
-
-                   Attributes alone (no corresponding  character)
-                   may  be  stored  in  chtype  or the equivalent
-                   attr_t data.  In  either  case,  the  data  is
-                   stored in something like an integer.
-
-                   Each  cell  (row  and  column)  in a WINDOW is
-                   stored as a chtype.
-
-              ncursesw
-                   the so-called "wide"  library,  which  handles
-                   multibyte   characters  (see  the  section  on
-                   ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS).  The "wide" library
-                   includes  all  of  the calls from the "normal"
-                   library.  It adds about one third  more  calls
-                   using data types which store multibyte charac-
-                   ters:
-
-                   cchar_t
-                        corresponds to chtype.  However it  is  a
-                        structure,  because  more  data is stored
-                        than can fit into an integer.  The  char-
-                        acters are large enough to require a full
-                        integer value - and  there  may  be  more
-                        than  one  character per cell.  The video
-                        attributes and color are stored in  sepa-
-                        rate fields of the structure.
-
-                        Each cell (row and column) in a WINDOW is
-                        stored as a cchar_t.
-
-                   wchar_t
-                        stores a "wide" character.  Like  chtype,
-                        this may be an integer.
-
-                   wint_t
-                        stores  a wchar_t or WEOF - not the same,
-                        though both may have the same size.
-
-                   The  "wide"  library  provides  new  functions
-                   which  are analogous to functions in the "nor-
-                   mal" library.  There is  a  naming  convention
-                   which  relates  many  of the normal/wide vari-
-                   ants: a "_w" is inserted into the  name.   For
-                   example, waddch becomes wadd_wch.
-
-
-   Routine Name Index
-       The following table lists each curses routine and the name
-       of the manual page on which  it  is  described.   Routines
-       flagged  with  `*'  are ncurses-specific, not described by
-       XPG4 or present in SVr4.
-
-
-              curses Routine Name     Manual Page Name
-              --------------------------------------------
-              COLOR_PAIR              curs_color(3x)
-              PAIR_NUMBER             curs_attr(3x)
-              _nc_free_and_exit       curs_memleaks(3x)*
-
-              _nc_freeall             curs_memleaks(3x)*
-              _nc_tracebits           curs_trace(3x)*
-              _traceattr              curs_trace(3x)*
-              _traceattr2             curs_trace(3x)*
-              _tracechar              curs_trace(3x)*
-              _tracechtype            curs_trace(3x)*
-              _tracechtype2           curs_trace(3x)*
-              _tracedump              curs_trace(3x)*
-              _tracef                 curs_trace(3x)*
-              _tracemouse             curs_trace(3x)*
-              add_wch                 curs_add_wch(3x)
-              add_wchnstr             curs_add_wchstr(3x)
-              add_wchstr              curs_add_wchstr(3x)
-              addch                   curs_addch(3x)
-              addchnstr               curs_addchstr(3x)
-              addchstr                curs_addchstr(3x)
-              addnstr                 curs_addstr(3x)
-              addnwstr                curs_addwstr(3x)
-              addstr                  curs_addstr(3x)
-              addwstr                 curs_addwstr(3x)
-              assume_default_colors   default_colors(3x)*
-              attr_get                curs_attr(3x)
-              attr_off                curs_attr(3x)
-              attr_on                 curs_attr(3x)
-              attr_set                curs_attr(3x)
-              attroff                 curs_attr(3x)
-              attron                  curs_attr(3x)
-              attrset                 curs_attr(3x)
-              baudrate                curs_termattrs(3x)
-              beep                    curs_beep(3x)
-              bkgd                    curs_bkgd(3x)
-              bkgdset                 curs_bkgd(3x)
-              bkgrnd                  curs_bkgrnd(3x)
-              bkgrndset               curs_bkgrnd(3x)
-              border                  curs_border(3x)
-              border_set              curs_border_set(3x)
-              box                     curs_border(3x)
-              box_set                 curs_border_set(3x)
-              can_change_color        curs_color(3x)
-              cbreak                  curs_inopts(3x)
-              chgat                   curs_attr(3x)
-              clear                   curs_clear(3x)
-              clearok                 curs_outopts(3x)
-              clrtobot                curs_clear(3x)
-              clrtoeol                curs_clear(3x)
-              color_content           curs_color(3x)
-              color_set               curs_attr(3x)
-              copywin                 curs_overlay(3x)
-              curs_set                curs_kernel(3x)
-              curses_version          curs_extend(3x)*
-              def_prog_mode           curs_kernel(3x)
-              def_shell_mode          curs_kernel(3x)
-              define_key              define_key(3x)*
-              del_curterm             curs_terminfo(3x)
-              delay_output            curs_util(3x)
-              delch                   curs_delch(3x)
-              deleteln                curs_deleteln(3x)
-              delscreen               curs_initscr(3x)
-              delwin                  curs_window(3x)
-              derwin                  curs_window(3x)
-              doupdate                curs_refresh(3x)
-              dupwin                  curs_window(3x)
-              echo                    curs_inopts(3x)
-              echo_wchar              curs_add_wch(3x)
-              echochar                curs_addch(3x)
-
-              endwin                  curs_initscr(3x)
-              erase                   curs_clear(3x)
-              erasechar               curs_termattrs(3x)
-              erasewchar              curs_termattrs(3x)
-              filter                  curs_util(3x)
-              flash                   curs_beep(3x)
-              flushinp                curs_util(3x)
-              get_wch                 curs_get_wch(3x)
-              get_wstr                curs_get_wstr(3x)
-              getattrs                curs_attr(3x)
-              getbegx                 curs_legacy(3x)*
-              getbegy                 curs_legacy(3x)*
-              getbegyx                curs_getyx(3x)
-              getbkgd                 curs_bkgd(3x)
-              getbkgrnd               curs_bkgrnd(3x)
-              getcchar                curs_getcchar(3x)
-              getch                   curs_getch(3x)
-              getcurx                 curs_legacy(3x)*
-              getcury                 curs_legacy(3x)*
-              getmaxx                 curs_legacy(3x)*
-              getmaxy                 curs_legacy(3x)*
-              getmaxyx                curs_getyx(3x)
-              getmouse                curs_mouse(3x)*
-              getn_wstr               curs_get_wstr(3x)
-              getnstr                 curs_getstr(3x)
-              getparx                 curs_legacy(3x)*
-              getpary                 curs_legacy(3x)*
-              getparyx                curs_getyx(3x)
-              getstr                  curs_getstr(3x)
-              getsyx                  curs_kernel(3x)
-              getwin                  curs_util(3x)
-              getyx                   curs_getyx(3x)
-              halfdelay               curs_inopts(3x)
-              has_colors              curs_color(3x)
-              has_ic                  curs_termattrs(3x)
-              has_il                  curs_termattrs(3x)
-              has_key                 curs_getch(3x)*
-              hline                   curs_border(3x)
-              hline_set               curs_border_set(3x)
-              idcok                   curs_outopts(3x)
-              idlok                   curs_outopts(3x)
-              immedok                 curs_outopts(3x)
-              in_wch                  curs_in_wch(3x)
-              in_wchnstr              curs_in_wchstr(3x)
-              in_wchstr               curs_in_wchstr(3x)
-              inch                    curs_inch(3x)
-              inchnstr                curs_inchstr(3x)
-              inchstr                 curs_inchstr(3x)
-              init_color              curs_color(3x)
-              init_pair               curs_color(3x)
-              initscr                 curs_initscr(3x)
-              innstr                  curs_instr(3x)
-              innwstr                 curs_inwstr(3x)
-              ins_nwstr               curs_ins_wstr(3x)
-              ins_wch                 curs_ins_wch(3x)
-              ins_wstr                curs_ins_wstr(3x)
-              insch                   curs_insch(3x)
-              insdelln                curs_deleteln(3x)
-              insertln                curs_deleteln(3x)
-              insnstr                 curs_insstr(3x)
-              insstr                  curs_insstr(3x)
-              instr                   curs_instr(3x)
-              intrflush               curs_inopts(3x)
-              inwstr                  curs_inwstr(3x)
-              is_cleared              curs_opaque(3x)*
-
-              is_idcok                curs_opaque(3x)*
-              is_idlok                curs_opaque(3x)*
-              is_immedok              curs_opaque(3x)*
-              is_keypad               curs_opaque(3x)*
-              is_leaveok              curs_opaque(3x)*
-              is_linetouched          curs_touch(3x)
-              is_nodelay              curs_opaque(3x)*
-              is_notimeout            curs_opaque(3x)*
-              is_scrollok             curs_opaque(3x)*
-              is_syncok               curs_opaque(3x)*
-              is_term_resized         resizeterm(3x)*
-              is_wintouched           curs_touch(3x)
-              isendwin                curs_initscr(3x)
-              key_defined             key_defined(3x)*
-              key_name                curs_util(3x)
-              keybound                keybound(3x)*
-              keyname                 curs_util(3x)
-              keyok                   keyok(3x)*
-              keypad                  curs_inopts(3x)
-              killchar                curs_termattrs(3x)
-              killwchar               curs_termattrs(3x)
-              leaveok                 curs_outopts(3x)
-              longname                curs_termattrs(3x)
-              mcprint                 curs_print(3x)*
-              meta                    curs_inopts(3x)
-              mouse_trafo             curs_mouse(3x)*
-              mouseinterval           curs_mouse(3x)*
-              mousemask               curs_mouse(3x)*
-              move                    curs_move(3x)
-              mvadd_wch               curs_add_wch(3x)
-              mvadd_wchnstr           curs_add_wchstr(3x)
-              mvadd_wchstr            curs_add_wchstr(3x)
-              mvaddch                 curs_addch(3x)
-              mvaddchnstr             curs_addchstr(3x)
-              mvaddchstr              curs_addchstr(3x)
-              mvaddnstr               curs_addstr(3x)
-              mvaddnwstr              curs_addwstr(3x)
-              mvaddstr                curs_addstr(3x)
-              mvaddwstr               curs_addwstr(3x)
-              mvchgat                 curs_attr(3x)
-              mvcur                   curs_terminfo(3x)
-              mvdelch                 curs_delch(3x)
-              mvderwin                curs_window(3x)
-              mvget_wch               curs_get_wch(3x)
-              mvget_wstr              curs_get_wstr(3x)
-              mvgetch                 curs_getch(3x)
-              mvgetn_wstr             curs_get_wstr(3x)
-              mvgetnstr               curs_getstr(3x)
-              mvgetstr                curs_getstr(3x)
-              mvhline                 curs_border(3x)
-              mvhline_set             curs_border_set(3x)
-              mvin_wch                curs_in_wch(3x)
-              mvin_wchnstr            curs_in_wchstr(3x)
-              mvin_wchstr             curs_in_wchstr(3x)
-              mvinch                  curs_inch(3x)
-              mvinchnstr              curs_inchstr(3x)
-              mvinchstr               curs_inchstr(3x)
-              mvinnstr                curs_instr(3x)
-              mvinnwstr               curs_inwstr(3x)
-              mvins_nwstr             curs_ins_wstr(3x)
-              mvins_wch               curs_ins_wch(3x)
-              mvins_wstr              curs_ins_wstr(3x)
-              mvinsch                 curs_insch(3x)
-              mvinsnstr               curs_insstr(3x)
-              mvinsstr                curs_insstr(3x)
-
-              mvinstr                 curs_instr(3x)
-              mvinwstr                curs_inwstr(3x)
-              mvprintw                curs_printw(3x)
-              mvscanw                 curs_scanw(3x)
-              mvvline                 curs_border(3x)
-              mvvline_set             curs_border_set(3x)
-              mvwadd_wch              curs_add_wch(3x)
-              mvwadd_wchnstr          curs_add_wchstr(3x)
-              mvwadd_wchstr           curs_add_wchstr(3x)
-              mvwaddch                curs_addch(3x)
-              mvwaddchnstr            curs_addchstr(3x)
-              mvwaddchstr             curs_addchstr(3x)
-              mvwaddnstr              curs_addstr(3x)
-              mvwaddnwstr             curs_addwstr(3x)
-              mvwaddstr               curs_addstr(3x)
-              mvwaddwstr              curs_addwstr(3x)
-              mvwchgat                curs_attr(3x)
-              mvwdelch                curs_delch(3x)
-              mvwget_wch              curs_get_wch(3x)
-              mvwget_wstr             curs_get_wstr(3x)
-              mvwgetch                curs_getch(3x)
-              mvwgetn_wstr            curs_get_wstr(3x)
-              mvwgetnstr              curs_getstr(3x)
-              mvwgetstr               curs_getstr(3x)
-              mvwhline                curs_border(3x)
-              mvwhline_set            curs_border_set(3x)
-              mvwin                   curs_window(3x)
-              mvwin_wch               curs_in_wch(3x)
-              mvwin_wchnstr           curs_in_wchstr(3x)
-              mvwin_wchstr            curs_in_wchstr(3x)
-              mvwinch                 curs_inch(3x)
-              mvwinchnstr             curs_inchstr(3x)
-              mvwinchstr              curs_inchstr(3x)
-              mvwinnstr               curs_instr(3x)
-              mvwinnwstr              curs_inwstr(3x)
-              mvwins_nwstr            curs_ins_wstr(3x)
-              mvwins_wch              curs_ins_wch(3x)
-              mvwins_wstr             curs_ins_wstr(3x)
-              mvwinsch                curs_insch(3x)
-              mvwinsnstr              curs_insstr(3x)
-              mvwinsstr               curs_insstr(3x)
-              mvwinstr                curs_instr(3x)
-              mvwinwstr               curs_inwstr(3x)
-              mvwprintw               curs_printw(3x)
-              mvwscanw                curs_scanw(3x)
-              mvwvline                curs_border(3x)
-              mvwvline_set            curs_border_set(3x)
-              napms                   curs_kernel(3x)
-              newpad                  curs_pad(3x)
-              newterm                 curs_initscr(3x)
-              newwin                  curs_window(3x)
-              nl                      curs_outopts(3x)
-              nocbreak                curs_inopts(3x)
-              nodelay                 curs_inopts(3x)
-              noecho                  curs_inopts(3x)
-              nofilter                curs_util(3x)*
-              nonl                    curs_outopts(3x)
-              noqiflush               curs_inopts(3x)
-              noraw                   curs_inopts(3x)
-              notimeout               curs_inopts(3x)
-              overlay                 curs_overlay(3x)
-              overwrite               curs_overlay(3x)
-              pair_content            curs_color(3x)
-              pechochar               curs_pad(3x)
-              pnoutrefresh            curs_pad(3x)
-
-              prefresh                curs_pad(3x)
-              printw                  curs_printw(3x)
-              putp                    curs_terminfo(3x)
-              putwin                  curs_util(3x)
-              qiflush                 curs_inopts(3x)
-              raw                     curs_inopts(3x)
-              redrawwin               curs_refresh(3x)
-              refresh                 curs_refresh(3x)
-              reset_prog_mode         curs_kernel(3x)
-              reset_shell_mode        curs_kernel(3x)
-              resetty                 curs_kernel(3x)
-              resizeterm              resizeterm(3x)*
-              restartterm             curs_terminfo(3x)
-              ripoffline              curs_kernel(3x)
-              savetty                 curs_kernel(3x)
-              scanw                   curs_scanw(3x)
-              scr_dump                curs_scr_dump(3x)
-              scr_init                curs_scr_dump(3x)
-              scr_restore             curs_scr_dump(3x)
-              scr_set                 curs_scr_dump(3x)
-              scrl                    curs_scroll(3x)
-              scroll                  curs_scroll(3x)
-              scrollok                curs_outopts(3x)
-              set_curterm             curs_terminfo(3x)
-              set_term                curs_initscr(3x)
-              setcchar                curs_getcchar(3x)
-              setscrreg               curs_outopts(3x)
-              setsyx                  curs_kernel(3x)
-              setterm                 curs_terminfo(3x)
-              setupterm               curs_terminfo(3x)
-              slk_attr                curs_slk(3x)*
-              slk_attr_off            curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_attr_on             curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_attr_set            curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_attroff             curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_attron              curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_attrset             curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_clear               curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_color               curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_init                curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_label               curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_noutrefresh         curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_refresh             curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_restore             curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_set                 curs_slk(3x)
-              slk_touch               curs_slk(3x)
-              standend                curs_attr(3x)
-              standout                curs_attr(3x)
-              start_color             curs_color(3x)
-              subpad                  curs_pad(3x)
-              subwin                  curs_window(3x)
-              syncok                  curs_window(3x)
-              term_attrs              curs_termattrs(3x)
-              termattrs               curs_termattrs(3x)
-              termname                curs_termattrs(3x)
-              tgetent                 curs_termcap(3x)
-              tgetflag                curs_termcap(3x)
-              tgetnum                 curs_termcap(3x)
-              tgetstr                 curs_termcap(3x)
-              tgoto                   curs_termcap(3x)
-              tigetflag               curs_terminfo(3x)
-              tigetnum                curs_terminfo(3x)
-              tigetstr                curs_terminfo(3x)
-              timeout                 curs_inopts(3x)
-              touchline               curs_touch(3x)
-
-              touchwin                curs_touch(3x)
-              tparm                   curs_terminfo(3x)
-              tputs                   curs_termcap(3x)
-              tputs                   curs_terminfo(3x)
-              trace                   curs_trace(3x)*
-              typeahead               curs_inopts(3x)
-              unctrl                  curs_util(3x)
-              unget_wch               curs_get_wch(3x)
-              ungetch                 curs_getch(3x)
-              ungetmouse              curs_mouse(3x)*
-              untouchwin              curs_touch(3x)
-              use_default_colors      default_colors(3x)*
-              use_env                 curs_util(3x)
-              use_extended_names      curs_extend(3x)*
-              use_legacy_coding       legacy_coding(3x)*
-              vid_attr                curs_terminfo(3x)
-              vid_puts                curs_terminfo(3x)
-              vidattr                 curs_terminfo(3x)
-              vidputs                 curs_terminfo(3x)
-              vline                   curs_border(3x)
-              vline_set               curs_border_set(3x)
-              vw_printw               curs_printw(3x)
-              vw_scanw                curs_scanw(3x)
-              vwprintw                curs_printw(3x)
-              vwscanw                 curs_scanw(3x)
-              wadd_wch                curs_add_wch(3x)
-              wadd_wchnstr            curs_add_wchstr(3x)
-              wadd_wchstr             curs_add_wchstr(3x)
-              waddch                  curs_addch(3x)
-              waddchnstr              curs_addchstr(3x)
-              waddchstr               curs_addchstr(3x)
-              waddnstr                curs_addstr(3x)
-              waddnwstr               curs_addwstr(3x)
-              waddstr                 curs_addstr(3x)
-              waddwstr                curs_addwstr(3x)
-              wattr_get               curs_attr(3x)
-              wattr_off               curs_attr(3x)
-              wattr_on                curs_attr(3x)
-              wattr_set               curs_attr(3x)
-              wattroff                curs_attr(3x)
-              wattron                 curs_attr(3x)
-              wattrset                curs_attr(3x)
-              wbkgd                   curs_bkgd(3x)
-              wbkgdset                curs_bkgd(3x)
-              wbkgrnd                 curs_bkgrnd(3x)
-              wbkgrndset              curs_bkgrnd(3x)
-              wborder                 curs_border(3x)
-              wborder_set             curs_border_set(3x)
-              wchgat                  curs_attr(3x)
-              wclear                  curs_clear(3x)
-              wclrtobot               curs_clear(3x)
-              wclrtoeol               curs_clear(3x)
-              wcolor_set              curs_attr(3x)
-              wcursyncup              curs_window(3x)
-              wdelch                  curs_delch(3x)
-              wdeleteln               curs_deleteln(3x)
-              wecho_wchar             curs_add_wch(3x)
-              wechochar               curs_addch(3x)
-              wenclose                curs_mouse(3x)*
-              werase                  curs_clear(3x)
-              wget_wch                curs_get_wch(3x)
-              wget_wstr               curs_get_wstr(3x)
-              wgetbkgrnd              curs_bkgrnd(3x)
-              wgetch                  curs_getch(3x)
-              wgetn_wstr              curs_get_wstr(3x)
-
-              wgetnstr                curs_getstr(3x)
-              wgetstr                 curs_getstr(3x)
-              whline                  curs_border(3x)
-              whline_set              curs_border_set(3x)
-              win_wch                 curs_in_wch(3x)
-              win_wchnstr             curs_in_wchstr(3x)
-              win_wchstr              curs_in_wchstr(3x)
-              winch                   curs_inch(3x)
-              winchnstr               curs_inchstr(3x)
-              winchstr                curs_inchstr(3x)
-              winnstr                 curs_instr(3x)
-              winnwstr                curs_inwstr(3x)
-              wins_nwstr              curs_ins_wstr(3x)
-              wins_wch                curs_ins_wch(3x)
-              wins_wstr               curs_ins_wstr(3x)
-              winsch                  curs_insch(3x)
-              winsdelln               curs_deleteln(3x)
-              winsertln               curs_deleteln(3x)
-              winsnstr                curs_insstr(3x)
-              winsstr                 curs_insstr(3x)
-              winstr                  curs_instr(3x)
-              winwstr                 curs_inwstr(3x)
-              wmouse_trafo            curs_mouse(3x)*
-              wmove                   curs_move(3x)
-              wnoutrefresh            curs_refresh(3x)
-              wprintw                 curs_printw(3x)
-              wredrawln               curs_refresh(3x)
-              wrefresh                curs_refresh(3x)
-              wresize                 wresize(3x)*
-              wscanw                  curs_scanw(3x)
-              wscrl                   curs_scroll(3x)
-              wsetscrreg              curs_outopts(3x)
-              wstandend               curs_attr(3x)
-              wstandout               curs_attr(3x)
-              wsyncdown               curs_window(3x)
-              wsyncup                 curs_window(3x)
-              wtimeout                curs_inopts(3x)
-              wtouchln                curs_touch(3x)
-              wunctrl                 curs_util(3x)
-              wvline                  curs_border(3x)
-              wvline_set              curs_border_set(3x)
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Routines that return an integer return  ERR  upon  failure
-       and  an  integer value other than ERR upon successful com-
-       pletion, unless otherwise noted in  the  routine  descrip-
-       tions.
-
-       All  macros  return  the  value  of  the w version, except
-       setscrreg, wsetscrreg, getyx, getbegyx, and getmaxyx.  The
-       return  values  of setscrreg, wsetscrreg, getyx, getbegyx,
-       and getmaxyx are undefined (i.e., these should not be used
-       as the right-hand side of assignment statements).
-
-       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
-
-
-
-

ENVIRONMENT

-       The following environment symbols are useful for customiz-
-       ing the runtime behavior of the ncurses library.  The most
-       important ones have been already discussed in detail.
-
-       BAUDRATE
-            The  debugging library checks this environment symbol
-            when the application has redirected output to a file.
-            The  symbol's numeric value is used for the baudrate.
-            If no value is found, ncurses uses 9600.  This allows
-            testers  to construct repeatable test-cases that take
-            into account costs that depend on baudrate.
-
-       CC   When set, change occurrences of the command_character
-            (i.e.,  the  cmdch capability) of the loaded terminfo
-            entries to the value of this symbol.  Very  few  ter-
-            minfo entries provide this feature.
-
-            Because  this  name is also used in development envi-
-            ronments to represent the C compiler's name,  ncurses
-            ignores it if it does not happen to be a single char-
-            acter.
-
-       COLUMNS
-            Specify  the  width  of  the  screen  in  characters.
-            Applications  running in a windowing environment usu-
-            ally are able to obtain the width of  the  window  in
-            which  they  are  executing.   If neither the COLUMNS
-            value nor the terminal's screen  size  is  available,
-            ncurses  uses  the size which may be specified in the
-            terminfo database (i.e., the cols capability).
-
-            It is important that your application use  a  correct
-            size  for  the  screen.   This is not always possible
-            because your application may be  running  on  a  host
-            which  does not honor NAWS (Negotiations About Window
-            Size), or because  you  are  temporarily  running  as
-            another  user.  However, setting COLUMNS and/or LINES
-            overrides  the  library's  use  of  the  screen  size
-            obtained from the operating system.
-
-            Either  COLUMNS  or  LINES  symbols  may be specified
-            independently.  This is mainly useful  to  circumvent
-            legacy  misfeatures  of  terminal descriptions, e.g.,
-            xterm which commonly specifies a 65 line screen.  For
-            best  results, lines and cols should not be specified
-            in a terminal description for terminals which are run
-            as emulations.
-
-            Use the use_env function to disable all use of exter-
-            nal environment (including system calls) to determine
-            the screen size.
-
-       ESCDELAY
-            Specifies  the total time, in milliseconds, for which
-            ncurses will await  a  character  sequence,  e.g.,  a
-            function  key.  The default value, 1000 milliseconds,
-            is enough for most uses.  However, it is made a vari-
-            able to accommodate unusual applications.
-
-            The most common instance where you may wish to change
-            this value is to work with slow hosts, e.g.,  running
-            on  a  network.   If  the host cannot read characters
-            rapidly enough, it will have the same  effect  as  if
-            the  terminal did not send characters rapidly enough.
-            The library will still see a timeout.
-
-            Note that xterm mouse events are built up from  char-
-            acter  sequences  received  from  the xterm.  If your
-            application makes heavy use of multiple-clicking, you
-            may  wish  to lengthen this default value because the
-            timeout applies to the composed multi-click event  as
-            well as the individual clicks.
-
-            In  addition to the environment variable, this imple-
-            mentation provides a global variable  with  the  same
-            name.  Portable applications should not rely upon the
-            presence of ESCDELAY in either form, but setting  the
-            environment  variable rather than the global variable
-            does not create problems when compiling  an  applica-
-            tion.
-
-       HOME Tells  ncurses where your home directory is.  That is
-            where  it  may  read  and  write  auxiliary  terminal
-            descriptions:
-
-            $HOME/.termcap
-            $HOME/.terminfo
-
-       LINES
-            Like  COLUMNS,  specify  the  height of the screen in
-            characters.  See COLUMNS for a detailed  description.
-
-       MOUSE_BUTTONS_123
-            This applies only to the OS/2 EMX port.  It specifies
-            the order of buttons on the mouse.   OS/2  numbers  a
-            3-button mouse inconsistently from other platforms:
-
-            1 = left
-            2 = right
-            3 = middle.
-
-            This symbol lets you customize the mouse.  The symbol
-            must be three numeric digits 1-3 in any order,  e.g.,
-            123  or  321.   If  it is not specified, ncurses uses
-            132.
-
-       NCURSES_ASSUMED_COLORS
-            Override the compiled-in assumption that  the  termi-
-            nal's   default   colors   are   white-on-black  (see
-            default_colors(3x)).  You may set the foreground  and
-            background  color  values with this environment vari-
-            able by proving a  2-element  list:  foreground,back-
-            ground.   For  example, to tell ncurses to not assume
-            anything about the colors, set this to  "-1,-1".   To
-            make  it  green-on-black, set it to "2,0".  Any posi-
-            tive value from zero to the terminfo max_colors value
-            is allowed.
-
-       NCURSES_GPM_TERMS
-            This  applies  only  to ncurses configured to use the
-            GPM interface.
-
-            If present, the environment variable is a list of one
-            or  more  terminal names against which the TERM envi-
-            ronment variable is matched.  Setting it to an  empty
-            value  disables the GPM interface; using the built-in
-            support for xterm, etc.
-
-            If the environment variable is absent,  ncurses  will
-            attempt to open GPM if TERM contains "linux".
-
-       NCURSES_NO_HARD_TABS
-            Ncurses  may  use tabs as part of the cursor movement
-            optimization.  In some cases,  your  terminal  driver
-            may  not handle these properly.  Set this environment
-            variable to disable the feature.  You can also adjust
-            your stty settings to avoid the problem.
-
-       NCURSES_NO_MAGIC_COOKIES
-            Some  terminals  use  a  magic-cookie  feature  which
-            requires special handling to  make  highlighting  and
-            other  video  attributes  display  properly.  You can
-            suppress the highlighting entirely for  these  termi-
-            nals by setting this environment variable.
-
-       NCURSES_NO_PADDING
-            Most  of  the  terminal  descriptions in the terminfo
-            database are written for real  "hardware"  terminals.
-            Many  people  use  terminal  emulators which run in a
-            windowing environment and use  curses-based  applica-
-            tions.   Terminal  emulators can duplicate all of the
-            important aspects of a hardware terminal, but they do
-            not  have the same limitations.  The chief limitation
-            of a hardware terminal from the  standpoint  of  your
-            application is the management of dataflow, i.e., tim-
-            ing.  Unless a hardware terminal is interfaced into a
-            terminal  concentrator  (which does flow control), it
-            (or your application) must manage dataflow,  prevent-
-            ing  overruns.   The  cheapest  solution (no hardware
-            cost) is for your program to do this by pausing after
-            operations  that  the  terminal  does slowly, such as
-            clearing the display.
-
-            As a result, many  terminal  descriptions  (including
-            the  vt100)  have delay times embedded.  You may wish
-            to use these descriptions, but not want  to  pay  the
-            performance penalty.
-
-            Set  the NCURSES_NO_PADDING symbol to disable all but
-            mandatory padding.  Mandatory padding is  used  as  a
-            part of special control sequences such as flash.
-
-       NCURSES_NO_SETBUF
-            Normally  ncurses enables buffered output during ter-
-            minal initialization.   This  is  done  (as  in  SVr4
-            curses)  for  performance  reasons.  For testing pur-
-            poses, both of ncurses and certain applications, this
-            feature    is    made    optional.     Setting    the
-            NCURSES_NO_SETBUF variable disables output buffering,
-            leaving  the  output  in  the  original (usually line
-            buffered) mode.
-
-       NCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS
-            During initialization, the ncurses library checks for
-            special  cases where VT100 line-drawing (and the cor-
-            responding  alternate  character  set   capabilities)
-            described  in  the  terminfo are known to be missing.
-            Specifically, when running in  a  UTF-8  locale,  the
-            Linux  console  emulator  and  the GNU screen program
-            ignore these.  Ncurses checks  the  TERM  environment
-            variable  for  these.   For  other special cases, you
-            should set this  environment  variable.   Doing  this
-            tells  ncurses to use Unicode values which correspond
-            to the VT100 line-drawing glyphs.  That works for the
-            special cases cited, and is likely to work for termi-
-            nal emulators.
-
-            When setting this variable, you should set  it  to  a
-            nonzero  value.   Setting it to zero (or to a nonnum-
-            ber) disables  the  special  check  for  "linux"  and
-            "screen".
-
-            As   an  alternative  to  the  environment  variable,
-            ncurses checks for an  extended  terminfo  capability
-            U8.   This  is a numeric capability which can be com-
-            piled using tic -x.  For example
-
-            # linux console, if patched to provide working
-            # VT100 shift-in/shift-out, with corresponding font.
-            linux-vt100|linux console with VT100 line-graphics,
-                                 U8#0, use=linux,
-
-            # uxterm with vt100Graphics resource set to false
-            xterm-utf8|xterm relying on UTF-8 line-graphics,
-                                 U8#1, use=xterm,
-
-            The name "U8" is chosen to be two characters, to per-
-            mit  it  to be used by applications that use ncurses'
-            termcap interface.
-
-       NCURSES_TRACE
-            During initialization, the ncurses debugging  library
-            checks  the  NCURSES_TRACE symbol.  If it is defined,
-            to a numeric value, ncurses calls the trace function,
-            using that value as the argument.
-
-            The  argument  values, which are defined in curses.h,
-            provide several types of information.   When  running
-            with  traces enabled, your application will write the
-            file trace to the current directory.
-
-       TERM Denotes your terminal type.  Each  terminal  type  is
-            distinct, though many are similar.
-
-       TERMCAP
-            If the ncurses library has been configured with term-
-            cap support, ncurses  will  check  for  a  terminal's
-            description in termcap form if it is not available in
-            the terminfo database.
-
-            The  TERMCAP  symbol  contains  either   a   terminal
-            description  (with  newlines stripped out), or a file
-            name telling where the  information  denoted  by  the
-            TERM  symbol  exists.   In  either  case,  setting it
-            directs ncurses to ignore the usual  place  for  this
-            information, e.g., /etc/termcap.
-
-       TERMINFO
-            Overrides the directory in which ncurses searches for
-            your terminal description.  This is the simplest, but
-            not  the  only way to change the list of directories.
-            The complete list of directories in order follows:
-
-            o   the last directory to  which  ncurses  wrote,  if
-                any, is searched first
-
-            o   the directory specified by the TERMINFO symbol
-
-            o   $HOME/.terminfo
-
-            o   directories listed in the TERMINFO_DIRS symbol
-
-            o   one  or  more directories whose names are config-
-                ured and compiled into the ncurses library, e.g.,
-                /usr/share/terminfo
-
-       TERMINFO_DIRS
-            Specifies  a list of directories to search for termi-
-            nal descriptions.  The list is  separated  by  colons
-            (i.e.,  ":") on Unix, semicolons on OS/2 EMX.  All of
-            the terminal descriptions are in terminfo form, which
-            makes  a  subdirectory  named for the first letter of
-            the terminal names therein.
-
-       TERMPATH
-            If TERMCAP does not hold a  file  name  then  ncurses
-            checks  the TERMPATH symbol.  This is a list of file-
-            names separated by spaces or colons  (i.e.,  ":")  on
-            Unix, semicolons on OS/2 EMX.  If the TERMPATH symbol
-            is not set, ncurses looks in the files  /etc/termcap,
-            /usr/share/misc/termcap  and  $HOME/.termcap, in that
-            order.
-
-       The library may be configured to disregard  the  following
-       variables  when  the current user is the superuser (root),
-       or if the application uses setuid or  setgid  permissions:
-       $TERMINFO, $TERMINFO_DIRS, $TERMPATH, as well as $HOME.
-
-
-
-

ALTERNATE CONFIGURATIONS

-       Several  different  configurations are possible, depending
-       on  the  configure  script  options  used  when   building
-       ncurses.   There  are a few main options whose effects are
-       visible to the applications developer using ncurses:
-
-       --disable-overwrite
-            The standard include for ncurses is as noted in  SYN-
-            OPSIS:
-
-            #include <curses.h>
-
-            This  option is used to avoid filename conflicts when
-            ncurses is not the main implementation of  curses  of
-            the  computer.   If  ncurses  is  installed disabling
-            overwrite, it puts its  headers  in  a  subdirectory,
-            e.g.,
-
-            #include <ncurses/curses.h>
-
-            It  also  omits a symbolic link which would allow you
-            to use -lcurses to build executables.
-
-       --enable-widec
-            The configure script renames the library and (if  the
-            --disable-overwrite  option  is used) puts the header
-            files  in  a  different  subdirectory.   All  of  the
-            library  names  have  a  "w"  appended to them, i.e.,
-            instead of
-
-            -lncurses
-
-            you link with
-
-            -lncursesw
-
-            You must also define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED when com-
-            piling  for  the  wide-character  library  to use the
-            extended (wide-character)  functions.   The  curses.h
-            file   which  is  installed  for  the  wide-character
-            library is designed to be compatible with the  normal
-            library's header.  Only the size of the WINDOW struc-
-            ture differs, and very few applications require  more
-            than  a  pointer  to  WINDOWs.   If  the  headers are
-            installed  allowing  overwrite,  the   wide-character
-            library's  headers should be installed last, to allow
-            applications to be built using  either  library  from
-            the same set of headers.
-
-       --with-shared
-
-       --with-normal
-
-       --with-debug
-
-       --with-profile
-            The  shared  and normal (static) library names differ
-            by   their   suffixes,   e.g.,   libncurses.so    and
-            libncurses.a.   The debug and profiling libraries add
-            a "_g" and a "_p" to  the  root  names  respectively,
-            e.g., libncurses_g.a and libncurses_p.a.
-
-       --with-trace
-            The  trace  function  normally  resides  in the debug
-            library, but it is sometimes useful to configure this
-            in  the  shared  library.   Configure  scripts should
-            check for the function's existence rather than assum-
-            ing it is always in the debug library.
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       /usr/share/tabset
-            directory  containing  initialization  files  for the
-            terminal capability database /usr/share/terminfo ter-
-            minal capability database
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       terminfo(5)  and  related  pages whose names begin "curs_"
-       for detailed routine descriptions.
-       curs_variables(3x)
-
-
-
-

EXTENSIONS

-       The  ncurses  library  can  be  compiled  with  an  option
-       (-DUSE_GETCAP) that falls back to the old-style /etc/term-
-       cap file if the terminal setup code cannot find a terminfo
-       entry  corresponding  to TERM.  Use of this feature is not
-       recommended, as it essentially includes an entire  termcap
-       compiler  in the ncurses startup code, at significant cost
-       in core and startup cycles.
-
-       The ncurses  library  includes  facilities  for  capturing
-       mouse  events on certain terminals (including xterm).  See
-       the curs_mouse(3x) manual page for details.
-
-       The ncurses library includes facilities for responding  to
-       window  resizing  events,  e.g., when running in an xterm.
-       See the resizeterm(3x) and wresize(3x)  manual  pages  for
-       details.   In addition, the library may be configured with
-       a SIGWINCH handler.
-
-       The ncurses library extends the fixed set of function  key
-       capabilities  of  terminals  by  allowing  the application
-       designer to define additional key  sequences  at  runtime.
-       See the define_key(3x) key_defined(3x), and keyok(3x) man-
-       ual pages for details.
-
-       The ncurses library can exploit the capabilities of termi-
-       nals  which  implement the ISO-6429 SGR 39 and SGR 49 con-
-       trols, which allow an application to reset the terminal to
-       its  original  foreground and background colors.  From the
-       users' perspective, the application is able to  draw  col-
-       ored  text  on  a  background  whose color is set indepen-
-       dently, providing better  control  over  color  contrasts.
-       See the default_colors(3x) manual page for details.
-
-       The  ncurses  library  includes  a  function for directing
-       application output to a printer attached to  the  terminal
-       device.  See the curs_print(3x) manual page for details.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The  ncurses  library is intended to be BASE-level confor-
-       mant with XSI Curses.  The EXTENDED XSI Curses functional-
-       ity (including color support) is supported.
-
-       A  small  number of local differences (that is, individual
-       differences between the XSI Curses and ncurses calls)  are
-       described  in  PORTABILITY  sections  of  the  library man
-       pages.
-
-       This implementation also contains several extensions:
-
-       o   The routine has_key is not part of  XPG4,  nor  is  it
-           present  in  SVr4.  See the curs_getch(3x) manual page
-           for details.
-
-       o   The routine slk_attr is not part of XPG4,  nor  is  it
-           present in SVr4.  See the curs_slk(3x) manual page for
-           details.
-
-       o   The routines getmouse, mousemask, ungetmouse, mousein-
-           terval, and wenclose relating to mouse interfacing are
-           not part of XPG4, nor are they present in  SVr4.   See
-           the curs_mouse(3x) manual page for details.
-
-       o   The  routine  mcprint  was not present in any previous
-           curses implementation.  See the curs_print(3x)  manual
-           page for details.
-
-       o   The  routine  wresize  is  not part of XPG4, nor is it
-           present in SVr4.  See the wresize(3x) manual page  for
-           details.
-
-       o   The  WINDOW structure's internal details can be hidden
-           from application programs.   See  curs_opaque(3x)  for
-           the discussion of is_scrollok, etc.
-
-       o   This implementation can be configured to provide rudi-
-           mentary support for multi-threaded applications.   See
-           curs_threads(3x) for details.
-
-       o   This  implementation can also be configured to provide
-           a set of functions which improve the ability to manage
-           multiple  screens.  See curs_sp_funcs(3x) for details.
-
-       In historic curses versions, delays embedded in the  capa-
-       bilities cr, ind, cub1, ff and tab activated corresponding
-       delay bits in the UNIX tty driver.   In  this  implementa-
-       tion,  all  padding  is  done  by sending NUL bytes.  This
-       method is slightly more expensive, but narrows the  inter-
-       face  to  the  UNIX kernel significantly and increases the
-       package's portability correspondingly.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The header  file  <curses.h>  automatically  includes  the
-       header files <stdio.h> and <unctrl.h>.
-
-       If  standard  output from a ncurses program is re-directed
-       to something which is not a tty, screen  updates  will  be
-       directed to standard error.  This was an undocumented fea-
-       ture of AT&T System V Release 3 curses.
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric  S.  Raymond,  Thomas  E.  Dickey.
-       Based on pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
-
-
-
-                                                            ncurses(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/ncurses5-config.1.html b/doc/html/man/ncurses5-config.1.html deleted file mode 100644 index 2169bb908026e..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/ncurses5-config.1.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ - - - - -ncurses5-config 1 - - - - -

ncurses5-config 1

-
-
-
-ncurses5-config(1)                                   ncurses5-config(1)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       ncurses5-config - helper script for ncurses libraries
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       ncurses5-config [options]
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This is a shell script which simplifies configuring appli-
-       cations against a particular set of ncurses libraries.
-
-
-
-

OPTIONS

-       --prefix
-              echos the package-prefix of ncurses
-
-       --exec-prefix
-              echos the executable-prefix of ncurses
-
-       --cflags
-              echos the C compiler flags needed to  compile  with
-              ncurses
-
-       --libs echos the libraries needed to link with ncurses
-
-       --version
-              echos the release+patchdate version of ncurses
-
-       --abi-version
-              echos the ABI version of ncurses
-
-       --mouse-version
-              echos the mouse-interface version of ncurses
-
-       --bindir
-              echos the directory containing ncurses programs
-
-       --datadir
-              echos the directory containing ncurses data
-
-       --includedir
-              echos the directory containing ncurses header files
-
-       --libdir
-              echos the directory containing ncurses libraries
-
-       --mandir
-              echos the directory containing ncurses manpages
-
-       --terminfo
-              echos the $TERMINFO terminfo database path, e.g.,
-              /usr/share/terminfo
-
-       --terminfo-dirs
-              echos the $TERMINFO_DIRS directory list, e.g.,
-              /usr/local/ncurses/lib/terminfo:/usr/share/terminfo
-
-       --termpath
-              echos  the  $TERMPATH  termcap list, if support for
-              termcap is configured.
-
-       --help prints this message
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x)
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-                                                     ncurses5-config(1)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html b/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index c73e24162729d..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/panel.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ - - - - -panel 3x - - - - -

panel 3x

-
-
-
-panel(3x)                                                     panel(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       panel - panel stack extension for curses
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <panel.h>
-
-       cc [flags] sourcefiles -lpanel -lncurses
-
-       PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win)
-       int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan)
-       int top_panel(PANEL *pan)
-       int show_panel(PANEL *pan)
-       void update_panels();
-       int hide_panel(PANEL *pan)
-       WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan)
-       int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *window)
-       int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx)
-       int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan)
-       PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan)
-       PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan)
-       int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *ptr)
-       const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan)
-       int del_panel(PANEL *pan)
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Panels  are  curses(3x)  windows with the added feature of
-       depth.  Panel functions allow the use of  stacked  windows
-       and  ensure  the  proper  portions  of each window and the
-       curses stdscr window are hidden or displayed  when  panels
-       are  added,  moved,  modified or removed.  The set of cur-
-       rently visible panels is the stack of panels.  The  stdscr
-       window  is  beneath all panels, and is not considered part
-       of the stack.
-
-       A window is associated with every panel.  The  panel  rou-
-       tines  enable  you to create, move, hide, and show panels,
-       as well as position a panel at any desired location in the
-       stack.
-
-       Panel routines are a functional layer added to curses(3x),
-       make only high-level curses calls, and work anywhere  ter-
-       minfo curses does.
-
-
-
-

FUNCTIONS

-       new_panel(win)
-              allocates   a   PANEL structure, associates it with
-              win, places the panel  on  the  top  of  the  stack
-              (causes   it  to   be   displayed  above  any other
-              panel) and returns a pointer to the new panel.
-
-       update_panels()
-              refreshes the virtual screen to reflect  the  rela-
-              tions between the panels in the stack, but does not
-              call doupdate() to  refresh  the  physical  screen.
-              Use this function and not wrefresh or wnoutrefresh.
-              update_panels may be called more than once before a
-              call  to doupdate(), but doupdate() is the function
-              responsible for updating the physical screen.
-
-       del_panel(pan)
-              removes the given panel from the  stack and deallo-
-              cates  the  PANEL structure (but not its associated
-              window).
-
-       hide_panel(pan)
-              removes the given panel from the  panel  stack  and
-              thus hides it from view. The PANEL structure is not
-              lost, merely removed from the stack.
-
-       panel_hidden(pan)
-              returns TRUE if the panel is in  the  panel  stack,
-              FALSE  if  it  is  not.   If  the  panel  is a null
-              pointer, return ERR.
-
-       show_panel(pan)
-              makes a hidden panel visible by placing it  on  top
-              of the panels in the panel stack. See COMPATIBILITY
-              below.
-
-       top_panel(pan)
-              puts the given visible panel on top of  all  panels
-              in the stack.  See COMPATIBILITY below.
-
-       bottom_panel(pan)
-              puts panel at the bottom of all panels.
-
-       move_panel(pan,starty,startx)
-              moves the given panel window so that its upper-left
-              corner is at starty, startx.  It  does  not  change
-              the position of the panel in the stack.  Be sure to
-              use this function, not mvwin(),  to  move  a  panel
-              window.
-
-       replace_panel(pan,window)
-              replaces  the  current  window of panel with window
-              (useful, for example if you want to resize a panel;
-              if you're using ncurses, you can call replace_panel
-              on the output of wresize(3x)).  It does not  change
-              the position of the panel in the stack.
-
-       panel_above(pan)
-              returns  a  pointer to the panel above pan.  If the
-              panel argument is (PANEL *)0, it returns a  pointer
-              to the bottom panel in the stack.
-
-       panel_below(pan)
-              returns  a pointer to the panel just below pan.  If
-              the panel argument is  (PANEL  *)0,  it  returns  a
-              pointer to the top panel in the stack.
-
-       set_panel_userptr(pan,ptr)
-              sets the panel's user pointer.
-
-       panel_userptr(pan)
-              returns the user pointer for a given panel.
-
-       panel_window(pan)
-              returns a pointer to the window of the given panel.
-
-
-
-

DIAGNOSTICS

-       Each routine that returns a pointer  returns  NULL  if  an
-       error  occurs.  Each  routine  that  returns  an int value
-       returns OK if it executes successfully and ERR if not.
-
-
-
-

COMPATIBILITY

-       Reasonable care has been taken to   ensure   compatibility
-       with   the   native   panel  facility introduced in SVr3.2
-       (inspection  of  the  SVr4  manual  pages   suggests   the
-       programming  interface  is  unchanged).   The  PANEL  data
-       structures are merely  similar. The   programmer  is  cau-
-       tioned not to directly use PANEL fields.
-
-       The  functions  show_panel() and top_panel() are identical
-       in this implementation, and work equally  well  with  dis-
-       played or hidden panels.  In the native System V implemen-
-       tation, show_panel() is intended for making a hidden panel
-       visible  (at  the  top  of  the  stack) and top_panel() is
-       intended for making an already-visible panel move  to  the
-       top  of  the  stack.  You are cautioned to use the correct
-       function  to  ensure  compatibility  with   native   panel
-       libraries.
-
-
-
-

NOTE

-       In  your  library  list, libpanel.a should be before libn-
-       curses.a; that is, you want to  say  `-lpanel  -lncurses',
-       not the other way around (which would usually give a link-
-       error).
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       panel.h interface for the panels library
-
-       libpanel.a the panels library itself
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_variables(3x),
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Originally  written  by   Warren   Tucker   <wht@n4hgf.mt-
-       park.ga.us>,  primarily  to  assist  in porting u386mon to
-       systems without a native panels library.   Repackaged  for
-       ncurses by Zeyd ben-Halim.
-
-
-
-                                                              panel(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html b/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index d675ee3acd03e..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/resizeterm.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ - - - - -resizeterm 3x - - - - -

resizeterm 3x

-
-
-
-resizeterm(3x)                                           resizeterm(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       is_term_resized,  resize_term,  resizeterm  -  change  the
-       curses terminal size
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       bool is_term_resized(int lines, int columns);
-       int resize_term(int lines, int columns);
-       int resizeterm(int lines, int columns);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This is an extension to the curses library.   It  provides
-       callers  with  a hook into the ncurses data to resize win-
-       dows, primarily for use by programs running in an X Window
-       terminal  (e.g.,  xterm).  The function resizeterm resizes
-       the standard and current windows to the  specified  dimen-
-       sions,  and  adjusts  other  bookkeeping  data used by the
-       ncurses library that record the window dimensions.
-
-       Most  of  the  work  is  done  by   the   inner   function
-       resize_term.  The outer function resizeterm adds bookkeep-
-       ing for the SIGWINCH handler.  When resizing the  windows,
-       resize_term  blank-fills the areas that are extended.  The
-       calling application should fill in these areas with appro-
-       priate  data.  The resize_term function attempts to resize
-       all windows.  However, due to the  calling  convention  of
-       pads,  it  is  not  possible to resize these without addi-
-       tional interaction with the application.
-
-       A support function is_term_resized  is  provided  so  that
-       applications  can  check if the resize_term function would
-       modify the window structures.  It returns TRUE if the win-
-       dows would be modified, and FALSE otherwise.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       Except  as  notes,  these  function return the integer ERR
-       upon failure and OK on success.  They will fail if  either
-       of the dimensions are less than or equal to zero, or if an
-       error occurs while (re)allocating memory for the windows.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       While these functions are intended to be used to support a
-       signal  handler (i.e., for SIGWINCH), care should be taken
-       to avoid invoking them in a context where malloc or  real-
-       loc  may  have been interrupted, since it uses those func-
-       tions.
-
-       If ncurses is configured to supply its own  SIGWINCH  han-
-       dler, the resizeterm function ungetch's a KEY_RESIZE which
-       will be read on the next call to getch.  This is  used  to
-       alert an application that the screen size has changed, and
-       that it should repaint special features such as pads  that
-       cannot be done automatically.
-
-       If  the  environment  variables  LINES or COLUMNS are set,
-       this overrides  the  library's  use  of  the  window  size
-       obtained  from the operating system.  Thus, even if a SIG-
-       WINCH is received, no screen size change may be  recorded.
-       In that case, no KEY_RESIZE is queued for the next call to
-       getch; an ERR will be returned instead.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curs_variables(3x), wresize(3x).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
-       for BSD curses).
-
-
-
-                                                         resizeterm(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html b/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html deleted file mode 100644 index a8781acdcbf0e..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/tabs.1.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ - - - - -tabs 1 - - - - -

tabs 1

-
-
-
-tabs(1)                                                         tabs(1)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       tabs - set tabs on a terminal
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       tabs [-v[n]] [-ahuUV] file...
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  tabs  program clears and sets tab-stops on the termi-
-       nal.  This uses the terminfo  clear_all_tabs  and  set_tab
-       capabilities.   If  either  is  absent,  tabs is unable to
-       clear/set tab-stops.  The terminal should be configured to
-       use hard tabs, e.g.,
-
-              stty tab0
-
-
-
-

OPTIONS

-   General Options
-       -Tname
-            Tell tabs which terminal type to use.  If this option
-            is not given, tabs will  use  the  $TERM  environment
-            variable.   If  that  is  not  set,  it  will use the
-            ansi+tabs entry.
-
-       -d   The debugging option shows a ruler line, followed  by
-            two  data  lines.   The  first  data  line  shows the
-            expected tab-stops marked with asterisks.  The second
-            data  line  shows  the  actual tab-stops, marked with
-            asterisks.
-
-       -n   This option tells tabs to check the options  and  run
-            any  debugging option, but not to modify the terminal
-            settings.
-
-       The tabs program processes a single  list  of  tab  stops.
-       The  last  option  to be processed which defines a list is
-       the one that determines the list to be processed.
-
-   Implicit Lists
-       Use a single number as an option, e.g., "-5" to  set  tabs
-       at  the  given  interval  (in  this case 1, 6, 11, 16, 21,
-       etc.).  Tabs are repeated up to the right  margin  of  the
-       screen.
-
-       Use "-0" to clear all tabs.
-
-       Use "-8" to set tabs to the standard interval.
-
-   Explicit Lists
-       An  explicit  list  can be defined after the options (this
-       does not use a "-").  The values in the list  must  be  in
-       increasing numeric order, and greater than zero.  They are
-       separated by a comma or a blank, for example,
-
-              tabs 1,6,11,16,21
-              tabs 1 6 11 16 21
-       Use a '+' to treat a number as an  increment  relative  to
-       the previous value, e.g.,
-
-              tabs 1,+5,+5,+5,+5
-       which is equivalent to the 1,6,11,16,21 example.
-
-   Predefined Tab-Stops
-       X/Open defines several predefined lists of tab stops.
-
-       -a   Assembler, IBM S/370, first format
-
-       -a2  Assembler, IBM S/370, second format
-
-       -c   COBOL, normal format
-
-       -c2  COBOL compact format
-
-       -c3  COBOL compact format extended
-
-       -f   FORTRAN
-
-       -p   PL/I
-
-       -s   SNOBOL
-
-       -u   UNIVAC 1100 Assembler
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       X/Open  describes  a  +m option, to set a terminal's left-
-       margin.  Very few of the entries in the terminal  database
-       provide this capability.
-
-       The  -d  (debug) and -n (no-op) options are extensions not
-       provided by other implementations.
-
-       Documentation for other implementations states that  there
-       is  a limit on the number of tab stops.  While some termi-
-       nals may not accept an arbitrary number of tab stops, this
-       implementation  will  attempt  to  set tab stops up to the
-       right margin of the screen, if the given list  happens  to
-       be that long.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       tset(1), infocmp(1m), curses(3x), terminfo(5).
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-                                                                tabs(1)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/term.5.html b/doc/html/man/term.5.html deleted file mode 100644 index 73ecbb297d794..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/term.5.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,308 +0,0 @@ - - - - -term 5 - - - - -

term 5

-
-
-
-term(5)                                                         term(5)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       term - format of compiled term file.
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       term
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-   STORAGE LOCATION
-       Compiled terminfo descriptions are placed under the direc-
-       tory /usr/share/terminfo.   Two  configurations  are  sup-
-       ported (when building the ncurses libraries):
-
-       directory tree
-            A  two-level  scheme is used to avoid a linear search
-            of a  huge  UNIX  system  directory:  /usr/share/ter-
-            minfo/c/name  where name is the name of the terminal,
-            and c is the first character of name.  Thus, act4 can
-            be  found  in  the  file  /usr/share/terminfo/a/act4.
-            Synonyms for the same  terminal  are  implemented  by
-            multiple links to the same compiled file.
-
-       hashed database
-            Using  Berkeley  database,  two  types of records are
-            stored: the terminfo  data  in  the  same  format  as
-            stored  in  a directory tree with the terminfo's pri-
-            mary name as  a  key,  and  records  containing  only
-            aliases pointing to the primary name.
-
-            If built to write hashed databases, ncurses can still
-            read terminfo  databases  organized  as  a  directory
-            tree,  but  cannot  write  entries into the directory
-            tree.  It can  write  (or  rewrite)  entries  in  the
-            hashed database.
-
-            ncurses  distinguishes  the two cases in the TERMINFO
-            and TERMINFO_DIRS environment variable by assuming  a
-            directory  tree  for  entries  that  correspond to an
-            existing directory, and hashed database otherwise.
-
-   STORAGE FORMAT
-       The format has been chosen so that it will be the same  on
-       all  hardware.   An  8 or more bit byte is assumed, but no
-       assumptions about byte  ordering  or  sign  extension  are
-       made.
-
-       The  compiled  file  is  created with the tic program, and
-       read by the routine setupterm.  The file is  divided  into
-       six parts: the header, terminal names, boolean flags, num-
-       bers, strings, and string table.
-
-       The header section begins the file.  This section contains
-       six  short  integers in the format described below.  These
-       integers are
-
-            (1) the magic number (octal 0432);
-
-            (2) the size, in bytes, of the names section;
-
-            (3) the number of bytes in the boolean section;
-
-            (4) the number of short integers in the numbers  sec-
-            tion;
-
-            (5)  the  number  of  offsets (short integers) in the
-            strings section;
-
-            (6) the size, in bytes, of the string table.
-
-       Short integers are stored in two 8-bit bytes.   The  first
-       byte  contains  the least significant 8 bits of the value,
-       and the second byte contains the most significant 8  bits.
-       (Thus,  the  value  represented is 256*second+first.)  The
-       value -1 is represented by the two bytes 0377, 0377; other
-       negative  values  are  illegal. This value generally means
-       that the corresponding capability  is  missing  from  this
-       terminal.   Note that this format corresponds to the hard-
-       ware  of  the  VAX  and  PDP-11  (that  is,  little-endian
-       machines).  Machines where this does not correspond to the
-       hardware must read the integers as two bytes  and  compute
-       the little-endian value.
-
-       The  terminal  names  section comes next.  It contains the
-       first line of the terminfo description, listing the  vari-
-       ous  names  for the terminal, separated by the `|' charac-
-       ter.  The section is terminated with an ASCII NUL  charac-
-       ter.
-
-       The  boolean flags have one byte for each flag.  This byte
-       is either 0 or 1 as the flag is present  or  absent.   The
-       capabilities are in the same order as the file <term.h>.
-
-       Between the boolean section and the number section, a null
-       byte will be inserted, if necessary, to  ensure  that  the
-       number  section begins on an even byte (this is a relic of
-       the  PDP-11's  word-addressed   architecture,   originally
-       designed  in  to  avoid  IOT traps induced by addressing a
-       word on an odd byte boundary).   All  short  integers  are
-       aligned on a short word boundary.
-
-       The numbers section is similar to the flags section.  Each
-       capability takes up two bytes, and is stored as a  little-
-       endian short integer.  If the value represented is -1, the
-       capability is taken to be missing.
-
-       The strings section is also similar.  Each  capability  is
-       stored  as  a short integer, in the format above.  A value
-       of -1 means the capability  is  missing.   Otherwise,  the
-       value  is  taken  as  an  offset from the beginning of the
-       string table.  Special characters in ^X or \c notation are
-       stored  in their interpreted form, not the printing repre-
-       sentation.  Padding information $<nn> and parameter infor-
-       mation %x are stored intact in uninterpreted form.
-
-       The  final  section  is the string table.  It contains all
-       the values of string capabilities referenced in the string
-       section.  Each string is null terminated.
-
-   EXTENDED STORAGE FORMAT
-       The  previous  section describes the conventional terminfo
-       binary format.  With some minor variations of the  offsets
-       (see  PORTABILITY),  the same binary format is used in all
-       modern UNIX systems.  Each system uses a predefined set of
-       boolean, number or string capabilities.
-
-       The  ncurses  libraries  and applications support extended
-       terminfo binary format, allowing users to define capabili-
-       ties  which are loaded at runtime.  This extension is made
-       possible by using the fact that the other  implementations
-       stop  reading the terminfo data when they have reached the
-       end of the size given in the header.  ncurses  checks  the
-       size,  and  if it exceeds that due to the predefined data,
-       continues to parse according to its own scheme.
-
-       First, it reads the extended header (5 short integers):
-
-            (1)  count of extended boolean capabilities
-
-            (2)  count of extended numeric capabilities
-
-            (3)  count of extended string capabilities
-
-            (4)  size of the extended string table in bytes.
-
-            (5)  last offset of  the  extended  string  table  in
-                 bytes.
-
-       Using  the  counts and sizes, ncurses allocates arrays and
-       reads data for the extended capabilties in the same  order
-       as the header information.
-
-       The extended string table contains values for string capa-
-       bilities.  After the end of these values, it contains  the
-       names  for  each  of  the  extended capabilities in order,
-       e.g., booleans, then numbers and finally strings.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       Note that it is possible for setupterm to expect a differ-
-       ent  set  of capabilities than are actually present in the
-       file.  Either the database may  have  been  updated  since
-       setupterm has been recompiled (resulting in extra unrecog-
-       nized entries in the file) or the program  may  have  been
-       recompiled  more  recently  than  the database was updated
-       (resulting in missing  entries).   The  routine  setupterm
-       must  be prepared for both possibilities - this is why the
-       numbers and sizes are included.   Also,  new  capabilities
-       must  always  be added at the end of the lists of boolean,
-       number, and string capabilities.
-
-       Despite the consistent use of  little-endian  for  numbers
-       and  the  otherwise self-describing format, it is not wise
-       to count on portability of binary terminfo entries between
-       commercial  UNIX  versions.  The problem is that there are
-       at least three versions of terminfo (under HP-UX, AIX, and
-       OSF/1)  which  diverged from System V terminfo after SVr1,
-       and have added extension capabilities to the string  table
-       that  (in the binary format) collide with System V and XSI
-       Curses extensions.  See terminfo(5) for  detailed  discus-
-       sion of terminfo source compatibility issues.
-
-
-
-

EXAMPLE

-       As  an  example, here is a hex dump of the description for
-       the Lear-Siegler ADM-3, a  popular  though  rather  stupid
-       early terminal:
-
-       adm3a|lsi adm3a,
-               am,
-               cols#80, lines#24,
-               bel=^G, clear= 32$<1>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
-               cuf1=^L, cup=\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K,
-               home=^^, ind=^J,
-
-       0000  1a 01 10 00 02 00 03 00  82 00 31 00 61 64 6d 33  ........ ..1.adm3
-       0010  61 7c 6c 73 69 20 61 64  6d 33 61 00 00 01 50 00  a|lsi ad m3a...P.
-       0020  ff ff 18 00 ff ff 00 00  02 00 ff ff ff ff 04 00  ........ ........
-       0030  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  0a 00 25 00 27 00 ff ff  ........ ..%.'...
-       0040  29 00 ff ff ff ff 2b 00  ff ff 2d 00 ff ff ff ff  ).....+. ..-.....
-       0050  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       0060  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       0070  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       0080  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       0090  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       00a0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       00b0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       00c0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       00d0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       00e0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       00f0  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       0100  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       0110  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff  ........ ........
-       0120  ff ff ff ff ff ff 2f 00  07 00 0d 00 1a 24 3c 31  ....../. .....$<1
-       0130  3e 00 1b 3d 25 70 31 25  7b 33 32 7d 25 2b 25 63  >..=%p1% {32}%+%c
-       0140  25 70 32 25 7b 33 32 7d  25 2b 25 63 00 0a 00 1e  %p2%{32} %+%c....
-       0150  00 08 00 0c 00 0b 00 0a  00                       ........ .
-
-
-
-
-

LIMITS

-       Some  limitations:  total  compiled  entries cannot exceed
-       4096 bytes.  The name field cannot exceed 128 bytes.
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       /usr/share/terminfo/*/*  compiled terminal capability data
-       base
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), terminfo(5).
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Thomas E. Dickey
-       extended terminfo format for ncurses 5.0
-       hashed database support for ncurses 5.6
-
-       Eric S. Raymond
-
-
-
-                                                                term(5)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/term.7.html b/doc/html/man/term.7.html deleted file mode 100644 index 4c944a1c5bcb1..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/term.7.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,251 +0,0 @@ - - - - -term 7 - - - - -

term 7

-
-
-
-term(7)                                                         term(7)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       term - conventions for naming terminal types
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The  environment variable TERM should normally contain the
-       type name of the terminal, console or display-device  type
-       you  are  using.   This  information  is  critical for all
-       screen-oriented  programs,  including  your   editor   and
-       mailer.
-
-       A  default  TERM  value will be set on a per-line basis by
-       either  /etc/inittab  (e.g.,  System-V-like   UNIXes)   or
-       /etc/ttys  (BSD  UNIXes).  This will nearly always suffice
-       for workstation and microcomputer consoles.
-
-       If you use a dialup line, the type of device  attached  to
-       it  may vary.  Older UNIX systems pre-set a very dumb ter-
-       minal type like `dumb' or `dialup' on dialup lines.  Newer
-       ones may pre-set `vt100', reflecting the prevalence of DEC
-       VT100-compatible terminals  and  personal-computer  emula-
-       tors.
-
-       Modern  telnets  pass  your TERM environment variable from
-       the local side to the remote one.  There can  be  problems
-       if  the  remote terminfo or termcap entry for your type is
-       not compatible with yours, but this situation is rare  and
-       can  almost  always  be  avoided  by  explicitly exporting
-       `vt100' (assuming you are in fact using  a  VT100-superset
-       console, terminal, or terminal emulator.)
-
-       In any case, you are free to override the system TERM set-
-       ting to your taste in your  shell  profile.   The  tset(1)
-       utility  may  be  of  assistance; you can give it a set of
-       rules for deducing or requesting a terminal type based  on
-       the tty device and baud rate.
-
-       Setting your own TERM value may also be useful if you have
-       created a custom  entry  incorporating  options  (such  as
-       visual  bell  or reverse-video) which you wish to override
-       the system default type for your line.
-
-       Terminal type descriptions are stored as files of capabil-
-       ity data underneath /usr/share/terminfo.  To browse a list
-       of all terminal names recognized by the system, do
-
-            toe | more
-
-       from your shell.  These capability files are in  a  binary
-       format optimized for retrieval speed (unlike the old text-
-       based termcap format they replace); to examine  an  entry,
-       you  must  use the infocmp(1m) command.  Invoke it as fol-
-       lows:
-
-            infocmp entry_name
-
-       where entry_name is the name of the type you wish to exam-
-       ine  (and the name of its capability file the subdirectory
-       of /usr/share/terminfo named for its first letter).   This
-       command  dumps  a  capability  file  in  the  text  format
-       described by terminfo(5).
-
-       The first line of  a  terminfo(5)  description  gives  the
-       names by which terminfo knows a terminal, separated by `|'
-       (pipe-bar) characters with the last name field  terminated
-       by  a  comma.   The first name field is the type's primary
-       name, and is the one to use when setting TERM.   The  last
-       name  field  (if  distinct  from  the first) is actually a
-       description of the terminal type (it may  contain  blanks;
-       the others must be single words).  Name fields between the
-       first and last (if present) are aliases for the  terminal,
-       usually historical names retained for compatibility.
-
-       There are some conventions for how to choose terminal pri-
-       mary names that help keep  them  informative  and  unique.
-       Here is a step-by-step guide to naming terminals that also
-       explains how to parse them:
-
-       First, choose a root name.  The root  will  consist  of  a
-       lower-case  letter followed by up to seven lower-case let-
-       ters or digits.  You need to avoid using punctuation char-
-       acters  in  root  names,  because they are used and inter-
-       preted as filenames and shell meta-characters (such as  !,
-       $,  *, ?, etc.) embedded in them may cause odd and unhelp-
-       ful behavior.  The slash (/), or any other character  that
-       may  be  interpreted by anyone's file system (\, $, [, ]),
-       is especially dangerous (terminfo is platform-independent,
-       and  choosing  names with special characters could someday
-       make life difficult for users of a future port).  The  dot
-       (.)  character  is  relatively safe as long as there is at
-       most one per root name; some historical terminfo names use
-       it.
-
-       The  root  name for a terminal or workstation console type
-       should almost always begin with a vendor prefix  (such  as
-       hp  for Hewlett-Packard, wy for Wyse, or att for AT&T ter-
-       minals), or a common name of the terminal line (vt for the
-       VT  series of terminals from DEC, or sun for Sun Microsys-
-       tems workstation consoles, or regent for the  ADDS  Regent
-       series.   You  can list the terminfo tree to see what pre-
-       fixes are already in common use.   The  root  name  prefix
-       should  be  followed  when  appropriate by a model number;
-       thus vt100, hp2621, wy50.
-
-       The root name for a PC-Unix console type should be the  OS
-       name,  i.e., linux, bsdos, freebsd, netbsd.  It should not
-       be console or any other generic that might cause confusion
-       in  a  multi-platform environment!  If a model number fol-
-       lows, it should indicate either the OS  release  level  or
-       the console driver release level.
-
-       The  root  name  for a terminal emulator (assuming it does
-       not fit one of the standard ANSI or vt100 types) should be
-       the program name or a readily recognizable abbreviation of
-       it (i.e., versaterm, ctrm).
-
-       Following the root name, you may add any reasonable number
-       of hyphen-separated feature suffixes.
-
-       2p   Has two pages of memory.  Likewise 4p, 8p, etc.
-
-       mc   Magic-cookie.   Some  terminals (notably older Wyses)
-            can only support one attribute  without  magic-cookie
-            lossage.   Their  base  entry  is usually paired with
-            another that has this suffix and uses  magic  cookies
-            to support multiple attributes.
-
-       -am  Enable auto-margin (right-margin wraparound).
-
-       -m   Mono mode - suppress color support.
-
-       -na  No  arrow keys - termcap ignores arrow keys which are
-            actually there on the terminal, so the user  can  use
-            the arrow keys locally.
-
-       -nam No auto-margin - suppress am capability.
-
-       -nl  No labels - suppress soft labels.
-
-       -nsl No status line - suppress status line.
-
-       -pp  Has a printer port which is used.
-
-       -rv  Terminal in reverse video mode (black on white).
-
-       -s   Enable status line.
-
-       -vb  Use visible bell (flash) rather than beep.
-
-       -w   Wide; terminal is in 132 column mode.
-
-       Conventionally,   if  your  terminal  type  is  a  variant
-       intended to specify a line height, that suffix  should  go
-       first.  So, for a hypothetical FuBarCo model 2317 terminal
-       in 30-line mode with reverse video,  best  form  would  be
-       fubar-30-rv (rather than, say, `fubar-rv-30').
-
-       Terminal types that are written not as standalone entries,
-       but rather as components to be plugged into other  entries
-       via  use capabilities, are distinguished by using embedded
-       plus signs rather than dashes.
-
-       Commands which use a  terminal  type  to  control  display
-       often  accept  a  -T  option  that accepts a terminal name
-       argument.  Such programs should  fall  back  on  the  TERM
-       environment variable when no -T option is specified.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       For  maximum  compatibility  with  older  System V UNIXes,
-       names and aliases should be unique  within  the  first  14
-       characters.
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       /usr/share/terminfo/?/*
-            compiled terminal capability data base
-
-       /etc/inittab
-            tty line initialization (AT&T-like UNIXes)
-
-       /etc/ttys
-            tty line initialization (BSD-like UNIXes)
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), terminfo(5), term(5).
-
-
-
-                                                                term(7)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html b/doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index bc1f9baba8b48..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/term_variables.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ - - - - -term_variables 3x - - - - -

term_variables 3x

-
-
-
-term_variables(3x)                                   term_variables(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       SP, acs_map, boolcodes, boolfnames, boolnames, cur_term,
-       numcodes, numfnames, numnames, strcodes, strfnames,
-       strnames, ttytype - curses terminfo global variables
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-       #include <term.h>
-
-       chtype acs_map[];
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const * boolcodes;
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const * boolfnames;
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const * boolnames;
-       TERMINAL * cur_term;
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const * numcodes;
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const * numfnames;
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const * numnames;
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const * strcodes;
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const * strfnames;
-       NCURSES_CONST char * const * strnames;
-       char ttytype[];
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This  page summarizes variables provided by the curses li-
-       brary's low-level terminfo interface.  A more complete de-
-       scription is given in the curs_terminfo(3x) manual page.
-
-       Depending  on the configuration, these may be actual vari-
-       ables, or  macros  (see  curs_threads(3x))  which  provide
-       read-only  access  to curses's state.  In either case, ap-
-       plications should treat them as read-only to avoid confus-
-       ing the library.
-
-   Alternate Character Set Mapping
-       After  initializing the curses or terminfo interfaces, the
-       acs_map array holds information used  to  translate  cells
-       with  the  A_ALTCHARSET  video attribute into line-drawing
-       characters.
-
-       The encoding of the information in this array has  changed
-       periodically.   Application developers need only know that
-       it is used for the "ACS_" constants in <curses.h>.
-
-       The comparable data for the wide-character  library  is  a
-       private variable.
-
-   Current Terminal Data
-       After  initializing the curses or terminfo interfaces, the
-       cur_term contains data describing  the  current  terminal.
-       This variable is also set as a side-effect of set_term(3x)
-       and delscreen(3x).
-
-       It is possible to save a value of cur_term for  subsequent
-       use  as  a  parameter  to  set_term, for switching between
-       screens.  Alternatively, one can  save  the  return  value
-       from newterm or setupterm to reuse in set_term.
-
-   Terminfo Names
-       The  tic(1)  and infocmp(1) programs use lookup tables for
-       the long and short names of terminfo capabilities, as well
-       as  the  corresponding  names  for  termcap  capabilities.
-       These are available  to  other  applications,  though  the
-       hash-tables are not available.
-
-       The  long  terminfo  capability  names  use a "l" (ell) in
-       their names: boolfnames numfnames strfnames
-
-       These are the short names for terminfo capabilities: bool-
-       names, numnames, and strnames.
-
-       These  are  the  corresponding  names used for termcap de-
-       scriptions: boolcodes, numcodes, and strcodes.
-
-   Terminal Type
-       On initialization of the curses  or  terminfo  interfaces,
-       setupterm copies the terminal name to the array ttytype.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The  low-level terminfo interface is initialized using se-
-       tupterm(3x).  The upper-level curses  interface  uses  the
-       low-level terminfo interface, internally.
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       X/Open  Curses  does  not describe any of these except for
-       cur_term.  (The inclusion of cur_term  appears  to  be  an
-       oversight, since other comparable low-level information is
-       omitted by X/Open).
-
-       Other implementations may have comparable variables.  Some
-       implementations  provide the variables in their libraries,
-       but omit them from the header files.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       curses(3x), curs_terminfo(3x),  curs_threads(3x),  termin-
-       fo(3x), terminfo(5).
-
-
-
-                                                     term_variables(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html b/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html deleted file mode 100644 index 0340f50522b07..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/terminfo.5.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2375 +0,0 @@ - - - - -terminfo 5 File Formats - - - - -

terminfo 5 File Formats

-
-
-
-terminfo(5)                   File Formats                  terminfo(5)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       terminfo - terminal capability data base
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       /usr/share/terminfo/*/*
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Terminfo  is  a  data  base  describing terminals, used by
-       screen-oriented programs  such  as  nvi(1),  rogue(1)  and
-       libraries  such  as curses(3x).  Terminfo describes termi-
-       nals by giving a set of capabilities which they  have,  by
-       specifying how to perform screen operations, and by speci-
-       fying padding requirements and  initialization  sequences.
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-       Entries in terminfo consist of a sequence of `,' separated
-       fields (embedded commas may be escaped with a backslash or
-       notated  as \054).  White space after the `,' separator is
-       ignored.  The first entry  for  each  terminal  gives  the
-       names  which  are known for the terminal, separated by `|'
-       characters.  The first  name  given  is  the  most  common
-       abbreviation  for the terminal, the last name given should
-       be a long name fully identifying  the  terminal,  and  all
-       others  are  understood as synonyms for the terminal name.
-       All names but the last should be in lower case and contain
-       no  blanks;  the last name may well contain upper case and
-       blanks for readability.
-
-       Lines beginning with a `#' in the first column are treated
-       as  comments.  While comment lines are legal at any point,
-       the output of captoinfo and infotocap  (aliases  for  tic)
-       will move comments so they occur only between entries.
-
-       Newlines  and  leading  tabs  may  be  used for formatting
-       entries for readability.  These are  removed  from  parsed
-       entries.   The  infocmp -f option relies on this to format
-       if-then-else expressions: the result can be read by tic.
-
-       Terminal names (except for the last, verbose entry) should
-       be chosen using the following conventions.  The particular
-       piece of hardware making up the  terminal  should  have  a
-       root  name, thus ``hp2621''.  This name should not contain
-       hyphens.  Modes that the hardware can be in, or user pref-
-       erences,  should  be indicated by appending a hyphen and a
-       mode suffix.  Thus, a vt100 in 132 column  mode  would  be
-       vt100-w.  The following suffixes should be used where pos-
-       sible:
-
-
-      Suffix                  Meaning                   Example
-      -nn      Number of lines on the screen            aaa-60
-      -np      Number of pages of memory                c100-4p
-      -am      With automargins (usually the default)   vt100-am
-      -m       Mono mode; suppress color                ansi-m
-      -mc      Magic cookie; spaces when highlighting   wy30-mc
-      -na      No arrow keys (leave them in local)      c100-na
-      -nam     Without automatic margins                vt100-nam
-      -nl      No status line                           att4415-nl
-      -ns      No status line                           hp2626-ns
-      -rv      Reverse video                            c100-rv
-      -s       Enable status line                       vt100-s
-
-      -vb      Use visible bell instead of beep         wy370-vb
-      -w       Wide mode (> 80 columns, usually 132)    vt100-w
-
-       For more on terminal naming conventions, see  the  term(7)
-       manual page.
-
-   Capabilities
-       The  following  is  a  complete  table of the capabilities
-       included in a terminfo description block and available  to
-       terminfo-using code.  In each line of the table,
-
-       The  variable  is the name by which the programmer (at the
-       terminfo level) accesses the capability.
-
-       The capname is the short name used  in  the  text  of  the
-       database,  and  is used by a person updating the database.
-       Whenever possible, capnames are chosen to be the  same  as
-       or similar to the ANSI X3.64-1979 standard (now superseded
-       by ECMA-48, which uses identical or very  similar  names).
-       Semantics are also intended to match those of the specifi-
-       cation.
-
-       The termcap code is the old termcap capability name  (some
-       capabilities are new, and have names which termcap did not
-       originate).
-
-       Capability names have no hard length limit, but an  infor-
-       mal  limit  of  5 characters has been adopted to keep them
-       short and to allow the tabs in the  source  file  Caps  to
-       line up nicely.
-
-       Finally,  the  description  field  attempts  to convey the
-       semantics of the capability.  You may find some  codes  in
-       the description field:
-
-       (P)    indicates that padding may be specified
-
-       #[1-9] in  the description field indicates that the string
-              is passed through tparm with parms as given (#i).
-
-       (P*)   indicates that padding may vary  in  proportion  to
-              the number of lines affected
-
-       (#i)   indicates the ith parameter.
-
-
-       These are the boolean capabilities:
-
-
-               Variable          Cap-  TCap      Description
-               Booleans          name  Code
-       auto_left_margin          bw    bw    cub1 wraps from col-
-                                             umn 0 to last column
-       auto_right_margin         am    am    terminal has auto-
-                                             matic margins
-       back_color_erase          bce   ut    screen erased with
-                                             background color
-       can_change                ccc   cc    terminal can re-
-                                             define existing col-
-                                             ors
-       ceol_standout_glitch      xhp   xs    standout not erased
-                                             by overwriting (hp)
-       col_addr_glitch           xhpa  YA    only positive motion
-                                             for hpa/mhpa caps
-
-
-       cpi_changes_res           cpix  YF    changing character
-                                             pitch changes reso-
-                                             lution
-       cr_cancels_micro_mode     crxm  YB    using cr turns off
-                                             micro mode
-       dest_tabs_magic_smso      xt    xt    tabs destructive,
-                                             magic so char
-                                             (t1061)
-       eat_newline_glitch        xenl  xn    newline ignored
-                                             after 80 cols (con-
-                                             cept)
-       erase_overstrike          eo    eo    can erase over-
-                                             strikes with a blank
-       generic_type              gn    gn    generic line type
-       hard_copy                 hc    hc    hardcopy terminal
-       hard_cursor               chts  HC    cursor is hard to
-                                             see
-       has_meta_key              km    km    Has a meta key
-                                             (i.e., sets 8th-bit)
-       has_print_wheel           daisy YC    printer needs opera-
-                                             tor to change char-
-                                             acter set
-       has_status_line           hs    hs    has extra status
-                                             line
-       hue_lightness_saturation  hls   hl    terminal uses only
-                                             HLS color notation
-                                             (Tektronix)
-       insert_null_glitch        in    in    insert mode distin-
-                                             guishes nulls
-       lpi_changes_res           lpix  YG    changing line pitch
-                                             changes resolution
-       memory_above              da    da    display may be
-                                             retained above the
-                                             screen
-       memory_below              db    db    display may be
-                                             retained below the
-                                             screen
-       move_insert_mode          mir   mi    safe to move while
-                                             in insert mode
-       move_standout_mode        msgr  ms    safe to move while
-                                             in standout mode
-       needs_xon_xoff            nxon  nx    padding will not
-                                             work, xon/xoff
-                                             required
-       no_esc_ctlc               xsb   xb    beehive (f1=escape,
-                                             f2=ctrl C)
-       no_pad_char               npc   NP    pad character does
-                                             not exist
-       non_dest_scroll_region    ndscr ND    scrolling region is
-                                             non-destructive
-       non_rev_rmcup             nrrmc NR    smcup does not
-                                             reverse rmcup
-       over_strike               os    os    terminal can over-
-                                             strike
-       prtr_silent               mc5i  5i    printer will not
-                                             echo on screen
-       row_addr_glitch           xvpa  YD    only positive motion
-                                             for vpa/mvpa caps
-       semi_auto_right_margin    sam   YE    printing in last
-                                             column causes cr
-       status_line_esc_ok        eslok es    escape can be used
-                                             on the status line
-       tilde_glitch              hz    hz    cannot print ~'s
-                                             (hazeltine)
-
-
-       transparent_underline     ul    ul    underline character
-                                             overstrikes
-       xon_xoff                  xon   xo    terminal uses
-                                             xon/xoff handshaking
-
-       These are the numeric capabilities:
-
-
-            Variable         Cap-     TCap       Description
-             Numeric         name     Code
-       columns               cols     co     number of columns in
-                                             a line
-       init_tabs             it       it     tabs initially every
-                                             # spaces
-       label_height          lh       lh     rows in each label
-       label_width           lw       lw     columns in each
-                                             label
-       lines                 lines    li     number of lines on
-                                             screen or page
-       lines_of_memory       lm       lm     lines of memory if >
-                                             line. 0 means varies
-       magic_cookie_glitch   xmc      sg     number of blank
-                                             characters left by
-                                             smso or rmso
-       max_attributes        ma       ma     maximum combined
-                                             attributes terminal
-                                             can handle
-       max_colors            colors   Co     maximum number of
-                                             colors on screen
-       max_pairs             pairs    pa     maximum number of
-                                             color-pairs on the
-                                             screen
-       maximum_windows       wnum     MW     maximum number of
-                                             defineable windows
-       no_color_video        ncv      NC     video attributes
-                                             that cannot be used
-                                             with colors
-       num_labels            nlab     Nl     number of labels on
-                                             screen
-       padding_baud_rate     pb       pb     lowest baud rate
-                                             where padding needed
-       virtual_terminal      vt       vt     virtual terminal
-                                             number (CB/unix)
-       width_status_line     wsl      ws     number of columns in
-                                             status line
-
-       The following numeric  capabilities  are  present  in  the
-       SVr4.0  term  structure, but are not yet documented in the
-       man page.  They came in with SVr4's printer support.
-
-
-             Variable         Cap-    TCap       Description
-             Numeric          name    Code
-       bit_image_entwining    bitwin  Yo     number of passes for
-                                             each bit-image row
-       bit_image_type         bitype  Yp     type of bit-image
-                                             device
-       buffer_capacity        bufsz   Ya     numbers of bytes
-                                             buffered before
-                                             printing
-       buttons                btns    BT     number of buttons on
-                                             mouse
-       dot_horz_spacing       spinh   Yc     spacing of dots hor-
-                                             izontally in dots
-                                             per inch
-
-       dot_vert_spacing       spinv   Yb     spacing of pins ver-
-                                             tically in pins per
-                                             inch
-       max_micro_address      maddr   Yd     maximum value in
-                                             micro_..._address
-       max_micro_jump         mjump   Ye     maximum value in
-                                             parm_..._micro
-       micro_col_size         mcs     Yf     character step size
-                                             when in micro mode
-       micro_line_size        mls     Yg     line step size when
-                                             in micro mode
-       number_of_pins         npins   Yh     numbers of pins in
-                                             print-head
-       output_res_char        orc     Yi     horizontal resolu-
-                                             tion in units per
-                                             line
-       output_res_horz_inch   orhi    Yk     horizontal resolu-
-                                             tion in units per
-                                             inch
-       output_res_line        orl     Yj     vertical resolution
-                                             in units per line
-       output_res_vert_inch   orvi    Yl     vertical resolution
-                                             in units per inch
-       print_rate             cps     Ym     print rate in char-
-                                             acters per second
-       wide_char_size         widcs   Yn     character step size
-                                             when in double wide
-                                             mode
-
-       These are the string capabilities:
-
-
-               Variable          Cap-   TCap     Description
-                String           name   Code
-       acs_chars                 acsc   ac   graphics charset
-                                             pairs, based on
-                                             vt100
-       back_tab                  cbt    bt   back tab (P)
-       bell                      bel    bl   audible signal
-                                             (bell) (P)
-       carriage_return           cr     cr   carriage return (P*)
-                                             (P*)
-       change_char_pitch         cpi    ZA   Change number of
-                                             characters per inch
-                                             to #1
-       change_line_pitch         lpi    ZB   Change number of
-                                             lines per inch to #1
-       change_res_horz           chr    ZC   Change horizontal
-                                             resolution to #1
-       change_res_vert           cvr    ZD   Change vertical res-
-                                             olution to #1
-       change_scroll_region      csr    cs   change region to
-                                             line #1 to line #2
-                                             (P)
-       char_padding              rmp    rP   like ip but when in
-                                             insert mode
-       clear_all_tabs            tbc    ct   clear all tab stops
-                                             (P)
-       clear_margins             mgc    MC   clear right and left
-                                             soft margins
-       clear_screen              clear  cl   clear screen and
-                                             home cursor (P*)
-       clr_bol                   el1    cb   Clear to beginning
-                                             of line
-
-
-       clr_eol                   el     ce   clear to end of line
-                                             (P)
-       clr_eos                   ed     cd   clear to end of
-                                             screen (P*)
-       column_address            hpa    ch   horizontal position
-                                             #1, absolute (P)
-       command_character         cmdch  CC   terminal settable
-                                             cmd character in
-                                             prototype !?
-       create_window             cwin   CW   define a window #1
-                                             from #2,#3 to #4,#5
-       cursor_address            cup    cm   move to row #1
-                                             columns #2
-       cursor_down               cud1   do   down one line
-       cursor_home               home   ho   home cursor (if no
-                                             cup)
-       cursor_invisible          civis  vi   make cursor invisi-
-                                             ble
-       cursor_left               cub1   le   move left one space
-       cursor_mem_address        mrcup  CM   memory relative cur-
-                                             sor addressing, move
-                                             to row #1 columns #2
-       cursor_normal             cnorm  ve   make cursor appear
-                                             normal (undo
-                                             civis/cvvis)
-       cursor_right              cuf1   nd   non-destructive
-                                             space (move right
-                                             one space)
-       cursor_to_ll              ll     ll   last line, first
-                                             column (if no cup)
-       cursor_up                 cuu1   up   up one line
-       cursor_visible            cvvis  vs   make cursor very
-                                             visible
-       define_char               defc   ZE   Define a character
-                                             #1, #2 dots wide,
-                                             descender #3
-       delete_character          dch1   dc   delete character
-                                             (P*)
-       delete_line               dl1    dl   delete line (P*)
-       dial_phone                dial   DI   dial number #1
-       dis_status_line           dsl    ds   disable status line
-       display_clock             dclk   DK   display clock
-       down_half_line            hd     hd   half a line down
-       ena_acs                   enacs  eA   enable alternate
-                                             char set
-       enter_alt_charset_mode    smacs  as   start alternate
-                                             character set (P)
-       enter_am_mode             smam   SA   turn on automatic
-                                             margins
-       enter_blink_mode          blink  mb   turn on blinking
-       enter_bold_mode           bold   md   turn on bold (extra
-                                             bright) mode
-       enter_ca_mode             smcup  ti   string to start pro-
-                                             grams using cup
-       enter_delete_mode         smdc   dm   enter delete mode
-       enter_dim_mode            dim    mh   turn on half-bright
-                                             mode
-       enter_doublewide_mode     swidm  ZF   Enter double-wide
-                                             mode
-       enter_draft_quality       sdrfq  ZG   Enter draft-quality
-                                             mode
-       enter_insert_mode         smir   im   enter insert mode
-       enter_italics_mode        sitm   ZH   Enter italic mode
-       enter_leftward_mode       slm    ZI   Start leftward car-
-                                             riage motion
-
-       enter_micro_mode          smicm  ZJ   Start micro-motion
-                                             mode
-       enter_near_letter_quality snlq   ZK   Enter NLQ mode
-       enter_normal_quality      snrmq  ZL   Enter normal-quality
-                                             mode
-       enter_protected_mode      prot   mp   turn on protected
-                                             mode
-       enter_reverse_mode        rev    mr   turn on reverse
-                                             video mode
-       enter_secure_mode         invis  mk   turn on blank mode
-                                             (characters invisi-
-                                             ble)
-       enter_shadow_mode         sshm   ZM   Enter shadow-print
-                                             mode
-       enter_standout_mode       smso   so   begin standout mode
-       enter_subscript_mode      ssubm  ZN   Enter subscript mode
-       enter_superscript_mode    ssupm  ZO   Enter superscript
-                                             mode
-       enter_underline_mode      smul   us   begin underline mode
-       enter_upward_mode         sum    ZP   Start upward car-
-                                             riage motion
-       enter_xon_mode            smxon  SX   turn on xon/xoff
-                                             handshaking
-       erase_chars               ech    ec   erase #1 characters
-                                             (P)
-       exit_alt_charset_mode     rmacs  ae   end alternate char-
-                                             acter set (P)
-       exit_am_mode              rmam   RA   turn off automatic
-                                             margins
-       exit_attribute_mode       sgr0   me   turn off all
-                                             attributes
-       exit_ca_mode              rmcup  te   strings to end pro-
-                                             grams using cup
-       exit_delete_mode          rmdc   ed   end delete mode
-       exit_doublewide_mode      rwidm  ZQ   End double-wide mode
-       exit_insert_mode          rmir   ei   exit insert mode
-       exit_italics_mode         ritm   ZR   End italic mode
-       exit_leftward_mode        rlm    ZS   End left-motion mode
-       exit_micro_mode           rmicm  ZT   End micro-motion
-                                             mode
-       exit_shadow_mode          rshm   ZU   End shadow-print
-                                             mode
-       exit_standout_mode        rmso   se   exit standout mode
-       exit_subscript_mode       rsubm  ZV   End subscript mode
-       exit_superscript_mode     rsupm  ZW   End superscript mode
-       exit_underline_mode       rmul   ue   exit underline mode
-       exit_upward_mode          rum    ZX   End reverse charac-
-                                             ter motion
-       exit_xon_mode             rmxon  RX   turn off xon/xoff
-                                             handshaking
-       fixed_pause               pause  PA   pause for 2-3 sec-
-                                             onds
-       flash_hook                hook   fh   flash switch hook
-       flash_screen              flash  vb   visible bell (may
-                                             not move cursor)
-       form_feed                 ff     ff   hardcopy terminal
-                                             page eject (P*)
-       from_status_line          fsl    fs   return from status
-                                             line
-       goto_window               wingo  WG   go to window #1
-       hangup                    hup    HU   hang-up phone
-       init_1string              is1    i1   initialization
-                                             string
-       init_2string              is2    is   initialization
-                                             string
-
-       init_3string              is3    i3   initialization
-                                             string
-       init_file                 if     if   name of initializa-
-                                             tion file
-       init_prog                 iprog  iP   path name of program
-                                             for initialization
-       initialize_color          initc  Ic   initialize color #1
-                                             to (#2,#3,#4)
-       initialize_pair           initp  Ip   Initialize color
-                                             pair #1 to
-                                             fg=(#2,#3,#4),
-                                             bg=(#5,#6,#7)
-       insert_character          ich1   ic   insert character (P)
-       insert_line               il1    al   insert line (P*)
-       insert_padding            ip     ip   insert padding after
-                                             inserted character
-       key_a1                    ka1    K1   upper left of keypad
-       key_a3                    ka3    K3   upper right of key-
-                                             pad
-       key_b2                    kb2    K2   center of keypad
-       key_backspace             kbs    kb   backspace key
-       key_beg                   kbeg   @1   begin key
-       key_btab                  kcbt   kB   back-tab key
-       key_c1                    kc1    K4   lower left of keypad
-       key_c3                    kc3    K5   lower right of key-
-                                             pad
-       key_cancel                kcan   @2   cancel key
-       key_catab                 ktbc   ka   clear-all-tabs key
-       key_clear                 kclr   kC   clear-screen or
-                                             erase key
-       key_close                 kclo   @3   close key
-       key_command               kcmd   @4   command key
-       key_copy                  kcpy   @5   copy key
-       key_create                kcrt   @6   create key
-       key_ctab                  kctab  kt   clear-tab key
-       key_dc                    kdch1  kD   delete-character key
-       key_dl                    kdl1   kL   delete-line key
-       key_down                  kcud1  kd   down-arrow key
-       key_eic                   krmir  kM   sent by rmir or smir
-                                             in insert mode
-       key_end                   kend   @7   end key
-       key_enter                 kent   @8   enter/send key
-       key_eol                   kel    kE   clear-to-end-of-line
-                                             key
-       key_eos                   ked    kS   clear-to-end-of-
-                                             screen key
-       key_exit                  kext   @9   exit key
-       key_f0                    kf0    k0   F0 function key
-       key_f1                    kf1    k1   F1 function key
-       key_f10                   kf10   k;   F10 function key
-       key_f11                   kf11   F1   F11 function key
-       key_f12                   kf12   F2   F12 function key
-       key_f13                   kf13   F3   F13 function key
-       key_f14                   kf14   F4   F14 function key
-       key_f15                   kf15   F5   F15 function key
-       key_f16                   kf16   F6   F16 function key
-       key_f17                   kf17   F7   F17 function key
-       key_f18                   kf18   F8   F18 function key
-       key_f19                   kf19   F9   F19 function key
-       key_f2                    kf2    k2   F2 function key
-       key_f20                   kf20   FA   F20 function key
-       key_f21                   kf21   FB   F21 function key
-       key_f22                   kf22   FC   F22 function key
-       key_f23                   kf23   FD   F23 function key
-       key_f24                   kf24   FE   F24 function key
-
-       key_f25                   kf25   FF   F25 function key
-       key_f26                   kf26   FG   F26 function key
-       key_f27                   kf27   FH   F27 function key
-       key_f28                   kf28   FI   F28 function key
-       key_f29                   kf29   FJ   F29 function key
-       key_f3                    kf3    k3   F3 function key
-       key_f30                   kf30   FK   F30 function key
-       key_f31                   kf31   FL   F31 function key
-       key_f32                   kf32   FM   F32 function key
-       key_f33                   kf33   FN   F33 function key
-       key_f34                   kf34   FO   F34 function key
-       key_f35                   kf35   FP   F35 function key
-       key_f36                   kf36   FQ   F36 function key
-       key_f37                   kf37   FR   F37 function key
-       key_f38                   kf38   FS   F38 function key
-       key_f39                   kf39   FT   F39 function key
-       key_f4                    kf4    k4   F4 function key
-       key_f40                   kf40   FU   F40 function key
-       key_f41                   kf41   FV   F41 function key
-       key_f42                   kf42   FW   F42 function key
-       key_f43                   kf43   FX   F43 function key
-       key_f44                   kf44   FY   F44 function key
-       key_f45                   kf45   FZ   F45 function key
-       key_f46                   kf46   Fa   F46 function key
-       key_f47                   kf47   Fb   F47 function key
-       key_f48                   kf48   Fc   F48 function key
-       key_f49                   kf49   Fd   F49 function key
-       key_f5                    kf5    k5   F5 function key
-       key_f50                   kf50   Fe   F50 function key
-       key_f51                   kf51   Ff   F51 function key
-       key_f52                   kf52   Fg   F52 function key
-       key_f53                   kf53   Fh   F53 function key
-       key_f54                   kf54   Fi   F54 function key
-       key_f55                   kf55   Fj   F55 function key
-       key_f56                   kf56   Fk   F56 function key
-       key_f57                   kf57   Fl   F57 function key
-       key_f58                   kf58   Fm   F58 function key
-       key_f59                   kf59   Fn   F59 function key
-       key_f6                    kf6    k6   F6 function key
-       key_f60                   kf60   Fo   F60 function key
-       key_f61                   kf61   Fp   F61 function key
-       key_f62                   kf62   Fq   F62 function key
-       key_f63                   kf63   Fr   F63 function key
-       key_f7                    kf7    k7   F7 function key
-       key_f8                    kf8    k8   F8 function key
-       key_f9                    kf9    k9   F9 function key
-       key_find                  kfnd   @0   find key
-       key_help                  khlp   %1   help key
-       key_home                  khome  kh   home key
-       key_ic                    kich1  kI   insert-character key
-       key_il                    kil1   kA   insert-line key
-       key_left                  kcub1  kl   left-arrow key
-       key_ll                    kll    kH   lower-left key (home
-                                             down)
-       key_mark                  kmrk   %2   mark key
-       key_message               kmsg   %3   message key
-       key_move                  kmov   %4   move key
-       key_next                  knxt   %5   next key
-       key_npage                 knp    kN   next-page key
-       key_open                  kopn   %6   open key
-       key_options               kopt   %7   options key
-       key_ppage                 kpp    kP   previous-page key
-       key_previous              kprv   %8   previous key
-       key_print                 kprt   %9   print key
-       key_redo                  krdo   %0   redo key
-
-       key_reference             kref   &1   reference key
-       key_refresh               krfr   &2   refresh key
-       key_replace               krpl   &3   replace key
-       key_restart               krst   &4   restart key
-       key_resume                kres   &5   resume key
-       key_right                 kcuf1  kr   right-arrow key
-       key_save                  ksav   &6   save key
-       key_sbeg                  kBEG   &9   shifted begin key
-       key_scancel               kCAN   &0   shifted cancel key
-       key_scommand              kCMD   *1   shifted command key
-       key_scopy                 kCPY   *2   shifted copy key
-       key_screate               kCRT   *3   shifted create key
-       key_sdc                   kDC    *4   shifted delete-char-
-                                             acter key
-       key_sdl                   kDL    *5   shifted delete-line
-                                             key
-       key_select                kslt   *6   select key
-       key_send                  kEND   *7   shifted end key
-       key_seol                  kEOL   *8   shifted clear-to-
-                                             end-of-line key
-       key_sexit                 kEXT   *9   shifted exit key
-       key_sf                    kind   kF   scroll-forward key
-       key_sfind                 kFND   *0   shifted find key
-       key_shelp                 kHLP   #1   shifted help key
-       key_shome                 kHOM   #2   shifted home key
-       key_sic                   kIC    #3   shifted insert-char-
-                                             acter key
-       key_sleft                 kLFT   #4   shifted left-arrow
-                                             key
-       key_smessage              kMSG   %a   shifted message key
-       key_smove                 kMOV   %b   shifted move key
-       key_snext                 kNXT   %c   shifted next key
-       key_soptions              kOPT   %d   shifted options key
-       key_sprevious             kPRV   %e   shifted previous key
-       key_sprint                kPRT   %f   shifted print key
-       key_sr                    kri    kR   scroll-backward key
-       key_sredo                 kRDO   %g   shifted redo key
-       key_sreplace              kRPL   %h   shifted replace key
-       key_sright                kRIT   %i   shifted right-arrow
-                                             key
-       key_srsume                kRES   %j   shifted resume key
-       key_ssave                 kSAV   !1   shifted save key
-       key_ssuspend              kSPD   !2   shifted suspend key
-       key_stab                  khts   kT   set-tab key
-       key_sundo                 kUND   !3   shifted undo key
-       key_suspend               kspd   &7   suspend key
-       key_undo                  kund   &8   undo key
-       key_up                    kcuu1  ku   up-arrow key
-       keypad_local              rmkx   ke   leave 'key-
-                                             board_transmit' mode
-       keypad_xmit               smkx   ks   enter 'key-
-                                             board_transmit' mode
-       lab_f0                    lf0    l0   label on function
-                                             key f0 if not f0
-       lab_f1                    lf1    l1   label on function
-                                             key f1 if not f1
-       lab_f10                   lf10   la   label on function
-                                             key f10 if not f10
-       lab_f2                    lf2    l2   label on function
-                                             key f2 if not f2
-       lab_f3                    lf3    l3   label on function
-                                             key f3 if not f3
-       lab_f4                    lf4    l4   label on function
-                                             key f4 if not f4
-
-
-       lab_f5                    lf5    l5   label on function
-                                             key f5 if not f5
-       lab_f6                    lf6    l6   label on function
-                                             key f6 if not f6
-       lab_f7                    lf7    l7   label on function
-                                             key f7 if not f7
-       lab_f8                    lf8    l8   label on function
-                                             key f8 if not f8
-       lab_f9                    lf9    l9   label on function
-                                             key f9 if not f9
-       label_format              fln    Lf   label format
-       label_off                 rmln   LF   turn off soft labels
-       label_on                  smln   LO   turn on soft labels
-       meta_off                  rmm    mo   turn off meta mode
-       meta_on                   smm    mm   turn on meta mode
-                                             (8th-bit on)
-       micro_column_address      mhpa   ZY   Like column_address
-                                             in micro mode
-       micro_down                mcud1  ZZ   Like cursor_down in
-                                             micro mode
-       micro_left                mcub1  Za   Like cursor_left in
-                                             micro mode
-       micro_right               mcuf1  Zb   Like cursor_right in
-                                             micro mode
-       micro_row_address         mvpa   Zc   Like row_address #1
-                                             in micro mode
-       micro_up                  mcuu1  Zd   Like cursor_up in
-                                             micro mode
-       newline                   nel    nw   newline (behave like
-                                             cr followed by lf)
-       order_of_pins             porder Ze   Match software bits
-                                             to print-head pins
-       orig_colors               oc     oc   Set all color pairs
-                                             to the original ones
-       orig_pair                 op     op   Set default pair to
-                                             its original value
-       pad_char                  pad    pc   padding char
-                                             (instead of null)
-       parm_dch                  dch    DC   delete #1 characters
-                                             (P*)
-       parm_delete_line          dl     DL   delete #1 lines (P*)
-       parm_down_cursor          cud    DO   down #1 lines (P*)
-       parm_down_micro           mcud   Zf   Like parm_down_cur-
-                                             sor in micro mode
-       parm_ich                  ich    IC   insert #1 characters
-                                             (P*)
-       parm_index                indn   SF   scroll forward #1
-                                             lines (P)
-       parm_insert_line          il     AL   insert #1 lines (P*)
-       parm_left_cursor          cub    LE   move #1 characters
-                                             to the left (P)
-       parm_left_micro           mcub   Zg   Like parm_left_cur-
-                                             sor in micro mode
-       parm_right_cursor         cuf    RI   move #1 characters
-                                             to the right (P*)
-       parm_right_micro          mcuf   Zh   Like parm_right_cur-
-                                             sor in micro mode
-       parm_rindex               rin    SR   scroll back #1 lines
-                                             (P)
-       parm_up_cursor            cuu    UP   up #1 lines (P*)
-       parm_up_micro             mcuu   Zi   Like parm_up_cursor
-                                             in micro mode
-       pkey_key                  pfkey  pk   program function key
-                                             #1 to type string #2
-
-
-       pkey_local                pfloc  pl   program function key
-                                             #1 to execute string
-                                             #2
-       pkey_xmit                 pfx    px   program function key
-                                             #1 to transmit
-                                             string #2
-       plab_norm                 pln    pn   program label #1 to
-                                             show string #2
-       print_screen              mc0    ps   print contents of
-                                             screen
-       prtr_non                  mc5p   pO   turn on printer for
-                                             #1 bytes
-       prtr_off                  mc4    pf   turn off printer
-       prtr_on                   mc5    po   turn on printer
-       pulse                     pulse  PU   select pulse dialing
-       quick_dial                qdial  QD   dial number #1 with-
-                                             out checking
-       remove_clock              rmclk  RC   remove clock
-       repeat_char               rep    rp   repeat char #1 #2
-                                             times (P*)
-       req_for_input             rfi    RF   send next input char
-                                             (for ptys)
-       reset_1string             rs1    r1   reset string
-       reset_2string             rs2    r2   reset string
-       reset_3string             rs3    r3   reset string
-       reset_file                rf     rf   name of reset file
-       restore_cursor            rc     rc   restore cursor to
-                                             position of last
-                                             save_cursor
-       row_address               vpa    cv   vertical position #1
-                                             absolute (P)
-       save_cursor               sc     sc   save current cursor
-                                             position (P)
-       scroll_forward            ind    sf   scroll text up (P)
-       scroll_reverse            ri     sr   scroll text down (P)
-       select_char_set           scs    Zj   Select character
-                                             set, #1
-       set_attributes            sgr    sa   define video
-                                             attributes #1-#9
-                                             (PG9)
-       set_background            setb   Sb   Set background color
-                                             #1
-       set_bottom_margin         smgb   Zk   Set bottom margin at
-                                             current line
-       set_bottom_margin_parm    smgbp  Zl   Set bottom margin at
-                                             line #1 or (if smgtp
-                                             is not given) #2
-                                             lines from bottom
-       set_clock                 sclk   SC   set clock, #1 hrs #2
-                                             mins #3 secs
-       set_color_pair            scp    sp   Set current color
-                                             pair to #1
-       set_foreground            setf   Sf   Set foreground color
-                                             #1
-       set_left_margin           smgl   ML   set left soft margin
-                                             at current column.
-                                             See smgl. (ML is not
-                                             in BSD termcap).
-       set_left_margin_parm      smglp  Zm   Set left (right)
-                                             margin at column #1
-       set_right_margin          smgr   MR   set right soft mar-
-                                             gin at current col-
-                                             umn
-       set_right_margin_parm     smgrp  Zn   Set right margin at
-                                             column #1
-
-       set_tab                   hts    st   set a tab in every
-                                             row, current columns
-       set_top_margin            smgt   Zo   Set top margin at
-                                             current line
-       set_top_margin_parm       smgtp  Zp   Set top (bottom)
-                                             margin at row #1
-       set_window                wind   wi   current window is
-                                             lines #1-#2 cols
-                                             #3-#4
-       start_bit_image           sbim   Zq   Start printing bit
-                                             image graphics
-       start_char_set_def        scsd   Zr   Start character set
-                                             definition #1, with
-                                             #2 characters in the
-                                             set
-       stop_bit_image            rbim   Zs   Stop printing bit
-                                             image graphics
-       stop_char_set_def         rcsd   Zt   End definition of
-                                             character set #1
-       subscript_characters      subcs  Zu   List of subscript-
-                                             able characters
-       superscript_characters    supcs  Zv   List of superscript-
-                                             able characters
-       tab                       ht     ta   tab to next 8-space
-                                             hardware tab stop
-       these_cause_cr            docr   Zw   Printing any of
-                                             these characters
-                                             causes CR
-       to_status_line            tsl    ts   move to status line,
-                                             column #1
-       tone                      tone   TO   select touch tone
-                                             dialing
-       underline_char            uc     uc   underline char and
-                                             move past it
-       up_half_line              hu     hu   half a line up
-       user0                     u0     u0   User string #0
-       user1                     u1     u1   User string #1
-       user2                     u2     u2   User string #2
-       user3                     u3     u3   User string #3
-       user4                     u4     u4   User string #4
-       user5                     u5     u5   User string #5
-       user6                     u6     u6   User string #6
-       user7                     u7     u7   User string #7
-       user8                     u8     u8   User string #8
-       user9                     u9     u9   User string #9
-       wait_tone                 wait   WA   wait for dial-tone
-       xoff_character            xoffc  XF   XOFF character
-       xon_character             xonc   XN   XON character
-       zero_motion               zerom  Zx   No motion for subse-
-                                             quent character
-
-       The  following  string  capabilities  are  present  in the
-       SVr4.0 term structure, but were originally not  documented
-       in the man page.
-
-
-               Variable          Cap-     TCap    Description
-                String           name     Code
-       alt_scancode_esc          scesa    S8   Alternate escape
-                                               for scancode emu-
-                                               lation
-       bit_image_carriage_return bicr     Yv   Move to beginning
-                                               of same row
-       bit_image_newline         binel    Zz   Move to next row
-                                               of the bit image
-
-       bit_image_repeat          birep    Xy   Repeat bit image
-                                               cell #1 #2 times
-       char_set_names            csnm     Zy   Produce #1'th item
-                                               from list of char-
-                                               acter set names
-       code_set_init             csin     ci   Init sequence for
-                                               multiple codesets
-       color_names               colornm  Yw   Give name for
-                                               color #1
-       define_bit_image_region   defbi    Yx   Define rectan-
-                                               gualar bit image
-                                               region
-       device_type               devt     dv   Indicate lan-
-                                               guage/codeset sup-
-                                               port
-       display_pc_char           dispc    S1   Display PC charac-
-                                               ter #1
-       end_bit_image_region      endbi    Yy   End a bit-image
-                                               region
-       enter_pc_charset_mode     smpch    S2   Enter PC character
-                                               display mode
-       enter_scancode_mode       smsc     S4   Enter PC scancode
-                                               mode
-       exit_pc_charset_mode      rmpch    S3   Exit PC character
-                                               display mode
-       exit_scancode_mode        rmsc     S5   Exit PC scancode
-                                               mode
-       get_mouse                 getm     Gm   Curses should get
-                                               button events,
-                                               parameter #1 not
-                                               documented.
-       key_mouse                 kmous    Km   Mouse event has
-                                               occurred
-       mouse_info                minfo    Mi   Mouse status
-                                               information
-       pc_term_options           pctrm    S6   PC terminal
-                                               options
-       pkey_plab                 pfxl     xl   Program function
-                                               key #1 to type
-                                               string #2 and show
-                                               string #3
-       req_mouse_pos             reqmp    RQ   Request mouse
-                                               position
-       scancode_escape           scesc    S7   Escape for scan-
-                                               code emulation
-       set0_des_seq              s0ds     s0   Shift to codeset 0
-                                               (EUC set 0, ASCII)
-       set1_des_seq              s1ds     s1   Shift to codeset 1
-       set2_des_seq              s2ds     s2   Shift to codeset 2
-       set3_des_seq              s3ds     s3   Shift to codeset 3
-       set_a_background          setab    AB   Set background
-                                               color to #1, using
-                                               ANSI escape
-       set_a_foreground          setaf    AF   Set foreground
-                                               color to #1, using
-                                               ANSI escape
-       set_color_band            setcolor Yz   Change to ribbon
-                                               color #1
-       set_lr_margin             smglr    ML   Set both left and
-                                               right margins to
-                                               #1, #2.  (ML is
-                                               not in BSD term-
-                                               cap).
-       set_page_length           slines   YZ   Set page length to
-                                               #1 lines
-
-       set_tb_margin             smgtb    MT   Sets both top and
-                                               bottom margins to
-                                               #1, #2
-
-        The XSI Curses  standard  added  these.   They  are  some
-        post-4.1  versions  of System V curses, e.g., Solaris 2.5
-        and IRIX 6.x.  The ncurses termcap  names  for  them  are
-        invented; according to the XSI Curses standard, they have
-        no termcap names.  If your compiled terminfo entries  use
-        these,  they  may  not be binary-compatible with System V
-        terminfo entries after SVr4.1; beware!
-
-
-                Variable         Cap-   TCap     Description
-                 String          name   Code
-        enter_horizontal_hl_mode ehhlm  Xh   Enter horizontal
-                                             highlight mode
-        enter_left_hl_mode       elhlm  Xl   Enter left highlight
-                                             mode
-        enter_low_hl_mode        elohlm Xo   Enter low highlight
-                                             mode
-        enter_right_hl_mode      erhlm  Xr   Enter right high-
-                                             light mode
-        enter_top_hl_mode        ethlm  Xt   Enter top highlight
-                                             mode
-        enter_vertical_hl_mode   evhlm  Xv   Enter vertical high-
-                                             light mode
-        set_a_attributes         sgr1   sA   Define second set of
-                                             video attributes
-                                             #1-#6
-        set_pglen_inch           slengthsL   YI Set page length
-                                             to #1 hundredth of
-                                             an inch
-
-   A Sample Entry
-       The following entry, describing an ANSI-standard terminal,
-       is  representative  of  what a terminfo entry for a modern
-       terminal typically looks like.
-
-     ansi|ansi/pc-term compatible with color,
-             mc5i,
-             colors#8, ncv#3, pairs#64,
-             cub=\E[%p1%dD, cud=\E[%p1%dB, cuf=\E[%p1%dC,
-             cuu=\E[%p1%dA, dch=\E[%p1%dP, dl=\E[%p1%dM,
-             ech=\E[%p1%dX, el1=\E[1K, hpa=\E[%p1%dG, ht=\E[I,
-             ich=\E[%p1%d@, il=\E[%p1%dL, indn=\E[%p1%dS, .indn=\E[%p1%dT,
-             kbs=^H, kcbt=\E[Z, kcub1=\E[D, kcud1=\E[B,
-             kcuf1=\E[C, kcuu1=\E[A, kf1=\E[M, kf10=\E[V,
-             kf11=\E[W, kf12=\E[X, kf2=\E[N, kf3=\E[O, kf4=\E[P,
-             kf5=\E[Q, kf6=\E[R, kf7=\E[S, kf8=\E[T, kf9=\E[U,
-             kich1=\E[L, mc4=\E[4i, mc5=\E[5i, nel=\r\E[S,
-             op=\E[37;40m, rep=%p1%c\E[%p2%{1}%-%db,
-             rin=\E[%p1%dT, s0ds=\E(B, s1ds=\E)B, s2ds=\E*B,
-             s3ds=\E+B, setab=\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\E[3%p1%dm,
-             setb=\E[4%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
-             setf=\E[3%?%p1%{1}%=%t4%e%p1%{3}%=%t6%e%p1%{4}%=%t1%e%p1%{6}%=%t3%e%p1%d%;m,
-             sgr=\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p3%t;7%;%?%p4%t;5%;%?%p6%t;1%;%?%p7%t;8%;%?%p8%t;11%;%?%p9%t;12%;m,
-             sgr0=\E[0;10m, tbc=\E[2g, u6=\E[%d;%dR, u7=\E[6n,
-             u8=\E[?%[;0123456789]c, u9=\E[c, vpa=\E[%p1%dd,
-
-       Entries may continue onto multiple lines by placing  white
-       space  at  the  beginning  of  each line except the first.
-       Comments may be included on lines  beginning  with  ``#''.
-       Capabilities in terminfo are of three types: Boolean capa-
-       bilities which indicate that the terminal has some partic-
-       ular  feature, numeric capabilities giving the size of the
-       terminal or the size  of  particular  delays,  and  string
-       capabilities,  which  give a sequence which can be used to
-       perform particular terminal operations.
-
-
-   Types of Capabilities
-       All capabilities have names.  For instance, the fact  that
-       ANSI-standard  terminals  have automatic margins (i.e., an
-       automatic return and line-feed when the end of a  line  is
-       reached)  is  indicated  by  the capability am.  Hence the
-       description of ansi includes am.  Numeric capabilities are
-       followed  by  the character `#' and then a positive value.
-       Thus cols, which indicates the number of columns the  ter-
-       minal  has,  gives  the  value  `80' for ansi.  Values for
-       numeric capabilities may be specified in decimal, octal or
-       hexadecimal,  using the C programming language conventions
-       (e.g., 255, 0377 and 0xff or 0xFF).
-
-       Finally, string valued capabilities, such as el (clear  to
-       end of line sequence) are given by the two-character code,
-       an `=', and then a string ending  at  the  next  following
-       `,'.
-
-       A  number  of  escape sequences are provided in the string
-       valued capabilities for easy encoding of characters there.
-       Both  \E  and  \e map to an ESCAPE character, ^x maps to a
-       control-x for any appropriate x, and the sequences  \n  \l
-       \r  \t  \b  \f  \s give a newline, line-feed, return, tab,
-       backspace, form-feed, and space.  Other escapes include \^
-       for  ^, \\ for \, \, for comma, \: for :, and \0 for null.
-       (\0 will produce \200, which does not terminate  a  string
-       but behaves as a null character on most terminals, provid-
-       ing CS7 is specified.  See stty(1).)  Finally,  characters
-       may be given as three octal digits after a \.
-
-       A  delay  in  milliseconds may appear anywhere in a string
-       capability, enclosed in $<..> brackets, as in  el=\EK$<5>,
-       and  padding  characters  are supplied by tputs to provide
-       this delay.  The delay must be a number with at  most  one
-       decimal place of precision; it may be followed by suffixes
-       `*' or '/' or both.  A  `*'  indicates  that  the  padding
-       required  is  proportional to the number of lines affected
-       by the  operation,  and  the  amount  given  is  the  per-
-       affected-unit  padding  required.   (In the case of insert
-       character,  the  factor  is  still  the  number  of  lines
-       affected.)   Normally,  padding  is advisory if the device
-       has the xon capability; it is used  for  cost  computation
-       but  does not trigger delays.  A `/' suffix indicates that
-       the padding is mandatory and forces a delay of  the  given
-       number  of  milliseconds  even on devices for which xon is
-       present to indicate flow control.
-
-       Sometimes individual capabilities must be  commented  out.
-       To  do this, put a period before the capability name.  For
-       example, see the second ind in the example above.
-
-
-   Fetching Compiled Descriptions
-       If the environment variable TERMINFO is set, it is  inter-
-       preted  as the pathname of a directory containing the com-
-       piled description you are working on.  Only that directory
-       is searched.
-
-       If  TERMINFO  is  not set, the ncurses version of the ter-
-       minfo reader code  will  instead  look  in  the  directory
-       $HOME/.terminfo  for  a compiled description.  If it fails
-       to find one  there,  and  the  environment  variable  TER-
-       MINFO_DIRS  is set, it will interpret the contents of that
-       variable as a list of colon- separated directories  to  be
-       searched  (an  empty  entry is interpreted as a command to
-       search /usr/share/terminfo).  If no description  is  found
-       in  any of the TERMINFO_DIRS directories, the fetch fails.
-
-       If neither TERMINFO nor TERMINFO_DIRS  is  set,  the  last
-       place   tried  will  be  the  system  terminfo  directory,
-       /usr/share/terminfo.
-
-       (Neither the  $HOME/.terminfo  lookups  nor  TERMINFO_DIRS
-       extensions   are  supported  under  stock  System  V  ter-
-       minfo/curses.)
-
-
-   Preparing Descriptions
-       We now outline how to prepare descriptions  of  terminals.
-       The  most  effective way to prepare a terminal description
-       is by imitating the description of a similar  terminal  in
-       terminfo  and  to  build up a description gradually, using
-       partial descriptions with vi or some other screen-oriented
-       program  to  check that they are correct.  Be aware that a
-       very unusual terminal may expose deficiencies in the abil-
-       ity  of  the  terminfo  file to describe it or bugs in the
-       screen-handling code of the test program.
-
-       To get the padding for insert line right (if the  terminal
-       manufacturer did not document it) a severe test is to edit
-       a large file at 9600 baud, delete 16 or so lines from  the
-       middle  of  the screen, then hit the `u' key several times
-       quickly.  If the terminal messes up, more padding is  usu-
-       ally  needed.  A similar test can be used for insert char-
-       acter.
-
-
-   Basic Capabilities
-       The number of columns on each line  for  the  terminal  is
-       given  by the cols numeric capability.  If the terminal is
-       a CRT, then the number of lines on the screen is given  by
-       the lines capability.  If the terminal wraps around to the
-       beginning of the next line when it reaches the right  mar-
-       gin, then it should have the am capability.  If the termi-
-       nal can clear its screen, leaving the cursor in  the  home
-       position,  then this is given by the clear string capabil-
-       ity.  If the terminal overstrikes (rather than clearing  a
-       position  when  a character is struck over) then it should
-       have the os capability.  If the  terminal  is  a  printing
-       terminal,  with no soft copy unit, give it both hc and os.
-       (os applies to storage scope terminals, such as  TEKTRONIX
-       4010  series, as well as hard copy and APL terminals.)  If
-       there is a code to move the cursor to the left edge of the
-       current row, give this as cr.  (Normally this will be car-
-       riage return, control M.)  If there is a code  to  produce
-       an audible signal (bell, beep, etc) give this as bel.
-
-       If  there is a code to move the cursor one position to the
-       left (such as backspace) that capability should  be  given
-       as  cub1.   Similarly, codes to move to the right, up, and
-       down should be given as cuf1, cuu1, and cud1.  These local
-       cursor  motions  should not alter the text they pass over,
-       for example, you would not normally use  `cuf1= '  because
-       the space would erase the character moved over.
-
-       A  very  important  point  here  is  that the local cursor
-       motions encoded in terminfo are undefined at the left  and
-       top  edges  of  a  CRT  terminal.   Programs  should never
-       attempt to backspace around the left edge,  unless  bw  is
-       given, and never attempt to go up locally off the top.  In
-       order to scroll text up, a program will go to  the  bottom
-       left corner of the screen and send the ind (index) string.
-
-       To scroll text down, a program goes to the top left corner
-       of  the  screen  and  sends the ri (reverse index) string.
-       The strings ind and ri are undefined  when  not  on  their
-       respective corners of the screen.
-
-       Parameterized versions of the scrolling sequences are indn
-       and rin which have the same semantics as ind and ri except
-       that  they take one parameter, and scroll that many lines.
-       They are also undefined except at the appropriate edge  of
-       the screen.
-
-       The  am  capability tells whether the cursor sticks at the
-       right edge of the screen when text  is  output,  but  this
-       does not necessarily apply to a cuf1 from the last column.
-       The only local motion which is defined from the left  edge
-       is  if  bw  is  given, then a cub1 from the left edge will
-       move to the right edge of the previous row.  If bw is  not
-       given,  the effect is undefined.  This is useful for draw-
-       ing a box around the edge of the screen, for example.   If
-       the  terminal has switch selectable automatic margins, the
-       terminfo file usually assumes that this is on;  i.e.,  am.
-       If  the  terminal  has  a command which moves to the first
-       column of the next line, that command can be given as  nel
-       (newline).   It  does not matter if the command clears the
-       remainder of the current line, so if the terminal  has  no
-       cr  and lf it may still be possible to craft a working nel
-       out of one or both of them.
-
-       These  capabilities  suffice  to  describe  hard-copy  and
-       "glass-tty"  terminals.   Thus  the  model  33 teletype is
-       described as
-
-       33|tty33|tty|model 33 teletype,
-            bel=^G, cols#72, cr=^M, cud1=^J, hc, ind=^J, os,
-
-       while the Lear Siegler ADM-3 is described as
-
-       adm3|3|lsi adm3,
-            am, bel=^G, clear=^Z, cols#80, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J,
-            ind=^J, lines#24,
-
-
-   Parameterized Strings
-       Cursor addressing and other strings  requiring  parameters
-       in  the  terminal  are described by a parameterized string
-       capability, with printf(3) like escapes  %x  in  it.   For
-       example,  to  address  the  cursor,  the cup capability is
-       given, using two parameters: the row and column to address
-       to.  (Rows and columns are numbered from zero and refer to
-       the physical screen visible to the user, not to any unseen
-       memory.)   If  the  terminal  has  memory  relative cursor
-       addressing, that can be indicated by mrcup.
-
-       The parameter mechanism uses a stack and special  %  codes
-       to  manipulate  it.  Typically a sequence will push one of
-       the parameters onto the stack and then print  it  in  some
-       format.   Print  (e.g.,  "%d")  is  a special case.  Other
-       operations, including "%t"  pop  their  operand  from  the
-       stack.  It is noted that more complex operations are often
-       necessary, e.g., in the sgr string.
-
-       The % encodings have the following meanings:
-
-
-       %%   outputs `%'
-
-       %[[:]flags][width[.precision]][doxXs]
-            as in printf, flags are [-+#] and space.  Use  a  `:'
-            to  allow the next character to be a `-' flag, avoid-
-            ing interpreting "%-" as an operator.
-
-       %c   print pop() like %c in printf
-
-       %s   print pop() like %s in printf
-
-       %p[1-9]
-            push i'th parameter
-
-       %P[a-z]
-            set dynamic variable [a-z] to pop()
-
-       %g[a-z]
-            get dynamic variable [a-z] and push it
-
-       %P[A-Z]
-            set static variable [a-z] to pop()
-
-       %g[A-Z]
-            get static variable [a-z] and push it
-
-            The terms  "static"  and  "dynamic"  are  misleading.
-            Historically,  these are simply two different sets of
-            variables, whose values are not reset  between  calls
-            to  tparm.   However,  that fact is not documented in
-            other implementations.  Relying on it will  adversely
-            impact portability to other implementations.
-
-       %'c' char constant c
-
-       %{nn}
-            integer constant nn
-
-       %l   push strlen(pop)
-
-       %+ %- %* %/ %m
-            arithmetic (%m is mod): push(pop() op pop())
-
-       %& %| %^
-            bit operations (AND, OR and exclusive-OR): push(pop()
-            op pop())
-
-       %= %> %<
-            logical operations: push(pop() op pop())
-
-       %A, %O
-            logical AND and OR operations (for conditionals)
-
-       %! %~
-            unary  operations  (logical  and   bit   complement):
-            push(op pop())
-
-       %i   add 1 to first two parameters (for ANSI terminals)
-
-       %? expr %t thenpart %e elsepart %;
-            This  forms  an  if-then-else.   The  %e  elsepart is
-            optional.  Usually the %? expr part  pushes  a  value
-            onto  the stack, and %t pops it from the stack, test-
-            ing if it is nonzero (true).  If it is zero  (false),
-            control passes to the %e (else) part.
-
-            It is possible to form else-if's a la Algol 68:
-            %? c1 %t b1 %e c2 %t b2 %e c3 %t b3 %e c4 %t b4 %e %;
-
-            where ci are conditions, bi are bodies.
-
-            Use the -f option of tic or infocmp to see the struc-
-            ture  of if-then-else's.  Some strings, e.g., sgr can
-            be very complicated when written on one line.  The -f
-            option  splits  the  string into lines with the parts
-            indented.
-
-       Binary operations are in postfix form with the operands in
-       the  usual  order.   That  is,  to  get  x-5 one would use
-       "%gx%{5}%-".  %P and %g variables  are  persistent  across
-       escape-string evaluations.
-
-       Consider the HP2645, which, to get to row 3 and column 12,
-       needs to be sent \E&a12c03Y  padded  for  6  milliseconds.
-       Note  that  the  order of the rows and columns is inverted
-       here, and that the row and column are printed as two  dig-
-       its.  Thus its cup capability is "cup=6\E&%p2%2dc%p1%2dY".
-
-       The Microterm ACT-IV needs the current row and column sent
-       preceded  by  a ^T, with the row and column simply encoded
-       in binary, "cup=^T%p1%c%p2%c".  Terminals which  use  "%c"
-       need  to  be  able  to backspace the cursor (cub1), and to
-       move the cursor up one line on the screen (cuu1).  This is
-       necessary  because it is not always safe to transmit \n ^D
-       and \r, as the system may change or  discard  them.   (The
-       library  routines  dealing  with terminfo set tty modes so
-       that tabs are never expanded, so \t is safe to send.  This
-       turns out to be essential for the Ann Arbor 4080.)
-
-       A final example is the LSI ADM-3a, which uses row and col-
-       umn  offset  by  a  blank  character,  thus  "cup=\E=%p1%'
-       '%+%c%p2%'  '%+%c".   After sending `\E=', this pushes the
-       first parameter, pushes the ASCII value for a space  (32),
-       adds  them  (pushing  the sum on the stack in place of the
-       two previous values) and outputs that value as  a  charac-
-       ter.   Then  the  same  is  done for the second parameter.
-       More complex arithmetic is possible using the stack.
-
-
-   Cursor Motions
-       If the terminal has a fast way to home the cursor (to very
-       upper  left  corner  of  screen) then this can be given as
-       home; similarly a fast way of getting to the  lower  left-
-       hand  corner can be given as ll; this may involve going up
-       with cuu1 from the home position,  but  a  program  should
-       never  do this itself (unless ll does) because it can make
-       no assumption about the effect of moving up from the  home
-       position.   Note  that  the  home  position is the same as
-       addressing to (0,0): to the top left corner of the screen,
-       not  of  memory.   (Thus, the \EH sequence on HP terminals
-       cannot be used for home.)
-
-       If the terminal has row or column absolute cursor address-
-       ing,  these  can be given as single parameter capabilities
-       hpa (horizontal position absolute) and vpa (vertical posi-
-       tion absolute).  Sometimes these are shorter than the more
-       general two parameter sequence (as with  the  hp2645)  and
-       can   be   used  in  preference  to  cup.   If  there  are
-       parameterized local motions (e.g., move n  spaces  to  the
-       right) these can be given as cud, cub, cuf, and cuu with a
-       single parameter  indicating  how  many  spaces  to  move.
-       These  are  primarily useful if the terminal does not have
-       cup, such as the TEKTRONIX 4025.
-
-       If the terminal needs to be in a special mode when running
-       a program that uses these capabilities, the codes to enter
-       and exit this mode can be given as smcup and rmcup.   This
-       arises,  for example, from terminals like the Concept with
-       more than one page of memory.  If the  terminal  has  only
-       memory  relative cursor addressing and not screen relative
-       cursor addressing, a one screen-sized window must be fixed
-       into  the terminal for cursor addressing to work properly.
-       This is also used for the TEKTRONIX 4025, where smcup sets
-       the  command character to be the one used by terminfo.  If
-       the smcup sequence will not restore the  screen  after  an
-       rmcup sequence is output (to the state prior to outputting
-       rmcup), specify nrrmc.
-
-
-   Area Clears
-       If the terminal can clear from the current position to the
-       end  of  the  line,  leaving  the cursor where it is, this
-       should be given as el.  If the terminal can clear from the
-       beginning  of  the line to the current position inclusive,
-       leaving the cursor where it is, this should  be  given  as
-       el1.   If the terminal can clear from the current position
-       to the end of the display, then this should  be  given  as
-       ed.   Ed  is only defined from the first column of a line.
-       (Thus, it can be simulated by a request to delete a  large
-       number of lines, if a true ed is not available.)
-
-
-   Insert/delete line and vertical motions
-       If  the terminal can open a new blank line before the line
-       where the cursor is, this should be given as il1; this  is
-       done  only  from the first position of a line.  The cursor
-       must then appear on the newly blank line.  If the terminal
-       can  delete  the  line  which  the cursor is on, then this
-       should be given as dl1; this is done only from  the  first
-       position  on  the line to be deleted.  Versions of il1 and
-       dl1 which take a single parameter  and  insert  or  delete
-       that many lines can be given as il and dl.
-
-       If  the terminal has a settable scrolling region (like the
-       vt100) the command to set this can be described  with  the
-       csr  capability,  which  takes two parameters: the top and
-       bottom lines of the scrolling region.  The cursor position
-       is, alas, undefined after using this command.
-
-       It  is possible to get the effect of insert or delete line
-       using csr on a properly chosen region; the sc and rc (save
-       and  restore  cursor)  commands may be useful for ensuring
-       that your synthesized insert/delete string does  not  move
-       the  cursor.  (Note that the ncurses(3x) library does this
-       synthesis  automatically,  so   you   need   not   compose
-       insert/delete strings for an entry with csr).
-
-       Yet another way to construct insert and delete might be to
-       use a combination of index with  the  memory-lock  feature
-       found  on some terminals (like the HP-700/90 series, which
-       however also has insert/delete).
-
-       Inserting lines at the top or bottom  of  the  screen  can
-       also  be  done using ri or ind on many terminals without a
-       true insert/delete line, and is often faster even on  ter-
-       minals with those features.
-
-       The  boolean  non_dest_scroll_region should be set if each
-       scrolling window is effectively a view port on  a  screen-
-       sized  canvas.   To  test  for  this  capability, create a
-       scrolling region in the middle of the screen, write  some-
-       thing  to  the  bottom line, move the cursor to the top of
-       the region, and do ri followed by dl1 or ind.  If the data
-       scrolled  off  the  bottom  of  the  region  by the ri re-
-       appears, then scrolling is non-destructive.  System V  and
-       XSI  Curses  expect that ind, ri, indn, and rin will simu-
-       late destructive scrolling; their  documentation  cautions
-       you  not  to  define csr unless this is true.  This curses
-       implementation is more liberal and will do explicit erases
-       after scrolling if ndstr is defined.
-
-       If the terminal has the ability to define a window as part
-       of memory, which all commands affect, it should  be  given
-       as the parameterized string wind.  The four parameters are
-       the starting and ending lines in memory and  the  starting
-       and ending columns in memory, in that order.
-
-       If  the terminal can retain display memory above, then the
-       da capability should be given; if display  memory  can  be
-       retained  below,  then db should be given.  These indicate
-       that deleting a line  or  scrolling  may  bring  non-blank
-       lines  up  from  below  or that scrolling back with ri may
-       bring down non-blank lines.
-
-
-   Insert/Delete Character
-       There are two basic kinds of  intelligent  terminals  with
-       respect  to insert/delete character which can be described
-       using terminfo.  The most common  insert/delete  character
-       operations  affect only the characters on the current line
-       and shift characters off the  end  of  the  line  rigidly.
-       Other  terminals,  such  as the Concept 100 and the Perkin
-       Elmer Owl, make a distinction between  typed  and  untyped
-       blanks  on  the  screen, shifting upon an insert or delete
-       only to an untyped blank on the  screen  which  is  either
-       eliminated,  or  expanded  to two untyped blanks.  You can
-       determine the kind of terminal you have  by  clearing  the
-       screen  and  then typing text separated by cursor motions.
-       Type "abc    def" using local cursor motions (not  spaces)
-       between the "abc" and the "def".  Then position the cursor
-       before the "abc" and put the terminal in insert mode.   If
-       typing  characters  causes  the  rest of the line to shift
-       rigidly and characters to fall off the end, then your ter-
-       minal  does  not  distinguish  between  blanks and untyped
-       positions.  If the "abc" shifts over to  the  "def"  which
-       then  move together around the end of the current line and
-       onto the next as you insert, you have the second  type  of
-       terminal,  and should give the capability in, which stands
-       for "insert null".  While these are two logically separate
-       attributes  (one  line  versus multi-line insert mode, and
-       special treatment of untyped spaces) we have seen no  ter-
-       minals whose insert mode cannot be described with the sin-
-       gle attribute.
-
-       Terminfo can describe both terminals which have an  insert
-       mode, and terminals which send a simple sequence to open a
-       blank position on the current  line.   Give  as  smir  the
-       sequence  to  get  into  insert  mode.   Give  as rmir the
-       sequence to leave insert  mode.   Now  give  as  ich1  any
-       sequence  needed  to  be  sent  just  before  sending  the
-       character to be inserted.   Most  terminals  with  a  true
-       insert  mode  will  not  give ich1; terminals which send a
-       sequence to open a screen position should give it here.
-
-       If your terminal has both, insert mode is usually  prefer-
-       able  to  ich1.   Technically,  you  should  not give both
-       unless the terminal actually requires both to be  used  in
-       combination.   Accordingly,  some  non-curses applications
-       get confused if both are present; the symptom  is  doubled
-       characters in an update using insert.  This requirement is
-       now rare; most ich sequences do not require previous smir,
-       and most smir insert modes do not require ich1 before each
-       character.  Therefore, the  new  curses  actually  assumes
-       this  is the case and uses either rmir/smir or ich/ich1 as
-       appropriate (but not both).  If you have to write an entry
-       to  be  used under new curses for a terminal old enough to
-       need both, include the rmir/smir sequences in ich1.
-
-       If post insert padding is needed, give this as a number of
-       milliseconds  in ip (a string option).  Any other sequence
-       which may need to be sent after  an  insert  of  a  single
-       character may also be given in ip.  If your terminal needs
-       both to be placed into an `insert mode' and a special code
-       to  precede  each  inserted character, then both smir/rmir
-       and ich1 can be given, and both will  be  used.   The  ich
-       capability, with one parameter, n, will repeat the effects
-       of ich1 n times.
-
-       If padding is necessary between characters typed while not
-       in  insert  mode,  give  this  as a number of milliseconds
-       padding in rmp.
-
-       It is occasionally  necessary  to  move  around  while  in
-       insert  mode  to delete characters on the same line (e.g.,
-       if there is a tab after the insertion position).  If  your
-       terminal  allows  motion while in insert mode you can give
-       the capability mir to speed up  inserting  in  this  case.
-       Omitting  mir  will  affect  only  speed.   Some terminals
-       (notably Datamedia's) must not have mir because of the way
-       their insert mode works.
-
-       Finally,  you  can specify dch1 to delete a single charac-
-       ter, dch with one parameter, n, to  delete  n  characters,
-       and  delete mode by giving smdc and rmdc to enter and exit
-       delete mode (any mode the terminal needs to be  placed  in
-       for dch1 to work).
-
-       A  command to erase n characters (equivalent to outputting
-       n blanks without moving the cursor) can be  given  as  ech
-       with one parameter.
-
-
-   Highlighting, Underlining, and Visible Bells
-       If  your  terminal  has  one  or  more  kinds  of  display
-       attributes, these can be represented in a number  of  dif-
-       ferent ways.  You should choose one display form as stand-
-       out mode, representing a good, high contrast, easy-on-the-
-       eyes,  format  for  highlighting  error messages and other
-       attention getters.  (If you have a choice,  reverse  video
-       plus  half-bright  is  good, or reverse video alone.)  The
-       sequences to enter and exit standout  mode  are  given  as
-       smso  and  rmso, respectively.  If the code to change into
-       or out of standout mode  leaves  one  or  even  two  blank
-       spaces  on the screen, as the TVI 912 and Teleray 1061 do,
-       then xmc should be given to tell how many spaces are left.
-
-       Codes  to  begin  underlining  and  end underlining can be
-       given as smul and rmul respectively.  If the terminal  has
-       a  code  to  underline  the current character and move the
-       cursor one space to the right, such as the Microterm Mime,
-       this can be given as uc.
-
-       Other  capabilities  to  enter  various highlighting modes
-       include blink (blinking) bold (bold or extra  bright)  dim
-       (dim  or  half-bright)  invis (blanking or invisible text)
-       prot (protected) rev (reverse video) sgr0  (turn  off  all
-       attribute  modes)  smacs  (enter  alternate  character set
-       mode) and  rmacs  (exit  alternate  character  set  mode).
-       Turning  on  any of these modes singly may or may not turn
-       off other modes.
-
-       If there is a sequence to set  arbitrary  combinations  of
-       modes,  this should be given as sgr (set attributes), tak-
-       ing 9 parameters.  Each parameter is either 0 or  nonzero,
-       as the corresponding attribute is on or off.  The 9 param-
-       eters are, in order: standout, underline, reverse,  blink,
-       dim,  bold,  blank, protect, alternate character set.  Not
-       all modes need be supported by sgr, only those  for  which
-       corresponding separate attribute commands exist.
-
-       For example, the DEC vt220 supports most of the modes:
-
-
-            tparm parameter   attribute    escape sequence
-
-            none              none         \E[0m
-            p1                standout     \E[0;1;7m
-            p2                underline    \E[0;4m
-            p3                reverse      \E[0;7m
-            p4                blink        \E[0;5m
-            p5                dim          not available
-            p6                bold         \E[0;1m
-            p7                invis        \E[0;8m
-            p8                protect      not used
-            p9                altcharset   ^O (off) ^N (on)
-
-       We  begin each escape sequence by turning off any existing
-       modes, since there is no quick way  to  determine  whether
-       they are active.  Standout is set up to be the combination
-       of reverse and bold.  The vt220  terminal  has  a  protect
-       mode,  though  it  is  not commonly used in sgr because it
-       protects characters on the screen  from  the  host's  era-
-       sures.   The  altcharset mode also is different in that it
-       is either ^O or ^N, depending on whether it is off or  on.
-       If  all  modes  are  turned  on, the resulting sequence is
-       \E[0;1;4;5;7;8m^N.
-
-       Some sequences are common to different modes.   For  exam-
-       ple,  ;7  is output when either p1 or p3 is true, that is,
-       if either standout or reverse modes are turned on.
-
-       Writing out the above sequences, along with  their  depen-
-       dencies yields
-
-
-          sequence   when to output      terminfo translation
-
-          \E[0       always              \E[0
-          ;1         if p1 or p6         %?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;
-          ;4         if p2               %?%p2%|%t;4%;
-          ;5         if p4               %?%p4%|%t;5%;
-
-          ;7         if p1 or p3         %?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;
-          ;8         if p7               %?%p7%|%t;8%;
-          m          always              m
-          ^N or ^O   if p9 ^N, else ^O   %?%p9%t^N%e^O%;
-
-       Putting this all together into the sgr sequence gives:
-
-           sgr=\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;
-               %?%p4%t;5%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\016%e\017%;,
-
-       Remember  that  if  you specify sgr, you must also specify
-       sgr0.  Also, some implementations rely on sgr being  given
-       if  sgr0  is, Not all terminfo entries necessarily have an
-       sgr string, however.  Many terminfo  entries  are  derived
-       from  termcap  entries which have no sgr string.  The only
-       drawback to adding an sgr  string  is  that  termcap  also
-       assumes  that  sgr0  does not exit alternate character set
-       mode.
-
-       Terminals with the ``magic cookie'' glitch  (xmc)  deposit
-       special   ``cookies''   when   they  receive  mode-setting
-       sequences, which affect the display algorithm rather  than
-       having  extra  bits  for  each character.  Some terminals,
-       such as the HP 2621,  automatically  leave  standout  mode
-       when  they  move to a new line or the cursor is addressed.
-       Programs using standout mode  should  exit  standout  mode
-       before  moving the cursor or sending a newline, unless the
-       msgr capability, asserting that it  is  safe  to  move  in
-       standout mode, is present.
-
-       If  the terminal has a way of flashing the screen to indi-
-       cate an error quietly (a bell replacement) then  this  can
-       be given as flash; it must not move the cursor.
-
-       If  the  cursor  needs to be made more visible than normal
-       when it is not on the bottom line (to make, for example, a
-       non-blinking  underline  into  an  easier to find block or
-       blinking underline) give this sequence as cvvis.  If there
-       is  a  way  to  make the cursor completely invisible, give
-       that as civis.  The capability cnorm should be given which
-       undoes the effects of both of these modes.
-
-       If your terminal correctly generates underlined characters
-       (with no special codes needed) even  though  it  does  not
-       overstrike,  then you should give the capability ul.  If a
-       character overstriking another leaves both  characters  on
-       the screen, specify the capability os.  If overstrikes are
-       erasable with a blank, then this should  be  indicated  by
-       giving eo.
-
-
-   Keypad and Function Keys
-       If the terminal has a keypad that transmits codes when the
-       keys are pressed, this information  can  be  given.   Note
-       that it is not possible to handle terminals where the key-
-       pad only works in local (this applies, for example, to the
-       unshifted  HP  2621  keys).   If  the keypad can be set to
-       transmit or not transmit, give these  codes  as  smkx  and
-       rmkx.  Otherwise the keypad is assumed to always transmit.
-       The codes sent by the left arrow, right arrow,  up  arrow,
-       down  arrow,  and  home keys can be given as kcub1, kcuf1,
-       kcuu1, kcud1, and khome respectively.  If there are  func-
-       tion  keys  such  as f0, f1, ..., f10, the codes they send
-       can be given as kf0, kf1, ..., kf10.  If these  keys  have
-       labels  other  than the default f0 through f10, the labels
-       can  be  given  as  lf0,  lf1,  ...,  lf10.    The   codes
-       transmitted  by  certain  other special keys can be given:
-       kll (home down), kbs (backspace), ktbc (clear  all  tabs),
-       kctab  (clear  the  tab  stop in this column), kclr (clear
-       screen or  erase  key),  kdch1  (delete  character),  kdl1
-       (delete line), krmir (exit insert mode), kel (clear to end
-       of line), ked (clear to  end  of  screen),  kich1  (insert
-       character  or  enter insert mode), kil1 (insert line), knp
-       (next  page),  kpp  (previous  page),  kind  (scroll  for-
-       ward/down), kri (scroll backward/up), khts (set a tab stop
-       in this column).  In addition, if the keypad has a 3 by  3
-       array  of  keys  including  the four arrow keys, the other
-       five keys can be given as ka1, ka3,  kb2,  kc1,  and  kc3.
-       These  keys are useful when the effects of a 3 by 3 direc-
-       tional pad are needed.
-
-       Strings to program function keys can be  given  as  pfkey,
-       pfloc,  and pfx.  A string to program screen labels should
-       be specified as pln.  Each  of  these  strings  takes  two
-       parameters:  the function key number to program (from 0 to
-       10) and the string to program it with.  Function key  num-
-       bers  out  of  this  range may program undefined keys in a
-       terminal dependent manner.   The  difference  between  the
-       capabilities  is  that pfkey causes pressing the given key
-       to be the same as the user typing the given string;  pfloc
-       causes the string to be executed by the terminal in local;
-       and pfx causes the string to be transmitted  to  the  com-
-       puter.
-
-       The capabilities nlab, lw and lh define the number of pro-
-       grammable screen labels and their width  and  height.   If
-       there  are  commands  to  turn the labels on and off, give
-       them in smln and rmln.  smln is normally output after  one
-       or more pln sequences to make sure that the change becomes
-       visible.
-
-
-   Tabs and Initialization
-       If the terminal has hardware tabs, the command to  advance
-       to  the  next tab stop can be given as ht (usually control
-       I).  A ``back-tab'' command which moves  leftward  to  the
-       preceding tab stop can be given as cbt.  By convention, if
-       the teletype modes indicate that tabs are  being  expanded
-       by  the  computer  rather than being sent to the terminal,
-       programs should not  use  ht  or  cbt  even  if  they  are
-       present,  since  the user may not have the tab stops prop-
-       erly set.  If the terminal has  hardware  tabs  which  are
-       initially  set every n spaces when the terminal is powered
-       up, the numeric parameter it is given, showing the  number
-       of  spaces  the tabs are set to.  This is normally used by
-       the tset command to determine whether to set the mode  for
-       hardware  tab expansion, and whether to set the tab stops.
-       If the terminal has tab stops that can be  saved  in  non-
-       volatile  memory, the terminfo description can assume that
-       they are properly set.
-
-       Other capabilities include is1, is2, and is3,  initializa-
-       tion  strings  for the terminal, iprog, the path name of a
-       program to be run to initialize the terminal, and if,  the
-       name  of  a  file  containing long initialization strings.
-       These strings are expected to set the terminal into  modes
-       consistent  with  the  rest  of  the terminfo description.
-       They are normally sent to the terminal, by the init option
-       of  the  tput  program,  each time the user logs in.  They
-       will be printed in the following order:
-
-              run the program
-                     iprog
-
-              output is1 is2
-
-              set the margins using
-                     mgc, smgl and smgr
-
-              set tabs using
-                     tbc and hts
-
-              print the file
-                     if
-
-              and finally
-                     output is3.
-
-       Most initialization is done with  is2.   Special  terminal
-       modes can be set up without duplicating strings by putting
-       the common sequences in is2 and special cases in  is1  and
-       is3.
-
-       A set of sequences that does a harder reset from a totally
-       unknown state can be given as rs1, rs2, rf and rs3, analo-
-       gous  to  is1  ,  is2  ,  if  and is3 respectively.  These
-       strings are output by the reset  program,  which  is  used
-       when  the terminal gets into a wedged state.  Commands are
-       normally placed in rs1, rs2 rs3 and rf only if  they  pro-
-       duce  annoying effects on the screen and are not necessary
-       when logging in.  For example,  the  command  to  set  the
-       vt100  into  80-column mode would normally be part of is2,
-       but it causes an annoying glitch of the screen and is  not
-       normally  needed  since the terminal is usually already in
-       80 column mode.
-
-       The reset program writes strings including iprog, etc., in
-       the  same  order  as  the  init  program, using rs1, etc.,
-       instead of is1, etc.  If any of rs1, rs2, rs3, or rf reset
-       capability  strings  are  missing, the reset program falls
-       back  upon  the  corresponding  initialization  capability
-       string.
-
-       If there are commands to set and clear tab stops, they can
-       be given as tbc (clear all tab stops) and hts (set  a  tab
-       stop  in the current column of every row).  If a more com-
-       plex sequence is needed  to  set  the  tabs  than  can  be
-       described  by  this,  the sequence can be placed in is2 or
-       if.
-
-   Delays and Padding
-       Many older and slower  terminals  do  not  support  either
-       XON/XOFF or DTR handshaking, including hard copy terminals
-       and some very archaic CRTs (including,  for  example,  DEC
-       VT100s).   These may require padding characters after cer-
-       tain cursor motions and screen changes.
-
-       If the terminal uses xon/xoff handshaking for flow control
-       (that  is, it automatically emits ^S back to the host when
-       its input buffers are close to full), set xon.  This capa-
-       bility  suppresses  the emission of padding.  You can also
-       set it for memory-mapped console devices effectively  that
-       do  not  have  a  speed limit.  Padding information should
-       still be included so that routines can make  better  deci-
-       sions about relative costs, but actual pad characters will
-       not be transmitted.
-
-       If pb (padding baud rate) is given, padding is  suppressed
-       at  baud rates below the value of pb.  If the entry has no
-       padding baud rate, then whether padding is emitted or  not
-       is completely controlled by xon.
-
-       If  the terminal requires other than a null (zero) charac-
-       ter as a pad, then this can be given  as  pad.   Only  the
-       first character of the pad string is used.
-
-
-   Status Lines
-       Some  terminals  have  an extra `status line' which is not
-       normally used by software (and thus  not  counted  in  the
-       terminal's lines capability).
-
-       The  simplest  case  is  a  status  line  which is cursor-
-       addressable but not part of the main scrolling  region  on
-       the  screen;  the  Heathkit  H19 has a status line of this
-       kind, as would a 24-line VT100 with  a  23-line  scrolling
-       region  set up on initialization.  This situation is indi-
-       cated by the hs capability.
-
-       Some terminals with status lines need special sequences to
-       access  the  status  line.   These  may  be expressed as a
-       string with single parameter tsl which takes the cursor to
-       a  given zero-origin column on the status line.  The capa-
-       bility fsl must return to the main-screen cursor positions
-       before  the  last  tsl.   You may need to embed the string
-       values of sc (save cursor) and rc (restore cursor) in  tsl
-       and fsl to accomplish this.
-
-       The  status  line is normally assumed to be the same width
-       as the width of the terminal.  If this is untrue, you  can
-       specify it with the numeric capability wsl.
-
-       A  command to erase or blank the status line may be speci-
-       fied as dsl.
-
-       The  boolean  capability  eslok  specifies   that   escape
-       sequences, tabs, etc., work ordinarily in the status line.
-
-       The ncurses implementation does not yet use any  of  these
-       capabilities.   They are documented here in case they ever
-       become important.
-
-
-   Line Graphics
-       Many terminals have alternate character  sets  useful  for
-       forms-drawing.   Terminfo  and curses build in support for
-       the drawing characters supported by the VT100,  with  some
-       characters  from  the  AT&T  4410v1 added.  This alternate
-       character set may be specified by the acsc capability.
-
-
-       Glyph                      ACS            Ascii      VT100
-       Name                       Name           Default    Name
-       UK pound sign              ACS_STERLING   f          }
-       arrow pointing down        ACS_DARROW     v          .
-       arrow pointing left        ACS_LARROW     <          ,
-       arrow pointing right       ACS_RARROW     >          +
-       arrow pointing up          ACS_UARROW     ^          -
-       board of squares           ACS_BOARD      #          h
-       bullet                     ACS_BULLET     o          ~
-       checker board (stipple)    ACS_CKBOARD    :          a
-       degree symbol              ACS_DEGREE     \          f
-       diamond                    ACS_DIAMOND    +          `
-       greater-than-or-equal-to   ACS_GEQUAL     >          z
-       greek pi                   ACS_PI         *          {
-       horizontal line            ACS_HLINE      -          q
-       lantern symbol             ACS_LANTERN    #          i
-       large plus or crossover    ACS_PLUS       +          n
-       less-than-or-equal-to      ACS_LEQUAL     <          y
-
-       lower left corner          ACS_LLCORNER   +          m
-       lower right corner         ACS_LRCORNER   +          j
-       not-equal                  ACS_NEQUAL     !          |
-       plus/minus                 ACS_PLMINUS    #          g
-       scan line 1                ACS_S1         ~          o
-       scan line 3                ACS_S3         -          p
-       scan line 7                ACS_S7         -          r
-       scan line 9                ACS_S9         _          s
-       solid square block         ACS_BLOCK      #          0
-       tee pointing down          ACS_TTEE       +          w
-       tee pointing left          ACS_RTEE       +          u
-       tee pointing right         ACS_LTEE       +          t
-       tee pointing up            ACS_BTEE       +          v
-       upper left corner          ACS_ULCORNER   +          l
-       upper right corner         ACS_URCORNER   +          k
-       vertical line              ACS_VLINE      |          x
-
-       The best way to define a new device's graphics set  is  to
-       add  a  column  to a copy of this table for your terminal,
-       giving  the  character   which   (when   emitted   between
-       smacs/rmacs  switches) will be rendered as the correspond-
-       ing graphic.  Then read off the VT100/your terminal  char-
-       acter  pairs  right  to left in sequence; these become the
-       ACSC string.
-
-
-   Color Handling
-       Most color terminals are either `Tektronix-like'  or  `HP-
-       like'.   Tektronix-like terminals have a predefined set of
-       N colors (where N usually 8), and can  set  character-cell
-       foreground and background characters independently, mixing
-       them into N * N color-pairs.  On  HP-like  terminals,  the
-       use must set each color pair up separately (foreground and
-       background are  not  independently  settable).   Up  to  M
-       color-pairs  may  be  set  up  from  2*M different colors.
-       ANSI-compatible terminals are Tektronix-like.
-
-       Some basic color capabilities are independent of the color
-       method.  The numeric capabilities colors and pairs specify
-       the maximum numbers of colors and color-pairs that can  be
-       displayed  simultaneously.   The op (original pair) string
-       resets foreground and background colors to  their  default
-       values  for the terminal.  The oc string resets all colors
-       or color-pairs to their default values for  the  terminal.
-       Some  terminals  (including  many  PC  terminal emulators)
-       erase screen  areas  with  the  current  background  color
-       rather  than the power-up default background; these should
-       have the boolean capability bce.
-
-       To change the current foreground or background color on  a
-       Tektronix-type  terminal,  use setaf (set ANSI foreground)
-       and setab (set ANSI background) or setf  (set  foreground)
-       and  setb (set background).  These take one parameter, the
-       color  number.   The  SVr4  documentation  describes  only
-       setaf/setab;  the  XPG4  draft  says that "If the terminal
-       supports ANSI escape sequences to set background and fore-
-       ground,  they  should be coded as setaf and setab, respec-
-       tively.  If the terminal supports other  escape  sequences
-       to  set background and foreground, they should be coded as
-       setf and setb, respectively.  The vidputs()  function  and
-       the  refresh  functions  use  setaf  and setab if they are
-       defined."
-
-       The setaf/setab and setf/setb capabilities take  a  single
-       numeric argument each.  Argument values 0-7 of setaf/setab
-       are portably defined as follows (the middle column is  the
-       symbolic #define available in the header for the curses or
-       ncurses libraries).  The terminal hardware is free to  map
-       these  as  it  likes,  but  the RGB values indicate normal
-       locations in color space.
-
-
-             Color       #define       Value       RGB
-             black     COLOR_BLACK       0     0, 0, 0
-             red       COLOR_RED         1     max,0,0
-             green     COLOR_GREEN       2     0,max,0
-             yellow    COLOR_YELLOW      3     max,max,0
-             blue      COLOR_BLUE        4     0,0,max
-             magenta   COLOR_MAGENTA     5     max,0,max
-             cyan      COLOR_CYAN        6     0,max,max
-             white     COLOR_WHITE       7     max,max,max
-
-       The argument values of setf/setb  historically  correspond
-       to a different mapping, i.e.,
-
-             Color       #define       Value       RGB
-             black     COLOR_BLACK       0     0, 0, 0
-             blue      COLOR_BLUE        1     0,0,max
-             green     COLOR_GREEN       2     0,max,0
-             cyan      COLOR_CYAN        3     0,max,max
-             red       COLOR_RED         4     max,0,0
-             magenta   COLOR_MAGENTA     5     max,0,max
-             yellow    COLOR_YELLOW      6     max,max,0
-             white     COLOR_WHITE       7     max,max,max
-       It is important to not confuse the two sets of color capa-
-       bilities; otherwise red/blue will be interchanged  on  the
-       display.
-
-       On  an  HP-like terminal, use scp with a color-pair number
-       parameter to set which color pair is current.
-
-       On a Tektronix-like terminal, the capability  ccc  may  be
-       present  to  indicate that colors can be modified.  If so,
-       the initc capability will take a color number (0 to colors
-       -  1)and  three  more parameters which describe the color.
-       These three parameters default to being interpreted as RGB
-       (Red,  Green, Blue) values.  If the boolean capability hls
-       is present, they are instead as HLS (Hue, Lightness, Satu-
-       ration) indices.  The ranges are terminal-dependent.
-
-       On  an  HP-like  terminal, initp may give a capability for
-       changing a color-pair value.  It will take  seven  parame-
-       ters;  a  color-pair  number (0 to max_pairs - 1), and two
-       triples describing first background  and  then  foreground
-       colors.   These  parameters  must be (Red, Green, Blue) or
-       (Hue, Lightness, Saturation) depending on hls.
-
-       On some color terminals, colors collide  with  highlights.
-       You can register these collisions with the ncv capability.
-       This is a bit-mask of attributes not to be used when  col-
-       ors  are  enabled.  The correspondence with the attributes
-       understood by curses is as follows:
-
-
-                      Attribute      Bit   Decimal
-                      A_STANDOUT     0     1
-                      A_UNDERLINE    1     2
-                      A_REVERSE      2     4
-                      A_BLINK        3     8
-                      A_DIM          4     16
-                      A_BOLD         5     32
-                      A_INVIS        6     64
-                      A_PROTECT      7     128
-                      A_ALTCHARSET   8     256
-
-       For example,  on  many  IBM  PC  consoles,  the  underline
-       attribute  collides  with the foreground color blue and is
-       not available in color mode.  These  should  have  an  ncv
-       capability of 2.
-
-       SVr4  curses  does nothing with ncv, ncurses recognizes it
-       and optimizes the output in favor of colors.
-
-
-   Miscellaneous
-       If the terminal requires other than a null (zero)  charac-
-       ter  as  a  pad,  then this can be given as pad.  Only the
-       first character of the pad string is used.  If the  termi-
-       nal does not have a pad character, specify npc.  Note that
-       ncurses implements  the  termcap-compatible  PC  variable;
-       though  the  application  may  set this value to something
-       other than a null, ncurses will test  npc  first  and  use
-       napms if the terminal has no pad character.
-
-       If  the terminal can move up or down half a line, this can
-       be indicated with hu  (half-line  up)  and  hd  (half-line
-       down).  This is primarily useful for superscripts and sub-
-       scripts on hard-copy terminals.  If a  hard-copy  terminal
-       can  eject  to  the next page (form feed), give this as ff
-       (usually control L).
-
-       If there is a command to repeat a given character a  given
-       number  of times (to save time transmitting a large number
-       of identical characters) this can be  indicated  with  the
-       parameterized  string  rep.   The  first  parameter is the
-       character to be repeated and the second is the  number  of
-       times  to repeat it.  Thus, tparm(repeat_char, 'x', 10) is
-       the same as `xxxxxxxxxx'.
-
-       If the terminal has a settable command character, such  as
-       the  TEKTRONIX  4025, this can be indicated with cmdch.  A
-       prototype command character is chosen which is used in all
-       capabilities.   This character is given in the cmdch capa-
-       bility to identify it.  The following convention  is  sup-
-       ported  on  some  UNIX  systems:  The environment is to be
-       searched for a CC variable, and if found, all  occurrences
-       of the prototype character are replaced with the character
-       in the environment variable.
-
-       Terminal descriptions that do  not  represent  a  specific
-       kind of known terminal, such as switch, dialup, patch, and
-       network, should include the  gn  (generic)  capability  so
-       that  programs  can  complain that they do not know how to
-       talk to the terminal.  (This capability does not apply  to
-       virtual   terminal   descriptions  for  which  the  escape
-       sequences are known.)
-
-       If the terminal has a ``meta key'' which acts as  a  shift
-       key,  setting  the  8th  bit of any character transmitted,
-       this fact can be indicated with km.   Otherwise,  software
-       will assume that the 8th bit is parity and it will usually
-       be cleared.  If strings exist to turn this  ``meta  mode''
-       on and off, they can be given as smm and rmm.
-
-       If  the terminal has more lines of memory than will fit on
-       the screen at once, the number of lines of memory  can  be
-       indicated  with  lm.   A  value of lm#0 indicates that the
-       number of lines is not fixed, but that there is still more
-       memory than fits on the screen.
-
-       If the terminal is one of those supported by the UNIX vir-
-       tual terminal protocol, the terminal number can  be  given
-       as vt.
-
-       Media copy strings which control an auxiliary printer con-
-       nected to the terminal can be given as mc0: print the con-
-       tents  of  the screen, mc4: turn off the printer, and mc5:
-       turn on the printer.  When the printer  is  on,  all  text
-       sent  to  the terminal will be sent to the printer.  It is
-       undefined whether the text is also displayed on the termi-
-       nal screen when the printer is on.  A variation mc5p takes
-       one parameter, and leaves the printer on for as many char-
-       acters  as  the  value  of  the  parameter, then turns the
-       printer off.  The parameter should not  exceed  255.   All
-       text,  including  mc4,  is  transparently  passed  to  the
-       printer while an mc5p is in effect.
-
-
-   Glitches and Braindamage
-       Hazeltine terminals, which do not allow `~' characters  to
-       be displayed should indicate hz.
-
-       Terminals which ignore a line-feed immediately after an am
-       wrap, such as the Concept and vt100, should indicate xenl.
-
-       If  el  is  required  to  get  rid of standout (instead of
-       merely writing normal text on top of it),  xhp  should  be
-       given.
-
-       Teleray  terminals,  where  tabs turn all characters moved
-       over to blanks, should  indicate  xt  (destructive  tabs).
-       Note:    the    variable    indicating    this    is   now
-       `dest_tabs_magic_smso'; in older  versions,  it  was  tel-
-       eray_glitch.  This glitch is also taken to mean that it is
-       not possible to position the cursor on top  of  a  ``magic
-       cookie'', that to erase standout mode it is instead neces-
-       sary to use delete and insert line.  The ncurses implemen-
-       tation ignores this glitch.
-
-       The  Beehive Superbee, which is unable to correctly trans-
-       mit the escape or control C characters, has xsb,  indicat-
-       ing  that the f1 key is used for escape and f2 for control
-       C.  (Only certain Superbees have this  problem,  depending
-       on  the  ROM.)  Note that in older terminfo versions, this
-       capability  was  called  `beehive_glitch';   it   is   now
-       `no_esc_ctl_c'.
-
-       Other  specific  terminal  problems  may  be  corrected by
-       adding more capabilities of the form xx.
-
-
-   Similar Terminals
-       If there are two very similar terminals, one (the variant)
-       can  be  defined  as  being just like the other (the base)
-       with certain exceptions.  In the definition of  the  vari-
-       ant,  the string capability use can be given with the name
-       of the base terminal.  The capabilities given  before  use
-       override  those  in  the base type named by use.  If there
-       are multiple use capabilities, they are merged in  reverse
-       order.   That is, the rightmost use reference is processed
-       first, then the one to its left, and so forth.   Capabili-
-       ties  given explicitly in the entry override those brought
-       in by use references.
-
-       A capability can be canceled by placing xx@ to the left of
-       the  use  reference that imports it, where xx is the capa-
-       bility.  For example, the entry
-
-                   2621-nl, smkx@, rmkx@, use=2621,
-
-       defines a 2621-nl that does not  have  the  smkx  or  rmkx
-       capabilities,  and hence does not turn on the function key
-       labels when in visual mode.  This is useful for  different
-       modes for a terminal, or for different user preferences.
-
-
-   Pitfalls of Long Entries
-       Long  terminfo  entries  are  unlikely to be a problem; to
-       date, no entry has even  approached  terminfo's  4096-byte
-       string-table maximum.  Unfortunately, the termcap transla-
-       tions are much more strictly limited (to 1023 bytes), thus
-       termcap  translations  of  long terminfo entries can cause
-       problems.
-
-       The man pages for 4.3BSD and older versions  of  tgetent()
-       instruct  the  user to allocate a 1024-byte buffer for the
-       termcap entry.  The  entry  gets  null-terminated  by  the
-       termcap library, so that makes the maximum safe length for
-       a termcap entry 1k-1 (1023) bytes.  Depending on what  the
-       application  and  the termcap library being used does, and
-       where in the termcap file the terminal type that tgetent()
-       is searching for is, several bad things can happen.
-
-       Some  termcap libraries print a warning message or exit if
-       they find an entry that's longer than 1023  bytes;  others
-       do  not;  others truncate the entries to 1023 bytes.  Some
-       application programs allocate more than the recommended 1K
-       for the termcap entry; others do not.
-
-       Each termcap entry has two important sizes associated with
-       it: before "tc" expansion, and after "tc" expansion.  "tc"
-       is  the  capability that tacks on another termcap entry to
-       the end of the current one, to add  on  its  capabilities.
-       If  a termcap entry does not use the "tc" capability, then
-       of course the two lengths are the same.
-
-       The "before tc expansion" length  is  the  most  important
-       one,  because it affects more than just users of that par-
-       ticular terminal.  This is the length of the entry  as  it
-       exists in /etc/termcap, minus the backslash-newline pairs,
-       which tgetent() strips out while reading it.  Some termcap
-       libraries  strip  off  the final newline, too (GNU termcap
-       does not).  Now suppose:
-
-       *    a termcap entry before expansion is  more  than  1023
-            bytes long,
-
-       *    and the application has only allocated a 1k buffer,
-
-       *    and  the  termcap library (like the one in BSD/OS 1.1
-            and GNU) reads the whole entry into  the  buffer,  no
-            matter  what its length, to see if it is the entry it
-            wants,
-
-       *    and tgetent() is searching for a terminal  type  that
-            either is the long entry, appears in the termcap file
-            after the long entry, or does not appear in the  file
-            at  all  (so  that  tgetent() has to search the whole
-            termcap file).
-
-       Then tgetent() will overwrite memory, perhaps  its  stack,
-       and  probably core dump the program.  Programs like telnet
-       are particularly vulnerable;  modern  telnets  pass  along
-       values  like the terminal type automatically.  The results
-       are almost as undesirable with  a  termcap  library,  like
-       SunOS  4.1.3  and Ultrix 4.4, that prints warning messages
-       when it reads an overly long termcap entry.  If a  termcap
-       library  truncates  long  entries,  like  OSF/1 3.0, it is
-       immune to dying here but will return  incorrect  data  for
-       the terminal.
-
-       The "after tc expansion" length will have a similar effect
-       to the above, but only for people who actually set TERM to
-       that  terminal type, since tgetent() only does "tc" expan-
-       sion once it is found the terminal  type  it  was  looking
-       for, not while searching.
-
-       In summary, a termcap entry that is longer than 1023 bytes
-       can cause, on various combinations  of  termcap  libraries
-       and  applications,  a  core  dump,  warnings, or incorrect
-       operation.  If it is too long even before "tc"  expansion,
-       it will have this effect even for users of some other ter-
-       minal types and users whose TERM variable does not have  a
-       termcap entry.
-
-       When in -C (translate to termcap) mode, the ncurses imple-
-       mentation of tic(1m) issues warning messages when the pre-
-       tc  length  of  a termcap translation is too long.  The -c
-       (check) option also checks resolved (after  tc  expansion)
-       lengths.
-
-   Binary Compatibility
-       It  is not wise to count on portability of binary terminfo
-       entries between commercial UNIX versions.  The problem  is
-       that  there  are  at least two versions of terminfo (under
-       HP-UX and AIX) which diverged from System V terminfo after
-       SVr1,  and have added extension capabilities to the string
-       table that (in the binary format) collide  with  System  V
-       and XSI Curses extensions.
-
-
-
-

EXTENSIONS

-       Some  SVr4  curses  implementations,  and  all previous to
-       SVr4, do not interpret the %A and %O operators in  parame-
-       ter strings.
-
-       SVr4/XPG4  do  not  specify whether msgr licenses movement
-       while in an alternate-character-set mode (such modes  may,
-       among  other  things,  map CR and NL to characters that do
-       not trigger local motions).   The  ncurses  implementation
-       ignores  msgr  in ALTCHARSET mode.  This raises the possi-
-       bility that an XPG4  implementation  making  the  opposite
-       interpretation  may need terminfo entries made for ncurses
-       to have msgr turned off.
-
-       The ncurses library handles insert-character  and  insert-
-       character modes in a slightly non-standard way to get bet-
-       ter update efficiency.  See  the  Insert/Delete  Character
-       subsection above.
-
-       The   parameter   substitutions  for  set_clock  and  dis-
-       play_clock are not documented in SVr4 or  the  XSI  Curses
-       standard.  They are deduced from the documentation for the
-       AT&T 505 terminal.
-
-       Be careful assigning the kmous  capability.   The  ncurses
-       wants  to  interpret it as KEY_MOUSE, for use by terminals
-       and emulators like xterm that  can  return  mouse-tracking
-       information in the keyboard-input stream.
-
-       Different  commercial ports of terminfo and curses support
-       different subsets of the XSI Curses standard and (in  some
-       cases) different extension sets.  Here is a summary, accu-
-       rate as of October 1995:
-
-       SVR4, Solaris, ncurses -- These support all SVr4 capabili-
-       ties.
-
-       SGI  --  Supports  the  SVr4  set,  adds  one undocumented
-       extended string capability (set_pglen).
-
-       SVr1, Ultrix -- These support a restricted subset of  ter-
-       minfo  capabilities.   The booleans end with xon_xoff; the
-       numerics with  width_status_line;  and  the  strings  with
-       prtr_non.
-
-       HP/UX  --  Supports  the  SVr1  subset,  plus the SVr[234]
-       numerics num_labels, label_height, label_width, plus func-
-       tion  keys  11  through  63, plus plab_norm, label_on, and
-       label_off, plus some incompatible extensions in the string
-       table.
-
-       AIX  --  Supports  the  SVr1 subset, plus function keys 11
-       through 63, plus a number  of  incompatible  string  table
-       extensions.
-
-       OSF  -- Supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions.
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       /usr/share/terminfo/?/*  files     containing     terminal
-                                descriptions
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       tic(1m),   infocmp(1m),  curses(3x),  printf(3),  term(5).
-       term_variables(3x).
-
-
-
-

AUTHORS

-       Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric  S.  Raymond,  Thomas  E.  Dickey.
-       Based on pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
-
-
-
-                                                            terminfo(5)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html b/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html deleted file mode 100644 index 9d05671623db0..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/tic.1m.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,330 +0,0 @@ - - - - -tic 1m - - - - -

tic 1m

-
-
-
-tic(1m)                                                         tic(1m)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       tic - the terminfo entry-description compiler
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       tic  [-1CGILNTUVacfgrstx]  [-e names] [-o dir] [-R subset]
-       [-v[n]] [-w[n]] file
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The command tic translates a  terminfo  file  from  source
-       format  into compiled format.  The compiled format is nec-
-       essary for use with the library routines in ncurses(3x).
-
-       The results are normally placed  in  the  system  terminfo
-       directory  /usr/share/terminfo.   There  are  two  ways to
-       change this behavior.
-
-       First, you may override the system default by setting  the
-       variable  TERMINFO  in  your  shell environment to a valid
-       (existing) directory name.
-
-       Secondly, if tic cannot get access to  /usr/share/terminfo
-       or  your  TERMINFO  directory,  it looks for the directory
-       $HOME/.terminfo; if that directory exists,  the  entry  is
-       placed there.
-
-       Libraries that read terminfo entries are expected to check
-       for a TERMINFO directory first, look at $HOME/.terminfo if
-       TERMINFO  is  not set, and finally look in /usr/share/ter-
-       minfo.
-
-       -1     restricts the output to a single column
-
-       -a     tells  tic  to  retain  commented-out  capabilities
-              rather than discarding them.  Capabilities are com-
-              mented by prefixing them with a period.  This  sets
-              the  -x option, because it treats the commented-out
-              entries as user-defined names.  If  the  source  is
-              termcap,  accept  the 2-character names required by
-              version 6.  Otherwise these are ignored.
-
-       -C     Force source translation to termcap format.   Note:
-              this  differs  from the -C option of infocmp(1m) in
-              that it does not merely translate capability names,
-              but  also  translates  terminfo  strings to termcap
-              format.  Capabilities that are not translatable are
-              left  in  the  entry under their terminfo names but
-              commented out with two preceding dots.
-
-       -c     tells tic to only check file for errors,  including
-              syntax  problems and bad use links.  If you specify
-              -C (-I) with this option, the code will print warn-
-              ings about entries which, after use resolution, are
-              more than 1023 (4096) bytes long.  Due to  a  fixed
-              buffer  length  in  older  termcap libraries (and a
-              documented limit in terminfo),  these  entries  may
-              cause core dumps.
-
-       -e names
-              Limit  writes  and  translations  to  the following
-              comma-separated list of terminals.  If any name  or
-              alias of a terminal matches one of the names in the
-              list, the entry will be written  or  translated  as
-              normal.   Otherwise no output will be generated for
-              it.  The option value is interpreted as a file con-
-              taining  the  list  if  it  contains a '/'.  (Note:
-              depending on how tic was compiled, this option  may
-              require -I or -C.)
-
-       -f     Display  complex  terminfo  strings  which  contain
-              if/then/else/endif expressions indented  for  read-
-              ability.
-
-       -G     Display  constant  literals  in decimal form rather
-              than their character equivalents.
-
-       -g     Display constant character literals in quoted  form
-              rather than their decimal equivalents.
-
-       -I     Force source translation to terminfo format.
-
-       -L     Force  source  translation to terminfo format using
-              the long C variable names listed in <term.h>
-
-       -N     Disable smart defaults.  Normally, when translating
-              from termcap to terminfo, the compiler makes a num-
-              ber of assumptions about  the  defaults  of  string
-              capabilities  reset1_string,  carriage_return, cur-
-              sor_left, cursor_down,  scroll_forward,  tab,  new-
-              line,  key_backspace,  key_left, and key_down, then
-              attempts to use obsolete  termcap  capabilities  to
-              deduce correct values.  It also normally suppresses
-              output of obsolete termcap capabilities such as bs.
-              This  option forces a more literal translation that
-              also preserves the obsolete capabilities.
-
-       -odir  Write compiled entries to given  directory.   Over-
-              rides the TERMINFO environment variable.
-
-       -Rsubset
-              Restrict  output to a given subset.  This option is
-              for use with  archaic  versions  of  terminfo  like
-              those on SVr1, Ultrix, or HP/UX that do not support
-              the full set of SVR4/XSI Curses terminfo; and  out-
-              right broken ports like AIX 3.x that have their own
-              extensions incompatible with  SVr4/XSI.   Available
-              subsets  are  "SVr1",  "Ultrix",  "HP",  "BSD"  and
-              "AIX"; see terminfo(5) for details.
-
-       -r     Force entry resolution (so there are  no  remaining
-              tc  capabilities)  even  when  doing translation to
-              termcap format.  This may  be  needed  if  you  are
-              preparing  a  termcap  file  for  a termcap library
-              (such as GNU termcap through  version  1.3  or  BSD
-              termcap through 4.3BSD) that does not handle multi-
-              ple tc capabilities per entry.
-
-       -s     Summarize the compile by showing the directory into
-              which  entries  are  written,  and  the  number  of
-              entries which are compiled.
-
-       -T     eliminates size-restrictions on the generated text.
-              This  is  mainly  useful  for testing and analysis,
-              since the compiled descriptions are limited  (e.g.,
-              1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo).
-
-       -t     tells  tic  to  discard commented-out capabilities.
-              Normally when translating from terminfo to termcap,
-              untranslatable capabilities are commented-out.
-
-       -U   tells  tic to not post-process the data after parsing
-            the source file.  Normally, it infers data  which  is
-            commonly  missing in older terminfo data, or in term-
-            caps.
-
-       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this
-            program, and exits.
-
-       -vn  specifies  that  (verbose) output be written to stan-
-            dard error trace information showing tic's  progress.
-            The  optional  parameter  n is a number from 1 to 10,
-            inclusive, indicating the desired level of detail  of
-            information.   If  n is omitted, the default level is
-            1.  If n is specified and greater than 1,  the  level
-            of detail is increased.
-
-       -wn  specifies  the width of the output.  The parameter is
-            optional.  If it is omitted, it defaults to 60.
-
-       -x   Treat unknown capabilities as user-defined.  That is,
-            if  you  supply  a capability name which tic does not
-            recognize, it will infer its type (boolean, number or
-            string)  from  the  syntax and make an extended table
-            entry  for  that.   User-defined  capability  strings
-            whose  name begins with ``k'' are treated as function
-            keys.
-
-       file contains one or more terminfo  terminal  descriptions
-            in source format [see terminfo(5)].  Each description
-            in the file describes the capabilities of a  particu-
-            lar terminal.
-
-       The debug flag levels are as follows:
-
-       1      Names of files created and linked
-
-       2      Information related to the ``use'' facility
-
-       3      Statistics from the hashing algorithm
-
-       5      String-table memory allocations
-
-       7      Entries into the string-table
-
-       8      List of tokens encountered by scanner
-
-       9      All values computed in construction of the hash ta-
-              ble
-
-       If the debug level n is not given, it is taken to be  one.
-
-       All but one of the capabilities recognized by tic are doc-
-       umented in terminfo(5).  The exception is the use capabil-
-       ity.
-
-       When  a  use=entry-name  field is discovered in a terminal
-       entry currently being compiled, tic reads  in  the  binary
-       from  /usr/share/terminfo to complete the entry.  (Entries
-       created from file will be used first.  If the  environment
-       variable  TERMINFO  is  set,  that  directory  is searched
-       instead of /usr/share/terminfo.)  tic duplicates the capa-
-       bilities  in  entry-name  for  the current entry, with the
-       exception  of  those  capabilities  that  explicitly   are
-       defined in the current entry.
-
-       When    an   entry,   e.g.,   entry_name_1,   contains   a
-       use=entry_name_2  field,  any  canceled  capabilities   in
-       entry_name_2  must also appear in entry_name_1 before use=
-       for these capabilities to be canceled in entry_name_1.
-
-       If the environment variable TERMINFO is set, the  compiled
-       results are placed there instead of /usr/share/terminfo.
-
-       Total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes.  The name
-       field cannot exceed 512 bytes.  Terminal  names  exceeding
-       the  maximum  alias  length (32 characters on systems with
-       long filenames, 14 characters otherwise) will be truncated
-       to  the maximum alias length and a warning message will be
-       printed.
-
-
-
-

COMPATIBILITY

-       There is some evidence that historic  tic  implementations
-       treated  description  fields with no whitespace in them as
-       additional aliases or short names.  This tic does  not  do
-       that,  but  it  does  warn  when description fields may be
-       treated that way and check them for dangerous  characters.
-
-
-
-

EXTENSIONS

-       Unlike the stock SVr4 tic command, this implementation can
-       actually compile termcap sources.   In  fact,  entries  in
-       terminfo  and  termcap  syntax  can  be  mixed in a single
-       source file.  See terminfo(5)  for  the  list  of  termcap
-       names taken to be equivalent to terminfo names.
-
-       The  SVr4  manual  pages  are  not clear on the resolution
-       rules for use capabilities.  This  implementation  of  tic
-       will find use targets anywhere in the source file, or any-
-       where in the file tree rooted at TERMINFO (if TERMINFO  is
-       defined),  or  in the user's $HOME/.terminfo directory (if
-       it exists), or (finally) anywhere  in  the  system's  file
-       tree of compiled entries.
-
-       The  error  messages from this tic have the same format as
-       GNU C error messages, and can be  parsed  by  GNU  Emacs's
-       compile facility.
-
-       The  -C,  -G,  -I, -N, -R, -T, -V, -a, -e, -f, -g, -o, -r,
-       -s, -t and -x options are not supported under  SVr4.   The
-       SVr4 -c mode does not report bad use links.
-
-       System  V does not compile entries to or read entries from
-       your $HOME/.terminfo directory unless TERMINFO is  explic-
-       itly set to it.
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       /usr/share/terminfo/?/*
-            Compiled terminal description database.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       infocmp(1m),    captoinfo(1m),   infotocap(1m),   toe(1m),
-       curses(3x), terminfo(5).
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyrsus.com> and
-       Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@invisible-island.net>
-
-
-
-                                                                tic(1m)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html b/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html deleted file mode 100644 index 925d3908c7f70..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/toe.1m.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ - - - - -toe 1m - - - - -

toe 1m

-
-
-
-toe(1m)                                                         toe(1m)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       toe - table of (terminfo) entries
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       toe [-v[n]] [-ahuUV] file...
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       With no options, toe lists all available terminal types by
-       primary name with descriptions.   File  arguments  specify
-       the  directories  to  be scanned; if no such arguments are
-       given, your default terminfo directory is scanned.  If you
-       also  specify  the  -h  option, a directory header will be
-       issued as each directory is entered.
-
-       There are other options intended for use by terminfo  file
-       maintainers:
-
-       -a     report  on  all  of  the  terminal  databases which
-              ncurses would search, rather than  only  the  first
-              one that it finds.
-
-       -u file
-              says  to  write  a  report  to the standard output,
-              listing dependencies in the given  terminfo/termcap
-              source  file.  The report condenses the `use' rela-
-              tion: each line consists of the primary name  of  a
-              terminal  that  has use capabilities, followed by a
-              colon, followed by the whitespace-separated primary
-              names  of  all  terminals  which occur in those use
-              capabilities, followed by a newline
-
-       -U file
-              says to write a  report  to  the  standard  output,
-              listing  reverse  dependencies  in  the  given ter-
-              minfo/termcap source file.  The report reverses the
-              `use'  relation:  each line consists of the primary
-              name of a terminal that occurs in use capabilities,
-              followed  by  a  colon, followed by the whitespace-
-              separated primary  names  of  all  terminals  which
-              depend on it, followed by a newline.
-
-       -vn    specifies that (verbose) output be written to stan-
-              dard error, showing toe's progress.   The  optional
-              parameter  n  is a number from 1 to 10, interpreted
-              as for tic(1m).
-
-       -V     reports the version of ncurses which  was  used  in
-              this program, and exits.
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       /usr/share/terminfo/?/*
-            Compiled terminal description database.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       tic(1m),    infocmp(1m),   captoinfo(1m),   infotocap(1m),
-       curses(3x), terminfo(5).
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-                                                                toe(1m)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/tput.1.html b/doc/html/man/tput.1.html deleted file mode 100644 index c04914f1a2f21..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/tput.1.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,343 +0,0 @@ - - - - -tput 1 - - - - -

tput 1

-
-
-
-tput(1)                                                         tput(1)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       tput,  reset  -  initialize  a  terminal or query terminfo
-       database
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       tput [-Ttype] capname [parms ... ]
-       tput [-Ttype] init
-       tput [-Ttype] reset
-       tput [-Ttype] longname
-       tput -S  <<
-       tput -V
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       The tput utility uses the terminfo database  to  make  the
-       values  of terminal-dependent capabilities and information
-       available to the shell (see sh(1)), to initialize or reset
-       the  terminal,  or  return  the long name of the requested
-       terminal type.  The result depends upon  the  capability's
-       type:
-
-              string
-                   tput writes the string to the standard output.
-                   No trailing newline is supplied.
-
-              integer
-                   tput writes the decimal value to the  standard
-                   output, with a trailing newline.
-
-              boolean
-                   tput  simply sets the exit code (0 for TRUE if
-                   the terminal has the capability, 1  for  FALSE
-                   if  it  does  not),  and writes nothing to the
-                   standard output.
-
-       Before using a value returned on the standard output,  the
-       application  should  test  the  exit  code  (e.g., $?, see
-       sh(1)) to be sure it is 0.  (See the EXIT CODES and  DIAG-
-       NOSTICS  sections.)   For  a complete list of capabilities
-       and the capname associated with each, see terminfo(5).
-
-       -Ttype indicates the  type  of  terminal.   Normally  this
-              option is unnecessary, because the default is taken
-              from the environment variable TERM.  If -T is spec-
-              ified,  then  the shell variables LINES and COLUMNS
-              will be ignored,and the operating system  will  not
-              be queried for the actual screen size.
-
-       capname
-              indicates   the   capability   from   the  terminfo
-              database.  When termcap support is compiled in, the
-              termcap name for the capability is also accepted.
-
-       parms  If  the  capability  is a string that takes parame-
-              ters, the arguments parms will be instantiated into
-              the string.
-
-              Most  parameters  are numbers.  Only a few terminfo
-              capabilities require string parameters; tput uses a
-              table to decide which to pass as strings.  Normally
-              tput uses tparm (3x) to perform  the  substitution.
-              If no parameters are given for the capability, tput
-              writes   the   string   without   performing    the
-              substitution.
-
-       -S     allows  more  than one capability per invocation of
-              tput.  The capabilities must be passed to tput from
-              the standard input instead of from the command line
-              (see example).  Only one  capname  is  allowed  per
-              line.   The  -S option changes the meaning of the 0
-              and 1 boolean and string exit codes (see  the  EXIT
-              CODES section).
-
-              Again, tput uses a table and the presence of param-
-              eters in its input to decide whether to  use  tparm
-              (3x), and how to interpret the parameters.
-
-       -V     reports  the  version  of ncurses which was used in
-              this program, and exits.
-
-       init   If the terminfo database is present  and  an  entry
-              for the user's terminal exists (see -Ttype, above),
-              the following will occur:
-
-              (1)    if present,  the  terminal's  initialization
-                     strings  will  be  output as detailed in the
-                     terminfo(5) section on Tabs and  Initializa-
-                     tion,
-
-              (2)    any  delays (e.g., newline) specified in the
-                     entry will be set in the tty driver,
-
-              (3)    tabs expansion will  be  turned  on  or  off
-                     according to the specification in the entry,
-                     and
-
-              (4)    if tabs are not expanded, standard tabs will
-                     be set (every 8 spaces).
-
-              If an entry does not contain the information needed
-              for any of the four above activities, that activity
-              will silently be skipped.
-
-       reset  Instead  of putting out initialization strings, the
-              terminal's reset strings will be output if  present
-              (rs1,  rs2, rs3, rf).  If the reset strings are not
-              present, but initialization strings are,  the  ini-
-              tialization  strings  will  be  output.  Otherwise,
-              reset acts identically to init.
-
-       longname
-              If the terminfo database is present  and  an  entry
-              for  the user's terminal exists (see -Ttype above),
-              then the long name of the terminal will be put out.
-              The long name is the last name in the first line of
-              the terminal's description in the terminfo database
-              [see term(5)].
-
-       If  tput  is  invoked  by a link named reset, this has the
-       same effect as tput reset.  See tset for comparison, which
-       has similar behavior.
-
-
-
-

EXAMPLES

-       tput init
-            Initialize the terminal according to the type of ter-
-            minal in the environmental variable TERM.  This  com-
-            mand  should be included in everyone's .profile after
-            the environmental variable TERM has been exported, as
-            illustrated on the profile(5) manual page.
-
-       tput -T5620 reset
-            Reset  an  AT&T 5620 terminal, overriding the type of
-            terminal in the environmental variable TERM.
-
-       tput cup 0 0
-            Send the sequence to move the cursor to row 0, column
-            0 (the upper left corner of the screen, usually known
-            as the "home" cursor position).
-
-       tput clear
-            Echo the clear-screen sequence for the current termi-
-            nal.
-
-       tput cols
-            Print the number of columns for the current terminal.
-
-       tput -T450 cols
-            Print the number of columns for the 450 terminal.
-
-       bold=`tput smso` offbold=`tput rmso`
-            Set the shell variables bold, to begin stand-out mode
-            sequence, and offbold, to end standout mode sequence,
-            for the current terminal.  This might be followed  by
-            a  prompt:  echo  "${bold}Please  type  in your name:
-            ${offbold}\c"
-
-       tput hc
-            Set exit code to indicate if the current terminal  is
-            a hard copy terminal.
-
-       tput cup 23 4
-            Send  the sequence to move the cursor to row 23, col-
-            umn 4.
-
-       tput cup
-            Send the terminfo string for cursor-movement, with no
-            parameters substituted.
-
-       tput longname
-            Print  the  long  name from the terminfo database for
-            the type of terminal specified in  the  environmental
-            variable TERM.
-
-            tput -S <<!
-            > clear
-            > cup 10 10
-            > bold
-            > !
-
-            This  example shows tput processing several capabili-
-            ties in one invocation.  It clears the screen,  moves
-            the  cursor  to  position  10,  10  and turns on bold
-            (extra bright) mode.  The list is  terminated  by  an
-            exclamation mark (!) on a line by itself.
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       /usr/share/terminfo
-              compiled terminal description database
-
-       /usr/share/tabset/*
-              tab settings for some terminals, in a format appro-
-              priate  to  be  output  to  the  terminal   (escape
-              sequences  that  set  margins  and  tabs); for more
-              information, see the "Tabs and Initialization" sec-
-              tion of terminfo(5)
-
-
-
-

EXIT CODES

-       If the -S option is used, tput checks for errors from each
-       line, and if any errors are found, will set the exit  code
-       to  4  plus the number of lines with errors.  If no errors
-       are found, the exit code is 0.   No  indication  of  which
-       line failed can be given so exit code 1 will never appear.
-       Exit codes 2, 3, and 4 retain their usual  interpretation.
-       If the -S option is not used, the exit code depends on the
-       type of capname:
-
-            boolean
-                   a value of 0 is set for TRUE and 1 for  FALSE.
-
-            string a  value of 0 is set if the capname is defined
-                   for this terminal type (the value  of  capname
-                   is  returned on standard output); a value of 1
-                   is set if capname is not defined for this ter-
-                   minal  type  (nothing  is  written to standard
-                   output).
-
-            integer
-                   a value of 0 is always  set,  whether  or  not
-                   capname is defined for this terminal type.  To
-                   determine if capname is defined for this  ter-
-                   minal type, the user must test the value writ-
-                   ten to standard output.  A value of  -1  means
-                   that  capname is not defined for this terminal
-                   type.
-
-            other  reset or init may fail to find  their  respec-
-                   tive  files.   In  that case, the exit code is
-                   set to 4 + errno.
-
-       Any other exit code indicates an error; see  the  DIAGNOS-
-       TICS section.
-
-
-
-

DIAGNOSTICS

-       tput prints the following error messages and sets the cor-
-       responding exit codes.
-
-
-       exit code   error message
-       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-       0           (capname is a numeric variable that is not specified  in
-                   the  terminfo(5)  database  for this terminal type, e.g.
-                   tput -T450 lines and tput -T2621 xmc)
-       1           no error message is printed, see the EXIT CODES section.
-       2           usage error
-       3           unknown terminal type or no terminfo database
-       4           unknown terminfo capability capname
-       >4          error occurred in -S
-       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-

PORTABILITY

-       The longname and -S options, and  the  parameter-substitu-
-       tion  features  used in the cup example, are not supported
-       in BSD curses or in AT&T/USL curses before SVr4.
-
-       X/Open documents only the operands  for  clear,  init  and
-       reset.   In this implementation, clear is part of the cap-
-       name support.  Other implementations of tput on SVr4-based
-       systems such as Solaris, IRIX64 and HPUX as well as others
-       such  as  AIX  and  Tru64  provide  support  for   capname
-       operands.  A few platforms such as FreeBSD and NetBSD rec-
-       ognize termcap names rather than terminfo capability names
-       in their respective tput commands.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       clear(1), stty(1), tabs(1), terminfo(5).
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-                                                                tput(1)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/tset.1.html b/doc/html/man/tset.1.html deleted file mode 100644 index 2b86f9f21749f..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/tset.1.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,334 +0,0 @@ - - - - -tset 1 - - - - -

tset 1

-
-
-
-tset(1)                                                         tset(1)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       tset, reset - terminal initialization
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       tset  [-IQVcqrsw] [-] [-e ch] [-i ch] [-k ch] [-m mapping]
-       [terminal]
-       reset [-IQVcqrsw] [-] [-e ch] [-i ch] [-k ch] [-m mapping]
-       [terminal]
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       Tset  initializes  terminals.   Tset  first determines the
-       type of terminal that you are using.   This  determination
-       is done as follows, using the first terminal type found.
-
-       1. The terminal argument specified on the command line.
-
-       2. The value of the TERM environmental variable.
-
-       3.  (BSD  systems only.) The terminal type associated with
-       the standard error output device in  the  /etc/ttys  file.
-       (On  System-V-like  UNIXes  and systems using that conven-
-       tion, getty does this job by setting TERM according to the
-       type passed to it by /etc/inittab.)
-
-       4. The default terminal type, ``unknown''.
-
-       If  the  terminal  type  was not specified on the command-
-       line, the -m option mappings are  then  applied  (see  the
-       section  TERMINAL  TYPE  MAPPING  for  more  information).
-       Then, if the terminal type begins  with  a  question  mark
-       (``?''), the user is prompted for confirmation of the ter-
-       minal type.  An empty  response  confirms  the  type,  or,
-       another  type  can be entered to specify a new type.  Once
-       the terminal type has been determined, the terminfo  entry
-       for  the  terminal  is retrieved.  If no terminfo entry is
-       found for the type, the user is prompted for another  ter-
-       minal type.
-
-       Once  the  terminfo  entry  is retrieved, the window size,
-       backspace, interrupt and line kill characters (among  many
-       other things) are set and the terminal and tab initializa-
-       tion strings  are  sent  to  the  standard  error  output.
-       Finally,  if the erase, interrupt and line kill characters
-       have changed, or are not  set  to  their  default  values,
-       their  values  are displayed to the standard error output.
-       Use the -c or -w option to select only the  window  sizing
-       versus  the  other  initialization.   If neither option is
-       given, both are assumed.
-
-       When invoked as reset, tset sets cooked  and  echo  modes,
-       turns  off cbreak and raw modes, turns on newline transla-
-       tion and resets any  unset  special  characters  to  their
-       default  values  before  doing the terminal initialization
-       described above.  This is  useful  after  a  program  dies
-       leaving  a  terminal  in an abnormal state.  Note, you may
-       have to type
-
-           <LF>reset<LF>
-
-       (the line-feed character is normally control-J) to get the
-       terminal to work, as carriage-return may no longer work in
-       the abnormal state.  Also, the  terminal  will  often  not
-       echo the command.
-
-       The options are as follows:
-
-       -c   Set  control  characters and modes.  -e Set the erase
-            character to ch.
-
-       -I   Do  not  send  the  terminal  or  tab  initialization
-            strings to the terminal.
-
-       -i   Set the interrupt character to ch.
-
-       -k   Set the line kill character to ch.
-
-       -m   Specify  a  mapping  from  a port type to a terminal.
-            See the section TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING for more infor-
-            mation.
-
-       -Q   Do  not  display  any values for the erase, interrupt
-            and line kill characters.  Normally tset displays the
-            values  for  control characters which differ from the
-            system's default values.
-
-       -q   The terminal type is displayed to the  standard  out-
-            put,  and the terminal is not initialized in any way.
-            The option `-' by itself is equivalent but archaic.
-
-       -r   Print the terminal type to the standard error output.
-
-       -s   Print  the  sequence  of shell commands to initialize
-            the environment variable TERM to the standard output.
-            See  the section SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT for details.
-
-       -V   reports the version of ncurses which was used in this
-            program, and exits.
-
-       -w   Resize  the  window  to  match  the  size deduced via
-            setupterm.   Normally  this  has  no  effect,  unless
-            setupterm is not able to detect the window size.
-
-       The arguments for the -e, -i, and -k options may either be
-       entered as actual characters or by using the  `hat'  nota-
-       tion,  i.e.,  control-h  may  be  specified  as  ``^H'' or
-       ``^h''.
-
-
-
-

SETTING THE ENVIRONMENT

-       It is often desirable  to  enter  the  terminal  type  and
-       information  about  the  terminal's  capabilities into the
-       shell's environment.  This is done using the -s option.
-
-       When the -s option is specified, the commands to enter the
-       information  into  the  shell's environment are written to
-       the standard output.  If the SHELL environmental  variable
-       ends in ``csh'', the commands are for csh, otherwise, they
-       are for sh.  Note, the csh  commands  set  and  unset  the
-       shell  variable  noglob,  leaving it unset.  The following
-       line in the .login or .profile files will  initialize  the
-       environment correctly:
-
-           eval `tset -s options ... `
-
-
-
-

TERMINAL TYPE MAPPING

-       When the terminal is not hardwired into the system (or the
-       current system information is incorrect) the terminal type
-       derived  from the /etc/ttys file or the TERM environmental
-       variable is often something generic like network,  dialup,
-       or  unknown.   When tset is used in a startup script it is
-       often desirable to provide information about the  type  of
-       terminal used on such ports.
-
-       The  purpose  of  the -m option is to map from some set of
-       conditions to a terminal type, that is, to tell tset  ``If
-       I'm  on this port at a particular speed, guess that I'm on
-       that kind of terminal''.
-
-       The argument to the -m option consists of an optional port
-       type, an optional operator, an optional baud rate specifi-
-       cation, an optional colon (``:'') character and a terminal
-       type.   The port type is a string (delimited by either the
-       operator or the colon character).  The operator may be any
-       combination of ``>'', ``<'', ``@'', and ``!''; ``>'' means
-       greater than, ``<'' means less than, ``@'' means equal  to
-       and ``!'' inverts the sense of the test.  The baud rate is
-       specified as a number and is compared with  the  speed  of
-       the  standard  error  output  (which should be the control
-       terminal).  The terminal type is a string.
-
-       If the terminal type is not specified on the command line,
-       the  -m mappings are applied to the terminal type.  If the
-       port type and baud rate match the  mapping,  the  terminal
-       type  specified  in the mapping replaces the current type.
-       If more than one mapping is specified, the first  applica-
-       ble mapping is used.
-
-       For    example,    consider    the    following   mapping:
-       dialup>9600:vt100.  The port type is dialup , the operator
-       is  >, the baud rate specification is 9600, and the termi-
-       nal type is vt100.  The result of this mapping is to spec-
-       ify that if the terminal type is dialup, and the baud rate
-       is greater than 9600 baud, a terminal type of  vt100  will
-       be used.
-
-       If no baud rate is specified, the terminal type will match
-       any baud rate.  If no port type is specified, the terminal
-       type   will   match   any  port  type.   For  example,  -m
-       dialup:vt100  -m  :?xterm  will  cause  any  dialup  port,
-       regardless of baud rate, to match the terminal type vt100,
-       and any non-dialup port type to match  the  terminal  type
-       ?xterm.   Note,  because of the leading question mark, the
-       user will be queried on a default port as to whether  they
-       are actually using an xterm terminal.
-
-       No  whitespace  characters  are permitted in the -m option
-       argument.  Also, to avoid problems  with  meta-characters,
-       it  is  suggested  that  the  entire -m option argument be
-       placed within single quote characters, and that csh  users
-       insert  a  backslash character (``\'') before any exclama-
-       tion marks (``!'').
-
-
-
-

HISTORY

-       The tset command appeared in BSD 3.0.  The ncurses  imple-
-       mentation  was lightly adapted from the 4.4BSD sources for
-       a terminfo environment by Eric S. Raymond <esr@snark.thyr-
-       sus.com>.
-
-
-
-

COMPATIBILITY

-       The  tset  utility has been provided for backward-compati-
-       bility with BSD environments (under  most  modern  UNIXes,
-       /etc/inittab  and  getty(1) can set TERM appropriately for
-       each dial-up line; this  obviates  what  was  tset's  most
-       important  use).   This implementation behaves like 4.4BSD
-       tset, with a few exceptions specified here.
-
-       The -S option of BSD tset no longer works;  it  prints  an
-       error message to stderr and dies.  The -s option only sets
-       TERM, not TERMCAP.  Both these  changes  are  because  the
-       TERMCAP  variable  is  no longer supported under terminfo-
-       based ncurses, which makes tset -S useless (we made it die
-       noisily rather than silently induce lossage).
-
-       There  was  an  undocumented  4.4BSD feature that invoking
-       tset via a link named `TSET` (or via any other name begin-
-       ning  with  an  upper-case letter) set the terminal to use
-       upper-case only.  This feature has been omitted.
-
-       The -A, -E, -h, -u and -v options were  deleted  from  the
-       tset  utility  in 4.4BSD.  None of them were documented in
-       4.3BSD and all are of limited utility at  best.   The  -a,
-       -d, and -p options are similarly not documented or useful,
-       but were retained as they appear to be in widespread  use.
-       It  is  strongly recommended that any usage of these three
-       options be changed to use the -m option instead.   The  -n
-       option  remains, but has no effect.  The -adnp options are
-       therefore omitted from the usage summary above.
-
-       It is still permissible to specify  the  -e,  -i,  and  -k
-       options  without arguments, although it is strongly recom-
-       mended that such usage be fixed to explicitly specify  the
-       character.
-
-       As  of  4.4BSD,  executing tset as reset no longer implies
-       the -Q option.  Also, the interaction between the - option
-       and the terminal argument in some historic implementations
-       of tset has been removed.
-
-
-
-

ENVIRONMENT

-       The tset command uses these environment variables:
-
-       SHELL
-            tells tset whether to initialize TERM using sh or csh
-            syntax.
-
-       TERM Denotes  your  terminal  type.  Each terminal type is
-            distinct, though many are similar.
-
-       TERMCAP
-            may denote the location of a termcap database.  If it
-            is not an absolute pathname, e.g., begins with a `/',
-            tset removes the variable from the environment before
-            looking for the terminal description.
-
-
-
-

FILES

-       /etc/ttys
-            system  port  name  to terminal type mapping database
-            (BSD versions only).
-
-       /usr/share/terminfo
-            terminal capability database
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       csh(1), sh(1), stty(1),  curs_terminfo(3x),  tty(4),  ter-
-       minfo(5), ttys(5), environ(7)
-
-       This describes ncurses version 5.9 (patch 20110404).
-
-
-
-                                                                tset(1)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html b/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html deleted file mode 100644 index dff5834db79c5..0000000000000 --- a/doc/html/man/wresize.3x.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ - - - - -wresize 3x - - - - -

wresize 3x

-
-
-
-wresize(3x)                                                 wresize(3x)
-
-
-
-
-
-

NAME

-       wresize - resize a curses window
-
-
-
-

SYNOPSIS

-       #include <curses.h>
-
-       int wresize(WINDOW *win, int lines, int columns);
-
-
-
-

DESCRIPTION

-       This  is  an  extension to the curses library.  It reallo-
-       cates storage for an ncurses window to adjust  its  dimen-
-       sions  to  the  specified  values.  If either dimension is
-       larger than the  current  values,  the  window's  data  is
-       filled with blanks that have the current background rendi-
-       tion (as set by wbkgdset) merged into them.
-
-
-
-

RETURN VALUE

-       The function returns the integer ERR upon failure  and  OK
-       on success.  It will fail if either of the dimensions less
-       than or equal  to  zero,  or  if  an  error  occurs  while
-       (re)allocating memory for the window.
-
-
-
-

NOTES

-       The only restriction placed on the dimensions is that they
-       be greater than zero.  The dimensions are not compared  to
-       curses   screen   dimensions  to  simplify  the  logic  of
-       resizeterm.  The caller  must  ensure  that  the  window's
-       dimensions fit within the actual screen dimensions.
-
-
-
-

SEE ALSO

-       resizeterm(3x).
-
-
-
-

AUTHOR

-       Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
-       for BSD curses).
-
-
-
-                                                            wresize(3x)
-
-
-
-Man(1) output converted with -man2html -
- - diff --git a/doc/html/ncurses-intro.html b/doc/html/ncurses-intro.html index fc529f293e23d..451e7ab4d32db 100644 --- a/doc/html/ncurses-intro.html +++ b/doc/html/ncurses-intro.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ - +